acta periodica technologica - Tehnoloski fakultet Novi Sad
Transcription
acta periodica technologica - Tehnoloski fakultet Novi Sad
UNIVERSITY OF NOVI SAD FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY NOVI SAD УНИВЕРЗИТЕТ У НОВОМ САДУ ТЕХНОЛОШКИ ФАКУЛТЕТ НОВИ САД ACTA PERIODICA TECHNOLOGICA APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) ACTA PERIODICA TECHNOLOGICA (formerly Zbornik radova Tehnološkog fakulteta and Proceedings of Faculty of Technology) publishes articles from all branches of technology (food, chemical, biochemical, pharmaceutical), process engineering and related scientific fields. Articles in Acta Periodica Technologica are abstracted by: Chemical Abstracts, Columbus, Ohio, Referativnyi zhurnal -Khimija, VINITI, Moscow, listed in Ulrich’s International Periodical Directory, and indexed in the Elsevier Bibliographic databases – SCOPUS. YU ISSN 1450 – 7188 UDC 54:66:664:615 CODEN: APTEFF Publisher University of Novi Sad, Faculty of TechnologyNovi Sad Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia For Publisher Prof. Dr. Zoltan Zavargo, Dean Editor-in-Chief Prof. Dr. Sonja Đilas Editorial Board From Abroad Prof. Dr. Živko Nikolov Texas A and M University, Biological and Agricultural Engineering Department, College Station, TX, USA Prof. Dr. Erika Békássy-Molnár University of Horticulture and Food Industry, Budapest, Hungary Prof. Dr. Željko Knez University of Maribor, Faculty of Chemistry and Chemical Technology, Maribor, Slovenia Dr. T.S.R. Prasada Rao Indian Institute of Petroleum, Dehra Dun, India Prof. Dr. Đerđ Karlović Margarine Center of Expertise, Kruszwica, Poland Dr. Szigmond András Research Institute of Hungarian Sugar Industry, Budapest, Hungary Dr. Andreas Reitzmann Institute of Chemical Process Engineering, University Karlshruhe, Germany From Serbia Prof. Dr. Vlada Veljković Prof. Dr. Spasenija Milanović Prof. Dr. Vladimir Srdić Prof. Dr. Slobodan D. Petrović Prof. Dr. Jonjaua Ranogajec Dr. Anamarija Mandić ACTA PERIODICA TECHNOLOGICA APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) CONTENT FOOD TECHNOLOGY Etelka B. Dimić, Vesna B. Vujasinović, Olga F. Radočaj and Oršolja P. Pastor CHARACTERISTICS OF BLACKBERRY AND RASPBERRY SEEDS AND OILS ............................................................................... 1 Mirela D. Iličić, Spasenija D. Milanović, Marijana Đ. Carić, Katarina G. Kanurić, Vladimir R. Vukić, Dajana V. Hrnjez and Marjan I. Ranogajec VOLATILE COMPOUNDS OF FUNCTIONAL DAIRY PRODUCTS ................... 11 Marija R. Jokanović, Natalija R. Džinić, Biljana R. Cvetković, Slavica Grujić and Božana Odžaković CHANGES OF PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COFFEE BEANS DURING ROASTING ................................................................................................ 21 Zorica D. Knežević-Jugović, Andrea B. Stefanović, Milena G. Žuža, Stoja L. Milovanović, Sonja M. Jakovetić, Verica B. Manojlović and Branko M. Bugarski EFFECTS OF SONICATION AND HIGH-PRESSURE CARBON DIOXIDE PROCESSING ON ENZYMATIC HYDROLYSIS OF EGG WHITE PROTEINS .......................................................................................... 33 Snežana Ž. Kravić, Zvonimir J. Suturović, Ana D. Đurović, Tanja Ž. Brezo, Spasenija D. Milanović, Radomir V. Malbaša and Vladimir R. Vukić DIRECT DETERMINATION OF CALCIUM, SODIUM AND POTASSIUM IN FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS ...................................................................... 43 Radomir V. Malbašа, Jasmina S. Vitas, Eva S. Lončar and Spasenija D. Milanović PHYSICAL AND TEXTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS OBTAINED BY KOMBUCHA INOCULUMS WITH HERBAL TEAS ............................................. 51 Marija S. Milašinović-Šeremešić, Milica M. Radosavljević and Ljubica P. Dokić STARCH PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS ZP MAIZE GENOTYPES ........................ 61 Dragan V. Palić, Kedibone Y. Modika, Andre Oelofse and Marijana B. Sakač MODIFICATION OF THE METHOD FOR DETERMINING PROTEIN SOLUBILITY OF HEAT TREATED FULL-FAT SOYBEANS USING EXTRACTION IN POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE: INTER-LABORATORY STUDY .............................................................................. 69 Slavica A. Sredanović, Jovanka D. Lević, Rade D. Jovanović and Olivera M. Đuragić THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF POULTRY DIETS CONTAINING SUNFLOWER MEAL SUPPLEMENTED BY ENZYMES...................................... 79 Slađana M. Stajčić, Aleksandra N. Tepić, Sonja M. Djilas, Zdravko M. Šumić, Jasna M. Čanadanović-Brunet, Gordana S. Ćetković, Jelena J. Vulić and Vesna T. Tumbas CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND ANTIOXIDANT ACTIVITY OF BERRY FRUITS ........................................................................................................ 93 Slavica M. Vesković Moračanin, Slavko Mirecki, Dejana K. Trbović, Lazar R. Turubatović, Vladimir S. Kurćubić and Pavle Z. Mašković TRADITIONAL MANUFACTURING OF WHITE CHEESES IN BRINE IN SERBIA AND MONTENEGRO - SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES ...... 107 Marija M. Škrinjar, Žarko M. Petrović, Nevena T. Blagojev and Vladislava M. Šošo SUNFLOWER SEED FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION AS A SUBSTRATE FOR THE GROWTH OF MYCOPOPULATIONS.......................... 115 Vladislava M. Šošo, Marija M. Škrinjar and Nevena T. Blagojev INFLUENCE OF ECOPHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS ON THE PRESENCE OF OCHRATOXIN A IN DRIED VINE FRUITS: A REVIEW ............................. 123 Danica B. Zarić, Biljana S. Pajin, Ivana S. Lončarević, Dragana M. Šoronja Simović and Zita I. Šereš THE IMPACT OF THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS ON THE HARDNESS AND SENSORY PROPERTIES OF MILK CHOCOLATE .............. 139 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS ENGINEERING Mirjana G. Antov, Branimir Z. Jugović, Milica M. Gvozdenović and Zorica D. Knežević Jugović PARTITIONING OF CELLULOLYTIC ACTIVITY IN THE POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL/DEXTRAN TWO-PHASE SYSTEMS ................... 151 Nevena M. Krkić, Vera L. Lazić and Danijela Z. Šuput COMPARISON OF LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT FOR DIFFERENT VOLUME POLYPROPYLENE JARS .............................................. 159 Jelena Đ. Marković, Nataša Lj. Lukić, Jelena D. Ilić, Branislava G. Nikolovski, Milan N. Sovilj and Ivana M. Šijački USING THE ANSYS FLUENT FOR SIMULATION OF TWO-SIDED LID-DRIVEN FLOW IN A STAGGERED CAVITY ............................................. 169 M. P. Nagarkar, R.N. Zaware and S.G. Ghalmea FINITE ELEMENT SIMULATION OF SINK PASS ROUND TUBES USING ANSYS ........................................................................... 179 Jelena M. Petrović, Darko M. Ljubić, Marina R. Stamenović, Ivana D. Dimić and Slaviša S. Putić TENSION MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF RECYCLED GLASS-EPOXY COMPOSITE MATERIAL .......................................................... 189 Milan N. Sovilj HYDRODYNAMICS OF GAS-AGITATED LIQUID-LIQUID EXTRACTION COLUMNS .................................................................................... 199 Vesna M. Vasić, Marina B. Šćiban, Aleksandar I. Jokić, Jelena M. Prodanović and Dragana V. Kukić MICROFILTRATION OF DISTILLERY STILLAGE: INFLUENCE OF MEMBRANE PORE SIZE .......................................................... 217 Zita I. Šereš, Ljubica P. Dokić, Biljana S. Pajin, Dragana M. Šoronja Simović, Drago Šubarić, Jurislav Babić and Aleksandar Z. Fišteš INFLUENCE OF THE OPERATING PARAMETERS ON THE FLUX DURING MICROFILTRATION OF THE STEEPWATER IN THE STARCH INDUSTRY................................................................................ 225 BIOCHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING Gordana R. Dimić, Sunčica D. Kocić-Tanackov, Olivera O. Jovanov, Dragoljub D. Cvetković, Siniša L. Markov and Aleksandra S. Velićanski ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF LEMON, CARAWAY AND BASIL EXTRACTS ON LISTERIA SPP. ....................................................... 239 Sunčica D. Kocić-Tanackov, Gordana R. Dimić, Dušanka J. Pejin, Ljiljana V. Mojović, Jelena D. Pejin and Ilija J. Tanackov ANTIFUNGAL ACTIVITY OF THE BASIL (Ocimmum basilicum L.) EXTRACT ON Penicillium aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum, AND P. brevicompactum .......................................................................................... 247 Zoran Z. Kukrić, Ljiljana N. Topalić-Trivunović, Biljana M. Kukavica, Snježana B. Matoš, Svetlana S. Pavičić, Mirela M. Boroja and Aleksandar V. Savić CHARACTERIZATION OF ANTIOXIDANT AND ANTIMICROBIAL ACTIVITIES OF NETTLE LEAVES (Urtica dioica L.) ......................................... 257 Sanja O. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, Lidija J. Jevrić, Strahinja Z. Kovačević and Nataša D. Kalajdžija CHEMOMETRIC APPROACH FOR PREDICTION OF ANTIFUNGAL ACTIVITY OF SOME BENZOXAZOLE DERIVATIVES AGAINST Candida albicans ........................................................ 273 Pouneh Ebrahimi, Akram Mirarab-Razi and Abbas Biabani COMPARATIVE EVALUATION OF THE ESSENTIAL OIL TERPENOIDS IN THE STEM AND LEAF OF Ziziphora Clinopodioides IN THE REGIONS OF ALMEH AND SOJOUGH OF GOLESTAN PROVINCE, IRAN ................................................................................................... 283 Vesna T. Tumbas, Jelena J. Vulić, Jasna M. Čanadanović-Brunet, Sonja M. Djilas, Gordana S. Ćetković, Slađana S. Stajčić, Dubravka I. Štajner and Boris M. Popović ANTIOXIDANT AND SENSORIAL PROPERTIES OF ACACIA HONEY SUPPLEMENTED WITH PRUNES .......................................... 293 Aleksandra S. Velićanski, Dragoljub D. Cvetković and Siniša L. Markov SCREENING OF ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF RASPBERRY (Rubus idaeus L.) FRUIT AND POMACE EXTRACTS ......................................... 305 Senka S. Vidović, Zoran P. Zeković, Žika D. Lepojević, Marija M. Radojković, Stela D. Jokić and Goran T. Anačkov OPTIMIZATION OF THE Ocimum basilicum L. EXTRACTION PROCESS REGARDING THE ANTIOXIDANT ACTIVITY................................ 315 Vesna M. Vučurović and Radojka N. Razmovski ETHANOL FERMENTATION OF MOLASSES BY Saccharomyces cerevisiae CELLS IMMOBILIZED ONTO SUGAR BEET PULP ......................... 325 Marina B. Šćiban, Jelena M. Prodanović and Radojka N. Razmovski BIOSORPTION OF COPPER(II) AND CHROMIUM(VI) BY MODIFIED TEA FUNGUS ............................................................................... 335 INSTRUCTION FOR MANUSCRIPT PREPARATION ACTA PERIODICA TECHNOLOGICA APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) САДРЖАЈ ПРЕХРАМБЕНА ТЕХНОЛОГИЈА Етелка Б. Димић, Весна Б. Вујасиновић, Олга Ф. Радочај и Оршоља П. Пастор КАРАКТЕРИСТИКE СЕМЕНА И УЉА КУПИНЕ И МАЛИНЕ ........................... 1 Мирела Д. Иличић, Спасенија Д. Милановић, Маријана Д. Царић, Катарина Г. Канурић, Владимир Р. Вукић, Дајана В. Хрњез и Марјан И. Раногајец ИСПАРЉИВЕ КОМПОНЕНТЕ АРОМЕ ФУНКЦИОНАЛНОГ МЛЕЧНОГ ПРОИЗВОДА ........................................................................................ 11 Марија Р. Јокановић, Наталија Р. Џинић, Биљана Р. Цветковић, Славица Грујић и Божана Оџаковић ПРОМЕНЕ ФИЗИЧКИХ СВОЈСТАВА ЗРНА КАФЕ ТОКОМ ПЕЧЕЊА .......... 21 Зорица Д. Кнежевић-Југовић, Андреа Б. Стефановић, Милена Г. Жужа, Стоја Л. Миловановић, Соња М. Јаковетић, Верица Б. Манојловић и Бранко М. Бугарски УТИЦАЈ СОНИКАЦИЈЕ И ПРЕТРЕТМА ВИСОКИМ ПРИТИСКОМ НА ЕНЗИМСКУ ХИДРОЛИЗУ ПРОТЕИНА БЕЛАНЦЕТА ................................ 33 Снежана Ж. Кравић, Звонимир Ј. Сутуровић, Ана Д. Ђуровић, Тања Ж. Брезо, Спасенија Д. Милановић, Радомир В. Малбаша и Владимир Р. Вукић ДИРЕКТНО ОДРЕЂИВАЊЕ КАЛЦИЈУМА, НАТРИЈУМА И КАЛИЈУМА У ФЕРМЕНТИСАНИМ МЛЕЧНИМ ПРОИЗВОДИМА ................ 43 Радомир В. Малбаша, Јасмина С. Витас, Ева С. Лончар и Спасенија Д. Милановић ФИЗИЧКЕ И ТЕКСТУРАЛНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ ФЕРМЕНТИСАНИХ МЛЕЧНИХ ПРОИЗВОДА ДОБИЈЕНИХ ПОМОЋУ КОМБУХЕ ГАЈЕНЕ НА БИЉНИМ ЧАЈЕВИМА............................... 51 Марија С. Милашиновић-Шеремешић, Милица М. Радосављевић и Љубица П. Докић ОСОБИНЕ СКРОБА РАЗЛИЧИТИХ ЗП ГЕНОТИПОВА КУКУРУЗА .............. 61 Драган В. Палић, Кедибоне Модика, Андре Оелофсе и Маријана Б. Сакач МОДИФИКАЦИЈА МЕТОДЕ ЗА ОДРЕЂИВАЊЕ РАСТВОРЉИВОСТИ ПРОТЕИНА У ТЕРМИЧКИ ТРЕТИРАНОЈ ПУНОМАСНОЈ СОЈИ КОРИШЋЕЊЕМ ЕКСТРАКЦИЈЕ У КАЛИЈУМ ХИДРОКСИДУ: МЕЂУ-ЛАБОРАТОРИЈСКО ИСПИТИВАЊЕ ...................................................... 69 Славица А. Средановић, Јованка Д. Левић, Раде Д. Јовановић и Оливера М. Ђурагић ХРАНЉИВА ВРЕДНОСТ ОБРОКА ЗА ЖИВИНУ КОЈИ САДРЖЕ СУНЦОКРЕТОВУ САЧМУ ДОПУЊЕНУ ЕНЗИМИМА ..................................... 79 Слађана М. Стајчић, Александра Н. Тепић, Соња М. Ђилас, Здравко М. Шумић, Јасна М. Чанадановић-Брунет, Гордана С. Ћетковић, Јелена Ј. Вулић и Весна Т. Тумбас ХЕМИЈСКИ САСТАВ И АНТИОКСИДАТИВНА АКТИВНОСТ БОБИЧАСТОГ ВОЋА .............................................................................................. 93 Славица М. Весковић Морачанин, Славко Мирецки, Дејана К. Трбовић, Лазар Р. Турубатовић, Владимир С. Курћубић и Павле З. Машковић ТРАДИЦИОНАЛНА ПРОИЗВОДЊА БЕЛИХ СИРЕВА У САЛАМУРИ У СРБИЈИ И ЦРНОЈ ГОРИ – СЛИЧНОСТИ И РАЗЛИКЕ................................. 107 Марија М. Шкрињар, Жарко М. Петровић, Невена Т. Благојев и Владислава М. Шошо СЕМЕ КОНЗУМНОГ СУНЦОКРЕТА КАО СУПСТРАТ ЗА РАСТ МИКОПОПУЛАЦИЈА .......................................................................... 115 Владислава М. Шошо, Марија M. Шкрињар и Невена Т. Благојев УТИЦАЈ ЕКОФИЗИОЛОШКИХ ФАКТОРА НА ПРИСУСТВО ОХРАТОКСИНА А У СУВОМ ГРОЖЂУ ........................................................... 123 Даница Б. Зарић, Биљана С. Пајин, Ивана С. Лончаревић, Драганa M. Шороња Симовић и Зита И. Шереш УТИЦАЈ ПОСТУПКА ПРОИЗВОДЊЕ НА ЧВРСТОЋУ И СЕНЗОРНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ МЛЕЧНЕ ЧОКОЛАДЕ ............................. 139 ХЕМИЈСКА ТЕХНОЛОГИЈА И ПРОЦЕСНО ИНЖЕЊЕРСТВО Мирјана Г. Антов, Бранимир З. Југовић, Милица М. Гвозденовић и Зорица Д. Кнежевић Југовић РАСПОДЕЛА ЦЕЛУЛОЛИТИЧКЕ АКТИВНОСТИ У ДВОФАЗНИМ СИСТЕМИМА ПОЛИЕТИЛЕНГЛИКОЛ/ДЕКСТРАН ...................................... 151 Невена М. Кркић, Вера Л. Лазић и Данијела З. Шупут ПОРЕЂЕЊЕ УТИЦАЈА ЖИВОТНИХ ЦИКЛУСА ПОЛИПРОПИЛЕНСКИХ КУТИЈИЦА РАЗЛИЧИТИХ ЗАПРЕМИНА НА ЖИВОТНУ СРЕДИНУ .......................................................... 159 Јелена Ђ. Марковић, Наташа Љ. Лукић, Јелена Д. Илић, Бранислава Г. Николовски, Милан Н.Совиљ и Ивана М. Шијачки СИМУЛАЦИЈА ТОКА У ДВОСТРАНО ВОЂЕНОМ ПОКРЕТНОМ КАНАЛУ ПОМОЋУ ANSYS FLUENT ПРОГРАМСКОГ ПАКЕТА ................. 169 M. P. Nagarkar, R.N. Zaware и S.G. Ghalmea СИМУЛАЦИЈА ПРОЦЕСА ИЗРАДЕ ОКРУГЛИХ ЦЕВИ ПОМОЋУ КОНАЧНИХ ЕЛЕМЕНАТА ПРИМЕНОМ ANSYS СОФТВЕРА ...................... 179 Јелена М. Петровић, Дарко M. Љубић, Марина Р. Стаменовић, Ивана Д. Димић и Славиша С. Путић МЕХАНИЧКA СВОЈСТАВА РЕЦИКЛИРАНОГ СТАКЛО-ЕПОКСИ КОМПОЗИТНОГ МАТЕРИЈАЛА ...................................... 189 Милан Н. Совиљ ХИДРОДИНАМИКА ЕКСТРАКЦИОНИХ КОЛОНА ТЕЧНО-ТЕЧНО АГИТОВАНИХ ГАСОМ ........................................................... 199 Весна М. Васић, Марина Б. Шћибан, Александар И. Јокић, Јелена М. Продановић и Драгана В. Кукић УТИЦАЈ ПРЕЧНИКА ПОРА НА МИКРОФИЛТРАЦИЈУ ЏИБРЕ ................... 217 Зита И. Шереш, Љубица П. Докић, Биљана С. Пајин, Драгана М. Шороња Симовић, Драго Шубарић, Јурислав Бабић и Александар З. Фиштеш УТИЦАЈ РАДНИХ ПАРАМЕТАРА НА ФЛУКС ПЕРМЕАТА ТОКОМ МИКРОФИЛТРАЦИЈЕ ВОДЕ ОД МОЧЕЊА У ИНДУСТРИЈИ СКРОБА ...... 225 БИОХЕМИЈСКО И ФАРМАЦЕУТСКО ИНЖЕЊЕРСТВО Гордана Р. Димић, Сунчица Д. Коцић-Танацков, Оливера О. Јованов, Драгољуб Д. Цветковић, Синиша Л. Марков и Александра С. Велићански АНТИБАКТЕРИЈСКА АКТИВНОСТ ЕКСТРАКАТА ЛИМУНА, КИМА И БОСИЉКА НА LISTERIA SPP. ............................................................. 239 Сунчица Д. Коцић-Танацков, Гордана Р. Димић, Душанка Ј. Пејин, Љиљана В. Мојовић, Јелена Д. Пејин и Илија Ј. Танацков АНТИФУНГАЛНА АКТИВНОСТ ЕКСТРАКТА БОСИЉКА (Ocimmum basilicum L.) НА РАСТ Penicillium aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum И P. brevicompactum ......................................................................... 247 Зоран З. Кукрић, Љиљана Н. Топалић-Тривуновић, Биљана М. Кукавица, Сњежана Б. Матош, Светлана С. Павичић, Мирела М. Бороја и Александар В. Савић КАРАКТЕРИЗАЦИЈА АНТИОКСИДАТИВНЕ И АНТИМИКРОБНЕ АКТИВНОСТИ ЛИСТА КОПРИВЕ (Urtica dioica L.) ........................................ 257 Сања О. Подунавац-Кузмановић, Лидија Ј. Јеврић, Страхиња З. Ковачевић, и Наташа Д. Калајџија ХЕМОМЕТРИЈСКИ ПРИСТУП У ПРЕДВИЂАЊУ AНТИФУНГАЛНЕ АКТИВНОСТИ НЕКИХ ДЕРИВАТА БЕНЗОКСАЗОЛА ПРЕМА Candida albicans ....................................................... 273 Pouneh Ebrahimi, Akram Mirarab-Razi и Abbas Biabani УПОРЕДНA КАРАКТЕРИЗАЦИЈА ТЕРПЕНОИДА ЕТЕРИЧНОГ УЉА СТАБЛА И ЛИСТА БИЉКЕ Ziziphora Clinopodioides ИЗ РЕГИОНА АЛМЕХ И СОЏОГ ПРОВИНЦИЈЕ ГОЛЕСТАН, ИРАН ................ 283 Весна Т. Тумбас, Јелена Ј. Вулић, Јасна М. Чанадановић-Брунет, Соња М. Ђилас, Гордана С. Ћетковић, Слађана С. Стајчић, Дубравка И. Штајнер и Борис М. Поповић АНТИОКСИДАТИВНЕ И СЕНЗОРНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ БАГРЕМОВОГ МЕДА СА ДОДАТКОМ СУВИХ ШЉИВА.............................. 293 Александра С. Велићански, Драгољуб Д. Цветковић и Синиша Л. Марков СКРИНИНГ АНТИБАКТЕРИЈСКЕ АКТИВНОСТИ ЕКСТРАКAТА ВОЋА И ТРОПА МАЛИНЕ (Rubus idaeus L.) .......................... 305 Сенка С. Видовић, Зоран П. Зековић, Жика Д. Лепојевић, Марија Радојковић, Стела Јокић и Горан Аначков ОПТИМИЗАЦИЈА ЕКСТРАКЦИЈЕ Ocimum basilicum L. У ОДНОСУ НА АНТИОКСИДАТИВНУ АКТИВНОСТ ................................... 315 Весна М. Вучуровић и Радојка Н. Размовски АЛКОХОЛНА ФЕРМЕНТАЦИЈА МЕЛАСЕ ПОМОЋУ ЋЕЛИЈА Saccharomyces cerevisiae ИМОБИЛИСАНИХ НА РЕЗАНЦИМА ШЕЋЕРНЕ РЕПЕ .................................................................................................... 325 Марина Б. Шћибан, Јелена М. Продановић и Радојка Н. Размовски БИОСОРПЦИЈА Cu(II) И Cr(VI) МОДИФИКОВАНОМ ЧАЈНОМ ГЉИВОМ ..... 335 УПУТСТВО ЗА ПИСАЊЕ РАДА FOOD TECHNOLOGY APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper CHARACTERISTICS OF BLACKBERRY AND RASPBERRY SEEDS AND OILS Etelka B. Dimića*, Vesna B. Vujasinovićb, Olga F. Radočajc and Oršolja P. Pastora a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia College of Professional Studies in Management and Business Communication, Mitropolita Stratimirovića 110, 21205 Sremski Karlovci, Serbia c OLTRAD Consulting Inc., 2669 Inlake Court, Mississauga, L5N 2A6 Ontario, Canada This study is concerned with the determination of technological quality characterristics of dried pomaces, i.e. blackberry and raspberry seeds, along with the quality parameters, content of total carotenoids and chlorophyl and transparency of crude extracted oil (using organic solvent). Blackberry seeds (Rubus fruticosus L.) were obtained from a domestic variety Čačanska bestrna, while the raspberry seeds (Rubus idaeus L.) were of the variety Willamette. Oil content of the blackberry pomace was 13.97 and 14.34%, while the oil content of the raspberry pomace was 13.44 and 14.33% on dry basis (d.b.). In regard to technological characteristics of the pomaces, i.e. volumetric and specific weight, no considerably difference was found. However, a weight test for 1000 seeds showed a significant difference in weight: 3.5 g (d.b.) for the blackberry pomace and 1.5 g for the raspberry pomace (d.b.). Proximate analysis of blackberry seed oil showed that this oil had better quality since the FFA value was 3.43% (sample B1) and 3.53% (sample B2), while the peroxide value was 8.89 and 11.16 mmol/kg, respectively. Raspberry seed oil had higher FFA (8.59 and 8.83% for sample R1 and R2) and peroxide values (13.99 and 13.84 for sample R1 and R2) than the blackberry seed oil. Crude extracted blackberry seed oil had a brown-greenish color due to the high total chlorophyll content (around 3000 mg/kg dissolved in cyclohexane). Raspberry seed oil had a dark yellowishorange color, due to lower chlorophyll content (around 200 mg/kg) compared to the blackberry seed oil, while the content of total carotenoids was slightly higher in this oil (around 40 mg/kg) compared to the blackberry seed oil (33 mg/kg). KEY WORDS: blackberry and raspberry seeds, seeds' technological quality characterristics, pigments INTRODUCTION Our country is known as a significant producer of berries, primarily blackberries and raspberries. Serbia exported 78460 tons of fresh raspberries and 28313 tons of blackberries in 2011. However, significant amounts of berries are processed in the country. * Corresponding author: Etelka B. Dimić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 1 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper During the processing, predominantly in the fruit and beverage industry for juice and jam production, a large amount of their by-product (pomace, consisting mostly of the seeds) is produced. Since blackberry and raspberry seeds contain lipids, these by-products are very interesting as a raw material for oil manufacturing in small facilities. Namely, berry oils are considered to be specialty oils and have been in demand on the market. These oils have a unique fatty acid profile and they possess interesting minor components (1). Berry fruits are rich in phenolic compounds such as phenolic acids, flavonoids, and anthocyanins. The phenolic compounds in berries have been reported to have an antioxidant, anticancer, antiinflamatory, and antineurodegenerative biological properties (2). Tosun et al. (3) have shown that raspberries are a significant source of phenolic compounds and ascorbic acid, while antioxidant activity was high and varied greatly amongst differrent genotypes. Godjevac et al. (4) have investigated blackberry seed extracts and showed that three isolated polyphenolic compounds exhibited considerable protective effects on human lymphocytes DNA. The study by Parry and Yu (5) confirmed that the presence of n-3 fatty acid and antioxidants suggests potential value-added utilization of black raspberry seeds for preparing functional foods or supplemental products. Reyes-Carmona et al. (6) have investigated a range of blackberries of different cultivars and determined high antioxidant capacity values that were highly correlated with total phenols and anthocyanin content. The objective of this paper was to investigate the technological quality: moisture, volatile matter, oil and impurities content in seed, weight of 1000 seeds, specific weight and weight per liter of the blackberry and raspberry pomace, obtained as by-product of the industrial processing of berries, as well as the color quality parameters (acid and peroxide value), content of total carotenoids and chlorophyl, and transparency of the extracted oil. EXPERIMENTAL Materials and methods Blackbery and raspberry seeds. Blackberry seeds (Rubus fruticosus L.) were of the domestic variety Čačanska beztrna, while raspberry seeds (Rubus idaeus L.) were of the Willamette variety. Fresh berries were frozen and stored in plastic freezer bags for 8 months, after which they were processed to extract the juice. After pressing the berries, the pomace (average water content 50.02% - blackberry and 48,38% - raspberry) was collected and dried under these conditions: Blackberry seeds: Sample B1, the pomace was dried in a thin layer (thickness of approx. 1 cm) on paper at ambient temperature (22 ºC) for 72 h, with occasional stirring. Sample B2, the pomace was dried in a thin layer in the oven in two stages: first at 63±2ºC for 20 h and then at 103±2ºC for 20 h. Raspberry seeds: Sample R1, the pomace was dried in a thin layer (thickness of approx. 1 cm) on paper at ambient temperature (22ºC) for 72 h, with occasional stirring. 2 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper Sample R2, the pomace was dried in a thin layer in the oven in two stages: first at 63±2ºC for 6 h and then at 103±2ºC for 4 h. Blackberry and raspberry seed oil. Oil from dried blackberry and raspberry pomace was obtained using a standard laboratory method, extraction with hexane for 8 h. Upon completion of the extraction process the solvent was removed using a rotary vacuum evaporator at 70ºC. Methods for seeds characterization. The quality of seeds was determined according to standard methods: moisture and volatile matter content in oilseeds (7), oil content in seeds (8) and impurities content (9). The weight of 1000 seeds was determined using a gravimetric method used for grains (10). Specific weight of seeds was determined by measuring the volume of the clean seed’s weight. For volume determination, 60% ethanol solution was used. Specific seed volume (γ, g/ml) was calculated using the following equation: γ = m/Vo-V, where m was weight of seeds (g), Vo beaker’s volume (ml), and V ethanol volume added to the beaker (ml). Weight per liter of seeds (kg/l) was determined using Shopper-s scale (10). Methods for oil characterization. The peroxide value (PV), expressed in mmol/kg, was determined by the reaction of oil and 3:2 (chloroform to acetic acid) with potassium iodide in darkness. The free iodine was titrated with a thiosulfate solution (11). The acid value (AV), expressed in mg KOH/g, as well as free fatty acid content (FFA) expressed as % oleic acid, were determined by the titration of oil dissolved in a 1:1 ethanol to ether solution with an ethanolic solution of potassium hydroxide (12). Acidity was determined in the oil which was extracted by cold and hot extraction (13). Total carotenoid content was determined using a spectrophotometric method (14), by measuring the absorption of the oil dissolved in cyclohexane (1% solution) at 445 nm. Total chlorophyl content was determined by measuring the absorption of the oil solution in cyclohexane (1% solution) at 630 nm, 670 nm and 710 nm. In addition, oil absorption in chloroform (1% solution) was determined at 667 nm (15). In order to determine parameters for color characterization, transparency of oil solutions (1%) in chlorophorm and cyclohexane was measured at 455 nm. Spectrophotometric measurements were conducted using UV/VIS spectrophotometer, model T80+ (PG Instruments Limited, London). Color determination. CIE L*a*b* and CIE Y-xy graph color coordinates were determined using Minolta Chroma Meter CR-400 (Minolta Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan) in D-65 lighting, with a 2 angle and 8 mm opening. L* - value is lightness, a* - value represents red and green hue, while b* - value represents yellow and blue hues. In CIE Y-xy tristimolous system, color characteristics are presented as a dominant wavelength - (nm) and color purity - P (%). Values: L*, a*and b* were determined by reading, while the dominant wavelength was calculated based on the xy coordinates using a chromatic diagram. All measurements were made in triplicates and the results were expressed as mean value ± standard deviation. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Basic technological quality parameters of blackberry and raspberry seeds are shown in Table 1. 3 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper Table 1. Technological quality of blackberry and raspberry seeds Parameter Water content (%) Oil content (%) - tel quel (as is) - on dry basis Impurities content (%) Pure seeds content (%) Weight of 1000 seeds* (g) - tel quel (as is) - on dry basis Specific weight (g/ml) - pure seeds* - tel quel seeds (as is) Weight per 1liter (g/l): - pure seeds* - tel quel seeds (as is) Blackberry seeds B1 B2 6.59 ± 0.07 5.24 ± 0.04 Raspberry seeds R1 R2 8.53 ± 0.02 6.08 ± 0.06 13.05±0.05 13.97±0.05 4.68 ± 0.98 95.32± 0.98 13.59 ± 0.09 14.34 ± 0.09 4.36 ± 1.11 95.64 ± 1.11 12.30 ± 0.13 13.44 ± 0.13 10.06 ± 0.98 89.94 ± 0.98 13.46 ± 0.22 14.33 ± 0.22 11.16 ±1.12 88.84 ± 1.12 3.21 ± 0.05 3.45 ± 0.05 3.32 ± 0.06 3.50 ± 0.06 1.50 ± 0.07 1.64 ± 0.07 1.45 ± 0.08 1.54 ± 0.08 0.999±0.000 0.997±0.010 0.997 ± 0.010 0.993 ± 0.010 0.968 ± 0.010 0.964 ± 0.020 0.967 ± 0.000 0.963 ± 0.010 423.6 ± 0.4 384.8 ± 0.4 429.2 ± 3.2 394.0 ± 1.6 421.0 ± 1.0 375.8 ± 0.2 419.2 ± 2.0 397.8 ± 2.2 *pure seeds were separated from the dry pomace by hand Considering storage and oil extraction, water content is the most important characteristic of seeds as raw materials. Water content in dried seeds was pretty similar, ranging from 5.24 to 8.52%. It could be said that an equilibrium state of moisture was achieved using the mentioned drying conditions. The most valuable macro component of the berry seeds is the oil. Results have demonstrated that investigated domestic blackberry and raspberry varieties were very similar in terms of oil content. The oil content in the blackberry seed samples B1 and B2 was 13.97 and 14.34 % d.b., respectively, while in the raspberry seeds R1 and R2 it was 13.44 and 14.33 % d.b., respectively. Literature reviews have shown scarce data for oil content in blackberry seeds; the only value found was published by Kiss (16) and it was 14.7%, which is very similar to our results. Our results are in good agreement with published literature data for raspberry seed oil content too. According to Lampi and Heinonen (17) oil content was 10.7-23.2 %; Oomah et al. (18) reported 10.7% (d.b.), while Kiss (16) obtained 14%, and Šućurović et al. (19) 14.5% (at the water content of 9.7%). The content of impurities in the blackberry seeds was low (4.5% of the total seeds weight), where 4% was dust, and the rest was organic plant material (dry fruit parts, thorns, membranes etc.), while the pure seeds content was about 95%. Raspberry seeds had higher impurity levels, 10.06 and 11.16% (with more than 10% dust), while the organic material quantity was negligible. The content of pure raspberry seeds was approximately 90 %. The parameters such as the weight of 1000 seeds, specific weight and weight of 1 liter of seeds, are used to determine not only the seeds’ quality, but also to help in the determination of volumetric seed weight for storage purposes. The weight of 1000 blackberry seeds was around 3.5 g, while for the raspberry samples the values were 1.54 and 1.64 g 4 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper (d.b.), which means that blackberry seeds were bigger in size. The ratio between the weight of 1000 seeds of blackberries and raspberries was 2.29. Kiss (16) published similar results: 3.97 g for blackberry seeds and 1.42 g for raspberry seeds. According to Oomah et al. (18), the weight of 1000 blackberry seeds was 1.8 g. The specific volumetric (1 l) weight of pure seeds and tel quel (as is) seeds were pretty similar for both types of seeds. To the best of our knowledge, there are no published data on impurities content, or specific and volumetric weight of these seeds. The most important quality parameters of berry seed oils are given in Table 2. Table 2. Some quality parameters of blackberry and raspberry seed oils Parameter Acid value (mg KOH/g) - hot extraction - cold extraction FFA (% oleic acid) - cold extraction Peroxide value (mmol/kg) - cold extraction Blackberry seed oil B1 B2 Raspberry seed oil R1 R2 7.75 ± 0.22 6.85 ± 0.11 8.23 ± 0.25 7.05 ± 0.30 18.74 ± 0.26 17.18 ± 0.43 17.65 ± 0.33 17.86 ± 0.51 3.43 ± 0.11 3.53 ± 0.30 8.59 ± 0.43 8.83 ± 0.51 8.89 ± 0.12 11.16 ± 0.23 13.99 ± 0.44 13.84 ± 0.48 The acidity of the oils was determined after their hot extraction, as well as after cold extraction. The acid value of blackberry oil after hot extraction was in the range from 7.75 to 8.23 mg KOH/g, while of the raspberry seed oil it was higher, ranging from 17.18 to 18.74 KOH/g. The increase of the acidity of both seed types can be due to longer storage time of the berries. Namely, the frozen berries were stored for 8 months before they were used, so that it was likely that the oil hydrolysis took place by the action of lipase. Van Hoed et al. (1, 20) reported that blackberry seed oils had FFA values of 0.96 and 0.80%, while raspberry seed oils had FFA values of 0.49 and 0.69% (expressed as oleic acid). However, the oils in their study were obtained from the seeds originating from fresh berries. Šućurović et al. (19) investigated freeze-dried raspberry seeds and found an FFA value of 1.32%. Peroxide values, as indicators of the primary oxidation process, were higher in the raspberry (13.99 and 13.84 mmol/kg) than in blackberry seed oils (8.89 to 11.16 mmol/kg). Although these values are high for crude plant oils, it could be said that they are in the range of PV reported in other studies for berry seed oils (1, 20, 21). Based on the PV, it is shown that raspberry seed oil is more prone to oxidation than blackberry seed oil. The color perceptions of the extracted berry seed oils are presented in Table 3. Visual presentation of oils is very important for their potential application in food and cosmetic products. Based on the visual color evaluation, blackberry seed oil had a dark brown-greenish color with an orange hue (viewed as a thin oil layer). Raspberry seed oil was dark yellowish-orange in color. Hence, both oils were pretty dark in color and not clear at room temperature. 5 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper Table 3. Color characteristics of blackberry and raspberry seed oils Oil type Blackberry B1 B2 Raspberry R1 R2 CIE system λ (nm) P (%) 589.0 8.19 588.0 8.09 580.5 24.56 580.0 25.87 L* (%) 16.94±0.03 16.84±0.02 20.43±0.06 20.23±0.03 CIE L*a*b* system a* 2.32±0.04 2.30±0.03 3.23±0.01 3.63±0.01 b* 0.99±0.09 0.90±0.04 7.01±0.01 6.99±0.02 λ – dominant wave-length; P – color purity; L* – lightness; a* – red hue; b* – yellow hue Table 3 shows that the color purity (clarity) of the blackberry seed oil was very weak (around 8%), where the color determined using the CIE L*a*b*system confirmed orange instead of green hue. The discrepancy between the visual and instrumental determination of the oil color was due to very weak clarity of the oil color. Color clarity of the raspberry seed oil was three times higher (around 25%), while the dominant wavelength was in the yellowish-orange hue range. With the rise in color clarity (purity), the hue became saturated, and the raspberry oil color determined by the CIE L*a*b* system was in agreement with the color determined visually. Visual color perception is mainly a function of the pigment quantity present in the oil. Total content of carotenoids, chlorophyl, as well as the transparency of blackberry and raspberry seed oil is shown in Table 4. Table 4. Content of total carotenoids, chlorophyl and transparency of blackberry and raspberry seed oil Oil Blackberry B1 B2 Raspberry R1 R2 a Total carotenoidsa (mg/kg) 32.30±0.55 33.92±0.67 39.06±0.25 41.44±0.68 Total chlorophyl (mg/kg) cyclohexane chloroform 3049.52±17.79 1505.78±12.59 3094.98±20.54 1583.62±11.66 208.50±1.44 129.97±4.06 199.88±2.45 120.78±3.66 Transparency (%) cyclohexane chloroform 25.84±0.68 19.28±0.27 24.33±0.34 18.87±0.23 12.46±0.49 9.83±0.65 11.08±0.33 9.54±0.21 expressed as β-caroten Total carotenoids content, expressed as β-caroten, was pretty similar in all oil samples. Parry et al. (21) have used the HPLC method to determine total carotenoids content. They obtained the values of 23.4 μmol/kg for the blackberry seed oil and 12.5 μmol/kg for the raspberry seed oil. In the study of Oomah et al. (18), the total carotenoids content (expressed as β-caroten) of 23 mg/100g was reported. The values for total carotenoids content in this study are much lower compared to that found for the cold-pressed pumpkin seed oil, where the values were in the range from 138.67 to 218.67 mg/kg. Virgin cold-pressed pumpkin oil had these values even higher, ranging from 240.18 to 526.22 mg/kg (22). The total chlorophyl content was determined by dissolving oil samples in cyclohexane and chloroform. It has to be noted that there was a difference in the values obtained by using these two solvents. Namely, when the total chlorophyl content was determined by 6 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper dissolving oil in cyclohexane, the results were two times higher compared to the values obtained by dissolving oil in chloroform. Thus, the values obtained for the blackberry seed oil were 3000 mg/kg (in cyclohexane) and 1500 mg/kg (in chloroform). The raspberry seed oil had much lower values: the total chlorophyl content of 200 mg/kg (in cyclohexane) and 120 mg/kg in chloroform solution. The total chlorophyl content of blackberry seed oil was around fifteen times higher than of the raspberry seed oil. Transparency was also determined using both cyclohexane and chloroform solutions. Regardless of the method used, the values for oil transparency of the blackberry seed oil were approximately twice than those for the raspberry seed oil. This can be explained by the fact that the raspberry seed oil has a much higher content of total carotenoids, while the oil transparency was measured at 455 nm, i.e. at the wavelength where carotenoids exhibit maximum absorption. CONCLUSION Results obtained in this study have shown that pomace, a by-product from berry processing, specifically blackberry and raspberry juice, can be used as a potential raw material for oil extraction. This is supported by the fact that dried pomace has around 14% of oil (d.b.). Although both seeds were very small in size, blackberry seeds were twice the weight of the raspberry seeds. Conversely, due to the small seed size, there was no considerable difference in the volumetric weight, which was around 420 g/l. The FFA and PV values for the oils extracted from dried seeds are much higher than those found in other plant oils. Further studies should encompass investigations of storage time on the primary oil characteristics of frozen berry seed oil. The crude blackberry seed oil extracted using organic solvent was dark brown-greenish in color, primarily due to the high total chlorophyl content (around 3000 mg/kg in cyclohexane). The raspberry seed oil was dark yellowish-orange in color, due to lower chlorophyl content (around 200 mg/kg) compared to the blackberry seed oils, while the total carotenoides content was slightly higher (40 mg/kg) compared to the blackberry seed oil (33 mg/kg). Acknowledgement These results are part of the project TR 31014 „Development of the new functional confectionery products based on oil crops“, financially supported by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Van Hoed, V., De Clercq, N., Echim, C., Andjelkovic, M., Leber, E., Dewettinck, K. and Verhe, R.: Berry seeds: A source of specialty oils with high nutritional value. J. of Food Lipids 16, 1 (2009) 33-49. 2. Sariburun, E., Sahin, S., Demir, C., Turkben, C. and Uylaser, V.: Phenolic content and antioxidant activity of raspberry and blackberry cultivars. J. Food Sci. 75, 4 (2010) C328-C335. 7 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper 3. Tosun, M., Ercisli, S., Karlidag, H. and Sengul, M.: Characterization of red raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) genotypes for their physicochemical properties. J. Food Sci. 74, 7 (2009) C575-C579. 4. Godjevac, D., Tesevic, V., Vajs, V., Milosavljevic, S. and Stankovic, M.: Blackberry seed extracts and isolated polyphenolic compunds showing protective effect on human lymphocytes DNA. J. Food Sci.76, 7 (2011) C1039-C1044. 5. Parry, J. and Yu, L.: Fatty acid content and antioxidant properties of cold-pressed black raspberry seed oil and meal. J. Food Sci. 69, 3 (2004) FCT189-FCT193. 6. Reyes-Carmona, J., Yousef, G.G., Martinez-Peniche, R.A. and Lila, M.A.: Antioxidant capacity of fruit extracts of blackberry (Rubus sp.) produced in different climatic regions. J. Food Sci. 70, 7 (2005) S497-S503. 7. ISO Standard - Oilseeds - Determination of moisture and volatile matter content, International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, No. 665, 1977. 8. ISO Standard - Oilseeds - Determination of hexane extract (or light petroleum extract), called “oil content”, International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, No. 659, 1988. 9. ISO Standard - Oilseeds - Determination of impurities content, International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, No. 658, 1988. 10. Karlović, Đ. i Andrić, N.: Kontrola kvaliteta semena uljarica, Savezni zavod za standardizaciju, Beograd i Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Tehnološki fakultet, Novi Sad (1996) pp. 370-374. 11. ISO Standard - Animal and vegetable fats and oils - Determination of peroxide value, International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, No. 3960, 2001. 12. ISO Standard - Animal and vegetable fats and oils - Determination of acidity, International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, No. 660, 2000. 13. Dimić, E. i Turkulov, J.: Kontrola kvaliteta u tehnologiji jestivih ulja, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Tehnološki fakultet, Novi Sad (2000) pp. 151-153. 14. British standard method of analysis of fats and fatty oils. Determination of carotene in vegetable oils, British Standard Ilustration, London, 1977. 15. Pokorny, J., Dobiasova S. and Davidek, J.: Repeatibility of the determination of oxidative stability of vegetable oils using the Schaal oven test. Scientific papers of the Prague Insitute of chemical technology, 58 (1985) 163-173. 16. Kiss, A.: Bogyós gyümölcsök magvainak és magolajainak vizsgálata, Szakdolgozat, Kertészeti és Élelmiszeripari Egyetem, Élelmiszeripari Kar, Budapest, 1999. 17. Lampi, A. and Heionen, M.: Berry seed and grapeseed oils, in Gourmet and health promoting speciality oils. Eds. Moreau R. A. and Kamal-Eldin, A., AOCS Press, Urbana, Illinois (2009) pp. 215-235. 18. Oomah, B.D, Ladet, S., Godfrey, D.V., Liang, J. and Girard, B.: Characteristics of raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) seed oil. Food Chem. 69, 2 (2000) 187-193. 19. Šućurović, A., Vukelić, N., Ignjatović, Lj., Brčeski, I. and Jovanović, D.: Physicalchemical characteristics and oxidative stability of oil obtained from lyophilized raspberry seed. Eur. J. Lipid Sci. Technol. 111, 11 (2009) 1133-1141. 20. Van Hoed, V., Barbouche, I., De Clercq, N., Dewettinck, K., Slah, M., Leber, E. and Verhe, R.: Influence of filtering of cold pressed berry seed oils on their antioxidant profile. Food Chem. 127, 4 (2011) 1848-1855. 8 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243001D UDC: 665.345 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 1-9 Original scientific paper 21. Parry, J., Su, L., Luther, M., Zhou, K., Yurawecz, M. P., Whittaker, P. and Yu, L.: Fatty acid composition and antioxidant properties of cold-pressed marionberry, boysenberry, red raspberry and blueberry seed oils. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53, 3 (2005) 566-573. 22. Vujasinović, V.: Influence of thermal treatment of pumpkin seeds Cucurbita pepo L. on nutritive value and oxidative stability of oil, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Novi Sad, 2011. КАРАКТЕРИСТИКE СЕМЕНА И УЉА КУПИНЕ И МАЛИНЕ Етелка Б. Димића, Весна Б. Вујасиновићб, Олга Ф. Радочајв и Оршоља П. Пастора а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Висока школа струковних студија за менаџмент и пословне комуникације, Митрополита Стратимировића 110, 21205, Сремски Карловци, Србија в OLTRAD Consulting Inc., 2669 Inlake Court, Mississauga, L5N 2A6 Ontario, Canada У овом раду су одређене технолошке карактеристике осушеног тропа, односно, семена купине и малине, као и параметри квалитета, садржај укупних каротеноида и хлорофила, транспаренција и боја сировог уља издвојеног из семена помоћу органског растварача. Семе купине (Rubus fruticosus L.) је добијено из плода домаће сорте Чачанска безтрна, а семе малине (Rubus idaeus L.) из плода сорте Willamette. Садржај уља у семену осушеног тропа купине износиo je 13,97 и 14,34%, а код малине 13,44 и 14,33% на суву материју (с.м.). По технолошким карактеристикама, литарској и специфичној маси семена, нису нађене разлике, међутим маса 1000 семена је код купине износила око 3,5г, а код малине око 1,5 г на с.м. Oсновни хемијски квалитет уља семена купине је био знатно бољи у односу на уље малине, будући да је садржај слободних масних киселина (СМК) био 3,43 и 3,53%, а пероксидни број (Пбр) 8,89 и 11,16 ммол/кг, док су код малине вредности СМК биле 8,59 i 8,83%, а Пбр 13,99 и 13,84 ммол/кг. Сирово екстраховано уље семена купине било је тамне мрко-зелене боје, пре свега због високог садржаја укупних хлорофила, око 3000 мг/кг (у циклохексану). Уље малине је било тамне жућкасто-наранџасте боје, будући да је садржај хлорофила био знатно мањи, око 200 мг/кг, у односу на уље купине, док је садржај укупних каротеноида био нешто већи, око 40 мг/кг (код купине око 33 мг/кг). Кључне речи: семе купине и малине, технолошке карактеристике семена, пигменти Received: 03 September 2012 Accepted: 02 October 2012 9 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper VOLATILE COMPOUNDS OF FUNCTIONAL DAIRY PRODUCTS Mirela D. Iličić*, Spasenija D. Milanović, Marijana Đ. Carić, Katarina G. Kanurić, Vladimir R. Vukić, Dajana V. Hrnjez and Marjan I. Ranogajec University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Volatile compounds, affecting flavour of traditional and probiotic fresh cheese, were determined. Functional dairy product-fresh cheese was produced from milk of 2.5% fat content and milk of 4.2% fat content, under the semi-industrial conditions. The traditional starter culture Flora Danica (FD) and a combination of probiotic starter ABT-1 and FD (ABT-1:FD=1:1) were applied as starters. The volatile fractions were isolated by employing the combined simultaneous distillation-extraction technique (SDE). The compounds were identified by gas chromatography – mass spectrometry (GC-MS) and quantified by using standard procedure. Following 19 compounds have been identified: 8 hydrocarbons (decane, undecane, tridecane, tetradecane, pentadecane, hexadecane, octadecane and 2, 6, 10, 14-tetramethyl hexadecane); 6 ketones (2-heptanone, 2-nonanone, 2undecanone, 2-pentadecanone, 2-heptadecanone and 2-tridecanone); 3 aldehydes (nonanal, tetradecanal and hexadecanal); 1 fatty acid (decanoic acid) and disulfide, bis (1-methylethyl). The highest levels were associated with hexadecanal, 2-pentadecanone, 2-tridecanone, and 2-undecanone in all examined samples, regardless to the starter culture and type of milk used. KEY WORDS: Fresh cheese, volatile flavour components, probiotics. INTRODUCTION Functional dairy product is highly valuable products, particularly if it contains probiotics. However, main obstacle to its broader consumption could be lower sensory characteristics, compared to the traditional fresh cheese. Very important factor, which affects flavour, is great number of volatile compounds appearing as a result of an action of enzymes on the milk components: protein, fat, lactose, and citrate. Proteolytic enzymes from lactic acid bacteria cause the degradation of casein and peptides, leading to production of free amino acids that contribute directly to the basic taste of cheese and indirectly to cheese flavour, as the precursors for other catabolic reactions (1, 2, 3). These reactions and side-chain modification may yield keto-acids, ammonia, amines, aldehydes, acids and alcohols, which are essential contributors to cheese taste and aroma. For exam* Corresponding author: Mirela D. Iličić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 11 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper ple, bitterness is due to hydrophobic peptides, rancidity to fatty acids, and fruitiness to esters (3). Volatile fatty acids in fresh cheese are the products of various metabolic pathways, mostly microbial. Their further degradation leads to a generation of very important group of compounds - aldehydes and ketones. Besides ß-oxidation of fatty acids, they can be synthesized by direct oxidation of hydrocarbons (4). Panseri et al. (number ) investigating flavour of the Italian mountain cheese- Bitto have detected aldehyde hexadecanal, which is associated with the waxy, floral aroma; 2-pentadecanone, giving delicate musk aroma; 2-undecanone, giving citrus, rose and iris aroma and n-nonanal, giving floral, citrus and green aroma (5). Many authors have found 2-undecanone, 2-heptanone and 2-nonanone as flavour compounds in semi fat and fat cheeses, exposed to a certain period of ripening (6-9). Nogueira et al. (10) identified 2-undecanone, which gives fruity, oral notes to Minas cheese, while Beuvier and Buchin detected 2-heptanone in Emmental, Gruyere and Padano cheese (10, 11). Important flavour compounds are esters, formed by condensation of an acid and an alcohol either spontanously or mediated by microbial esterases. Sulphur compounds are particularly present in mould- or smear-surface cheese, and provide typical cabbage or garlic flavours (11-14). Cheeses can contain also a great number of hydrocarbons, which belong to a family of secondary products of lipid antioxidants (15). They do not have a major contribution to aroma in cheese, but may serve as precursors for the formation of other aromatic compounds (16). Starter culture is an important factor which affects flavour of the final product. When starters are new systems, as probiotics, very little knowledge about their aroma impact exists. Recently, an investigation was performed by Kourkoutas et al. (17). The investigators immobilized Lb. casei cells on fruit (apple and pear) peaces and used them as adjunct culture in probiotic cheese making. Sensory evaluation revealed the fruity taste of the obtained probiotic cheese. It was found that the commercial Feta cheese has a more sour taste, whereas no significant differences concerning two cheeses flavour were reported. A significant content of n-hexadecanoic acid was found in both products. Other investigation dealt with the use of freeze-dried kefir coculture as a starter in the production of Feta-type cheese (18). The main active microbial associations were members of the genera Pseudomonas and Lactococcus. The effect of the starter culture on the production of aroma-related compounds was studied. Among 18 carbonyl compounds, 2-undecanone and hexadecanone were identified. Broadbent et al. (19) made the reduced-fat Cheddar cheeses with Lc. lactis starter only, starter plus Lb. casei ATCC 334, and starter plus Lb. casei ATCC 334 transformed with pTRKH2: dhic (19). They found that the culture system used significantly affected the concentrations of various ketones, aldehydes, alcohols and esters, after 3 months of ripening. Among other volatile compounds, hexadecanal ranging 0.22-0.52 μg/g as well as 2-undecanone varying 0.01-0.03 µg/g were quantified. Very limitted data on fresh cheese are available when probiotics as the starters are applied. The aim of this study was to investigate the volatile compounds in functional dairy products-probiotic fresh cheese produced with combination of probiotics and traditional cultures from partially skimmed and full-fat milk. 12 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper MATERIAL AND EXPERIMENTAL Starter Culture Traditional culture Flora Danica - FD (Lc. lactis subsp. lactis, Lc. lactis subsp. cremoris, Ln. mesenteroides subsp. cremoris, Lc. lactis subsp. lactis biovar diacetylactis) was applied for production of control samples, while the 1:1 combination of FD and probiotic starter culture ABT-1 (Lb. acidophilus-5, Bifidobacterium-12, Str. thermophilus) was used for production of probiotic cheese. Both starters are commertially available (Chr. Hansen, Denmark). Cheese manufacture Two series of functional dairy products - fresh cheese samples with different fat content were manufactured under semi-industrial conditions. Milk was pasteurized at 71C, during 15s, and cooled to 28C. Starter culture (0.01%) and 0.005% enzyme for coagulation were added into milk at 28C. Coagulation lasted 18 hours (pH= 4.6). After that, coagulum was cut, pasteurized by gently stirring at 60C (5 min) and quickly cooled and drained. Cheese samples were homogenized by mixing and packed in cups of 1.8 dl volume. Series I was produced from milk of 2.5% fat; it consisted of the traditional fresh cheese - I.FD and probiotic fresh cheese - I.ABT-1: FD=1:1. Series II was produced from milk of 4.2% fat; it consisted of the traditional fresh cheese - II.FD and probiotic fresh cheese - II.ABT-1: FD=1:1. Chemical analyses Milk composition and quality of fresh cheese samples were analysed by standard methods. Dry matter content was measured in milk (20) and cheese by drying at 105oC (21). Fat content in milk and cheese (F) were analysed according to Gerber (22) and Van Gulik (23), respectively. Total nitrogen content (TN) was determined according to Kjeldahl method (24), while total proteins (TP) were calculated by multiplying TN by 6.38%. Ash content was determined by ignition at 550oC (AOAC, 2000), while pH value was measured by pH-meter Iskra, MA 5713, Kranj, Slovenia. All results are based on 3 to 5 measurements of each parameter. Analyses of volatile flavour compounds The volatile flavour components were isolated from fresh cheese samples employing the combined simultaneous distillation-extraction procedure widely used in cheese analysis (25). 10 g of cheese sample was poured into the distillation vessel with 40 mL distilled water. Distilled water (1.5 mL) and 1 ml n-pentane were mixed in the extractor. Extraction was performed for 2 hours. The obtained extract was evaporated and reconstituted to 100 µL with ethyl-acetate. The concentrated extracts were analysed by Agilent Technologies 13 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper G1777A Gas Chromatograph, equipped with flame ionization detector and capillary column DB-5 30m x 0.25mm. The oven temperature was programmed: 50°C, 1 min; from 50 to 100°C at 5°C/min, from 100 to 200°C at 9°C/min, for 2.9 min. The carrier gas was nitrogen (2mL/min). The injected volume was 3μL. The injector and detector temperature was set at 250°C. The volatile components were identified by gas chromatography - mass spectrometry (GC-MS). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Chemical composition of functional dairy products-fresh cheese samples is presented in Figure 1. 30 Total solids Fat Total proteins Lactose Quality parameters (%) 25 20 15 10 5 0 I.FD I.ABT-1:FD = 1:1 II.FD II.ABT-1:FD = 1:1 Fresh cheese samples Figure 1. Composition of fresh cheese samples This analysis shows that some differences between cheeses produced by traditional starter culture application: I.FD and II.FD and starter combination: I. ABT-1:FD=1:1 and II. ABT-1:FD=1:1 exist. Probiotic cheese I.ABT-1:FD=1:1 produced in series I, from milk with 2.5% fat, contains less dry matter than the traditional cheese. On the contrary, probiotic cheese produced from milk with 4.2% fat in series II, has greater content of dry matter. In cheeses manufactured from partially skimmed milk content of proteins is greater than content of fat, while in the cheeses produced from full-fat milk content of fat overcomes the content of proteins. Nutritive value of obtained cheeses is high and all cheeses can be suggested as valuable food under the condition that their sensory characteristics are acceptable. Due to analyses of aromatic fractions of the manufactured traditional and probiotic cheeses, the SDE-procedure was applied. Figure 2 and 3 shows the obtained capillary gas hromatogram of the SDE volatile fraction of cheeses produced from partially skimmed milk in series I and from full-fat milk in series II, respectively. 14 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011 1 I UDC C: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-718 88 (2012) 43, 11-19 Origin nal scientific paper Figure 2. Chrom matogram of the SD DE fraction of cheeese from milk of 2.5% fat: a) traditional fresh cheese; c b) fresh chheese produced byy application of sttarter culture combinattion ABT-1:FD=1:1 Figure 3. Chrom matogram of the SD DE fraction of cheeese from milk of 4.2 % fat: a)) traditional fresh cheese b) fresh chheese produced byy application of staarter culture combinattion ABT-1:FD=1:1 In n the traditional frresh I.FD cheese m manufactured from m skimmed milk, 77 compounds were identified by GC C-MS; 79 compounnds were identifieed in the probioticc I.ABT-1 : FD = 1 : 1 cheese, produced from the samee milk. Quantitivelly, 18 compoundss were determined by b internal standarrd procedure in booth cases (Table 1)). In n the traditional frresh II.FD cheese produced from fuull-fat milk, 71 co ompounds were deteccted by GC-MS; 58 compounds w were detected in the probiotic II.A ABT-1:FD=1:1 cheesse, manufactured from the same miilk. Quantitively, 19 compounds were w determined by in nternal standard prrocedure (Table 11) in traditional cheese and 15 com mpounds of the probiiotic cheese. The obtained valuees of the quantifiedd compounds are shown as the relaative concentrations (%). Following 19 1 compounds havve been identifiedd: 8 hydrocarbons (decane, n-undecan ne, tridecane, tetraadecane, pentadeccane, hexadecane,, octadecane and 2,6,10,14-tetra2 methy yl hexadecane); 6 ketones (2-heptaanone, 2-nonanonee, 2-undecanone, 2-pentadecano2 ne, 2-heptadecanone and a 2-tridecanone)); 3 aldehydes (noonanal, tetradecan nal and hexadecanall); 1 fatty acid (decanoic acid) and ddisulfide, bis (1-m methylethyl). 15 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper The main compounds are hexadecanal, 2-pentadecanone, 2-tridecanone and 2-undecanone, present in all examined samples (Table 1). Table 1. The quantified volatile components detected in SDE fraction of functional dairy samples Volatile compounds I.FD RTa (min) 5.61 8.50 SERIES I I.ABT-1:FD=1:1 RTa RCb RCb (%) (%) (min) 0.12 5.61 0.17 0.03 8.50 0.06 2-Heptanone Decane Disulfide, bis 9.08 0.04 9.08 (1-methylethyl) 2-Nonanone 11.1 0.52 11.1 Undecane 11.38 0.05 11.37 Nonanal 11.51 0.03 11.5 2-Undecanone 15.66 0.81 15.65 Tridecane 15.8 0.4 15.8 Decanoic acid 16.88 0.21 16.86 Tetradecane 17.49 2-Tridecanone 18.98 1.48 18.95 Pentadecane 19.02 0.05 19.02 Hexadecane 20.41 0.27 20.42 Tetradecanal 20.6 0.61 20.6 2-Pentadeca-none 21.7 1.59 21.7 Octadecane 23.02 0.59 23.03 2, 6, 10, 14-Tetra23.12 0.15 methyl hexadecane Hexadecanal 23.29 7.41 23.28 2-Heptadeca-none 24.66 0.34 24.66 a RT – Retention time; b RC – Relative concentration RTa (min) 5.62 8.51 SERIES II II.ABT-1:FD=1:1 RTa RCb RCb (%) (min) (%) 0.21 5.61 0.12 0.07 - 0.06 9.08 0.08 - - 0.43 0.07 0.04 0.75 0.45 0.14 0.08 1.35 0.06 0.1 0.4 1.36 0.7 11.1 11.38 11.51 15.65 15.8 16.88 17.49 18.94 19.02 20.41 20.6 21.7 28.02 0.47 0.08 0.11 0.63 0.48 0.43 0.09 1.31 0.08 0.09 0.29 1.44 0.4 11.09 11.37 15.65 15.79 16.85 17.49 18.94 19.01 20.41 20.1 21.69 23.02 0.57 0.08 1.02 0.52 0.05 0.08 2.01 0.06 0.09 0.05 2.2 0.34 - 23.11 0.09 23.11 0.09 2.9 0.22 23.55 24.66 3.7 0.36 23.28 - 2.1 - II.FD The highest level of hexadecanal (7.4%) was found in the traditional I.FD cheese. Also, very high level (3.7%) was detected in the traditional II.FD cheese. The probiotic cheeses contain lower levels of hexadecanal; probiotic I.ABT-1:FD=1:1 cheese 2.9% and probiotic II.ABT-1:FD=1:1 cheese 2.1%. Second important volatile compound is 2-pentadecanone. Its level is the highest (2.2%) in the probiotic II.ABT-1: FD=1:1 cheese, which is followed by the traditional I.FD cheese (1.5%) and the other traditional II.FD cheese (1.44%). The lowest level was found in the probiotic I.ABT-1: FD=1:1 cheese (1.36%). Very similar results were obtained in the case of the third compound present in all samples, 2-tridecanоne. The fourth volatile compound, present in all samples, was 2undecanone. It reached 1.02% in the probiotic II.ABT-1:FD=1:1 cheese, 0.81% in the traditional I.FD cheese, 0.75% in the probiotic I.ABT-1:FD=1:1 cheese and 0.63% in the traditional II.FD cheese. Based on the analysis of values presented in Table 1, it can be concluded that probiotic cheeses in both series contained less quantity of the main volatile compound (hexadecanal) than the traditional cheeses. Some authors (5) associated the presence of hexadecanal with the waxy, floral aroma of cheese. The remaining three important compounds (2pentadecanone, 2-tridecanone and 2-undecanone) were present in probiotic cheeses pro16 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper duced in series I and series II even at a higher level than in the traditional cheeses, especially when full-fat milk was used (Table 1). Presence of 2-pentadecanone can be related to the delicate musk aroma of cheese (5). Many authors have found 2-undecanone as a compound giving citrus, rose and iris aroma flavour to semi fat and fat cheeses (5-10). Unfortunately, there are not literature date about aroma of fresh cheeses particularly cheeses produced with probiotics application. Volatile compounds, present in smaller quantities in investigated cheeses, are: tetradecanal, octadecanal, 2-nonanone, tridecane, 2-heptadecanone, hexadecane and decanoic fatty acid. These compounds were detected in all samples, except 2-heptadecanone in probiotic cheese II.ABT-1:FD=1:1. Their quantity varied from 0.7% to 0.1%. They were identified by other authors, but in semi-hard and hard cheeses. So, 2-heptanone and 2-nonanone were identified by Moio et al. (1998), Fernandez-Garcia et al. (2002) and Lanciotti et al. (2006) (6,8,9). Panseri et al. (5) associated presence of n-nonanal with floral, citrus and green flavour of Italian Bitto cheese (5). Finally, a great number of n-alkanes, such as decane, undecane, tridecane, tetradecane, pentadecane, hexadecane, octadecane etc., were present in all fresh cheese samples. These compounds also were found as volatile flavour components of buffalo Mozzarella cheese in a study of Moio et al. (26). Although the hydrocarbons do not have a major contribution to aroma in cheese, they may serve as precursors for the formation of other aromatic compounds (15). CONCLUSION On the basis of the comparative study carried out it can be concluded that there is an acceptable level of similarity between aroma of traditional fresh cheese and probiotic fresh cheese. Consequently, the functional dairy product-probiotic cheeses manufactured from milk of 2.5% fat content and full-fat milk (4.2 % fat) by applying the combination of the traditional and probiotic starter culture in ratio 1:1, possess good characteristics, regarding to their taste and flavour. Acknowledgements The financial support from the Ministry of Education and Science (Project No. 46009) of Serbia is gratefully acknowleged. The authors thank also MTC, Sombor, Serbia for supply of probiotic starters Chr. Hansen, Denmark and AD Imlek, Division Novi Sad Dairy, Serbia for cooperation in experiments in their plant. REFERENCES 1. Esriche, I., Serra, J.A., Guardiola, V. and Mulet, A.: Composition of Medium Volatibility (Simultaneous Distillation Extraction-SDE) Aromatic Fraction of Pressed, Uncooked Paste Cheese (Mahon Cheese). Journal of Food Composition and Analyses. 12 (1999) 63-69. 2. Irygoyen, A., Ortigosa, M., Juansaras, I., Oneca, M. and Torre, P.: Influence of an adjunct culture of Lactobacillus on the free amino acids and volatile compound in a Roncal-type ewe’s–milk cheese. Food Chem. 100 (2007) 71-80. 17 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper 3. Hannon, J.A., Kilcawley, K.N., Wilkinson, M.G., Delahunty, C.M. and Beresford, T.P.: Flavour Precoursor development in Cheddar cheese due to lactococcal starters and the presence and lyses of Lactobacillus helveticus. Int Dairy J. 17 (2007) 316327. 4. Forney, F.W. and Markovetz, A.J.: The biology of methyl ketones. J. Lipid. Res. 12 (1971) 383-395. 5. Panseri, S., Giani, I., Mentasti, T., Bellagamba, F., Caprino, F. and Moretti, V.M.: Determination of flavour compounds in a mountain cheese by headspace sorptive extraction-thermal desorption-capillary gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. LWT Food Sci. Technol. 41 (2008) 185-192. 6. Moio, L. and Addeo, F.: Grana Padano cheese aroma. J. Dairy Res. 65 (1998) 317333. 7. Moio, L., Piombino, P. and Addeo, F.: Odour-impact compounds of Gorgonzola cheese. J. Dairy Res. 67 (2000) 273-285. 8. Fernandez-Garcia, E., Carbonell, M. and Nunez, M.: Volatile fraction and sensory characteristics of Manchego cheese. 1. Comparison of raw and pasteurized milk cheese. J. Dairy Res. 69 (2002) 579-593. 9. Lanciotti, R., Vannini, L., Patrignani, F., Iucci, L., Vallicelli, M., Ndagijimana, M. and Guerzoni, M.E.: Effect of high pressure homogenisation of milk on cheese yield and microbiology, lipolysis and proteolysis during ripening of Caciotta cheese. J. Dairy Res. 73 (2006) 216-226. 10. Nogueira, C.M.L., Lubachevsky, G., Scott A. and Rankin, S.A.: A study of the volatile composition of Minas cheese. J. Food Sci. Tech. 38 (2005) 555-563. 11. Beuvier, E. and Buchin, S.: Raw milk Cheeses in Cheese, Chemistry, Physics and Microbiology, General Aspects. Eds. Fox, P.F., McSweeney, Cogan, T.M., Guinee, T.P. Elsevier, Academic Press (2005) pp. 319-345. 12. Horne, J., Carpino, S.M, Tuminello, L, Rapisarda, T., Corallo, L. and Licitra, G.: Differences in volatiles, and chemical, microbial and sensory characteristics between artisanal and industrial Piacentinu Ennese cheeses. Int. Dairy J. 15 (2005) 605-617. 13. Fox, P.F., Guinee, T.P., Cogan, T.M. and McSweeney, P.L.H.: Cheese Flavor, in: Fundamentals of Cheese Science, Aspen publishers Inc., Gaithersburg, Maryland (2000) pp. 282-303. 14. Martinez-Castro, I., Sanz, J., Amigo, L., Ramos, M. and Martin-Alvarez, P.: Volatile Components of Manchego Cheese. J. Dairy Res. 58 (1991) 239-246. 15. Barbieri, G., L. Bolzoni, M. Careri, A. Mangia, G. Parolari, S. Spagnoli, and Virgill, R.: Study of the volatile fraction of Parmesan cheese. J. Agric. Food Chem. 42 (1994) 1170-1176. 16. Arora, G., Cormier, F. and Lee. B.: Analysis of odor-active volatiles in Cheddar cheese headspace multidimensional GC/MS/ Sniffing. J. Agric. Food Chem. 43 (1995) 748-752. 17. Kourkoutas, Y., Bosnea, L., Taboukos, S., Baras, C., Lambrou, D. and Kanellaki, M.: Probiotic Cheese Production Using Lactobacillus casei Cells Immobilized on Fruit Pieces. J. Dairy Sci. 89 (2006) 1439-1451. 18 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243011I UDC: 637.352:543.613 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 11-19 Original scientific paper 18. Kourkoutas, Y., Kandylis, P., Panas, P., Dooley, J.S.G., Nigam, P. and Koutinas, A. A.: Evaluation of Freeze-Dried Kefir Coculture as Starter in Feta-Type Cheese Production. Appl. Environ. Microb. 72, 9 (2006) 6124-6135. 19. Broadbent, J., Gummalla, S., Hughes, J.E., Johnson, M.E., Rankin, S.A., Drake, M.A.: Overexpression of Lactobacillus casei D-Hydroxyisocaproic Acid Dehydrogenase in Cheddar Cheese. Appl. Environ. Microb. 70, 8 (2004) 4814-4820. 20. IDF: Milk and Milk products - Determination of Total Solids Content. IDF Standard 21A. Brussels, Belgium: International Dairy Federation (1982). 21. IDF: Determination of Fat Milk Content by the Gerber Method. IDF Standard 150. Brussels, Belgium: International Dairy Federation (1981). 22. Carić, M., Milanović, S. and Vucelja, D.: Standard Methods of Analysing Milk and Dairy Products, Faculty of Technology, Novi Sad (2000) p.204. 23. IDF: Determination of the Total Nitrogen Content of Milk by the Kjeldahl Method. IDF Standard 20. Brussels, Belgium: International Dairy Federation (1962). 24. Goodefroot, M., Sandra, P. and Verzele, M.: New method for quantitive essential oil analysis. J. Chromatography 203 (1981) 325-335. 25. Moio, L., Dekimpe, J., Etie´vant, P. X. and Addeo J.: Volatile flavor compounds of water buffalo Mozzarella cheese. Ital. J. Food Sci. 5 (1993) 57-68. ИСПАРЉИВЕ КОМПОНЕНТЕ АРОМЕ ФУНКЦИОНАЛНОГ МЛЕЧНОГ ПРОИЗВОДА Мирела Д. Иличић, Спасенија Д. Милановић, Маријана Д. Царић, Катарина Г. Канурић, Владимир Р. Вукић, Дајана В. Хрњез и Марјан И. Раногајец Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Испарљиве компоненте ароме су одређене у традиционалном и пробиотском свежем сиру-функционалном млечном производу. Свежи сир произведен је из млека са 2,5% и 4,2% млечне масти уз коришћење традиционалне стартер културе Flora Danica (FD) и комбинације пробиотске стартер културе ABT-1 и традиционалне културе FD у односу 1:1. Фракције испарљивих компонената ароме сира изоловане су применом симултане дестилације и екстракције (СДЕ). Компоненте ароме сира идентификоване су применом гасне хроматографије и масене спектрометрије (GC-MS) и квантификоване коришћењем стандардне процедуре. Идентификовано је 19 компонената: 8 угљоводоника (декан, н-ундекан, тридекан, тетрадекан, пентадекан, хексадекан, октадекан и 2,6,10,14-тетраметил хексадекан); 6 кетона (2-хептанон, 2-нонанон, 2-ундеканон, 2-пентадеканон, 2-хептадеканон и 2-тридеканон,); 3 алдехида (нонанал, тетрадеканал и хексадеканал); 1 масна киселина (деценска киселина) и дисулфид, бис (1-метилетил). У свим узорцима сира најзаступљенији су хексадеканал, 2-пентадеканон, 2-тридеканон и 2-ундеканон. Кључне речи: Свеж сир, испарљиве компоненте ароме, пробиотици Received: 26 June 2012 Accepted: 10 September 2012 19 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper CHANGES OF PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COFFEE BEANS DURING ROASTING Marija R. Jokanovića*, Natalija R. Džinića, Biljana R. Cvetkovićb, Slavica Grujićc and Božana Odžakovićc a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia University of Novi Sad, Institute for food technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia c University of Banja Luka, Faculty of Technology, Stepe Stepanovića 73, 78000 Banja Luka, Republic of Srpska, Bosnia and Herzegovina The effects of heating time on physical changes (weight, volume, texture and colour) of coffee beans (Outspan and Guaxupe coffee) were investigated. The roasting temperature of both samples was 170°C and samples for analysis were taken at the intervals of 7 minutes during 40 minutes of roasting. Total weight loss at the end of the roasting process was 14.43 % (light roasted) and 17.15 % (medium to dark roasted) for Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans, respectively. Significant (P < 0.05) changes in the coffee bean breaking force values were noted between the 7th and 14th minutes, and statistically not significant (P > 0.05) between the 35th and 40th minutes of the roasting. According to the L* colour parameter as a criterion for the classification of roasted coffee colour (light, medium, dark), the Outspan sample was medium and Guaxupe sample was dark roasted. KEY WORDS: coffee bean, roasting, texture, colour INTRODUCTION Coffee is one of the most widely consumed beverages in the world. The high acceptability of coffee is due to many factors, one of the most contributory factors being its flavour (1). Commercial coffee beverage is made from arabica or robusta beans or blends of them (2). The quality of coffee used for beverages is strictly related to the chemical composition of the roasted beans, which is affected by the composition of the green beans and post-harvesting processing conditions (drying, storage, roasting and grinding) (3). Green coffee is devoid of the pleasant aroma and flavour appreciated worldwide in roasted coffee. The desired aroma and flavour of coffee beans used for beverage preparation are developed during the roasting process, where the beans undergo a series of reactions leading to the desired changes in the chemical and physical composition (4). So, in order to obtain a good quality cup of coffee with specific organoleptic properties (flavour, * Corresponding author: Marija R. Jokanović, M.Sc., University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 21 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper aroma and colour), the step of roasting is very important (5). The characteristic flavour and aroma of coffee result from a combination of hundreds of chemical compounds produced by the reactions that occur during the roasting (3). This implies controlling the roasting time and temperature so that they are sufficient for the required chemical reactions to occur, without burning the beans and compromising the flavour of the final beverage. In general, in conventional roasting process the temperature is in the range from 200 to 230C, and the process time is ranging from 12 to 20 minutes. However, these values can vary greatly, depending on the degree of roast required (light, medium or dark), on the type of roaster used, and also on the variety, age, moisture content, etc. of the coffee beans (6). The roasting process can be divided into three consecutive stages: drying, roasting or pyrolysis and cooling (3). The degree of roast can be monitored by the colour of the beans, the loss of mass, the developed flavour and aroma or by the chemical changes of certain components (5, 6). Control of temperatures and duration of roasting, in industry, are only effective if the quality of the raw material does not vary (5). Therefore, the objective of this study was to evaluate the changes of different physical characteristics such as total weight loss, breaking force, and colour of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting. EKSPERIMENTAL Sample preparation Two green (crude) coffee samples of Rio Minas, Outspan and Guaxupe, used for the production of commercial blends, were provided by a local industrial coffee roaster. Beans of each variety (20 kg/batch) were roasted separately using an oven with direct heating. The roasting conditions were the same; the highest roasting temperature was 170C, and roasting time was 40 min. For each sampling step (0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 40 min) the coffee beans (100 g) were taken from the oven, and the following determinations were carried out: Determination of moisture, protein, carbohydrate and ash content Moisture content was measured based on the sample weight-loss after oven-drying at 105C for 16 h (3). The nitrogen (N2) content of the coffee sample was determined on a Kjeldahl Digestion System. Protein content was calculated as nitrogen x 6.25 (3). Ash content was calculated from the weight of the sample after burning at 580C for 17 h (3). Carbohydrate content was estimated by volumetric method of Luff-Schoorl, which is based on the reduction of alkaline Cu2+-complex (7). Results are expressed as the mean value of three measurements. Total weight loss (WT) Total weight loss is expressed as g/100 g, and is calculated by weighing coffee samples before (WI) and after roasting (W), as follows: WT=100 (WI-W)/WI (8). The results are expressed as the mean value of three measurements. 22 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper Mass, volume and bulk density Mass was measured for 100 beans. Volume was measured for 100 beans in a 50 mL graduated recipient. Bulk density was evaluated as the ratio between the weight and volume of the 100 beans sample in a 50 mL graduated recipient (8). The results are expressed as the mean value of three measurements. Mechanical testing An Instron Universal Testing Machine, equipped with a 25 kN load cell was used. The uniaxial compression was carried out at a rate of 50 mm/min. For the measurements, 20 beans of each sample were taken at random. Each bean was positioned on its longest side and with the flat side up between two parallel metal plates. A compression force was applied until failure occurred; the working temperature was 23C. The breaking force (N) corresponded to the force at the major failure event. It was considered as an empirical measure of the strength (8). The results are expressed as the mean value. Colour analysis Colour was analysed by using a tristimulus colorimeter MINOLTA CP410. Standard CIE conditions with illuminate were used. The configuration included the illuminant D65 and an angle of 10. The readings were made using the CIELAB system (L*, a*, b*), and presented as L* value (colour brightness). Colour was evaluated for ground coffee beans placed in a suitable tank. The results are expressed as the mean value of five measurements. Statistical analyses Analysis of variance (one-way ANOVA) was used to test the hypothesis about the differences among the mean values. The software package STATISTICA 8.0 (9) was used for the analysis. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Table 1 presents the composition of raw Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans. The data show that the raw Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans, according to their chemical composition, are of the same quality category. Table 1. Chemical composition of raw Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans Parameters Moisture (%) Protein (%) Mono and disaccharide (%) Total ash (%) Outspan 10.43±0.02 13.66±0.07 7.45±0.09 4.06±0.12 Guaxupe 9.59±0.06 13.41±0.06 5.16±0.11 3.92±0.07 23 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper The contents of moisture and total ash of both samples are in agreement with Serbian national legislation (10). The protein contents of the analysed coffee samples (13.66 % for Outspan and 13.41 % for Guaxupe) are in the range for green coffee reported in the literature: 11.0–16.5 g/100 g (11). Franca et al. (11) reported that the higher quality coffee samples have higher protein levels, but there is no evidence suggesting that the protein contents in the varieties of different quality or even of different species (arabica vs. robusta) should be noticeably different. The changes in the weight, volume, bulk density and total weight loss (measured for 100 beans) of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting are presented in Tables 2 and 3, respectively. Table 2. Changes in weight, volume, density and total weight loss of Outspan coffee beans during roasting (100 beans) Heating time (min) 0 7 14 21 28 35 40 Weight (g) 14.86±0.04 14.43±0.07 13.81±0.07 13.64±0.04 13.63±0.04 12.98±0.04 12.71±0.04 Volume (mL) 23.03±0.06 27.10±0.36 28.13±0.15 28.10±0.17 29.10±0.10 31.07±0.12 34.10±0.10 Bulk density (g/mL) Weight loss (%) 0.53±0.009 0.49±0.000 0.49±0.002 0.47±0.000 0.42±0.000 0.37±0.002 2.88 7.09 8.23 8.29 12.64 14.43 Table 3. Changes in weight, volume, density and total weight loss of Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting (100 beans) Heating time (min) 0 7 14 21 28 35 40 Weight (g) 12.62±0.04 12.10±0.09 11.69±0.03 11.46±0.04 11.35±0.03 11.37±0.03 10.45±0.03 Volume (mL) 19.13±0.12 20.47±0.06 21.07±0.12 22.10±0.10 24.13±0.15 25.10±0.10 28.57±0.12 Bulk density (g/mL) 0.66±0.006 0.59±0.003 0.56±0.004 0.52±0.001 0.47±0.002 0.45±0.003 0.37±0.001 Weight loss (%) 4.11 7.32 9.16 9.90 10.03 17.15 Protein contents of analysed coffee samples (13.66 % for Outspan and 13.41 % for Guaxupe) are in the range for green coffee reported in the literature: 11-16.5 g/100 g (11). Franca et al. (11) reported that the higher quality coffee samples present higher protein levels, but there is no evidence suggesting that the protein contents in varieties of different qualities or even of different species (arabica vs. robusta) should be noticeably different. 24 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper Changes in weight, volume, bulk density and total weight loss (measured for 100 beans) of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting are presented in Tables 2 and 3, respectively. At the beginning of the heating process, the total mass of the 100 beans was 14.86 g for Outspan sample, and 12.62 g for Guaxupe coffee. During the heating, the processed coffee beans lose mass due to the water loss and loss of volatile materials (11). The total weight loss at the end of the roasting process was 14.43 % and 17.15 % for Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans, respectively. The total weight loss of green coffee beans after roasting can be one of the criteria for determining the degree of roasting. According to Oosterveld et al. (12), the weight losses of 11 %, 15 % and 22 % represent light, medium, and dark roasted coffee beans, respectively. The increase in the beans volume at the end of the heating process was 48 % for Outspan coffee beans, and 50 % for Guaxupe beans. The results of Franca and co-workers (11) for the volume increase of samples of different quality were 40 – 65 %, where the volume increase of non-defective beans was higher than for black beans. Also, these authors reported that the beans which swell less should be roasted more slowly. Further, the changes in the density are noticeable during the roasting. These changes are caused by the simultaneous increase of the volume and internal gas formation, products of the heat-induced reactions (mainly water vapour and carbon dioxide, and pyrolysis reaction products), and the decrease in the mass (due to the loss of volatiles) (8). Bulk density changes are implied in bean expansion and in the formation of a characteristic porous structure of the roasted coffee bean (13). The variations in the bean density and volume probably reflect the bean porosity and compressibility of ground coffee, thus being a consequence of commercial percolation (11). If the changes of density are detected, they can determine eligible roasting degree. An adequate roasting degree is needed for coffee beans to be fragile and breakable, and as such proper for grinding and making coffee beverages with pleasant sensory properties (8). The results of breaking force for Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans after different heating time are presented in Table 4. Table 4. Breaking force of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting (n=20) Heating time (min) 7 14 21 28 35 40 a,b,c Outspanns Breaking force (N) 96.76±18.86 a 69.58±15.49 b 64.13±18.75 b 63.03±16.99 b 52.12±15.14b,c 37.82± 5.67 c Guaxupens Breaking force (N) 94.75±15.87 a 69.30±18.00 b 68.43±17.79 b 66.10±15.66 b 52.78±15.61 b 35.39±9.50 b Means within a column with different superscripts differ (P < 0.05) ns Means within a row no significant difference (P > 0.05) 25 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper The textural characteristics of roasted beans could be related to the effects of some chemical changes induced on the raw bean components by the severe thermal process (13). The braking force values after 7 minutes of heating were similar (P > 0.05) for both samples, 96.76 N for Outspan and 94.75 N for Guaxupe. According to Pittia et al. (13), a higher breaking force value for raw coffee beans could be attributed, partly, to the presence of a certain amount of some structural polysaccharides. Also, the force needed to break the bean depends on the content of water in the bean. When the content of water is low, the bean has more fragile and breakable structure, and when the content of water is high, the bean is no longer crunchy, and becomes viscose and plastic (8). In both cases, for Outspan and Guaxupe coffee, as the heating time went by, the force at failure tended to decrease, reaching, again, similar values (37.82 N and 35.39 N) at the end of the process. The reduction of the breaking force indicates a progressive reduction in the strength of the bean. (a) 7 100 Breaking force (N) 6 Moisture (%) 120 Moisture (%) 80 5 4 60 3 40 2 Breaking force (N) 8 20 1 0 0 0 10 20 30 Heating time (min) 40 50 (b) Density (g/mL) Breaking force (N) Density (g/mL) 0.50 120 100 0.40 80 0.30 60 0.20 40 0.10 20 0.00 Breaking force (N) 0.60 0 0 10 20 30 Heating time (min) 40 50 Figure 1. Changes in moisture (a), bulk density (b) and breaking force value of Outspan coffee beans during roasting 26 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper The breaking force can also show the degree of roasting, but to a lesser extent than the water content can (13). The characteristic brittleness and fragility induced by roasting is the primary attribute of roasted coffee beans. The reaching of a certain degree of brittleness is very important in the grinding process, which is carried out on roasted coffee beans before the extraction of coffee brew (8). (a) 100 Moisture (%) Breaking force (N) 7 80 Moisture (%) 6 5 60 4 40 3 2 20 1 Breaking force (N) 8 0 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Heating time (min) (b) 0.60 Density (g/mL) 100 Density (g/mL) Breaking force (N) 80 0.50 0.40 60 0.30 40 0.20 20 0.10 Breaking force (N) 0.70 0 0.00 0 10 20 30 Heating time (min) 40 50 Figure 2. Changes in moisture (a), bulk density (b) and breaking force value of Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting The influence of moisture content and bulk density on the breaking force values of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans are shown in Fig. 1 and 2. The coffee beans with the lowest moisture content and the lowest bulk density had the lowest breaking force values. The water content has a great influence on the texture of roasted beans, and therefore influence the work applied during the grinding process (13). According to the results of Pittia et al. (13) the lowest breaking force values are reached by the samples of coffee 27 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper beans having very low moisture content. Water, acting as plasticizer, is expected to decrease the bean’s stiffness. Therefore, decreasing the moisture content should increase the stiffness of the material up to the glassy state. When the moisture of coffee bean is very low (1.5 - 2 g/100g), it permits a glassy-like structure to form, which is very easy to break (13). As can be seen from Figs. 1 and 2, there is an initial (between 7th and 14th minutes of roasting) significant (P < 0.05) decrease in the breaking force that could be attributed to the higher water loss and higher density decrease caused at high temperatures. This can be explained by the finding of Massini et al (14), who analysed coffee beans under industrial roasting conditions (200 - 210C), and found formation of cavities and cracks after 4 minutes of roasting in the internal and external bean surface due to the relevant increase in the internal pressure and volume of coffee bean. Pittia et al. (13) reported the relation of texture changes of coffee beans roasted at 170 and 200C to the changes of density. 60 Outspan Guaxupe 50 L* 40 30 20 10 0 0 7 14 21 28 Heating time (min) 35 40 Figure 3. Changes in L* value of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans during roasting In coffee, the characteristic colour, aroma and flavour are developed during roasting, and thus it is necessary to adapt the roasting process to the type of coffee being roasted. This implies controlling the roasting time and temperature so that they are sufficient for the required chemical reactions to occur, without burning the beans and compromising the flavour of the beverage (6). During roasting, due to the non-enzymatic browning and pyrolysis reactions, changes in the coffee bean colour take place. So, beside the loss of mass and the chemical changes of certain components which could serve as tools in the control of the process, the effects of heating and the degree of roast can also be monitored by the colour of the beans (5). Yellow-green colour of the raw bean changes to a brownblack roasted colour (13). Browning is, in turn, described by a decrease of L* as well as of a* and b* parameters. These colour changes for samples of Outspan and Guaxupe coffee beans are shown by the decrease of the L* value in Fig. 3. The initial L* value of 48.72 and 49.32 for raw coffee beans decreased during roasting to the final values of 26.77 and 24.45 for Outspan and Guaxupe, respectively. In their paper Pittia et al. (8) stated the criteria for the classification of differently roasted coffee samples on the basis 28 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper of the L* colour parameter: the samples are classified as light, medium or dark roasted when L* value is 31.1, 26.0 and 24.3 respectively. According to these criteria, it can be concluded that Outspan sample was medium and Guaxupe was dark roasted. CONCLUSION On the basis of obtained the results, it is possible to summarise that the moisture content, and density changes, mainly affect the mechanical properties of coffee beans during roasting. Bulk density values at the end of the heating process were the same for both coffee samples, 0.37g/mL, and the mean values of bean's breaking force were also very similar (P > 0.05), 37.82 N for Outspan and 35.39 N for Guaxupe. According to the total weight loss of green coffee beans after roasting the Outspan coffee was medium roasted, and Guaxupe coffee was between medium and dark roasted. According to the values of L* colour parameter at the end of roasting process it can be concluded that the Outspan sample was medium and Guaxupe dark roasted. It is possible to control and standardize the quality of ground roasted coffee as the final product by way of applying an adequate roasting procedure. In conventional roasting, the temperature range and the time can vary greatly, depending on the degree of roast required (light, medium or dark), on the type of used roaster, and also depend on the variety, age, moisture content, and other quality characteristics of the coffee. REFERENCES 1. Kumazawa, K., Masuda, H.: Investigation of the Change in the Flavor of a Coffee Drink during Heat Processing. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51, (2003) 2674-2678. 2. Martin, M.J., Pablos, F., Gonzalez, A.G.: Discrimination between arabica and robusta green coffee varieties according to their chemical composition. Talanta. 46, (1998) 1259-1264. 3. Franca, A. S., Mendonca, J. C. F., Oliveira, S. D.: Composition of green and roasted coffees of different cup qualities. LWT. 38, (2005) 709–715. 4. Dutra, E. R., Oliveira, S., Franca, A. S., Ferraz, V. P., Afonso, R. J. C. F.: A preliminary study on the feasibility of using the composition of coffee roasting exhaust gas for the determination of the degree of roast. Journal of Food Engineering. 47, (2001) 241-246. 5. Hernandez, J. A., Heyd, B., Irles, C., Valdovinos, B., Trystram, G.: Analysis of the heat and mass transfer during coffee batch roasting. Journal of Food Engineering. 78, (2007) 1141-1148. 6. Mendes, C. L., De Menezes, C. H., Aparecida, M., da Silva, A. P.: Optimization of the roasting of robusta coffee (C. canephora conillon) using acceptability tests and RSM. Food Quality and Preference. 12, (2001) 153-162. 7. Pravilnik o metodama uzimanja uzoraka i vršenja hemijskih i fizičkih analiza radi kontrole kvaliteta proizvoda od voća i povrća, Službeni list SFRJ 29/1983. 29 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper 8. Pittia ,P., Nicoli, M. C., Sacchetti, G.: Effect of moisture and water activity on textural properties of row and roasted coffee beans. Journal of Texture Studies. 38, (2007) 116-134. 9. StatSoft, Inc.: STATISTICA (data analysis software system), version 8.0, 2008. Available from: http://www.statsoft.com/. 10. Pravilnik o kvalitetu i drugim zahtevima za sirovu kafu, proizvode od kafe i surogat kafe, („Sl.list SRJ“, br.35/2001 i 49/2001-ispr.i „Sl.list SCG“,br.56/2003 - dr.pravilnik i 4/2004 -dr.pravilnik). 11. Franca, A. S., Oliveira, S. L., Mendonca, C. F. J., Silva, A. X.: Physical and chemical attributes of defective crude and roasted coffee beans. Food Chemistry. 90, (2005) 89-94. 12. Oosterveld, A., Harmsen, J. S., Voragen, H. A.: Extraction and characterization of polysaccharides from green and roasted Cofee arabica beans. Carbohydrate Polymers. 52, (2003) 258-296. 13. Pittia, P., Dalla Rosa, M., Lerici, C. R.: Textural changes of coffee beans as affected by roasting conditions. Lebensm.-Wiss.Technol. 34, (3) (2001) 168-175. 14. Massini, R., Nikoli, M. C., Cassara, A., Lerici, C. R.: Study on physical and physicochemical changes of coffee beans during roasting. Italian Journal of Food Science 2, (1) (1990) 123-130. ПРОМЕНЕ ФИЗИЧКИХ СВОЈСТАВА ЗРНА КАФЕ ТОКОМ ПЕЧЕЊА Марија Р. Јокановића*, Наталија Р. Џинића, Биљана Р. Цветковићб, Славица Грујићц и Божана Оџаковићц а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Универзитет у Новом Саду, Институт за прехрамбене технологије, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија ц Универзитет у Бањој Луци, Технолошки факултет, Степе Степановића 73, 78000 Бања Лука, Република Српска, Босна и Херцеговина б У овом раду испитане су промене физичких својстава (маса, запремина, текстура и боја) зрна кафе сорти Outspan и Guaxupe, које се користе за производњу комерцијалних мешавина, у различитим временским интервалима топлотне обраде. Топлотна обраде обе соре била је индентична, примењена је максимална температура од 170C у току 40 минута. Узорци за анализе узиману су током просеца топлотне обраде у временским интервалима од 7 минута. Укупан губитак масе зрна на крају процеса печења био је 14,43% и 17,15% за Outspan и Guaxupe, редом и према том критеријуму узорак Outspan кафе био је средње печен, док је узорак Guaxupe кафе био средње до тамно печен. Током топлотне обраде смањивала се и просечна вредност силе лома зрна кафе. Највеће, статистички значајне (P < 0,05) разлике вредности силе лома за оба узорка уочене су 30 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243021J UDC: 663.938.3:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 21-31 Original scientific paper имеђу 7. и 14., као и нумеричке, али не и статистички значајне (P > 0,05) разлике између 35. и 40. минута топлотне обраде. L* вредност, као један од параметара за дефинисање степена печености зрна кафе, током процеса печења се смањује, односно зрно постаје тамније. Према критеријумима за дефинисање степена печења на основу L* вредности може се закључити да је узорак Outspan (26,77) кафе средње, а узорак Guaxupe (24,45) кафе тамно печен. Кључне речи: зрно кафе, печење, текстура, боја Received: 03 September 2012 Accepted: 12 October 2012 31 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper EFFECTS OF SONICATION AND HIGH-PRESSURE CARBON DIOXIDE PROCESSING ON ENZYMATIC HYDROLYSIS OF EGG WHITE PROTEINS Zorica D. Knežević-Jugović*, Andrea B. Stefanović, Milena G. Žuža, Stoja L. Milovanović, Sonja M. Jakovetić, Verica B. Manojlović and Branko M. Bugarski University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Karnegijeva 4, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia The objectives of this study were to examine the effect of sonication and high-pressure carbon dioxide processing on proteolytic hydrolysis of egg white proteins and antioxidant activity of the obtained hydrolysates. It appeared that the ultrasound pretreatment resulted in an increase in the degree of hydrolysis of the enzymatic reaction while the high-pressure carbon dioxide processing showed an inhibition effect on the enzymatic hydrolysis of egg white proteins to some extent. The antioxidant activity of the obtained hydrolysates was improved by ultrasound pretreatment of egg white proteins at the pH 8.3. Thus, the combination of ultrasound pretreatment at the pH 8.3 and subsequent enzymatic hydrolysis with alcalase at 50oC and pH 8.0 could offer a new approach to the improvement of the functional properties of egg white proteins and their biological activity. KEY WORDS: Egg white proteins, alcalase, antioxidant activity, ultrasound pretreatment, high-pressure carbon dioxide processing INTRODUCTION Egg producers are faced with the problems of excess of egg white because the mayonnaise and bakery industries use relatively large amounts of egg yolk, and egg white is the remainder. Although egg white proteins (EWPs) have unique functional characteristics such as excellent gelling and foaming and almost perfect amino acid composition, their high viscosity and allergenicity are limiting factors for their widespread use in food products, especially in the case of medical, dietary and infant foods (1). Enzymatic hydrolysis of egg white proteins has been proven to be an effective approach to improve their properties such as increased solubility, emulsification, water holding capacity, stability, digestibility, and to reduce protein allergenicity while still retaining their nutrition value (2). Moreover, certain oligopeptides released during protein hydrolysis have been shown to possess distinctive physiological activities, such as anti-hypertensive activity, antioxidant activity, immunostimulating activity, and as such may contribute to enhanced biological activities and health benefits of the hydrolysate (3). However, the production of these functional ingredients requires new and innovative technologies * Corresponding author: Zorica D. Knežević-Jugović, University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Karnegijeva 4, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 33 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper because they are sensitive to a variety of environmental processing factors that may cause the loss of nutritional quality and chemical degradation. Major proteins in chicken egg white including ovalbumin and ovotransferin, in their native forms have a low susceptibility to digestion by alcalase, trypsin or -chymotrypsin. Heat denatured ovalbumin however, shows an increased susceptibility to these proteases (4). However, thermal treatments are obviously the most critical steps able to impair protein functionalities, inducing various chemical reactions such as Maillard browning which may lead to nutritional, sensory and safety deterioration in egg white hydrolysates. Several papers reported a decrease in the nutritional properties of different natural protein sources due to thermal processing. Thus, a lot of research works have been performed to investigate the effectiveness of replacing conventional thermal treatment with several non-thermal alternative approaches for improvement of the overall process performances of EWP hydrolysis and produce protein solutions with new functional properties (4,5). High-pressure processing (HPP) is popular as an alternative to heat pasteurisation for various food systems because it can be used to obtain stable products with minimal effects on flavour, colour and nutritional value or to create novel texture and taste (6,7). To date, there seem to be a limited number of commercial processes based on HPP, mainly because the process has not yet been optimized with respect to yield and process cost and the overall lack of knowledge of HPP effects on food systems, especially egg white proteins. The purpose of this research was to study the effect of ultrasound pretreatment and high-pressure carbon dioxide processing on the in vitro digestibility of egg white proteins by alcalase. The influence of pretreatment parameters including pH, pressure, and holding time on enzymatic hydrolysis of pretreated EWPs was studied. The antioxidant activity of the obtained hydrolysates has also been determined and compared. EXPERIMENTAL Materials Chicken egg white obtained from a local supermarket was separated from the yolk and gently stirred without foam formation to provide homogeneous mixture. Alcalase 2.4L (proteinase from Bacillus licheniformis Subtilisin) was obtained from Sigma Aldrich (St Louis, MO, USA). The enzyme activity was ≥2.4 U/g Anson Units, where one Anson unit is defined as the amount of enzyme which, under specified conditions, digests urea-denatured hemoglobin at an initial rate such that there is liberated an amount of TCA-soluble product per minute which gives the same colour with the Folin-Ciocalteu Phenol reagent as one milliequivalent of tyrosine at 25°C at the pH 7.50. 2,2-Diphenyl-1picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) used for radical scavenging test was also purchased from Sigma Aldrich (St Louis, MO, USA). Commercial carbon dioxide (99% purity) was supplied by Messer-Tehnogas (Serbia). Other chemicals were of analytical grade. 34 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper Sonication pretreatment Ultrasonic denaturation was investigated in the pH range of 6.0 to 10.0 at 27°C in an ultrasonic water bath. Prior to sonication, the pH of the 10% (w/w) egg white solution was adjusted to 6.0-10.0 using 0.1 M HCl or 0.1 M NaOH. The ultrasound treatments were performed for 15, 30, 60, and 180 min under a power setting of 30 kHz. The samples were half-immersed in an ice-water bath to avoid temperature increase during sonication. Each treatment was conducted in duplicate. High-pressure carbon dioxide processing The experiments of denaturation of EWPs were conducted in the Autoclave Engineers Screening System with the configuration previously described (8), shown in Figure 1. The extractor vessel (150 ml) was filled with 10% (w/w) egg white solution, and temperature was risen to 35°C. Heaters were supplied on the extractor vessel for temperature elevation. A thermocouple, connected to a temperature controller, was used to control and maintain a constant temperature. PI TI V2 TIC PC BPR2 S V3 CO2 E PI V1 C LP PC BPR1 CO2 TANK Figure 1. Scheme of the autoclave engineers screening system - C: cryostat; LP: high pressure liquid pump; BPR: back pressure regulators; E: extractor vessel; S: separator vessel (8). Liquid CO2 was supplied from a CO2 cylinder by a siphon tube. The liquid CO2 was cooled in a cryostat between the cylinder outlet and the pump. The pump operated at a maximum output pressure of 41.3 MPa and an adjustable flow rate from 38 to 380 mL/h. The CO2 was pumped into the system until the required pressure was obtained. Back pressure regulators were used to set the system pressure (in the extractor and separator). The sample was exposed to SC CO2 at 35°C and 10 MPa, 20 MPa and 30 MPa for 20 min in a batch vessel. After 20 min of exposure, the pressure was decreased very fast to atmosferic conditions. During the decompression, the SC CO2 flew through the extractor 35 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper and entered the separator vessel (500 ml) with treated egg white solution. The CO2 continued to flow out of the separator through the flowmeter/totalizer and out to atmosphere. The pressure and temperature were controlled to an accuracy of ±0.4 MPa and ±0.5°C, respectively. Samples of the treated egg white solution were taken by opening the ball valve located at the bottom of the separator vessel. Enzymatic hydrolysis of EWPs The pretreated aqueous egg white solutions (360 mL, 10 mg of protein/mL, pH 8.0) were hydrolysed at 50 oC by adding 2.3 Units of alcalase. The pH was kept at 8.0 by adding 0.01 M NaOH, using a pH-stat (Metrohm, Basel, Switzerland) with automatic dosage of the base. The degree of hydrolysis (DH) was used as a parameter to measure the effect of ultrasound and high-pressure pretreatment on the susceptibility of egg white proteins to enzymatic hydrolysis. After 4 h of incubation, the reaction was terminated by heating during 10 min on a boiling water bath. The DH was calculated by the pH stat method according to Adler-Nissen (9), using the following equation: DH h 1 1 1 Nb B 100 htot mp htot [1] where h is the number of equivalents of peptide bonds hydrolysed at the time t; htot is the total number of peptide bonds in protein substrate in mmol/gprotein; B is the base consumption in mL; Nb is the base normality; is the average degree of dissociation of the -NH groups, and mp is the mass of protein in g. Antioxidant activity measured by DPPH assay The antioxidant activity of EWP hydrolysates was measured by their ability to scavenge DPPH radical, which was monitored via the decrease of the absorbance at 517 nm, as described elsewhere (10). A volume of 200 µL of samples was mixed, in spectrophotometric cuvette, with 1800 µL of methanolic DPPH solution (0.1 mM), vortexed and left in dark and after 30 min absorbance was measured on 517 nm. The calculation was done as follows: A A0 RSA % 1 s Ab [2] where As is the absorbance of the tested sample; A0 is the absorbance of the sample in methanol, and Ab is the absorbance of the DPPH solution without the sample. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Sonication pretreatment As sonication-induced protein denaturation strongly depends on the temperature and pH at which pretreatment occurs, the effect of ultrasound pretreatment was studied at 36 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper constant temperature and at three pH values: 6.0, 8.3 and 10.0. The aim of optimization was to find the conditions that would lead to irreversible denaturation of the alcalase inhibitor, but would not result in the formation of dense and compact precipitates, which are poor substrate for proteolysis. As shown in Figure 2, it appeared that for all cases studied, the ultrasonic pretreatment changed the proteolytic pattern of EWPs, resulting in an increase in their digestibility by alcalase. This ultrasound-dependent increase in the susceptibility to enzymatic hydrolysis is in accordance with the results of Su et al. (11), who observed an increase of susceptibility to alcalase hydrolysis of egg white after 120 min treatment at 40 kHz. It is considered that the sonication produces hemolytic water molecule cleavage, generating high-energy intermediates such as hydroxyl and hydrogen free radicals, and therefore, causing structural changes of proteins. Figure 2. Comparison of the DH profiles of EWPs hydrolysis by alcalase at the pH 8.0 and 50oC. The labels indicate samples with different sonication pretreatment (0/10 means alkali pretreatment at the pH 10 without ultrasound treatment; 1/10 means 1 h sonication at the pH 10.0; 0/8.3 means alkali pretreatment at pH 8.3 without ultrasound treatment; 1/8.3 means 1 h sonication at pH 8.3; 0/6 means acid pretreatment at the pH 6.0 without sonication; and 1/6 means 1 h sonication at the pH 6.0). In contrast, an increase in the sensitivity of ovotransferrin to proteolysis by using thermolysin after sonication was not observed by Lei et al. (4). However, these authors studied the effect of ultrasound pretreatments on model egg white protein – ovotransferrin. In this case, the reaction mixture seemed to be free from proteases’ inhibitors such as ovomucoid. It is one of the major egg white protein accounting for 11% in egg white, well known as a strong inhibitor of alcalase. The increase in the susceptibility of egg white solutions to enzymatic hydrolysis after sonication could also be due to the ovomucoid denaturation. The strongest increase in the susceptibility of egg white solution to enzymatic hydrolysis was observed after ultrasound treatment at an acidic or alkaline pH. The partially unfolded conformation of the major EWPs formed by sonication may be attributed to the 37 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper increase of the susceptibility but this also could be the result of disulfide exchange and formation of non-native disulfide bonds in ovomucoid, resulting in its irreversible denaturation. It appeared that its effective denaturation was attained by combined alkali/acid and ultrasonic treatment. A longer treatment time (up to 60 min) resulted in a higher subsequent susceptibility to enzymatic hydrolysis (Figure 3). Figure 3. Time-dependent changes in the susceptibility of egg white solutions due to ultrasound pretreatment at the pH 10 lasting 0 min ( ); 15 min (), 30 min (▲), 60 min (▼), and 180 min (). Hydrolysis condition: 2.3 Units of alcalase, 10% w/w egg white, pH 8.0, 50 oC. The prolonged exposure to ultrasound of 60 min at the pH 10.0 seemed to have a negative effect on the EWPs hydrolysis. Under this condition, a turbid suspension of protein aggregates could be observed, which might lower the accessibility of the unfolded proteins to the alcalase. High-pressure carbon dioxide processing As shown in Figure 4, the high-pressure carbon dioxide processing showed an inhibitory effect on the enzymatic hydrolysis of EWP. The highest degree of hydrolysis was observed under the pretreatment at 30 MPa, but it was still lower than that achieved without pretreatment. Hayashi et al. (12) reported an extensively improved digestibility by subtilisin of homogenized pressure-induced egg white gels as compared to raw egg white. Although some other researchers showed that carbon dioxide treatment could inactivate pectin esterase, lipoxygenase, polyphenol oxidase and peroxidase either in pure enzymatic solutions or in real food systems, the understanding of the synergetic effect between ultrasounds and enzymes is still far from being completely understood. 38 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper Figure 4. Comparison of the DH profiles of EWPs hydrolysis by alcalase at the pH 8.0 and 50 oC. The samples were pretreated under different high pressure carbon dioxide conditions: () 10 MPa; (▲) 20 MPa; (▼) 30 MPa. Antioxidant activities of sonication-pretreated alcalase hydrolysates The release of bioactive peptides from their parent proteins is affected by various factors such as temperature, pH, enzyme, pressure, sonication, and others. The production of bioactive peptides was monitored after the hydrolysis. The antioxidant activities of samples treated under different ultrasound conditions followed by alcalase hydrolysis are compared in Figure 5. Radical scavenging activity, RSA (%) 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 1/8.3 0/8.3 1/10.0 0/10.0 1/6.0 0/6.0 0/0 Sample Figure 5. Effects of sonication on the radical scavenging activity of egg white hydrolysates obtained with or without sonication treatments. Data were the results of three individual determinations. Labels of 0/0 means raw egg white, 0/6.0 means acid egg white treatment without sonication treatment, 0/10 means alkali but no sonication treatment, 1.6.0, 1/8.3, and 1/10.0 means 1 hours sonication at the pH 6.0, 8.3, and 10.0, respectively. Error bars represent the standard deviations of triplicate measurement. 39 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper The results indicate that 1-hour sonication treatment at the pH 8.3 improved the antioxidant activity of raw egg white, while the sonication at the pH 6.0 or at 10.0 did not have a substantial effect on radical scavenging activity. CONCLUSION The study addressed the effect of the ultrasound pretreatment at 27oC and at atmospheric pressure and of high-pressure carbon dioxide processing in the range of 10-30 MPa on the enzymatic hydrolysis of EWPs with alcalase. As the pH seemed to strongly affect the ultrasound induced protein denaturation, the effect of pH during sonication in the range 6.0-10.0 on the egg white susceptibility to enzymatic hydrolysis was investigated. The antioxidant activity of obtained hydrolysates was also tested. The ultrasound pretreatment of egg white proteins resulted in an increase in the degree of hydrolysis of the enzymatic reaction, while the high-pressure carbon dioxide processing showed an inhibition effect on the enzymatic hydrolysis of EWPs to some extent. The antioxidant activity of the obtained hydrolysates was improved by ultrasound pretreatment of EGPs at the pH 8.3. Thus, the combination of ultrasound pretreatment at the pH 8.3 and subsequent enzymatic hydrolysis with alcalase at 50oC and pH 8.0 could offer a new approach to improve the functional properties of EWPs and their biological activity. The sonication procedure is simple, rapid and efficient, and could be useful for the industrial production of functional products from egg white. Acknowledgement This work was supported by the Ministry of the Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia, Grant number E!6750. REFERENCES 1. Mine, Y.: Recent Advances in the Understanding of Egg White Protein Functionality. Trends Food Sci. Tech. 6, 7 (1995) 225-232. 2. Van der Plancken, I., M. Van Remoortere, A. Van Loey and Hendrickx, M.E.: HeatInduced Changes in the Susceptibility of Egg White Proteins to Enzymatic Hydrolysis: a Kinetic Study. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51 (2003) 3819-3823. 3. Chen, C., Y.J. Chi, M.Y. Zhao and Lei, L.: Purification and Identification of Antioxidant Peptides from Egg White Protein Hydrolysate. Amino Acids, 43 (2012) 457-466. 4. Lei, B., K. Majumder, S. Shen and Wu, J.: Effect of Sonication on Thermolysin Hydrolysis of Ovotransferrin. Food Chem. 124 (2011) 808-815. 5. Fernandez-Diaz, M.D., L. Barsotti, E. Dumay and Cheftel, J.C.: Effects of Pulsed Electric Fields on Ovalbumin Solutions and Dialyzed Egg White. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48 (2000) 2332-2339. 6. Van der Plancken, I., A. Van Loey and Hendrickx, M.E.: Foaming Properties of Egg White Proteins Affected by Heat or High Pressure Treatment. J. Food Eng. 78 (2007) 1410-1426. 7. Penas, E., G. Prestamo and Gomez, R.: High Pressure and the Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Soybean Whey Proteins. Food Chem. 85 (2004) 641-648. 40 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243033K UDC: 66.094.941:547.96+637.413 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 33-41 Original scientific paper 8. Žižović, I., M. Stamenić, Orlović, A. and Skala, D.: Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Extraction of Essential Oils from Plants with Secretory Ducts: Mathematical Modelling on the Micro-scale. J. Supercrit. Fluids 39 (2007) 338-346. 9. Adler-Nissen, J.: Enzymic Hydrolysis of Food Proteins, 1st ed.; Elsevier Applied Science Publishers: London, UK, (1986) p.427. 10. Yen, G.C. and Hsieh, P.P.: Antioxidative Activity and Scavenging Effects on Active Oxygen of Xylose–Lysine Maillard Reaction-Products. J. Sci. Food Agr. 67 (1995) 415-420. 11. Su, Z., Li, X. and Jin, L.: Comparison Between Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Egg White Proteins with Ultrasound and Without Ultrasound. Food Sci. Technol. (Chinese) 31, 12 (2006) 74-76. 12. Hayashi, R., Y. Kawamura, T. Nakasa and Okinaka, O.: Application of High Pressure to Food Processing: Pressurization of Egg White and Yolk, and Properties of Gels Formed. Agric. Biol. Chem. 53 (1989) 2935-2939. УТИЦАЈ СОНИКАЦИЈЕ И ПРЕТРЕТМАНА ВИСОКИМ ПРИТИСКОМ НА ЕНЗИМСКУ ХИДРОЛИЗУ ПРОТЕИНА БЕЛАНЦЕТА Зорица Д. Кнежевић-Југовић, Андреа Б. Стефановић, Милена Г. Жужа, Стоја Л. Миловановић, Соња М. Јаковетић, Верица Б. Манојловић и Бранко М. Бугарски Универзитет у Београду, Технолошко-металуршки факултет, Карнегијева 4, 11000 Београд, Србија Протеини беланцета спадају у веома квалитетне протеине због свог јединственог аминокиселинског састава. Међутим, већа комерцијална примена хидролизата протеина беланцета је ограничена услед неадекватног процесног третмана при обради и стерилизацији беланцета термичким третманом као и хемијској хидролизи протеина, који довoде до значајне промене боје, укуса, функционалности и нутритивних својстава производа. Циљ овог рада је био да се испита могућност примене нетермичких третманима, као што су соникација и третман високим притиском, да би се унапредила ензимска хидролиза протеина беланцета и омогућило добијање хидролизата са антиоксидативном активношћу. Показано је да третирање протеина беланцета ултразвуком под одређеним условима доводи до њихове касније побољшане хидролизе алкалазом, док процесирање беланцета високим притиском има негативан утицај на активност алкалазе. Антиоксидативна активност добијених хидролизата је повећана након претретмана ултразвуком на pH 8,3. Тако, комбинација претретмана протеина беланцета ултразвуком на pH 8,3 и њихова сукцесивна хидролиза алкалазом на 50оC и при pH 8,0 се показала као ефикасна алтернативна метода за добијање хидролизата протеина беланцета са унапређеним функционалним својствима и биолошком активношћу. Кључне речи: протеини беланцета, алкалаза, антиоксидативна активност, претретман ултразвуком, процес под високим притиском угљен-диоксидa Received: 29 June 2012 Accepted: 20 September 2012 41 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper DIRECT DETERMINATION OF CALCIUM, SODIUM AND POTASSIUM IN FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS Snežana Ž. Kravić*, Zvonimir J. Suturović, Ana D. Đurović, Tanja Ž. Brezo, Spasenija D. Milanović, Radomir V. Malbaša and Vladimir R. Vukić University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The aim of this study was the investigation of the possibilities of direct determination of calcium, sodium and potassium in the commercial and kombucha-based fermented milk products by flame photometry. Two procedures were used for sample preparation: simple dilution with water (direct method) and extraction with mineral acid. Calcium, sodium and potassium levels determined after mentioned sample preparation methods were compared. The results showed that the differences between the values obtained for the different sample treatment were within the experimental error at the 95% confidence level. Compared to the method based on extraction with mineral acid, the direct method is efficient, faster, simpler, cheaper, and operates according to the principles of Green Chemistry. Consequently, the proposed method for the direct determination of calcium, sodium and potassium could be applied for the rapid routine analysis of the mineral content in the fermented dairy products. KEY WORDS: calcium, sodium, potassium, fermented milk product INTRODUCTION Milk and dairy products are composed of macronutrients (proteins, lipids and sugars) contributing to their nutritional and biological values. They contain also micronutrients like minerals and vitamins. These minerals and vitamins, which are quantitatively minor compounds, are not sources of energy but are essential for the life because they contribute to multiple and different vital functions in the organism, like bone structure, homeostasis, muscular contraction, metabolism via the enzymatic systems, etc. The mineral fraction of milk (approximately 8–9 g/l) is composed of macroelements (Ca, Mg, Na, K, P and Cl) and oligoelements (Fe, Cu, Zn and Se) (1, 2). Macroelements are differently distributed in the aqueous and micellar phase of milk, depending of their nature. The monovalent cations, Na+ and K+, are present mainly in the free form and only to a limited extent in the form of ion pairs. The divalent cations, Ca2+ and Mg2+, play the role in the physicochemical properties of casein micelles, such as gelation induced by acid and rennet, heat stability, ethanol stability and sediment formation (3). * Corresponding author: Snežana Kravić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 43 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper Calcium is an essential macronutrient for humans, which represents approximately 2% of body weight in an adult person (4). This element has mainly a structural function in bones and teeth, along with the regulation of many vital biological functions. More recently, the interest in calcium has centered on its role in preventing osteoporosis. It is known that the highest demands for this element occur during the periods of maximum growth such as in childhood and adolescence, and also during lactation and in the elderly. No less than 75% of calcium in many western diets originates from milk. The bioavailability of calcium and magnesium in milk is considered to be excellent since the intestinal absorption of these nutrients is facilitated by lactose (5). Moreover, it has been demonstrated by in vitro and in situ experiments that phosphopeptides, released during the digestion of casein micelles, increase the concentration of soluble calcium in the intestine and enhance calcium absorption. Sodium and potassium concentrations in the body are 1.4 g/kg and 2 g/kg, respectively (6) Sodium is present mostly as an extracellular constituent and maintains the osmotic pressure of the extracellular fluid. In addition, it activates some enzymes, such as amylase. From the nutritional standpoint, only the excessive intake of sodium is of importance because it can lead to hypertension. Milk is not a rich source of sodium, so that the contribution of milk and dairy products to the intake of sodium is modest. Potassium is most common cation in the intracellular fluid. It regulates the osmotic pressure within the cell and is involved in cell membrane transport and also in the activation of a number of glycolytic and respiratory enzymes (6). Potassium deficiency causes muscular weakness, mental confusion, and abnormalities in the electrocardiogram (5). Potassium is the most abundant cation in eukaryotic cells and is thus amply supplied when intact or moderately altered tissues from plant or animal foods are consumed. Milk and yogurt, as well as nuts, are also excellent sources of potassium. Several analytical techniques have been used to quantify some minerals in milk and derivates, mainly flame photometry (7), flame atomic absorption spectrometry (8), atomic emission spectrometry (9), and inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometry (10). Most of the analytical techniques used to determine the specific mineral content require the minerals to be dissolved in an aqueous solution. For this reason, it is often necessary to isolate the minerals from the surrounding organic matrix, prior to the analysis. This is usually carried out by dry or wet decomposition of the samples in open or closed systems, using thermal, ultrasonic, infrared, and microwaves energy. Sample preparations is time limiting, requiring ca. 61% of the total time to perform the complete analysis, and is responsible for 30% of the total analysis error (11). Nowadays, the goals to be reached are the best results in the shortest time, with minimal contamination, low reagent and energy consumption, and generation of minimal residue or waste. So, the main goal of this study was to investigate the possibilities of direct determination of calcium, sodium and potassium in the fermented milk products by flame photometry.. 44 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper EXPERIMENTAL Chemicals Hydrochloric acid 36.5% was purchased from Centrohem (Stara Pazova, Serbia), lanthanum (III) oxide and calcium carbonate were purchased from Merck (Darmstadt, Germany) while sodium chloride and potassium chloride were purchased from Alkaloid (Skoplje, Macedonia). All used chemicals were of analytical reagent grade. Apparatus The determination of calcium, sodium and potassium was carried out by flame photometry using Evans Electroselenium LTD flame photometer (Halstead, Essex, England) in air-butane flame. Samples Thirteen samples of fermented milk products were used. Nine of them were commercial products purchased in local market, while four samples were obtained by the fermentation of cow’s milk with kombucha cultivated on black, stinging nettle, mint tea and winter savory tea, respectively, as previously described (12). The analyzed samples are given in Table 1. Table 1. Overview of analyzed samples 1. Sample type “AB” yogurt 2. “Viva” yogurt 3. “Balans +” yogurt 4. „Zdravo“ yogurt 5. „Dukat“ yogurt 6. „Dukat b-aktiv LGG natur“ yogurt 7. 8. „Balans +“ kefir „Ella“ yogurt 9. „Danone Activia“ yogurt 10. 11. 12. 13. Kombucha based milk product 1 Kombucha based milk product 2 Kombucha based milk product 3 Kombucha based milk product 4 Starter cultures Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Lactobacillus acidophilus LA-5 Bifidobacterium BB-12 Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Bifidobacterium lactis HNO-19 Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Lactobacillus acidophilus LA-5 Bifidobacterium BB-12 Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Lactobacillus rhamnosus ATCC 53103 Mesophilic and probiotic kefir cultures Lactobacillus delbrueckii subp.bulgaricus Streptococcus thermophilus Selected yogurt cultures Bifidus actiregularis Inoculum of kombucha cultivated on black tea Inoculum of kombucha cultivated on stinging nettle tea Inoculum of kombucha cultivated on mint tea Inoculum of kombucha cultivated on winter savory tea 45 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper Sample preparation In order to investigate the possibility of using the direct method for the determination of calcium, sodium and potassium in the fermented milk products by flame photometry two procedures were used for the sample preparation. Direct method: After the homogenization by mixing, 2.5 g of the sample was transferred to a calibrated flask, 2 cm3 of 10% solution of lanthanum was added and diluted to a final volume of 50 cm3 with distilled water. Extraction with mineral acid was performed using modified methods of Blay & Simpson (13). An amount of 2.5 g of the homogenized sample was boiled for 10 minutes with 10 cm3 of 6 mol/dm3 hydrochloric acid with reflux. The solution was cooled to room temperature and transferred to a calibrated flask. After addition of 2 cm3 of 10% solution of lanthanum, the sample was diluted to the final volume of 50 cm3 with distilled water, filtered, and the resulting solution was used for the analysis. Quantitative determination The quantitative determination of potassium, sodium and calcium were performed using the method of calibration curve, defined for each element and for the two sample preparation procedure. Since, the matrix of the samples prepared by two different methods is different, the standard solutions were prepared with and without hydrochloric acid. The calibration curves were defined based on seven points. The concentration of potassium, sodium and calcium ranged within 2.769-110.76 mg/l, 2.482-99.28 mg/l and 4.763190.52 mg/l, respectively. The characteristics of the obtained analytical curves are presented in Table 2. Table 2. Characteristics of the calibration curves of calcium, sodium and potassium Concentration range (mg/l) a Ca 4.763-190.52 Na 2.482-99.28 K 2.769-110.76 Standard solution without HCl with HCl without HCl with HCl without HCl with HCl Dependencea y=0.4085·c+0.1999 y=0.4031·c+0.9242 y=-0.0068·c2+1.4053·c+8.3862 y=-0.0063·c2+1.4331·c+4.0366 y=-0.0047·c2+1.1731·c+5.2530 y=-0.0037·c2+1.1486·c+0.1086 Correlation coefficient 0.9999 0.9979 0.9951 0.9989 0.9986 0.9994 y - flame photometer reading, c- concentration in mg/l RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The results for the determination of calcium, sodium and potassium in the samples of fermented milk products obtained without sample pre-treatment (direct method) and after the sample preparation by extraction with hydrochloric acid are given in Table 3. 46 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper Table 3. Content of Ca, Na and K (mg/l) in fermented milk products Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Ca (mg/l) DM EX 1205.14 1295.14 1153.75 1243.75 1102.29 1205.62 1102.32 1205.30 1165.20 1219.60 1459.00 1542.20 1167.32 1249.20 1213.24 1290.74 1214.20 1290.00 1133.40 1149.20 1180.11 1218.92 1183.40 1219.60 1182.14 1219.44 Na (mg/l) DM EX 458.28 542.20 476.79 625.80 422.89 569.00 405.96 596.80 319.02 516.60 525.19 688.00 374.49 516.60 436.22 542.20 436.47 569.00 373.67 424.00 413.70 468.16 432.80 468.60 431.63 492.20 K (mg/l) DM EX 1488.22 1581.20 1371.85 1443.40 1334.82 1407.20 1371.85 1407.56 1441.16 1479.00 1682.00 1794.20 1445.70 1543.82 1441.26 1543.40 1441.16 1513.80 1486.06 1576.40 1463.86 1517.07 1464.06 1516.20 1509.68 1516.49 DM – direct method; EX – extraction with hydrochloric acid The calcium, sodium, and potassium levels determined without sample pre-treatment (direct method) in thirteen fermented milk samples were compared with those obtained after the sample preparation by extraction with hydrochloric acid. A two-tailed t-test showed that the obtained results were in agreement at 95% confidence level, meaning that at the chosen significance level, the differences between the values obtained for the different sample treatment were within the experimental error. Consequently, the direct method as a faster, simpler and cheaper procedure could be applied for the rapid routine analysis of the mineral content in the fermented dairy products. The most abundant mineral in the analyzed samples was potassium, with a content from 1334.82 to 1794.20 mg/l, the calcium content was in the range of 1102.32-1524.20 mg/l, whereas the sodium content was the lowest (319.02-688.00 mg/). The obtained results are in agreement with the previously published data (8). According to the results, the fermented milk products are rich sources of Ca and K and a medium source of sodium. From the health point of view, adequate intakes of potassium are needed to counter the high intakes of sodium. Therefore, a dietary balance between potassium and sodium is needed to maintain efficient cellular functions that require potassium ions. For the prevention and treatment of hypertension, attention has to be given to the importance of low dietary Na/K ratio rather than to the Na restriction alone. It should be stressed in this regard that the Na/K ratio in fermented milk products is favorable. Moreover, fermented milk products could act as an alternative source of mineral for sufferers of lactose intolerance. The measured mineral contents were correlated among themselves. The results of ANOVA test showed that sample 6, with the highest content of Ca, Na and K, was significantly different in terms of potassium and calcium content, at a 95% confidence level. Considering the fact that different labeled starter were used in the manufacture of analy47 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper zed commercial fermented milk products can be assumed that the reason was the used starter cultures, Lactobacillus rhamnosus GG (ATCC 53103). It could be concluded that the inoculums of kombucha cultivated on different kinds of tea used to manufacture the fermented milk products did not influence the concentration of calcium, sodium and potassium. However, in order to check the influence that the employment of different probiotic microorganisms can exert on the mineral composition of fermented milk products, more extensive research has to be performed. CONCLUSION According to the results shown in this paper, the determination of calcium, sodium and potassium in samples of fermented milk products by flame photometry could be done after simple dilution with water. The proposed method for the direct determination of macroelements content in fermented milk samples is simple, fast, efficient, and it operates according to the principles of Green Chemistry. As a consequence, the analytical costs and reagents consumption are reduced. Acknowledgement This investigation is financially supported by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia (Grant III 46009). REFERENCES 1. Gaucheron, F.: The minerals of milk. Reprod. Nutr. Dev. 45, 4 (2005) 473-483. 2. Gaucheron, F.: Milk and dairy products: a unique micronutrient combination. J. Am. Coll. Nutr. 50, 5 Suppl 1 (2011) 400S-409S. 3. Gao, R., Temminghoff, E.J.M., van Leeuwen, H.P., van Valenberg, H.J:F:, Eisner, M.D. and van Boekel, M.A.J.S.: Simultaneous determination of free calcium, magnesium, sodium and potassium ion concentrations in simulated milk ultrafiltrate and reconstituted skim milk using the Donnan Membrane Technique. Int. Dairy J. 19, (2009) 431-436. 4. Petrovich, M.B., Filho, V.R.A. and Neto, J.A.G.: Direct determination of calcium of milk by atomic absorption spectrometry using flow-injection analysis. Ecl. Quím. 32, 3 (2007) 25-30. 5. Renner, E.: Micronutrients in milk and milk-based food products, Elsevier Science Publishers, England (1989) p.29. 6. Belitz, H.D., Grosch, W. and Schieberle, P.: Food Chemistry, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg (2009) p.421-423. 7. Ahmed, A.I., Mohamed, B.E. and Elkhatim, N.M.: Some minerals contents of fermented camel (Camelus dromedarius) milk (Gariss) from Khartoum state, Sudan. Res. J. Agr. Biol. Sci. 7, 1 (2011) 47-51. 48 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243043K UDC: 637.146:[546.41+546.32/.33 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 42, 43-49 Original scientific paper 8. de la Fuentea, M.A., Montes, F., Guerrero, G. and Juárez, M.: Total and soluble contents of calcium, magnesium, phosphorus and zinc in yoghurts. Food Chem. 80, 4 (2003) 573-578. 9. Rinaldoni, A.N., Campderrós, M.E., Pérez Padilla, A., Perino, A. and Fernández, J.E.: Analytic determinations of minerals content by XRF, ICP and EEA in ultrafiltered milk and yoghurt. Lat. Am. Appl. Res. 39, 2 (2009) 113-118. 10. Chen, K.L. and Jiang, S.J.: Determination of calcium, iron and zinc in milk powder by reaction cell inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry. Anal. Chim. Acta 470, 2 (2002) 223-228. 11. de Oliveira, E.: Sample preparation for atomic spectroscopy: Evolution and future trends. J. Braz. Chem. Soc. 14, 2 (2003) 174-182. 12. Malbaša, R.V., Vitas, J.S., Lončar, E.S. and Kravić, S.Ž.: Influence of fermentation temperature on the content of fatty acids in low energy milk-based kombucha products. APTEFF 42 (2011) 81-90. 13. Simpson, G.R. and Blay, R.A.: Rapid method for the determination of the metals copper, zinc, tin, iron and calcium in foodstuffs by atomic absorption spectroscopy. Food Trade Rev. 36, 8 (1966) 35-37. ДИРЕКТНО ОДРЕЂИВАЊЕ КАЛЦИЈУМА, НАТРИЈУМА И КАЛИЈУМА У ФЕРМЕНТИСАНИМ МЛЕЧНИМ ПРОИЗВОДИМА Снежана Ж. Кравић*, Звонимир Ј. Сутуровић, Ана Д. Ђуровић, Тања Ж. Брезо, Спасенија Д. Милановић, Радомир В. Малбаша и Владимир Р. Вукић Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија У оквиру овог рада испитана је могућност директног одређивања калцијума, натријума и калијума пламеном фотометријом у комерцијалним ферментисаним млечним производима и млечним производима на бази комбухе. Припрема узорака за анализу је изведена на два начина: разблаживањем дестилованом водом (директна метода) и екстракцијом са минералном киселином. Садржаји калцијума, натријума и калијума одређени након примене наведених метода припреме узорка су међусобно статистички упоређени. Резултати су показали да су разлике између вредности добијених за различите поступке припреме узорка у оквиру експерименталне грешке уз 95% вероватноћу. У поређењу са методом заснованом на екстракцији минералном киселином, директна метода је ефикасна, бржа, једноставнија и јефтинија, а такође задовољава принципе зелене хемије. Стога би се предложена метода за директно одређивање калцијума, натријума и калијума пламеном фотометријом могла применити за брзо рутинско одређивање садржаја макроелемената у ферментисаним млечним производима. Kључне речи: калцијум, натријум, калијум, ферментисани млечни производи Received: 3 September 2012 Accepted:19 October 2012 49 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper PHYSICAL AND TEXTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS OBTAINED BY KOMBUCHA INOCULUMS WITH HERBAL TEAS Radomir V. Malbaša*, Jasmina S. Vitas, Eva S. Lončar and Spasenija D. Milanović University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia In this investigation, kombucha fermented milk products were produced from milk with 1.6% milk fat using 10% (v/v) kombucha inoculums cultivated on the extracts of peppermint and stinging nettle. The fermentation process was conducted at temperatures of 37, 40 and 43°C. Fermentation was stopped when the pH value of 4.5 was reached. The fermentation process was shortened with an increase of temperature. Physical characteristics of the fermented products were determined by using standard methods of analysis. Textural characteristics were determined by texture profile analysis. The obtained products showed good physical and textural characteristics, typical for the yoghurt-like products. KEY WORDS: fermented milk products, kombucha, herbal tea, physical characteristics, texture INTRODUCTION Kombucha is a symbiosis of several yeast species (genera Schizosaccharomyces, Saccharomycodes, Saccharomyces, Zygosaccharomyces, Candida, Pichia, Kloeckera, Brettanomyces and Torulopsis) and acetic acid bacteria (Gluconacetobacter xylinus (formerly known as Acetobacter xylinum), Acetobacter xylinoides, Bacterium gluconicum, Acetobacter aceti, Acetobacter pasteurianus) (1, 2). Microbiological composition depends on the geographic origin of the culture. Kombucha metabolises on different substrates. Apart from traditional ones (sweetened black or green tea), it is capable for biotransformation of coca-cola, beer, coffee, Jerusalem artichoke, molasses, herbal tea, milk, and others. Kombucha is traditional refreshing beverage and food supplement (3, 4). The products obtained after fermentation of kombucha on milk are, by their physicochemical and sensory characteristics, similar to fermented milk products such as yoghurt and kefir (5). These types of fermented milk products are widely consumed as functional food due to their good sensory and nutritional properties, and beneficial effects to human health (6, 7). Gel formation is the most important functional property of fermented milk products. The physical and textural characteristics of this composite gel are governed by * Corresponding author: Radomir V. Malbaša, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 51 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper milk composition, dry matter content, type and quantity of the starter culture that is used to inoculate the milk, fermentation temperature, and the storage conditions of the final product. In addition, the consistency and water-holding capacity of acidified milk gels are strongly related to the quality of fermented milk products (7). Previous studies showed that it is possible to obtain kombucha beverage on herbal tea extract, and to use the obtained beverage in production of kombucha fermented milk products (8). Peppermint and stinging nettle are well known medicinal herbs, with a variety of positive effects to human health (9, 10). The objective of this study was to investigate the physical and textural characteristics of fermented milk products obtained by kombucha inoculums with peppermint and stinging nettle. EXPERIMENTAL Production of kombucha inoculums The inoculum for the fermentation of milk was obtained by cultivating kombucha on cooled tea, which was prepared as follows: to 1 L of boiling tap water was added 70 g sucrose and 2.25 g of appropriate tea: peppermint (label P) and stinging nettle (label SN), using herbal teas from a health food store. The tea extract was cooled to room temperature, filtered and then 100 mL of kombucha inoculum from a previous fermentation (10%, v/v) were added. The glass container was covered with cheesecloth for air. Kombucha incubation was performed at room temperature for 7 days. The obtained kombucha inoculums (marked as PI and SNI) were used for the fermentation of milk. Production of fermented milk products Fermented milk products were produced from pasteurized, homogenized milk with 1.6% milk fat (AD IMLEK Beograd, branch Novosadska mlekara, Novi Sad, Serbia), as follows: to the 500 mL of milk, 10% (v/v) of the appropriate kombucha inoculum (PI or SNI) was added. The fermentation was performed at 37, 40 and 43oC and it lasted until the pH value of 4.5 was reached. Milk gel was then cooled to the temperature of 8°C, homogenized by mixer, and the samples were stored in refrigerator. The obtained products were marked as P37, P40, P43, SN37, SN40 and SN43 in dependence of the used herbal tea and the applied temperature. Methods of analysis The pH values were measured with a pH-meter (PT-70, Boeco, Germany). The examined physical characteristics were whey syneresis (11) and water holding capacity (WHC) (12). Textural characteristics were analyzed using Texture analyzer TA.HDplus, Micro Stable System, England (13). All analyses were performed in triplicate. Statistical analyses were done using Microsoft Office Excel 2003. 52 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The average pH value of milk used for the production of kombucha fermented milk products was 6.68, and therefore the milk was very slightly acidic. The determined pH value of the milk was in accordance to the current Regulation (14). The average pH value of kombucha inoculum obtained from peppermint extract and stinging nettle extract was 3.27 and 2.84. It is evident that the measured pH values of the inoculums were significantly lower compared to the pH value of the milk. The fermentation of milk with inoculums PI and SNI at 37, 40 and 43°C is presented in Figs. 1 and 2. 7.00 P37 P40 6.50 P43 pH 6.00 5.50 5.00 4.50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 fermentation time (h) Figure 1. Fermentation process of milk at 37, 40 and 43°C with PI 6.50 SN37 SN40 SN43 pH 6.00 5.50 5.00 4.50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 fermentation time (h) Figure 2. Fermentation process of milk at 37, 40 and 43°C with SNI From the results presented in Figs. 1. and 2. it can be concluded that the fermentation temperature of 43°C shortened the time needed to reach the pH 4.5, with both applied 53 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper inoculums. The fermentation process was the longest for the obtaining of P37 (13.50 hours) and the shortest for P43 (9.45 hours). The shape of all fermentation curves given in Figs. 1 and 2 is characteristic for the production of kombucha fermented milk products (5, 8, 13). The results of whey syneresis and water holding capacity (WHC) are given in Figs. 3. and 4. 37.00 whey syneresis (mL) 36.00 35.00 34.00 33.00 32.00 31.00 30.00 29.00 P37 P40 P43 SN37 SN40 SN43 samples Figure 3. Whey syneresis of the kombucha fermented milk products Whey separation, i.e. the appearance of whey on the surface of a gel, is a common defect during storage of fermented milk products like yogurts and cream cheese. Manufacturers try to prevent whey separation by increasing the total solid content of milk by heating it prior to the fermentation and/or by adding stabilizers. Spontaneous syneresis is the contraction of a gel without the application of any external force (e.g., centrifugation), and is related to the instability of the gel network (i.e., large-scale rearrangements) resulting in the loss of the ability to entrap all the serum phase (15). During the syneresis, whey passes through the protein matrix, which can be explained by the law of Darcy (16). The results given in Fig. 3. show that the values of whey syneresis of the obtained products did not differ significantly. The highest value of syneresis had the sample P37 (35.00 mL) and this indicated its lower quality comparing to the other products. The increase of fermentation temperature does not create the same trend for the WHC of products with peppermint and stinging nettle. While WHC was increased with an increase of temperature for the kombucha fermented milk products containing peppermint, the opposite behaviour for the products with stinging nettle was noticed (Fig. 4). The results show that the average values of WHC were higher for products obtained with SNI (43.44%), which suggested its better quality in comparison to products obtained with PI (36.82%). 54 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper 60.00 50.00 WHC (%) 40.00 30.00 20.00 10.00 0.00 P37 P40 P43 SN37 SN40 SN43 samples Figure 4. Water holding capacity of the kombucha fermented milk products The results of texture analyses (firmness, consistency, cohesiveness and index of viscosity) are presented in Figs. 5-8. 20.000 18.000 16.000 firmness (g) 14.000 12.000 10.000 8.000 6.000 4.000 2.000 0.000 P37 P40 P43 SN37 SN40 SN43 sample Figure 5. Firmness of the kombucha fermented milk products Sweetening agents, such as sucrose, high-fructose corn syrup or honey, are usually added to stirred yoghurts to mask the acidity for acid-conscious consumers and, perhaps, produce a firmer texture (17). It is important fact because kombucha inoculums contain sucrose and fructose. For yoghurt products, lower incubation temperatures (e.g. 40°C instead of 45°C) lead to slightly longer gelation times but firmer more viscous gels are formed that are less prone to whey separation (18). The firmness of the products obtained with SNI increased with the increase of temperature, while for the products obtained with PI, this trend was reversing (Fig. 5). 55 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper 500.000 450.000 consistency (gs) 400.000 350.000 300.000 250.000 200.000 150.000 100.000 50.000 0.000 P37 P40 P43 SN37 sample SN40 SN43 Figure 6. Consistency of the kombucha fermented milk products The consistency of the yoghurt base is enhanced by homogenisation, in that a portion of the casein and whey proteins become attached to the fat globule surfaces, so effectively increasing the number of structure-building components in the system; native fat globule membranes do not interact with proteins in the same way (17). The results given in Fig. 6 present that consistency of the products obtained with SNI increased with the increase of temperature, while for the products obtained with PI, this trend was opposite, but similar with firmness (Fig. 5). sample P37 P40 P43 SN37 SN40 SN43 0.000 cohesiveness (g) -1.000 -2.000 -3.000 -4.000 -5.000 -6.000 -7.000 -8.000 -9.000 Figure 7. Cohesiveness of the kombucha fermented milk products The cohesiveness indicates the maximum capacity of possible deformation of the sample before the break and could be very important for the consumers. The best cohesiveness of the products obtained with PI had the sample produced at 43°C, while for products obtained with SNI, the best cohesiveness had the sample SN40 (Fig. 7). The viscosity and the structure of the gel are influenced by several factors, including the incubation temperature, casein concentration, heat treatment of the milk, acidity and type of starter culture; as well as the temperature at which the measurements are made (17). 56 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper sample P37 P40 P43 SN37 SN40 SN43 0.000 index of viscosity (gs) -0.500 -1.000 -1.500 -2.000 -2.500 -3.000 -3.500 -4.000 Figure 8. Index of viscosity of the kombucha fermented milk products Index of viscosity for products obtained with SNI increased with the decrease of temperature. The best index of viscosity of the products obtained with PI had sample P43 (Fig. 8). CONCLUSION This study examined the physical and textural characteristics of fermented milk products obtained at the fermentation temperatures of 37, 40 and 43°C, using milk with 1.6% milk fat and kombucha inoculums cultivated on peppermint and stinging nettle. The fermentation was stopped after reaching pH 4.5. The values obtained for the physical properties were in the range characteristic for that type of products. The values of whey syneresis and water holding capacity suggest that the best quality has the sample produced with kombucha inoculum cultivated on stinging nettle at the fermentation temperature of 37°C. The highest joint value of firmness and consistency had the sample P37, the highest value of cohesiveness had the sample SN40 and the best index of viscosity showed the sample SN37. Acknowledgement Authors want to thank to the Ministry of Education, Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia for financing the investigations presented in this article, Grant III-46009. REFERENCES 1. Teoh, A.L., Heard, G. and Cox, J.: Yeast ecology of Kombucha fermentation. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95, 2 (2004) 119-126. 2. Nguyen, V.T., Flanagan, B., Mikkelsen, D., Ramirez, S., Rivas, L., Gidley, M.J. and Dykes, G.A.: Spontaneous mutation results in lower cellulose production by a Gluco57 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper nacetobacter xylinus strain from Kombucha. Carbohydr. Polym. 80, 2 (2010) 337343. 3. Dufresne, C. and Farnworth, E.: Tea, Kombucha and health: A review. Food Res. Int. 33, 6 (2000) 409-421. 4. Malbaša R.: Chemical characterization of kombucha products, Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad, Novi Sad, Serbia (2009) (in Serbian). 5. Malbaša R., Milanović, S., Lončar, E., Djurić, M., Carić, M., Iličić, M. and Kolarov, Lj.: Milk-based beverages obtained by Kombucha application. Food Chem. 112, 1 (2009) 178-184. 6. Аmirdivani, S. and Baba, A.S.: Changes in yogurt fermentation characteristics, and antioxidant potential and in vitro inhibition of angiotensin-1converting enzyme upon the inclusion of peppermint, dill and basil. LWT-Food Sci. Technol. 44, 6 (2011) 1458-1464. 7. Bensmira, M., and Jiang, B.: Effect of some operating variables on the microstructure and physical properties of a novel Kefir formulation. J. Food Eng. 108, 4 (2012) 579584. 8. Malbaša, R.V., Vitas, J.S., Lončar, E.S. and Kravić, S.Ž.: Influence of fermentation temperature on the content of fatty acids in low energy milk-based kombucha products. Acta Period. Technol. 42 (2011) 81-90. 9. Akdogan, M., Ozguner, M., Kocak, A., Oncu, M. and Cicek, E.: Effects of peppermint teas on plasma testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone, and luteinizing hormone levels and testicular tissue in rats. Urology, 64, 2 (2004) 394-398. 10. Hojnik M., Škerget M. and Knez Ž.: Isolation of chlorophylls from stinging nettle (Urtica dioica L.). Sep. Purif. Technol. 57, 1 (2007) 37-46. 11. Atamer, M., Carić, M., Milanović, S. and Gavarić, D.: The quality of yoghurt produced from UF milk. Zbornik Matice srpske za prirodne nauke, Matica srpska Novi Sad, 91 (1996) 19-26. 12. Guzman-Gonzalez, M., Morais, F., Ramons, M., and Amigo, L.: Influence of skimmed milk concentrate replacement by dry dairy products in a low fat set-type yoghurt model system. I: Use of whey protein concentrates, milk protein concentrates and skimmed milk powder. J. Sci. Food Agric. 79, 8 (1999) 1117-1122. 13. Milanović, S.D., Iličić, M.D., Duraković, K.G. and Vukić, V.R.: Textural characteristics оf fermented milk beverages produced by kombucha. APTEFF 40 (2009) 63-69. 14. Regulation on quality of milk products and starter cultures. Offic.Gaz. RS. number 33 and 69 (2010) (in Serbian). 15. Lucey, J.A., Tamehana, M., Singh, H. and Munro, P.A.: Effect of heat treatment on the physical properties of milk gels made with both rennet and acid. Int. Dairy J. 11, 4-7 (2001) 559-565. 16. Jovanović, S., Maćej, O. and Barać, M.: Influence of various coagulation factors on chemical composition of sera gained by centrifugation from casein gel. J. Agric. Sci. 49, 2 (2004) 219-232. 17. Tamime, A.Y.: Fermented milks. Blackwell Science Ltd, a Blackwell Publishing company, Oxford, UK (2006) pp. 60, 82. 18. Lucey, J.A.: Cultured dairy products: an overview of their gelation and texture properties. Int. J. Dairy Technol. 57, 2-3 (2004) 77-84. 58 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243051M UDC: 637.146:663.88:582.282.23 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 51-59 Original scientific paper ФИЗИЧКЕ И ТЕКСТУРАЛНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ ФЕРМЕНТИСАНИХ МЛЕЧНИХ ПРОИЗВОДА ДОБИЈЕНИХ ПОМОЋУ КОМБУХЕ ГАЈЕНЕ НА БИЉНИМ ЧАЈЕВИМА Радомир В. Малбаша, Јасмина С. Витас, Ева С. Лончар и Спасенија Д. Милановић Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Циљ овог рада је било истраживање физичких и текстуралних карактеристика ферментисаних млечних производа добијених помоћу комбухе култивисане на биљним чајевима. У овом раду, ферментисани млечни производи добијени помоћу комбухе су произведени коришћењем млека са 1,6% млечне масти додатком 10% (v/v) инокулума комбухе гајене на екстрактима нане и коприве. Процес ферментације је изведен на температурама од 37, 40 и 43°C. Ферментација је заустављена након што је достигнута вредност pH од 4,5. Са порастом температуре процес ферментације је био краћи. Физичке карактеристике су одређене применом стандардних метода анализе. Текстуралне карактеристике су одређене анализом текстуралног профила. Добијени производи су показали добре физичке и текстуралне карактеристике, типичне за јогурту сличне производе. Кључне речи: ферментисани млечни производи, комбуха, биљни чај, физичке карактеристике, текстура Received: 03 September 2012 Accepted: 12 October 2012 59 60 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper STARCH PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS ZP MAIZE GENOTYPES Marija S. Milašinović-Šeremešićа*, Milica M. Radosavljevićа and Ljubica P. Dokićb а б Maize Research Institute, S. Bajića 1, 11185 Belgrade, Serbia University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The objective of this study was to investigate molecular and functional properties of starches isolated from ZP maize genotypes of different genetic background. The protein, fat, ash and resistant starch contents were very low. The amylose content in the isolated starches of 10 ZP maize genotypes was characteristic for both types of maize starches, normal and waxy. The waxy type had the highest average molecular weight of amylopectin (4.84 x 108 Da). The onset temperature of gelatinisation values of starches of 10 ZP maize genotypes ranged from 62.1ºC to 65.0ºC. The waxy maize starch displayed a significantly higher enthalpy change for gelatinised starch (ΔH=18.1 J/g) than normal maize starches did (ΔH=13.6-15.6 J/g). Rapid Visco Analyser (RVA) profiles of starches of ZP maize genotypes were typical for both types of maize starches, normal and waxy. KEY WORDS: starch, maize, molecular characteristics, functional properties INTRODUCTION Starch is the second largest biomass produced on earth, next to cellulose. It is the most important plant reserve material accumulating in fruits, seeds, roots and tubers in the form of starch granules that provide 70-80% energy consumed by the world population. Commercial starches, used in the food-processing industry, are most often produced from grain of common, waxy and high-amylose maize, then wheat, and different varieties of rice, as well as, from potato, sweet potato and cassava (tapioca starch). Depending on their botanical origin, starches differ in their chemical structure, size and shape of their granules, and consequently in their functional and sensory properties. Compositions of maize (Zea mays L.) starch vary depending on genotypes. Normal maize starch contains about 25-30% amylose and 70-75% amylopectin; waxy starch consists mainly of amylopectin and 0-8% amylose; high-amylose starch consists of 40-85% amylose (1). Many starches, such as high-amylose maize starches (2, 3) and sugary-2 starches (4), also contain intermediate components that are branched molecules with smaller molecular weights and longer branch chains than amylopectin. Normal maize starch also contains minor components including lipids (free fatty acids and triglycerides) and little phosphorlipids. * Corresponding author: Marija S. Milašinović-Šeremešić, Maize Research Institute, S. Bajića 1, 11185 Belgrade, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 61 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper Amylose is primarily a linear glucan, consisting of α 1–4 linked D-glucopyranose with a few branches (5). The molecular size of amylose varies from 500 anhydroglucose units (AGU) or 500 degree of polymerisation (DP) of high-amylose maize starch (6) to more than 6000 AGU or DP 6000 of potato starch (7). Amylopectin is a highly branched molecule, consisting of α 1–4 linked D-glucopyranose chains that are connected by α 1–6 branch linkages. Furthermore, amylopectin has a very large molecular weight (7 × 107 to 5.7 × 109 Da) (8). Amylopectin in the granule is present in the semi-crystalline structure, whereas amylose is amorphous. Starch granules possess different types of crystallinity, displaying A-, B- and C-type X-ray patterns, depending on their amylopectin branch chain-length (9). The type A structure is very common in cereals, the type B in raw potato and banana, while the type C is typical for peas and beans. Normal and waxy maize starch granules display A-type X-ray patterns, while high amylose maize starches display B-type. Starches of different polymorphisms are known to display different enzyme digestibility (4, 10, 11, 12). The A-type polymorphic starch is easily digestible, but the B-type and some C-type starches are very resistant to enzyme hydrolysis. Resistant starch (RS) is the portion of starch that is not digested in small intestine, but is fermented by microflora in the colon (13). Four classes of RS have been proposed on the basis of mechanisms of enzyme indigestibility, including inaccessibility of starch to amylases due to physical entrapment (RS1), inherent granular structure of raw starch (RS2), molecular association of amylose or retrogradetion (RS3) and chemical modification (RS4). In this study, we investigated the starch composition, amylose content, amylopectin branch chain-length distribution, gelatinisation and pasting properties of starches isolated from ZP maize genotypes of different genetic background. In terms of technological value this information will be useful to recognise significant differences in the properties of isolated starches of the selected ZP maize genotypes. EXPERIMENTAL Starches of various ZP maize genotypes (ZP 360, ZP 434, ZP 578, ZP 633, ZP 684, ZP 808, ZP 74b, ZP 611k, ZP 704wx, ZP Rumenka) developed at the Maize Research Institute “Zemun Polje”, Belgrade, Serbia were used in this study. The starches were isolated by applying a 100-g laboratory maize wet-milling procedure (14). The moisture, ash, crude protein and crude fat contents of starch were determined using the oven method (15), AOAC Method (16), microKjeldahl method (16) and Soxhlet method (16), respectively. The amylose content was determined by a rapid colorimetric method (17). RS content was determined according to the enzymatic-gravimetric method (18) and McCleary method (19). The thermal (gelatinisation) characteristics of the isolated starches were studied by using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC 2920 modulated, TA Instruments, New Castle, DE) (20). Starch (2 mg, dry matter basis (dmb)) was accurately weighed in an aluminium pan, mixed with 6 mg of deionised water and sealed. The sample was allowed to equilibrate for 2 h and scanned at a rate of 5 ºC/min over a temperature range of 25120ºC. An empty pan was used as the reference. 62 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper The Rapid Visco Analyser (RVA-4, Foss North America, Eden Prairie, MN) was used for studying pasting properties (20). Starch suspension (8%, w/w, dmb), in duplicate for each starch sample, was prepared by weighing starch (2.24 g, dmb) into a RVA canister and making up the total weight to 28 g with deionised water. Starch suspension was equilibrated at 30ºC for 1 min, heated at a rate of 6.0ºC/min up to 95ºC, maintained at 95ºC for 5.5 min, and then cooled to 50ºC at a rate of 6.0ºC/min. A paddle rotating speed (160 rpm) was used throughout the entire analysis, except for rapid stirring at 960 rpm for the first 10 s to disperse the starch sample. The molecular weight distribution of amylopectin was estimated by a high-performance size-exclusion chromatography, HPSEC e.g. HPSEC-MALLS-RI system (coupled with a multi-angle laser-light scattering, MALLS and a refractive index, RI detector). The HPSEC system consisted of a HP 1050 series isocratic pump (Hewlett–Packard, Valley Forge, PA), a multi-angle laser-light scattering detector (Dawn DSP-F, Wyatt Tech. Co., Santa Barbara, CA) and a HP 1047A refractive index detector (Hewlett–Packard, Valley Forge, PA). Shodex OH pak SB-G guard column and SB-806 and SB-804 analytical columns (Showa Denko K.K., JM Science, Grand Island, NY) were used to separate amylopectin from amylose (8). Statistical analysis. Results were expressed by means of values ± standard error of three separate determinations. Data reported for the starch composition and gelatinisation and pasting properties was assessed by the analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Duncan's multiple range test was used for any significant differences at the P<0.05 level between the means. RVA profiles were presented as means of two separate determinations. All the analyses were conducted using statistical software package STATISTICA 8.1. (StatSoft Inc. USA). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The data for the amylose, protein, fat and ash content and the molecular weight of amylopectin in the isolated starches are given in Table 1. The protein content in the starches ranged from 0.11% to 0.29%, pointing out to high quality ("purity") of obtained starches. The highest protein content was obtained in starch samples isolated from ZP 611k and ZP 633, which can be attributed to the high percentage of hard endosperm in these genotypes and the difficulties in the starch extraction. Starch samples isolated from ZP 360 and ZP 704wx had the lowest values for the protein content, as these genotypes had the high proportion of the soft endosperm fraction (21, 22). Although protein, oil and ash are mostly determined by genetic factors (source of starch), the method of isolation (extraction technique) also has a major impact on the “purity” of starch. The amylose content in the isolated starches of 10 ZP genotypes was characteristic for normal and waxy maize starches. The highest content of amylose was obtained in the starch isolated from ZP 434 (26.0%). The isolated waxy type starch had the lowest value for the amylose content (1.0%). The results concerning the average molecular weight of amylopectin (Mw) of different ZP maize genotypes (Table 1) show that the waxy type of starch had the highest Mw (4.84 x 108), which is consistent with the research carried out by Sang-Ho and Jane (8) who had found a significant difference between Mw of normal 63 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper and waxy starch. This difference can be attributed to the fact that all ADP-glucose is used as a substrate for the biosynthesis of amylopectin in waxy starch, whereas the ADP-glucose substrate is partitioning between amylopectin and amylose for normal starch biosynthesis. The lowest Mw was found in the starches of ZP 74b (1.52 x 108) and ZP 633 (1.66 x 108) genotypes. Significant differences in Mw of various ZP genotypes were found (Table 1). The genotypes ZP 434 and ZP 684 were not significantly different in this parameter as well as the genotypes ZP 360, ZP 578 and ZP Rumenka. Table 1. Contents of amylose, protein, fat and ash, and Mw of the isolated starches Starch source Amylose (%) Protein (%) Fat (%) Ash (%) ZP 74b 25.0 ± 0.3b 0.20 ± 0.00c 0.30 ± 0.02a 0.10 ± 0.00b ZP 360 23.8 ± 0.2c 0.11 ± 0.05e 0.22 ± 0.02b 0.09 ± 0.01b ZP 434 26.0 ± 0.2a 0.26 ± 0.04ab 0.05 ± 0.02e 0.01 ± 0.00d ZP 578 23.5 ± 0.5cd 0.23 ± 0.02b 0.10 ± 0.01d 0.06 ± 0.03bc ZP 611k 23.2 ± 0.1d 0.29 ± 0.01a 0.08 ± 0.00de 0.15 ± 0.02a ZP 633 24.0 ± 0.2c 0.28 ± 0.02a 0.09 ± 0.01d 0.04 ± 0.00c ZP 684 23.3 ± 0.5cd 0.21 ± 0.05ab 0.07 ± 0.01e 0.10 ± 0.02b ZP 704wx 1.0 ± 0.1e 0.13 ± 0.02e 0.10 ± 0.03d 0.04 ± 0.00c ZP 808 24.0 ± 0.2c 0.18 ± 0.02cd 0.15 ± 0.02c 0.09 ± 0.02b ZP Rumenka 23.5 ± 0.3cd 0.18 ± 0.04cd 0.25 ± 0.02b 0.10 ± 0.01b * Mw-molecular weight of amylopectin ** Means within a column followed by different letters are significantly different (P<0.05) Mw x 108 1.52 ± 0.05f 2.27 ± 0.07d 2.87 ± 0.10b 2.27 ± 0.05d 2.68 ± 0.09c 1.66 ± 0.11f 2.97 ± 0.11b 4.84 ± 0.15a 1.91 ± 0.03e 2.25 ± 0.02d The RS content in native starch of different ZP maize hybrids (Table 2) was very low and ranged from 0.62 to 1.61% and 0.00 to 0.85% depending on the applied methods. The method developed by McCleary gave lower values for the RS content although this method allows a greater deviation for low RS concentrations in samples (<2%). Table 2. RS content in the isolated starches Starch source ZP 74 b ZP 360 ZP 578 ZP 611 k ZP 704 wx ZP 808 ZP Rumenka RS (%) (AOAC Official Method 991.43) 1.14 ± 0.09 1.17 ± 0.04 1.26 ± 0.15 1.50 ± 0.21 0.62 ± 0.24 1.61 ± 0.11 1.41 ± 0.07 RS (%) (McCleary Method, 2002) 0.55 ± 0.20 0.70 ± 0.03 0.71 ± 0.10 0.80 ± 0.01 0.00 ± 0.00 0.78 ± 0.10 0.85 ± 0.05 Gelatinisation parameters of the starch isolated from 10 ZP maize genotypes are shown in Table 3. The onset temperature of gelatinisation values of starches of 10 ZP genotypes ranged from 62.1ºC (ZP 74b) to 65.0ºC (ZP 434). In this study there was no relationship between the amylose content and gelatinisation temperatures of the starches (data are not given). The obtained results of the DSC analysis (Table 3) show that the starch 64 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper isolated from ZP 74b had significantly lower gelatinisation temperatures (T0, Tp, Tc) and enthalpy change compared to other samples of native starch which can be explained by the lowest Mw in this sample. It is believed that the amylopectin chain length affects the crystalline structure of amylopectin, and thus the parameters of gelatinisation (20). With the decreasing amylopectin chain length the crystalline structure of amylopectin changes resulting in a lower gelatinisation temperature. The starch isolated from ZP 434 genotype had significantly higher gelatinisation temperatures. The waxy starch isolated from ZP 704wx had very similar gelatinisation temperatures to the normal starches isolated from ZP 360, ZP 633, ZP 684 and ZP Rumenka. The waxy maize starch displayed a signifycantly higher enthalpy change for gelatinised starch (ΔH=18.1 J/g) than normal maize starches did (ΔH=13.6-15.6 J/g). The highest value of enthalpy change for gelatinised waxy maize starch (ZP 704wx) can be explained by the lowest amylose content and the highest Mw of the starch. Table 3. Gelatinisation properties of the starch isolated from various ZP maize genotypes* Starch sources ZP 74b ZP 360 ZP 434 ZP 578 ZP 611k ZP 633 ZP 684 ZP 704wx ZP 808 ZP Rumenka T0 (°C) 62.1 ± 0.2d 63.3 ± 0.0bc 65.0 ± 0.5a 62.7 ± 0.2c 64.5 ± 0.5ab 63.3 ± 0.0bc 63.2 ± 0.3bc 63.7 ± 0.1b 62.9 ± 0.3c 63.7 ± 0.1b Tp (°C) 66.6 ± 0.1e 68.3 ± 0.1bc 69.5 ± 0.2a 67.4 ± 0.1d 67.9 ± 0.4c 67.8 ± 0.0c 67.7 ± 0.5cd 68.8 ± 0.1b 67.4 ± 0.1d 68.3 ± 0.2bc Tc (°C) 70.6 ± 0.5e 73.4 ± 0.0b 74.2 ± 0.4a 72.2 ± 0.1c 71.6 ± 0.6d 71.9 ± 0.3c 71.7 ± 0.6cd 74.7 ± 0.0a 71.6 ± 0.2d 73.1 ± 0.4b ΔH (J/g) 13.63 ± 0.17d 15.01 ± 0.78bc 15.55 ± 0.16b 15.51 ± 0.39b 14.20 ± 0.15c 15.18 ± 0.58bc 14.53 ± 0.29c 18.10 ± 1.21a 14.30 ± 0.06c 14.84 ± 0.35c * T0, Tp, Tc and ΔH are onset, peak and conclusion temperature and enthalpy changes of gelatinisation, respectively. ** Means within a column followed by different letters are significantly different (P<0.05) The RVA is considered to simulate food processing and is used to relate functionality to structural properties (23, 24). RVA profiles of the isolated starches of normal ZP 434, popping ZP 611k and waxy ZP 704wx genotypes are given in Figure 1. The profiles of remaining normal starches from seven ZP genotypes were similar in behaviour to the starch of ZP 434 genotype and therefore they are not presented in this paper. It is observed that RVA profiles of the starches of ZP genotypes were typical for both types of maize starch, normal and waxy (25, 26). Particularly, normal maize starch isolated from the selected ZP genotypes had a temperate peak viscosity (approximately about 2200 cP) and a high tendency of increasing viscosity during paste cooling (“setback”) (approximately about 1300 cP) that is a result of a very high retrogradation rate of a linear fraction. 65 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper 3000 Viscosity (cP) 2500 ZP 434 2000 1500 ZP 611k 1000 500 ZP 704wx 0 0 500 1000 1500 ‐500 Time (s) Figure 1. RVA profiles of the selected starches Starch isolated from ZP 611k genotype (popping maize) had a slightly lower “setback” viscosity (viscosity at 50°C), which corresponded to a slightly lower amylose content in the sample (23.2%). Waxy maize starch (ZP 704wx) had the peak viscosity of 2822.4 cP and due to a small amount of a linear amylose fraction it had a very low tendency of increasing viscosity during paste cooling (ΔV=429.6 cP). CONCLUSION The protein content in the starches was very low (<0.30%), pointing out to high quality (“purity”) of obtained starches. The amylose content in the isolated starches of various ZP genotypes was characteristic for normal and waxy maize starches. The waxy type of starch had the highest Mw (4.84 x 108 Da). Mw of the normal starch ranged from 1.52 x 108 to 2.97 x 108 Da. The RS content in native starch of various ZP genotypes was very low (<1.61%). The onset temperature of gelatinisation values of starches of 10 ZP genotypes ranged from 62.1ºC to 65.0ºC. The waxy maize starch displayed a significantly higher enthalpy change for gelatinised starch than normal maize starches did. RVA profiles of the isolated starches were typical for both types of maize starches, normal and waxy. Some starches of specialty hybrids (ZP 74b, ZP 611k and ZP Rumenka) were similar in behaviour to normal starch. Despite significant differences in the content of amylose, Mw and DSC parameters of some samples there were no significant differences in pasting properties of native starches isolated from the selected ZP maize genotypes with the exception of two specialty genotypes (waxy and popping maize). On the basis of the results it can be concluded the selected dent maize genotypes can be used in wet-milling for production of normal maize starch which may be further modified physically, chemically or enzymatically to meet specific needs and applications. Acknowledgment This study was financially supported by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia, Project TR31069. 66 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper REFERENCES 1. Li, L., Jiang, H., Campbell, M., Blanco, M., Jane, J.: Characterization of maize amylose-extender (ae) mutant starches. Part I: Relationship between resistant starch contents and molecular structures. Carbohydr. Polym. 74 (2008) 396-404. 2. Wang, Y.J., White, P., Pollak, L., Jane, J.: Amylopectin and intermediate materials in starches from mutant genotypes of the Oh43 inbred line. Cereal Chem. 70 (1993) 521525. 3. Kasemsuwan, T., Jane, J., Schnable, P., Stinard, P., Robertson, D.: Characterization of the dominant mutant amylose-extender (Ae1-5180) maize starch. Cereal Chem. 72 (1995) 457-464. 4. Perera, C., Lu, Z., Sell, J., Jane, J.: Comparison of physicochemical properties and structures of sugary-2 cornstarch with normal and waxy cultivars. Cereal Chem. 78 (2001) 249-256. 5. Takeda, Y., Shirasaka, K., Hizukuri, S.: Examination of the purity and structure of amylose by gel-permeation chromatography. Carbohydr. Res. 132 (1984) 83-92. 6. Jane, J., Chen, J.F.: Effect of amylose molecular size and amylopectin branch chain length on paste properties of starch. Cereal Chem. 69 (1992) 60-65. 7. Hizukuri, S., Takeda, Y., Yasuda, M.: Multi-branched nature of amylose and the action of debranching enzymes. Carbohydr. Res. 94 (1981) 205-213. 8. Sang-Ho, Y., Jane, J.: Molecular weights and gyration radii of amylopectins determined by high-performance size-exclusion chromatography equipped with multi-angle laser-light scattering and refractive index detectors. Carbohydr. Polym. 49 (2002) 307-314. 9. Hizukuri, S., Kaneko, T., Takeda, Y.: Measurement of the chain length of amylopectin and its relevance to the origin of crystalline polymorphism of starch granules. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 760 (1983) 188-191. 10. Jane, J.: Current understanding on starch granule structures. J. Appl. Glycosci. 53 (2006) 205-213. 11. Jane, J.: Structure of starch granules. J. Appl. Glycosci. 54 (2007) 31-36. 12. Copeland, L., Blazek, J., Salman, H., Chiming Tang, M.: Form and functionality of starch. Food Hydrocol. 23 (2009) 1527-1534. 13. Sharma, A., Yadav, B.S., Yada, R.B.: Resistant starch: Physiological roles and food applications. Food Rev. Int. 24 (2008) 193-234. 14. Eckhoff, S.R., Singh, S.K., Zehr, B.E., Rausch, K.D., Fox, E.J., Mistry, A.K., Haken, A.E., Niu, Y.X., Zou, S.H., Buriak, P., Tumbleson, M.E., Keeling, P.L.: A 100-g Laboratory Corn Wet-Milling Procedure. Cereal Chem. 73 (1996) 54-57. 15. Kirk, R.S., Sawyer, R.: Pearson’s composition and analysis of foods. 9th Edition, Longman, UK (1991) p.708. 16. Official method of analysis (17th ed.). Washington, D.C.: Association of Official Analytical Chemists (1990). 17. McGrance, S.J., Cornell, H.J., Rix, C.J.: A simple and rapid colorimetric method for the determination of amylose in starch products. Starch 50 (1998) 158-163. 18. Official method of analysis (17th ed., rev. 2.ed.). W. Horwithz. Gaithersburg, Maryland, AOAC International (2003), method 991.43. 67 APTEFF, 43,1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243061M UDC: 664.2:633.15 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 61-68 Original scientific paper 19. McCleary, B.V., Monaghan, D.A.: Measurement of resistant starch. J. AOAC Int. 85 (2002) 665-675. 20. Jane, J., Chen, Y.Y., Lee, L.F., McPherson, A.E., Wong, K.S., Radosavljević, M.: Effects of amylopectin branch chain length and amylose content on the gelatinization and pasting properties of starch. Cereal Chem. 76 (1999) 629-637. 21. Milasinovic M., Radosavljevic M., Dokic Lj., Jakovljevic J.: Wet-milling properties of ZP maize hybrids. Maydica 52 (2007) 289-292. 22. Radosavljevic M., Bekric V., Milasinovic M., Pajic Z., Filipovic M., Todorovic G.: Genetic variability as background for the achievements and prospects of the maize utilisation development. Genetika-Belgrade 42 (2010) 119-136. 23. Crosbie, G.B., Ross, A.S.: The RVA Handbook. St Paul: Eagan Press (2007) p.152. 24. Eliasson, A.-C.: Starch in Food: Structure, Function and Applications. Cambridge/ Boca Raton: Woodhead Publishing Limited/CRC Press LLC (2004) pp. 156-179. 25. Thomas, D.J., Atwell, W.A.: Starches. AACC, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA (1999). 26. Blaszczak, W.: Effects of High Pressure, Time of Treatment and Polysaccharide Composition on the Physico-chemical Properties of Hylon VII and Waxy Maize Starch, in Starch: Achievements in Understanding Structure and Functionality. Eds. Yuryev, et al., New York, Nova Science Publishers (2007) pp. 179-228. ОСОБИНЕ СКРОБА РАЗЛИЧИТИХ ЗП ГЕНОТИПОВА КУКУРУЗА Марија С. Милашиновић-Шеремешићa, Милица М. Радосављевића и Љубица П. Докићб а б Институт за кукуруз „Земун Поље“, С. Бајића 1, 11185 Београд, Србија Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Циљ овог рада био је да се испитају молекуларне и функционалне карактеристике скроба изолованих из ЗП генотипова кукуруза различите генетичке основе. Садржај протеина, уља, пепела, као и резистентног скроба био је веома низак. Садржај aмилозe у изолованим скробовима био карактеристичан за нормалне односно воштане кукурузне скробове. Воштани тип скроба (ЗП 704wx) имао је највећу просечну молекулску масу амилопектина (4,84 x 108). Почетна температура желатинизације скроба 10 ЗП генотипова кретала се у распону од 62,1°C до 65,0°C. Воштани кукурузни скроб имао је значајно већу промену енталпије желатинизације (ΔH= 18,1 J/g) у односу на нормалне скробове (ΔH=13,6-15,6 J/g). РВА профили скроба ЗП генотипова били су типични за нормалне, односно за воштани скроб кукуруза. Кључне речи: скроб, кукуруз, молекуларне карактеристике, функционална својства. Received: 30 July 2012 Accepted: 09 October 2012 68 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper MODIFICATION OF THE METHOD FOR DETERMINING PROTEIN SOLUBILITY OF HEAT TREATED FULL-FAT SOYBEANS USING EXTRACTION IN POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE: INTER-LABORATORY STUDY Dragan V. Palića*, Kedibone Y. Modikab, Andre Oelofsec and Marijana B. Sakača a University of Novi Sad, Institute of Food Technology, Bulevar Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia b Agricultural Research Council, Private Bag X2, Irene, 0062, South Africa c University of Pretoria, Faculty of Natural Sciences, Lynnwood Road, Hatfield, South Africa Among a number of laboratory methods used to estimate the adequacy of heat treatment applied to full-fat soybean (FFSB) protein solubility in potassium hydroxide (PSKOH) is an unofficial method, but it is used by many laboratories due to its simplicity. It has been reported that the results of PSKOH analysis of the same sample of FFSB on the degree of heat treatment vary widely between laboratories. In this study, the original PSKOH method has been modified and subjected to an inter-laboratory test, with participation of 9 laboratories. Eight FFBS samples were processed by dry extrusion at temperatures ranging from 110 to 164C and analysed on PSKOH. Processed FFSB samples were also assessed in a growth trial with broilers. Analysis of FFSB by the PSKOH method generated for adequately-processed FFSB values between 67.1 and 76.5%. The values above 76.5% corresponded to under-processed and below 67.1% to over-processed FFSB. The PSKOH method generated good precision, i.e. the repeatability and reproducibility limits of 3.48 and 10.86 %, respectively. The modified PSKOH method can be recommended as a reliable indicator for quality control of heat processed FFSB for the use in routine laboratory practice. This study could pave the way for establishing PSKOH as an official method for determining the nutritional value of FFSB following heat treatment. KEY WORDS: broilers, protein solubility in potassium hydroxide, inter-laboratory analysis INTRODUCTION The soybean is by far the most important oilseed crop in the world. Soybeans contain highly valuable proteins and oils (crude protein ranging from 39-41% and oil from 1821%), which make them good feed alternatives to animal proteins and oils. As an animal feed, it is used as a high-protein source (1). Soybean prior to oil extraction is referred to * Correspoding author: Dragan V. Palić, University of Novi Sad, Institute of Food Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 69 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper as full-fat soybean (FFSB). Raw FFSB contains anti-nutritional factors (ANFs) (2), which limits its use in diets for monogastric animals. The ANFs contained in soybeans may cause unfavourable physiological effects (3, 4), and may decrease weight gain in animals (5). It has been shown (6, 7) that ANFs can be destroyed by moderate heating, which leads to denaturation of tertiary and quaternary protein structures, allowing more effecttive penetration of digestion enzymes and increasing digestibility of soybean protein in non-ruminants. The problem relating to the availability of the amino acids in the heat-treated soybeans arises due to the fact that only an optimum level of heat treatment will produce maximal availability of the amino acids to the animal. Under-processing of the FFSB limits amino acid availability due to only partial destruction of the ANFs. Over-processing, on the other hand, decreases amino acid availability as a result of the Maillard reaction that occurs between the aldehyde groups of sugars and free amino groups of amino acids (mostly epsilon-group of lysine) (8). The main objective of heat processing of FFSB is to achieve an optimum balance between degradation of ANFs and maintenance of amino acid availability. There are a number of laboratory methods that can be used to estimate the adequacy of FFSB heat treatment. Commonly used methods for assessing the processed FFSB quality are those for the determination of urease activity index (UAI), trypsin inhibitor activity (TIA), nitrogen solubility index (NSI), protein dispensability index (PDI), and protein solubility in potassium hydroxide (PSKOH) (9). It has been demonstrated (10, 11) that the results of analysis of the same sample of FFSB on the degree of heat treatment obtained by currently available analytical techniques vary widely between laboratories, causing uncertainty among soya processors, feed manufacturers and end-users. The provision of amino acids, either free or as protein, contributes a substantial amount to the cost of animal feedstuffs. The objective of any nutritionist is therefore to formulate diets that will provide the correct amounts of nutrients required by the animal at the lowest possible cost (12). This implies that dietary formulations need to be done on an available amino acid basis in order to optimise the dietary amino acid levels, thereby minimizing the cost. As a result of the uncertainties regarding the effect of processing on the amino acid availability of full-fat soybeans (9), some nutritionists using FFSB in diets have been forced to compensate for the possibility of reduced amino acid availability by over-formulating diets on a total amino acid level. It is therefore recognised that, if the full utilisation of FFSB used in diets is to be realised, reliable analytical procedures need to be available for quality control of processed FFSB, which would enable feed manufacturers to determine the exact degree of processing of the soybeans (10). The results of this would in turn provide an estimate of the availability of the amino acids contained in the FFSB for the use in feed formulations and enable nutritionists to lower the cost of feed formulations. There are reports (13, 14) that protein solubility might be the most reliable indicator for FFSB quality control and that therefore NSI, PDI and PSKOH would be the preferred methods. Although being an unofficial method, PSKOH has been widely used by many 70 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper laboratories, due to its simplicity. The preference in this study has been therefore given to PSKOH method. The aim of this study was to standardise, through an inter-laboratory study, the PSKOH method, to establish its ranges for describing under-, adequate- and over-processed FFSB and its precision, i.e. the values for its repeatability and reproducibility limits. EXPERIMENTAL Raw soybeans, with moisture of 10-11%, were processed by dry extrusion, using industrial „Insta-Pro 2000R“ single screw extruder at 7 temperatures: 110, 120, 127, 136, 140, 145, 151 and 164°C. In vivo trial. A total of 336 male Ross broilers were randomly allocated to 42 pens, each containing 8 birds. On arrival, all broilers were sorted into equal weight groups, and assigned at random to the different treatment pens, such that initial average weight and weight distribution were similar for all pens. They were allocated to one of eight dietary treatments containing the heat treated FFSB, with six replicates per treatment. The average body weight gain (ADWG) in the period from day 0 to day 14 and feed conversion ratio (FCR) on day 14 were monitored as production parameters. The protocol was approved by the Animal Ethics Committee no. APIEC 04/01 (ARC-Irene, South Africa) to ensure that it complies with South African and international standards for the care and use of animals for experimental purposes. Laboratory procedure. The procedure of the original PSKOH method of Araba and Dale (15) was as follows. An amount of 1.5 g of a FFSB sample, ground in a mill so it would pass through a 0.5 mm screen, was mixed with 75 ml of 0.2 % (0.036 N, pH 12.5) potassium hydroxide, and then stirred for 20 min on a magnetic stir plate. The mixture was centrifuged at 2700 rpm for 15 min. The supernatant was decanted, and filtered through glass wool. Fifteen ml, in duplicate from a single filtrate, were transferred to digestion tubes. Total nitrogen was determined by the Kjeldahl method and the protein content was calculated. For the original FFSB samples, the crude-protein content was also determined. Protein solubility was expressed as a percentage of the total protein soluble in a 0.2 % solution of potassium hydroxide. A review of this original PSKOH method revealed the following possible sources of differences in results of analysis of the same FFBS sample obtained by different laboratories. 1. Milling through a 0.5 mm screen. (It was very difficult to obtain a representative sample of FFSB when this is milled through a 0.5 mm screen. This has been shown to be especially true for samples processed above 130C). 2. Mixing of FFSB sample with 75 ml of 0.2 % KOH. (The volume and shape of the beaker, which both affect the protein solubility, was not specified). 71 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper 3. Stirring of the sample on a magnetic stirring plate. (The speed of stirring and the size of magnetic stir bar, have an effect on protein solubility, were not specified). 4. Centrifugation of mixture at 2700 rpm. (Specification of “rpm” value means little in practice, where different types of centrifuges are used). The modification of the original PSKOH method was then made, which resulted in the following procedure. 1. The FFSB sample was milled using a laboratory hammer or cyclone mill equipped with a 1.0 mm screen. 2. Milled sample was sieved using 1.000 mm and 0.600 mm sieves. The fraction that passed through a 1.000 mm sieve and was retained on a 0.600 mm sieve was taken for analysis. Thus, improved sample homogeneity was obtained. 3. 1.5 g (± 0.001 g) of the sieved sample was placed in a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask (bottom diameter = 85 mm and height = 145 mm). 4. 75.0 ml of 0.2 % KOH solution was added to the sample using a calibrated pipette and the flask was sealed with a stopper. 5. The flask was placed on a horizontal shaker immediately after addition of the KOH solution and was shaken at 100 cycles per minute for exactly 20 minutes at room temperature. 6. The flask was left for exactly 2 minutes for its content to settle. 7. Without delay, the content of the flask was filtered through a wide-pore filter paper (Whatman no. 1). 8. 15.0 ml of the supernatant was placed into a 250 ml flask and total nitrogen was determined by Kjeldahl method. Crude protein content (% nitrogen x 6.25), i.e. soluble protein of the sample, was calculated. The crude protein content of the original FFSB sample was also determined. 9. Protein solubility was expressed as a percentage of the total protein soluble in a 0.2 % solution of potassium hydroxide. Eight samples of FFSB used in the in vivo trial with chickens were analysed by 9 laboratories in duplicate using the improved PSKOH method. The method has therefore been subjected to an inter-laboratory study, conducted according to the AOCS Official Methods (16). Data were analysed using the statistical programme SAS/STAT (17). Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to test for differences between treatments. Treatment means were separated using Fishers' protected t-test least significant difference (LSD) at the 5% level of significance. Precision of the improved PSKOH method was determined according to the AOCS Official Methods (18). 72 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper RESULTS AND DISCUSSION In vivo trial The results of broiler trial are shown in Table 1. Table 1. Mean average daily weight gain (ADWG) during the period from day 0 to day 14 and feed conversion ratio (FCR) on day 14 of broiler chickens fed FFSB processed by dry extrusion at different temperatures Treatment (°C) 110 120 127 136 140 145 151 164 a,b,c,d ADWG (g) 87.8bc 96.0bc 108.0bc 138.3a 132.0a 123.0a 97.2b 79.8c FCR 2.081d 1.893cd 1.768c 1.382a 1.466a 1.529a 1.679c 1.891cd Values in the same column with different superscript differ significantly (P<0.05). The results showed that the best performance was achieved by chickens that were fed the FFSB processed at 136, 140 and 145C and that there was no significant difference between them (P>0.05). However, the difference between the groups that received the FFSB processed at 127 and 136C, as well as at 145 and 151C, were significant (P <0.05). Based on these parameters, a relation between the temperature of extruding and the in vivo assessment of the degree of FFSB processing has been derived and is shown in Table 2. Table 2. Relation between the temperature of extruding and the in vivo assessment of the degree of FFSB processing Degree of FFSB processing Under-processed Adequately-processed Over-processed Temperature of extrusion (C) < 136 136 – 145 > 145 It was concluded that the temperatures between 136 and 145 C define the range for adequately-processed FFSB. Inter-laboratory results Average values of PSKOH in FFSB samples analysed by 9 laboratories in duplicate are shown in Table 3. 73 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper Table 3. Results of the determination of protein solubility in potassium hydroxide (PSKOH) in FFSB samples processed by dry extrusion at different temperatures 1 Lab No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Average SD 110ºC 89.80 87.26 94.51 95.79 88.55 84.65 88.57 95.21 89.69 90.45 3.83 120ºC 85.77 88.37 88.43 91.58 90.05 91.85 83.00 95.16 88.74 89.21 3.76 1 127ºC 85.03 88.13 85.86 88.18 87.18 88.04 82.33 90.40 86.69 86.87 2.45 PSKOH (%) 136ºC 140ºC 77.14 74.73 76.55 68.80 77.97 72.06 76.76 79.04 72.79 67.84 76.02 76.64 74.19 73.45 78.05 75.64 79.11 76.68 76.51 73.87 2.07 3.70 145ºC 67.23 66.17 70.44 67.92 57.68 71.59 65.36 68.39 69.51 67.14 4.07 151ºC 67.14 65.07 70.19 68.50 59.25 70.51 73.36 58.07 68.45 66.62 4.97 164ºC 58.66 57.02 61.10 63.33 51.06 65.32 60.62 69.31 63.00 61.05 5.12 Average of two replicates; SD = Standard deviation The influence of temperature of processing on PSKOH values is shown in Fig. 1. A high correlation (R2 = 0.94) was established between PSKOH values and treatment temperature. 100 PSKOH (%) 80 60 y = -0.6218x + 161.59 R² = 0.9404 RSD = 2.30 40 20 0 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Temperature (0C) Figure 1. The influence of processing temperature on PSKOH values The FFBS samples processed in this study at temperatures between 136 and 145C represented adequately-processed FFSB (Table 1). The PSKOH values for these samples obtained in the inter-laboratory study, shown in Table 3, were 76.5 and 67.1, respectively. Consequently, the PSKOH values for describing the degree of FFSB processing have been established and are shown in Table 4. 74 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper Table 4. PSKOH values for describing the degree of FFSB processing Degree of FFSB processing Under-processed Adequately-processed Over-processed PSKOH (%) > 76.5 67.1 – 76.5 < 67.1 The PSKOH range for adequately-processed FFSB was between 67.1 and 76.5%. PSKOH values above 76.5 % corresponded to under-processed, whereas below 67.1% corresponded to over-processed FFSB. Precision parameters of the PSKOH method are shown in Table 5. The results obtained under the conditions of this study showed that the repeatability limit (r), i.e. absolute difference between two single results of analysis of the same sample obtained in one laboratory, should not exceed 3.48 %. It was found that the reproducibility limit (R) of the PSKOH method, i.e. absolute difference between single results of analysis of the same sample obtained in different laboratories, should not exceed 10.86 %. Table 5. Precision parameters of the PSKOH method Parameter Number of laboratories Number of laboratories retained after eliminating outliers PSKOH values (%), average of 9 laboratories Repeatability standard deviation (sr), % Repeatability relative standard deviation (RSDr), % Repeatability limit (r) [r = 2,8 x sr], % Reproducibility standard deviation (sR), % Reproducibility relative standard deviation (RSDR), % Reproducibility limit (R) [R = 2,8 x sR] , % Sample 136ºC 140ºC 110ºC 120ºC 127ºC 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 90.45 89.21 1.073 Average values 145ºC 151ºC 164ºC 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 86.87 76.51 73.87 67.14 66.62 61.05 2.075 1.407 1.085 1.022 1.380 0.782 1.107 1.242 1.187 2.326 1.620 1.418 1.384 2.056 1.151 1.814 1.621 3.005 5.811 3.941 3.037 2.862 3.864 2.190 3.100 3.478 3.941 3.839 2.504 2.118 3.807 4.178 5.373 5.270 3.878 4.357 4.303 2.883 2.768 5.153 6.223 7.903 8.633 5.061 11.033 10.750 7.012 5.929 10.659 11.700 15.044 14.756 10.858 According to the in vivo trial with broilers (Table 1), the samples which represent adequately-processed FFSB were those processed between 136 and 145°C. The PSKOH values for those temperatures were between 67.1 and 76.5%. These results are lower than those established by Arabe and Dale (15). According to their results, a range of protein solubility between 80 and 85 % appeared to be consistent with optimum soybean processing for broiler chickens. Values below 75 % indicated excessive heating. Globally accepted PSKOH values for adequately processed soybean are between 75 and 85 % (9). It is to be noted that the above-mentioned authors obtained their values in single laboratory 75 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper studies, contrary to the present study, which might be the explanation for the differences in the results. There is a good correlation (R2=0.94) between the PSKOH values and extrusion temperatures. A reduction in the protein solubility in 0.2 % KOH was found to be associated with an increased heat treatment in soybeans and a decreased growth performance in chickens (19). The PSKOH changed consistently as soybeans were heated at higher temperatures. The only slightly inconsistent response of PSKOH was observed at 151°C, where the value was 66.62%, thus being on the border of the range of adequately- and over-processed FFSB. The same FFSB sample was assessed as over-processed in the in vivo trial. Previous studies by Parsons et al. (20), Anderson-Haferman et al. (21) and Batal et al. (22) reported that PSKOH is a good indicator of FFSB over-processing. Regarding results of the present study on precision of the PSKOH method, two single determinations performed in one laboratory should not differ by more than 3.48 %, whereas two single determinations performed in different laboratories should not differ by more than 10.86 %. Attempts to find in accessible literature the results on precision parameters for the PSKOH method obtained elsewhere were unsuccessful. The optimum temperature for dry extrusion of full-fat soybean for use in poultry feeding obtained in this study (between 136 and 145 °C) is in line with the results of Ruiz et al. (6) who established, in a trial with broilers fed extruded FFSB, that body weight gain and feed conversion ratio were best at treatment temperatures between 126 and 140 °C. Nelson et al. (23) stated that temperatures most commonly used commercially for extruding raw soybeans were between 135 and 140°C. CONCLUSION Inter-laboratory analysis of FFSB by the improved PSKOH method generated for adequately-processed FFSB values between 67.1 and 76.5 %. Values above 76.5 % corresponded to under-processed and below 67.1 % to over-processed FFSB. Improved PSKOH method generated good precision, i.e. repeatability and reproducibility limits of 3.48 and 10.86 %, respectively. Based on the results of this inter-laboratory study, the PSKOH method can be recommended as a reliable indicator for quality control of heat processed FFSB, for the use in routine laboratory practice. This study could pave the way for establishing PSKOH as an official method for determining the nutritional value of FFSB following heat treatment. Acknowledgement This study was supported by the Protein Research Foundation of South Africa. REFERENCES 1. Wiseman, J.: Recent Advances in Animal Nutrition, Butterworths, London (1986) p. 2. 76 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper 2. Maclachlan, R.G.: Soybeans: Antinutrients - What? Why? Workshop on processing of full fat soya, 12 March 1998, Irene, South Africa, Proceedings pp.10-13. 3. Buttle, L.G., Burrells, A.C., Good, J.E., Williams, P.D., Southgate, P.J. and Burrells, C.: The binding of soybean agglutinin (SBA) to the intestinal epithelium of Atlantic salmon, Salmo salar and Rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss, fed high levels of soybean meal. J. Veter. Immun. Immunopath. 80 (2001) 237-244. 4. Vasconcelos, I.M., Maia, A.A.B., Siebra, E.A., Oliveira, J.T.A., Carvalho, A.F.F.U., Melo, V.M.M., Carlini, C.R. and Castelar, L.I.M.: Nutritional study of two Brazilian soybean (Glycine max) cultivars differing in the contents of anti-nutritional and toxic proteins. J. Nutr. Biochem. 12 (2001) 1-8. 5. Palacios, M.F., Easter, R.A., Soltwedel, K.T., Parsons, C.M., Douglas, T., Hymowitz, M.W. and Pettigrew, J.E.: Effect of soybean variety and processing on growth performance of young chicks and pigs. J. Anim. Sci. 82 (2004) 1108-1114. 6. Ruiz, N., De Belalcazar, F., Diaz, G.J.: Quality control parameters for commercial full-fat soybeans processed by two different methods and fed to broilers. J. Appl. Poult. Res. 13 (2004) 443-450. 7. Zarkadas, L.N. and Wiseman, J.: Influence of processing of full fat soya beans included in diets for piglets. I. Performance. Anim. Feed. Sci. Tech. 118 (2005) 109-119. 8. Vohra, F. and Kratzer, F.K.: Evaluation of soybean meal determines adequacy of heat treatment. Feedstuffs 63 (1991) 22-25. 9. Monary, S., Fullfat Soya Handbook, 2nd ed., American Soybean Assosiation, Brussels (1996) pp. 22-28. 10. Davies, H.: Manufacturing of full-fat soybeans. Workshop: Processing of full-fat soya, 12 March 1998, Irene, South Africa, Proceedings, pp. 21-23. 11. Palić, D., Morey, L., Modika, K.Y., Kokić, B., Djuragić, O., and Spasevski, N.: Precision of laboratory methods based on protein solubility in quality control of heat treated feedstuffs. Chem. Industry 66, 1 (2012) 53-57. 12. Palic, D., Moloto, K., Coetzee, S.E. and Djuragic, O.: Critical assessment of laboratory methods for full -fat soybean quality control. 1st International Congress on Food Technology, Quality and Safety, 13-15. November 2007, Novi Sad, Serbia, Proceedings, pp. 197-202. 13. Peisker, M. and Dersjan-Li, Y.: Best use of soy proteins. Feed-mix 12 (2004) 18-22. 14. Caprita, R., Caprita, A. and Cretescu, I.: Protein solubility as quality index for processed soybean. Anim. Sci. Biotech. 43 (2010) 375-378. 15. Araba, M. and Dale, N. M.: Evaluation of protein solubility as an indicator of over processing of soybean meal. Poultry Sci. 69 (1990) 76-83. 16. AOCS Official Methods: Collaborative Study Procedures, AOCS Procedure M 4-86, 1997. 17. SAS/STAT. SAS Institute Inc.: User's Guide, Version 6, 4th Edition, Volume 2, Cary, NC:SAS Institute, 1989. 18. AOCS Official Methods: Determination of Precision of Analytical Methods, AOCS procedure M 1-92, 1997. 19. Wiriyaumpaiwong, S., Soponronnarit, S. and Prachayawarakorn, S.: Comparative study of heating processes for full-fat soybeans. J. Food Engineer. 65 (2004) 371-382. 77 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243069P UDC: 633.34[547.96:546.32-36 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 69-78 Original scientific paper 20. Parsons, C.M., Hashimoto, K., Wedekind, K.J. and Baker, D.H.: Soybean protein solubility in potassium hydroxide: An in-vitro test of in-vivo protein quality. J. Anim. Sci. 69 (1991) 2918-2924. 21. Anderson-Haferman, J.C., Ahang, Y., Parsons, C.M. and Hymowitz, T.: Effect of heating on the nutritional quality of Kunitz-trypsin-inhibitor-free and conventional soybeans for chicks. Poultry Sci. 71, 10 (1992) 1700-1709. 22. Batal, A.B., Douglas, M.W., Engram, A.E. and Parsons, C.M.: Protein dispersibility index as an indicator of adequately processed soybean meal. Poultry Sci. 79 (2000) 1592-1596. 23. Nelson, A.I., Wijeratne, W.B., Weh, S.W., Wei, T.M. and Wei, L.S.: Dry extrusion as an aid to mechanical expelling of oil from soybeans. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 64 (1987) 1341-1347. МОДИФИКАЦИЈА МЕТОДЕ ЗА ОДРЕЂИВАЊЕ РАСТВОРЉИВОСТИ ПРОТЕИНА У ТЕРМИЧКИ ТРЕТИРАНОЈ ПУНОМАСНОЈ СОЈИ КОРИШЋЕЊЕМ ЕКСТРАКЦИЈЕ У КАЛИЈУМ ХИДРОКСИДУ: МЕЂУЛАБОРАТОРИЈСКО ИСПИТИВАЊЕ Драган В. Палићa, Кедибоне Модикаб, Андре Оелофсев и Маријана Б. Сакачa a Универзитет у Новом Саду, Институт за прехрамбене технологије, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Agricultural Research Council, Јужно-афричка република в Универзитет у Преторији, Јужно-афричка република Међу методама за процену адекватности термичког третмана пуномасне соје је и растворљивост у калијум хидроксиду (PSKOH), која је неофицијелна метода, али је многе лабораторије користе због њене једноставности. У овом раду PSKOH метода је модификована и примењена у 9 лабораторија. Осам узорака пуномасне соје је екструдирано на температурама од 110 до 164C и анализирано модификованом PSKOH методом. Исти узорци су испитани и у in vivo огледима на пилићима. Анализом пуномасне соје модификованом PSKOH методом су добијене вредности од 67,1 до 76,5% за адекватно третирану соју. Вредности растворљивости изнад 76,5% одговарају недовољно термички третираној соји, а испод 67,1% сувише третираној. Модификована PSKOH метода је генерисала добру прецизност: репетабилност од 3,48% и репродуктивност од 10,86%. Модификована PSKOH метода се може препоручити као поуздан индикатор за контролу квалитета термички третиране соје. Кључне речи: бројлери, растворљивост протеина у калијум хидроксиду, интерлабораторијска анализа Received: 25 July 2012 Accepted: 28 September 2012 78 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF POULTRY DIETS CONTAINING SUNFLOWER MEAL SUPPLEMENTED BY ENZYMES *Slavica A. Sredanovića, Jovanka D. Levića, Rade D. Jovanovićb and Olivera M. Đuragića a b University of Novi Sad, Institute of Food Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Institute for Science Application in Agriculture, Bulevar despota Stefana 68b, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia The international limitations imposed on the utilization of meat and bone meals in animal diets, together with the increasing demand for soybean meal, create a necessity to search for other protein sources to economically balance compound feeds. In this regard it is important to note that sunflower is the best adapted high-protein crop available in some European regions and that is useful to use it in poultry farming as the replacement of other protein sources. Protein and many other nutrients are “imprisoned” to variable degrees, inside sunflower meal fibrous structures, and remain less available for digestion by the poultry’s own proteases and other endogenous enzymes. Added exogenous enzymes (phytase, hemicellulase, cellulase, carbohydrase, protease, etc.) offer a number of creative possibilities for breakdown and “liberation” of these nutrients, their easier digestion and absorption, and thus development of new nutritional standards and new diets formulation. Supplementation of poultry diets containing sunflower meal by different enzymes increasingly contribute to sustainable poultry farming by enhancing production efficiency, increasing the effectiveness of nutrient utilization and upgrading in environmental protection. KEY WORDS: sunflower meal, enzymes, poultry nutrition INTRODUCTION Sunflower meal (SFM), the important by-product obtained after the extraction of oil from sunflower seeds, is used as a protein source in animal nutrition. The amount and chemical composition of SFM depends on the variety of the seed, the processing method, efficiency of oil extraction and the degree of dehulling or decortication. In our country, the crude protein (CP) content of conventional SFM usually varies between 33% and 37%. The corresponding crude fiber (CF) contents are in the range between 18% and 23%. Thus, an inverse relation is seen between the CP and CF contents of SFM. These meals are mixtures of protein containing kernel and hulls in the approximate ratio of about 60:40% (1, 2). In other regions, CP content of SFM is very often lower than 28%, and CF content is higher than 30%. Due to high hull levels, these meals are mainly used * Corresponding author: Slavica A. Sredanović, University of Novi Sad, Institute of Food Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 79 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review for feeding cattle and sheep. But, using SFM in this way is wasting of valuable proteins. Therefore, some of the characteristics of SFM must be considered so that the maximum benefit may be gained from this feed ingredient (3-8). An apparent disadvantage of SFM is that it contains a relatively high level of fiber compared to soybean meal (SBM). This characteristic of SFM may lead to bulky diets which may be a problem for young chicks, in particular, because their digestive system has a limited capacity. If SFM is incorporated at high inclusion rates, the nutrient and energy densities of the resulting diet may be significantly diluted and growth stagnant. The density of the diet is of prime concern in terms of nutrient intake and resultant growth rate (9, 10). Inclusion of high fiber ingredients is also limited because of the poor metabolizable energy contents. True metabolizable energy contents of sunflower meal is negativly correlated with CF and hull content (11). Separation of the hull, as the main source of fiber, from the kernel is the processing solution for improving the nutritional and commercial values of SP. The CF content should be decreased to a minimum by dehulling during processing of the sunflower seed for oil extraction or after oil extraction by different fractionation procedures of SFM based on diametrically opposed physical characteristics of the kernel and the hull. Several efficient fractionation procedures and complex systems for separating hulls from kernels and meals, rendering high yields of attractive protein fractions that contain 42-48 % of CP and 8-14% of CF have been developed at the Institute of Feed Technology – now renamed Research Centre Feed-toFood at the University of Novi Sad, Serbia (2, 12, 13, 14). Technological solutions for the production of SFM with 44% of CP, have been introduced and implemented in several edible oil plants, based on some of these results. In the industrial conditions, from the initial SFM containing 37-38% of CP, 35-40% of sunflower meal with 44% of CP (protein fraction-through) and 65-60% sunflower meal with 33% CP (cellulosic fraction overs) may be obtained (1, 2, 13). The separation of sunflower hulls from kernels with centrifugal separator is rather heavy due to the presence of hard conglomerates made of kernels and hulls adhered to them. The remarkable amount of these conglomerates flow over the sieve holes and directly reduced PF yield (13). The preliminary treating may be applied in order to crush the existing agglomerates and enable the subsequent separation of the kernels from the hulls adhered. It is very important that the hulls are not crushed into too small particles, so that it could be separated later by mechanical fractionation. Continuous investigations at our research Centre Feed to Food are focused on identifying solutions to increase yield and enhance the quality of decellulosed high protein SFM and we have made substantil progress in improving the technological process (14). However, hull removal has not been totally successful, probably because of the tight binding of the hull to the kernel, and it is useful to explore other options to upgrade SFM, so that the maximum benefit may be gained from this feed ingredient in monogastric animals diets (2, 9). Based on the premise that SFM may contribute a significant portion of poultry diets and that it contain high levels of non-starch polysacharides (NSP) and phytates it would be useful to investigate the effect of enzyme supplementation on diets containing these ingredients. Dietary supplementation with enzyme preparations is not a new concept, but it becomes more fine-tuned with the production of specific enzyme preparations. The addition of exogenous enzymes (phytase, hemicellulase, cellulase, pectinase, carbohydra80 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review se, protease, lipase, β-glucanase, etc.) offers a number of creative possibilities for breakdown and “liberation” of these nutrients, their easier digestion and absorption, and thus development of new nutritional standards and new diets formulation (15). The objective of the present study is to review some of research results and posible solutions obtained by using of enzymes as additives for upgrading the nutritive value of poultry diets containing sunflower meal. Sunflower meal as the substrate for enzyme’s actions Enzymes are powerful but strictly specific catalysts that act on one or, at most, a limited group of compounds known as substrates. Careful focus should be directed to the physicochemical characteristics of target feed ingredients before applying enzymes to feed. Physicoohemical properties like major ingredients, target substrate and its amount, and physical structure have influenced the eficacy and onset of the enzymatic hydrolysis. By far, the varied enzyme efficacy due to ingredients cannot be simply explained. Amounts and characteristics of NSP, anti-nutritional factors, oligosaccharides and/or other components, physical structure of mainly starch and protein and the degree of feed processing have been compounded to represent the efficacy of supplemental enzymes (16). Thus, detailed information about chemical composition and nutritional properties of SFM is a prerequisite for successful use of enzymes as additives for upgrading the nutritive value of poultry diets containing this feedstuff. To describe the quality of SFM, chemical composition of two conventional and two high-protein SFM with 42 and 44% CP in comparation to SBM, as the »standard« that feed and animal producers want to achieve with other vegetable protein sources, is shown in Table 1. Table 1. Chemical composition of soybean and sunflower meals* Nutrient Soybean meal Sunflower meals Dry matter [%] 90 90 90 90 Crude protein [%] 44 34 37 42 Crude fibre [%] 5 23 18 16 Crude fat [%] 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 ME for poultry [MJ kg-1] 9.25 5.44 6.70 7.20 Amino acids contents [%] Lysine 2.74 1.18 1.28 1.40 Methionine 0.60 0.72 0.79 0.92 Cystine 0.63 0.55 0.60 0.68 Threonine 1.72 1.21 1.32 1.44 Tryptophane 0.59 0.45 0.47 0.48 Arginine 3.28 2.68 2.97 3.27 Glycine 1.86 1.92 2.04 2.12 Serine 2.25 1.40 1.61 1.71 Histidine 1.17 0.82 0.89 0.96 Isoleucine 2.13 1.47 1.60 1.64 Leucine 3.40 2.12 2.33 2.64 Phenylalanine 2.22 1.50 1.64 1.95 Tyrosine 1.62 0.81 0.88 1.01 Valine 2.19 1.78 1.93 1.96 *Compiled from Tables (17, 18) and our own research (1); ME = Metabolizable energy; 90 44 12 1.7 7.95 1.70 1.10 0.85 1.70 0.61 4.10 2.46 1.86 1.10 2.15 2.90 2.10 1.10 2.20 81 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review If properly processed, SFM with 44% of protein can be fully compared to SBM by its crude protein content (440 vs.440 g/kg). It contains considerably smaller amounts of lysine (17 vs. 27 g/kg), but significantly higher amounts of methionine (11 vs. 6) compared to SBM. The strong lysine deficiency in SFM has to be balanced by adding the lacking amount of lysine to obtain the utilisation of rich amino acid potential contained in sunflower protein (1, 13). A large number of investigations have found a direct dependence between the energy value of SFM and the contents of dietary fiber (11, 19). As a result of these investigations, various formulas have been set, on which the base energy value of SFM can be predicted trough nutrient content of individual fractions of fibers. Janssen and Care (20) also pointed that the content of dietary fiber might be a good assumption of feed's nutritive value due to the impact of sunflower shell and core content of cell walls, and the strong negative correlation between crude fiber content and digestibility of CP and fat. The values of the metabolic energy of SFM were ranked from 4.94 to 9.39 MJ kg-10, where the lower values are associated with higher levels of hemicellulose, and crude fiber (9). The low level of metabolic energy for poultry can be overcome by adding fat to the diets with SFM (9). Unlike most other oilseed meals, SFM is not known to have harmful anti-nutritional factors. Namely, SFM contains the polyphenolic compounds, chlorogenic and a cafeic acid, but the concentrations of these antinutritional factors is not toxic in poultry diets (21, 22). However, phytic acid is considered as anti-nutritional factor in poultry because it binds phosphorous and other important nutrients and decreases their availability. Phosphorous is an essential nutrient in poultry diets, and its efficient use is essential for economic poultry production. Unavailable phosphorous is simply excreted and the result is a serious phosphorous pollution problem. In order to become available to broiler chicks, phosphorous from vegetable sources must be hydrolyzed with phytase as a catalyst, to inositols and inorganic phosphates which are readily absorbed in the digestive tract (23). By releasing phosphorous from phytate molecule, phosphorous supplementation in diets may be considerably reduced or even cancelled, thus leading to the reduction of phosphorus excretion, with beneficial effects on the environmental issues (24). Furthermore, phytate has also the potential to form indigestible complexes with cations (Mg, Ca, Fe) and bind with protein (25). SFMs are used in animal nutrition mainly as protein sources, but they also contain significant amount of dietary fibre (DF), which is defined as the sum of lignin and polysaccharides that are not digested by endogeneous secretion of the digestive tract of nonruminant animal species. In this nutrition context, the term DF includes any polysacharide reaching the hindgut and so includes resistant starch and NSP (26). Polysaccharides are macromolecular polymers of simple sugars or monosacharides linked together by glycosidic bonds. NSPs have glycosidic bonds other than the bonds of starch which in some case cause their resistance to starch degrading enzymes (27). The NSPs found in feedstuffs are primarily components of plant cell walls and they represent a group of heterogeneous compounds differing considerably in chemical composition and physical properties (28). The types and levels of carbohydrates in SFM depend to a great extent on the technology of seed processing and the degree of dehulling or decortication and, hence, the 82 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review data available in the literature differ greatly. According to the literature data, SFM with 33% crude protein contains 1-4% starch, 26-41% DF including 9-11% arabinoxylans, 1823% cellulose, 9-10% lignins, 2-5% pectins (2, 28, 29). In order to develop techniques to counteract the antinutritive effects of soluble NSP, and understanding their chemistry, physical properties and behavior on ingestion by monogastric is crucial. Further work is required to characterise the type, levels and nutritive activity of the NSP and other DF component found SFM. It is convenient to classify five major classes of fibers, according to their chemical structure and to their properties: four classes of water-insoluble polymers (lignins, cellulose, hemicelluloses, pectic substances) and one class of various water-soluble non-starch polysacharides and oligosaccharides (water soluble pectins, -glucans, arabinoxilans) (27). Solubility of fiber components is linked to their effects in the digestive tract of animals. NSPs are generally defined as water-soluble or insoluble. Plants generally contain a mixture of both soluble and insoluble NSPs in a ratio that varies according to the type and stage of maturity. The types and levels of carbohydrate polymers and monomers in sunflower seed are shown in Table 2. (28). Table 2. Carbohydrates in sunflower seed (% dry matter) (28) Carbohydrate Starch Total NSP Cellulose Rhamnose Fucose Arabinose Xylose Mannose Galaktose Glucose Uronic acids Soluble Insoluble 4.5 23.1 8.7 0.3 0.1 3.0 5.3 1.1 0.9 0.4 3.4 0.2 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.3 3.2 Total 1.4 27.6 8.7 0.5 0.2 3.6 5.3 1.2 1.2 0.4 6.6 The NSP content of feedstuffs influences various aspects of animal performance. The high NSP content in SFM limit their energy value and even more their protein value. Their nutritional effects in monogastric animals are diverse and, in some cases, extreme. It is, however, generally conceded that the major detrimental effects of NSP are associated with the viscous nature of these polysaccharides, their physiological and morphological effects on the digestive tract, and the interaction with the microflora of the gut. Soluble fibers increase intestinal transit time, delay gastric emptying, delay glucose absorption, increase pancreatic secretion, and slow down absorption, whereas insoluble fibers decrease transit time, enhance water holding capacity and assist faecal bulking in non-ruminant animals (3, 28). These include the effects on voluntary feed intake, supply of available energy to the animal, including the digestibility and utilization of nutrients other than NSPs and gut and animal health. These effects can be attributed to the effects of NSPs on gut microorganisms, viscosity and water-holding capacity of the digesta (27). 83 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review Some investigations have suggested that the negative effect of NSP can be overcome by dietary modifications, including supplementation of diets with suitable exogenous enzyme preparations (30). Enzymes and sunflower meal in poultry nutrition Regardless of the goal of animal production, enzymes will aid performance through removal of antinutritive factors (ANF), breaking open cell walls, releasing phytate phosphorus, improving protein digestibility and provision of substrates for beneficial microflora. Exogenous enzymes supplemented to feed are theoretically capable for improving digestibility of feed by hydrolyzing the substrates that hinder digestion and specific antinutritional factors. However, in reality the practices do not exert the theoretically expected benefits. Type and age of animal, quality of feed ingredients, including presence of target substrate and optimization of multi-enzyme combination are factors that are to be taken into account upon using feed enzymes. Therefore, it needs a very careful approach to decide the type of enzymes and their additional levels. (31). Enzymes make it possible to upgrade the nutritional value of a feedstuff and can be added to feeds as "multi-enzyme" products that contain a variety of different activities or "specific-enzyme" products which are responsible for single-type of enzymatic activity based on a particular dietary substrate, such as NSP (15). Not only the total fiber content, but also the physical and chemical structure of fibrous polysaccharides and their anatomical arrangement within each specific ingredient, affect the accessibility of enzymes for digestion of nutrients (27). Undoubtedly, a total depolymerisation of the NSP require extremely complex enzyme activities. There are various types of fiber-degrading or NSPbreaking enzymes. The efficacy of feed enzymes depends on their substrate specificity, activity and stability. Therefore, it is often very difficult to select potentially useful enzymes available in the market. Selection of effective enzyme products for use in sunflower-containing diets requires detailed knowledge of the substrates and their breakdown patterns in the gastrointestinal tract of the target species (31). Many commercially available enzyme formulations differ in their composition with respect to the number of individual enzymes and their activities. Selected microbial enzymes must degrade NSPs to an extent that can lower the viscosity in the intestine and improve feed utilization. Extensive research has revealed that enzyme usage increases the efficiency of utilization of the feed. It is now well documented that enzymes supplementation breaks NSP polymeric chains into smalller pieces, reduces the gut viscosity, and hence improves the nutritive value of fibrous feedstuffs. Poultry do not produce enzymes for the hydrolysis of NSP present in the cell wall of SFM and they remain unhydrolized. This results in low feed efficiency. Most of the research work on NSP enzyme application in poultry feeds has focused on cereal grains, such as wheat, barley, rye and triticale, or, alternatively, on diets based on corn and SBM, with very little targeted to alternative protein meals like sunflower meal. Inconsistent results have been reported by several authors regarding the use SFM with enzyme supplementation in poultry diets (16). 84 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review It has been recognized that the disruption of the cell wall matrix of SFM by exogenous microbial enzymes can lead to easy access of the endogenous proteolytic enzymes to digest the entrapped proteins (32). Results obtained by Raza et al. (33) showed significant differences (p<0.05) among different experimental diets (varying in the level of SFM and CF) for weight gain and feed conversion. The highest weight gain was observed in chicks fed on the diet containing 10% SFM (6% CF in diet) with enzyme Grindazym GP 5000, (produced by DuPontTM Danisco® Company and containing xylanase, P-glucanase and pectinase), while lowest gain was observed in chicks fed on the same diet without enzyme supplementation. Francesch et al. (34) reported the results of dietary supplementation of an enzyme preparation (Grindazym GP 5000) containing xylanase, Pglucanase and pectinase activity included for four months in a barley : SFM-based (60 : 20%) layer diet. There was no significant effect of enzyme supplementation on the rate of lay, daily food intake or body weight gain. However, a significantly positive effect was observed during the first four weeks on egg weight and egg size, and there was also a reduction in the percentage of dirty eggs. High doses of enzyme also improved excreta quality by reducing its water content. Sorensen (35) has reported that supplementation of SFM-based diets with the same enzyme increased the nutrient utilisation of this product, both in layers and broilers. Improvement in the performance of broilers with the addition of multienzyme in high sunflower diets were also noticed by Meussen, (36), Raj et al. (37), and Kocher et al., (32). Mushtaq et al. (38) reported that enzyme supplementation had a pronounced effect in low nutrient concentration and high SFM diets for broilers According to the results of Tavernari (39) the enzyme complex consisting of cellulase, β-glucanase, xylanase and phytase had a significant effect on the weight gain only during the starter phase with the diets contained 20% SFM, which is possibly explained by the immature digestive system of broilers at this age. Oliveira et al. (40) evaluated two sunflower meal inclusion levels (0 and 15%) with or without an enzyme complex (cellulase, protease and amylase) in the diet of 21 to 42-day-old broilers, and did not find any significant interaction between SFM and the enzyme complex. These authors concluded that the dietary inclusion of 15% SFM improves live performance, but does not affect carcass yield. El Sherif (41) found that SFM concentrated with energy and supplemented with lysine and methionine was effectively utilized in grower and finisher broiler diets in place of SBM without adverse effect on the production, and there were no beneficial effects of enzyme supplementation with this SFM. The results of Kocher et al. (32) clearly indicate that comercial enzyme products have some effects in diets containing high concentrations of SFM. However, these effects could not be seen after detailed analyses of feed and digesta, and did not result in a significant improvement in the growth performance of broilers. Meng and Slominski (42) and Tabook et al. (43) have indicated that the addition of commercially available multiactivity enzyme products did not result in an improved broiler performance in diets, especially having increased concentration of SFM. These controversial results reported regarding the nutritive value of SFM were attributed to the differences in the variety, method of processing, age of birds and feed formulation techniques employed in these studies (9). It is clear from the literature that phytate levels in poultry feed are variable, and have a negative effect on the overall efficiency of nutrient utilization by decreasing mineral and protein solubility and digestibility, and increasing endogenous secretions (23). First 85 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review research works regarding the usage of phytase in animal feed were conducted some thirty years ago, but without wider application in field conditions. As a result of the growing environmental concerns and more stringent environmental regulations, however, research related to the production and application of phytase in animal feed has been intensified in the recent years. The use of phytase has become standard practice to reduce phosphorus levels in the environment and to compensate for the drastic increase of the cost of inorganic phosphates. In order to be made available to broiler chicks, phosphorous from vegetable sources must be hydrolyzed with phytase as a catalyst, to inositol and inorganic phosphates, which are readily absorbed in the digestive tract (44). Results of numerous experiments have shown that degradation of phytate by phytase has a twofold positive effect – release of phosphorous and release of minerals, proteins and digestive enzymes. By releasing phosphorous from phytate molecule, phosphorous supplementation in diets may be considerably reduced or even cancelled, thus leading to the reduction of phosphorus excretion (45), with beneficial effects on the environment. Phytase increases the digestibility of phytate from around 25% to 50-70% in poultry, and its use has been on the increase since banning the use of animal protein sources, such as meat and bone meal, in the EU. It is also understood that phytase can improve the digestibility of other nutrients as well as energy (46, 47). All obtained results about the use of phytase in poultry feeding indicate that with the addition of various phytase preparations in differently formulated diets, this enzyme improves availability of phytic phosphorous and other nutrients (44, 48, 49, 50) and reduces phosphorous excretion (45,51). Supplementation of poultry diets with exogenous enzymes as additives for upgrading the nutritive value of poultry diets containing SFM has been investigated in our Institute. The higher body weight by 8.36% and better feed conversion ratio by 2.84 % was observed in chicks fed on a diet containing 15% SFM (with 44% CP) supplemented with enzymes (protease, hemicellulase, pectinase, β-glucanase) with respect to the trial diets without enzyme supplementation (29). With the diet containing 10% SFM with 33% CF supplemented by enzymes (cellulase, protease, lipase, α-amylase, β-glucanase) higher body weight by 10.23% and better feed conversion ratio by 8.15 % were obtained in comparasion with the diets without enzymes (52 ). In one of our latest investigation (53), experimental diets were formulated on the basis of corn, high-quality decellulosed SFM containing 44% of protein (20% in diets) and SBM. Five broiler diets were tested. The first was a commercial diet based on corn and SBM and in the others 20% of SBM was replaced with SFM containing 44% of crude protein. The treatments were as follows: A – SBM without supplement; B – SFM without supplement; C – SFM supplemented with l-lysine HCl; D – SFM supplemented with llysine HCl and enzyme complex containing protease, hemicellulase, pectinase and β-glukanase; E – SFM supplemented with l-lysine HCl and phytase and 30% lower phosphorous content. Both enzymatic supplements positively influenced live weight and feed conversion ratio (FCR) in treatments D and E. There were no significant differences between these two treatments, but significant differences (P<0.01) were found for live weight and FCR between treatments B, D and E. Significantly positive (P<0.01) effect of added enzymes was found in treatments D and E in comparison with treatment A. It was 86 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review also found that the treatment E with reduced phosphorous level and added l-lysine HCl and phytase decreased the level of phosphorous in broiler feces up to 20%. The decrease of available phosphorous level in diet E did not have any adverse effect on broiler feeding performances. From this experiment, it can be concluded that the supplementation of poultry diets with 20% SFM containing 44% of crude protein by l-lysine HCl and enzyme complex (protease, hemicellulase, pectinase and β-glukanase) or phytase increasingly contribute to the sustainable poultry farming by enhancing the production efficiency, increasing the effectiveness of nutrient utilization and upgrading environmental protection. CONCLUSION In spite of some conflicting results, in most studies SFM has been found to be a promising source of protein for poultry. Most of our research work suggested that the negative effect of SFM can be overcome by processing technologies and dietary modifications including supplementation of diets with suitable exogenous enzyme preparations. In this context, research efforts have been directed to identify novel, alternative and economically viable SFM + enzyme combinations for a succesful replacement of other protein sources in poultry diets. Acknowledgement This work is a part of Integrated and Interdisciplinary Research Project No. III 46012, funded by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Delić, I., Lević, J. and S. Sredanović: Standardna i oplemenjena suncokretova sačma sa 44% sirovih proteina. 33. Symposium “Unapređenje uljarstva Jugoslavije”, Sutomore, 27-29 maj 1992, Zbornik radova, pp. 268-287. 2. Lević, J., Delić, I., Ivić, M. and Stefanović, S.: Removal of Cellulose From Sunflower Meal by Fractionation. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 69 (1992) 890-893. 3. Montagne, L., Pluske, J. R. and Hampson, D. J.: A Review of Interactions Betwen Dietary Fibre and the Intestinal Mucosa, and Their Consequences on Digestive Health in Young Non-Ruminant Animals. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 108, 1-4 (2003) 95-117. 4. Moughan, P. J, Verstegen, M. W. A. and Visser-Reyneveld M. I: Feed evaluation principles and practice. Wageningen press, Wageningen, Netherlands (2000) pp. 1730. 5. Đuragić, O., Sredanović, S. and Lević, J.: Granulation – an Important Characteristic of Feed Quality. PTEP – J. Process. Ener. Agric. 6, 1-2 (2002) 44-45. 6. Sredanović, S., Đuragić, O. and Lević, J.: Processing Related Factors Affecting Feed Ingredient Content. PTEP – J. Process. Ener. Agric. 7, 3-4 (2003) 61-64. 7. Sredanović, S, Lević, J. and Đuragić, O.: Identification of Feed Raw Material Hazard Properties. PTEP - J. Process. Ener. Agric. 9, 5 (2005) 120-123. 8. Lević, J., Sredanović, S. and Đuragić, O.: Possibilities for Homogeneous Mixing of Micro Ingredients With Different Particle Size in Feed. PTEP - J. Process. Ener. Agric. 9, 3-4 (2005) 57-59. 87 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review 9. Senkoylu, N. and Dale, N.: Sunflower Meal in Poultry Diets. World's Poult. Sci. J. 55 (1999) 153-174. 10. Swick A. R.: Consideration in Using Protein Meals for Poultry and Swine. American Soybean Association. Tech. Bull. AN 21 (1999) 1-18. 11. Villiamde, M. J. and San Juan L.D.: Effect of Chemical Composition of Sunflower Seed Meal on its True Metabolizable Energy, and Amino Acid Digestibility. Poult. Sci. 77 (1989) 1884-1892. 12. Delić, I., Rac, M, Stojsavljević, T., Dutina, B., Ivić, M., Vučurević N., Milić, B. and Vlahović, M: Physical Properties, Chemical Composition and Nutritive Value of Sunflower Meals With High Protein Content. Contemporary Agriculture, Special supplement 10 (1971) 1-37. 13. Lević, J., Radoičić, D., Sredanović, S. and Lević, Lj.: Technological Procedures for Enhancing the Production of High Protein Content Sunflower Meal. Advances in Oils and Fats, Antioxidants and Oilseed By-Products, S.S. Koseoglu, K.C. Rhee, and R.F. Wilson (Edc.) AOCS Press, Champaign, Ilinois, USA, (1998) pp. 104-107. 14. Sredanović, S.: Advancement of technological process and quality of sunflower meal. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Novi Sad, 2007. 15. Acamovic, T.: Enzymes for poultry. World's Poult. Sci. J. 57 (2001) 225-242. 16. Khattak, F. M., Pasha, T. N., Hayat , Z. and Mahmud, A.: Enzymes in Poultry Nutrition. J. Anim. Pl. Sci. 16, 1-2 (2006) 1-7. 17. AEC Tables, Recommendations for Animal Nutrition, Rhone Poulenc, Paris, 5th Edition (1987). 18. Grbeša, D.: Metode procjene i tablice kemijskog sastava i hranjive vrijednosti krepkih krmiva: Hrvatsko agronomsko društvo (2004). 19. Janssen, W. M. M. A.: European Table of Energy Values for Poultry Feedstuffs, 3rd edition, Spelderholt Center for Poultry Research and Information Services, Beekbergen, The Netherlands (1989). 20. Janssen, W. M. M. A. and Carre, B.: Influence of Fibre on Digestibility of Poultry Feeds. Receut Advances in Animal Nutrition (Haresign, W. and Cole, D.J.A., Eds), Butterworths, London (1985) pp.71-86 . 21. Trevino, T., A. Rebole, M. L. Rodriguez, L. T. Ortiz, E. Centeno and C. Alzueta: Nutritional Effect of Chlorogenic Acid Fed to Growing Chicks. J. Sci. Food Agric. 76 (1998) 156-160. 22. Canibe, N., M. M. Pedrosa, L. M. Robredo and K. E. B. Knudsen: Chemical Composition, Digestibility and Protein Quality of 12 Sunflower (Helianthus annus L) Cultivars. J. Sci. Food Agric. 79 (1999) 1755-1782. 23. Singh, P.K.: Significance of Phytic Acid and Supplemental Phytase in Chicken Nutrition: A Review. World’s Poult. Sci. J. 64 (2008) 553-557. 24. Dozier, W.A, Kidd, M. T, Corzo, A, Owens, P. R. and Branton, S.L.: Live Performance and Environmental Impact of Broiler Chickens Fed Diets Varying In Amino Acids and Phytase. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 141 (2008) 92-103. 25. Reddy, N.R., Sathe,S.K. and Salunkhe, D.K.: Phytates in legumes and cereals. Adv. Food Res. 28 (1982) 1-91. 26. Johnston, L.J., Noll, S., Renteria, A. and Shurson, J.: Feeding By-Products High in Concentration of Fiber to Nonruminants. Third National Symposium on Alternative 88 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review Feeds for Livstock and Poultry, Kanzas City, 4-5 November, 2003, Conference Proceedings, pp. 169-186. 27. Smits, C. H. M., and Annison, G.: Non-Starch Plant Polysaccharides in Broiler Nutrition – Towards a Physiologically Valid Approach to Their Determination. World`s Poult. Sci. J. 52 (1996) 203-221. 28. Choct, M.: Feed Non-Starch Polysaccharides: Chemical Structures and Nutritional Significance, Feed Mill. Intl. 6 (1997) 13-26. 29. Sredanović, S. and Lević, J.: Dodavanje enzima u obroke sa suncokretovom sačmom. 41. Savetovanje Proizvodnja i prerada uljarica, Miločer, 04-09. juni 2000, Zbornik radova, pp. 133-147. 30. Chost, M.: Enzymes for the Feed Industry: Past Present and Future. World’s Poult. Sci. J. 62 (2006) 5-16. 31. Malathi, V. and Devegowda, G.: In Vitro Evaluation of Nonstarch Polysaccharide Digestibility of Feed Ingredients by Enzymes. Poult. Sci. 80 (2001) 302-305. 32. Kocher, A., Chost, M., Porter, M.D., Broz, J.: The Effects of Enzyme Addition to Broiler Diets Containing High Concentration of Canola or Sunflower Meal. Poult. Sci. 79 (2000) 1767-1774. 33. Raza, Sh., Ashraf, M., Pash, T.N. and Latif, F.: Effects of Enzyme Supplementation of Broiler Diets Containing Varying Level of Sunflower Meal and Crude Fiber. Pak. J. Bot. 41, 5 (2009) 2543-2550. 34. Francesch, M., Perez-Verdrell, A.-M., Esteve-Garcia, E. and Brufau, J.: Enzyme Supplementation of a Barley and Sunflower Based Diet on Laying Hen Performance. J. Appl. Poult. Res. 4 (1995) 32-40. 35. Sorensen, P.: Sunflower + Enzymes = Soybean? Feed Intl. 17, 12 (1996) 24-28. 36. Meeusen, A.: Enzymes, 3rd.East/West Feed Industry Conference and Exhibition, Prague 25-27 June 1997, Proceedings, pp.1-4. 37. Raj, A.G., Sadagopan, V.R. and Rao, P.V.: A Note on the Chemical Composition and Nutritive Value of Sunflower Seed Meal. Ind. Poult. Gazette 61, 4 (1977) 130-134. 38. Mushtaq, T., Sarwar, M., Ahmad, G., Mirza, M.A., Ahmad, T., Noreen, U., Mushtaq, Z. and Kamran, M.M.H.: Influence of Sunflower Meal Based Diets Supplemented Wuth Exogenous Enzyme and Digestible Lysine on Performance, Digestibility and Carcas Responce of Broiler Chickens. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 149, 3-4 (2009) 275286. 39. Tavernari, F.C., Albino, L.F.T., Morata, R.L., Dutra Junior, W.M., Rostagno, H.S. and Viana, M.T.S.: Inclusion of Sunflower Meal, With or Without Enzyme Supplementation, in Broiler Diets. Br. J. Poult. Sci. 10, 4 (2008) 233-238. 40. Oliveira, J. P, Araújo, L. F. and Junqueira, O. M.: Farelo de girassol com suplementação enzimática para frangos de corte. Conferência APINCO de Ciência e Tecnologia, Santos, São Paulo, Brasil 29-31 may 2007, Proceedings, p. 45. 41. El Sherif, Kh., Gerendai, D. and Gippert, T.: Substitution of Soybean Meal by Sunflower Meal With or Without Enzyme Supplementation in Broiler Diets. Aust. Poult. Sci. 9 (1997) 195-198. 42. Meng, X., and Slominski, B.A.: Nutritive Values of Corn, Soybean Meal, Canola Meal, and Peas for Broiler Chickens as Affected by a Multicarbohydrase Preparation of Cell Wall Degrading Enzymes. Poult. Sci. 84 (2005) 1242-1251. 89 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review 43. Tabook, N.M., Kadim, I.T., Mahgoub, O. and Al-Marzooqi, W.: The Effect of Date Fibre Supplemented With an Exogenous Enzyme on the Performance and Meat Quality of Broiler Chickens. Br. J. Poult. Sci. 47 (2006) 73-82. 44. Annison G.,Choct M.: Enzymes in Poultry Diets, The 1st Symposium. Kartause Ittingen, Switzerland, 13-16 October 1993, Proceedings p. 61-63. 45. Kornsbak A.: Korišćenje fitaze u hrani za životinje, Efikasnost i stabilnost. VIII Simpozijum Tehnologije Stočne Hrane, Petrovac na Moru, 02-06 juni 1998, Zbornik radova, p. 190-202. 46. Ravindran, V., Cabahung, S., Ravindran G., Selle, P.H. and Bryden, W.L.: Influence of Microbial Phytase on Apparent Ileal Amino Acid Digestibility of Feedstuff For Broilers. Poult. Sci. 78 (1999) 699-706. 47. Kornegay, E.T.: Dygestion of Phosphorus and Other Nutrients: The Role of Phytases and Factors Influencing Their Activity. (In: Bedford, M.R., and Partridge, G.G., eds. Enzymes in Farm Animal Nutrition). CABI Publishing, Wallingford UK (2001) pp. 237-271. 48. Mitchell R., Nir I., Nitsan Z. and Larbier M.: Effect of Phytase and 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol of Phytate Utilisation and the Quantitative Requirement for Calcium and Phosphorous in Young Broiler Chickens, Poult. Sci. 75, 1(1993) 95-110. 49. Cantor A. H.: Using Enzymes to Increase Phosphorous Availability in Poultry Diets. Alltec’h 11th Annual Symposium, Kentacky USA, 17-19 May 1995, Proceedings, p. 349-353. 50. Sebastian S., Touchburn S., Chavez, E. And Lague, P.: The Effects of Supplementation Microbial Phytase on the Performance and Utilisation of Dietary Calcium, Phosphorous, Cooper and Zinc in Broiler Chickens Fed Corn-Soybean Diets. Poult. Sci. 75, 8 (1996) 729-763. 51. Vetesi M., Mezes M., Baskay Gy. And Gelencser E.: Effects of Phytase Suplementation on Performance, Calcium and Phosphor Output and Mechanical Stability of Tibia in Broiler Chicken. 10th European Poultry Conference, Jerusalem, 21-26 June 1998, Proceedings, p. 99. 52. Sredanović, S., Lević, J., Šanta, Š., Rac, M. and Harting, E.: "Dijaprot 33 F" i "Dijaprot 33 E" u ishrani pilića. 42. Savetovanje industrije ulja “Proizvodnja i prerada uljarica”, Herceg Novi, 03.-08. juna (2001), Zbornik radova, p.107-111. 53. Lević, J., Sredanović, S., Đuragić, O., & Džinić, N. (2009). Formulation of New Diets for Sustainable Poultry Farming. PTEP – J. Process. Ener. Agric. 13, 3 (2009) 244246. 90 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243079S UDC: 636.085.2:582.998.2:636.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 79-91 Review ХРАНЉИВА ВРЕДНОСТ ОБРОКА ЗА ЖИВИНУ КОЈИ САДРЖЕ СУНЦОКРЕТОВУ САЧМУ ДОПУЊЕНУ ЕНЗИМИМА *Славица А.Средановића, Јованка Д. Левића, Раде Д. Јовановићб и Оливера М. Ђурагића а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Институт за прехрамбене технологије, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Институт за примену науке у пољопривреди, Булевар деспота Стефана 68б, 11000 Београд, Србија Међународна ограничења наметнута за коришћењу месно-коштаног брашна у оброцима животиња, заједно са повећањем потражње за сојином сачмом, стварају потребу за проналажењем других извора протеина да би се смеше за животиње избалансирале на економичнан начин. У том смислу важно је напоменути да је сунцокрет најбоље прилагођен високо-протеински усев доступан у појединим европским регионима и да га је корисно употребљавати у живинарству као замену за друге изворе протеина. Протеини и многе друге хранљиве материје су "затворени" до променљивог степена, унутар влакнасте структуре сунцокретове сачме што смањује њихову доступност за варење сопственим протеазама и додатим ендогеним ензимима. Додати ендогени ензими (фитазе, хемицелулазе, целулазе, карбохидразе, протеазе...) нуде низ креативних могућности за разлагање и "ослобађање" тих хранљивих материја, њихово лакше варење и апсорпцију, а тиме и за развој нових прехрамбених стандарда и нове формулације оброка. Допуњавање оброка живине који садрже сунцокретову сачму различитим ензимима све више доприноси одрживом узгоју живине, унапређењем ефикасности производње, повећањем ефикасности коришћења хранљивих материја и унапређењем у заштити животне средине. Кључне речи: сунцокретова сачма, ензими, исхрана живине Received: 18 June 2012 Accepted: 20 September 2012 91 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND ANTIOXIDANT ACTIVITY OF BERRY FRUITS Slađana M. Stajčić*, Aleksandra N. Tepić, Sonja M. Djilas, Zdravko M. Šumić, Jasna M. Čanadanović-Brunet, Gordana S. Ćetković, Jelena J. Vulić and Vesna T.Tumbas University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bul. Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The main chemical composition, contents of total phenolic (TPh), total flavonoid (TF), and total monomeric anthocyianin (TMA), as well as the antioxidant activity of two raspberry cultivars (Meeker and Willamette), two blackberry cultivars (Čačanska bestrna and Thornfree) and wild bilberry were studied. The raspberry cultivars had the highest total solids among fruits investigated. Bilberry fruits had the highest sugar-to-acid ratio. Blackberry fruits were richer in crude fibers (cellulose) in comparison to raspberry and bilberry fruits. The content of pectic substances was highest in the bilberry. Also, bilberry had a highest content of TPh (808.12 mg GAE/100 g FW), TF (716.31 mg RE/100 g FW) and TMA (447.83 mg CGE/100 g FW). The antioxidant activity was evaluated spectrophotometrically, using 2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) radical scavenging activity assay. The DPPH free radical scavenging activity, expressed as the EC50 value (in mg of fresh weight of berry fruit per ml of the reaction mixture), of bilberry (0.3157 0.0145 mg/ml) was the highest. These results also showed that the antioxidant value of 100 g FW bilberry, raspberry - Willamette, raspberry - Meeker, blackberry - Čačanska bestrna and blackberry - Thornfree is equivalent to 576.50 mg, 282.74 mg, 191.58 mg, 222.28 mg and 272.01 mg of vitamin C, respectively. There was a significant positive correlation between the antioxidant activities and content of total phenolics (RTPh2=0.9627), flavonoids (RTF2=0.9598) and anthocyanins (RTMA2=0.9496) in berry fruits. KEY WORDS: berry fruits, main chemical composition, phenolic compounds, antioxidant activity INTRODUCTION Free radicals and other reactive species can cause oxidation and biomolecular damages when the oxidative species exceed the antioxidative defense of the organism, resulting in oxidative stress. This is associated to aging and to the development of pathologies such as cancer, cardiovascular disease, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, and inflam* Corresponding author: Slađana M. Stajčić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 93 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper mation (1-3). To prevent or slow down the oxidative stress induced by free radicals, sufficient amounts of antioxidants need to be consumed. Fruit and vegetables contain a wide variety of antioxidant compounds (phytochemicals) such as phenolics that may help protect cellular systems from oxidative damage and lower the risk of chronic diseases (4). Recently, an increasing number of studies have investigated the diverse protective effects of berry fruits (5-7). Protective effects of berry fruits have been attributed to various classes of phenolic compounds, mostly flavonoids and anthocyanins (8-10). The raspberry fruit is rich in phenolic compounds such as phenolic acids (ellagic acid and hydrolysable tannins - ellagic acid derivatives), flavonoids (flavan-3-ols and their oligomers - mainly dimmers, quercetin) and anthocyanins (cyanidin-3-sophoroside, cyanidin-3-(2-glucosylrutinoside), cyanidin-3-glucoside, pelargonidin-3-sophoroside, cyanidin-3-rutinoside, pelargonidin-3-(2-glucosylrutinoside), pelargonidin-3-glucoside, pelargonidin-3-rutinoside) (11-15). Anthocyanins constitute the main group of phenolic compounds in raspberry. In this fruit, the content of ellagic acid is reported to be high, but not higher than of antocyanins (14). Bilberries contain high quantities of anthocyanins (in which five antocyanidins – delphinidin, cyanidin, petunidin, peonidin, and malvidin are combined with three types of sugars - galactose, glucose, arabinose), flavanols (catechin, epicatechin), flavonols (quercetin, myricetin, rutin), phenolic acids (chlorogenic acid, caffeic acid, ferulic acid, p-coumaric acid, ellagic acid, gallic acid) and stilbene (trans-resveratrol) (16, 17). It has been reported that ellagitannins and cyanidin-3-glucoside are the major phenolic compounds in blackberries. The anthocyanins (cyanidin-3-rutinoside and cyanidin3-malonyl glucoside), flavonols (quercetin and kaempferol glycosides) and flavan-3-ol (epicatechin) were also identified in blackberries. Hydroxycinnamic acids are minor compounds, and they are found as ferulic, caffeic and p-coumaric acid esters (18). The berries are not only available fresh, but are generally consumable frozen and processed into juice, wine, jam, syrup, soft spreads and tea. Also, berries are interesting as ingredients for use in ice cream and cake icing. Besides, they can be used in the development of functional foods with the objective of enhancing health conditions (19). The berries have special significance for our country because they represent an important export product. According to raspberry and blackberry production, Serbia is among the leading world countries, whereas bilberries are traditionally collected in woods. Between 90 and 95% of cultivated raspberries in our country are North American Willamette cultivar, which is characterized by the excellent taste and a dark red colour. Besides the Willamette cultivar, in raspberry commercial plantings, Meeker is also cultivated to a minor extent. The predominant cultivar of blackberries in Serbia is Čačanska bestrna (50% of total production), followed by Thornfree and Black saten (20-22). The phenolic compounds in berries have been reported to have antioxidant, anticancer, antiinflammatory, and antineurodegenerative biological properties (23-24). Because of the biological properties associated with berry fruits, the identification of their antioxidant activity is necessary for the evaluation of berry consumption on human health. The data on chemical composition and antioxidant activity of berry fruits, examined in this work, are poor concerning the growing region (25, 26). For these reasons, the aim of this study was to investigate the main chemical composition, total phenolics, flavonoid and anthocyianin content, as well as the antioxidant activity of two raspberry cultivars 94 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper (Meeker and Willamette), two blackberry cultivars (Čačanka and Thornfree) and wild bilberry. Also, the correlation between the total phenolics/flavonoids/anthocyanins and antioxidant activity of berry fruits was investigated. EXPERIMENTAL Chemicals 2,2-Diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH), Folin-Ciocalteu reagent, ascorbic acid, gallic acid and rutin were purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO, USA). These chemicals were of analytical reagent grade. The other chemicals and solvents used were of the highest analytical grade, obtained from “Zorka” Šabac (Serbia). Plant material Two raspberry (Willamette and Meeker) and two blackberry (Čačanska bestrna and Thornfree) cultivars were purchased from Alfa RS, Lipolist, Serbia. Wild bilberry from the region of Kopaonik mountain, were purchased from ITN, Belgrade, Serbia. Fresh undamaged berries were freozen and stored at -20°C for two months. The fruits were defrosted and mashed before chemical analyses. Main chemical composition Contents of total solids, total ash, sugar (total sugars, reducing sugars, sucrose) were assessed according to the Regulation on methods of sampling and chemical and physical analyses of fruit and vegetable producst, 29/83 (27) Total solids were determined by drying the samples at 105 °C to constant weight total ash was measured gravimetrically by incenerating the samples at 525 25 °C to constant weight; cellulose (as crude fibers) was determined by the Kirschner-Ganakova method; sugar content was assessed by the method of Luff-Schoorl; pectin content was measured colorimetrically by carbasole method; acidity was determined by titration with NaOH standard solution, and protein content was evaluated by Kjeldahl's method (28). Total monomeric anthocyanin content Total monomeric anthocyanins (TMA) in raspberry, blackberry and bilberry fruits was determined according to Giusti and Wrolstad method (29) based on the pH-differential method previously described by Fuleki and Francis (30). Anthocyanin content was expressed as mg of cyanidin 3-glucoside equivalents per 100 g of fresh weight of berry fruit (mg CGE/100 g FW). Extraction for measurement of phenolics, flavonoids and antioxidant activity The weighed sample of berry fruit (20 g) was extracted at room temperature using an homogenizer, Ultraturax DIAX 900 (Heidolph Instruments GmbH, Kelheim, Germany). 95 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper The extraction was performed using 80% of methanol aqueous solution with 0.05% acetic acid with two portions of the solvent: 160 ml for 60 min, and 80 ml for 30 min. The obtained extracts were combined and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The yields of the bilberry (B), raspberry - Meeker (M), raspberry - Willamette (W), blackberry - Čačanska bestrna (Č) and blackberry - Thornfree (T) extracts were: YB = 15.74 0.71%, YM = 12.59 0.48 %, YW = 12.18 0.52%, YČ = 7.52 0.33% and YT = 9.65 0.41%, respectively. Total phenolic content The amount of total phenolics (TPh) in the berry fruit extracts was determined spectrophotometrically (UV-1800 spectrophotometer, Shimadzu, Kyoto, Japan) by the FolinCiocalteu method (31). The total phenolic content was determined from the regression equation of the gallic acid calibration curve, and expressed as mg of gallic acid equivalents per 100 g fresh weight of berry fruit (mg GAE/100 g FW). Total flavonoid content Total flavonoids (TF) in the berry fruit extracts were measured by the aluminum chloride spectrophotometric assay (32). Total flavonoid content was determined from the regression equation of the rutin calibration curve, and expressed as mg of rutin equivalents per 100 g fresh weight of berry fruit (mg RE/100 g FW). DPPH radical scavenging activity The DPPH radical scavenging activity (SA) of berry fruits was determined spectrophotometrically using the modified DPPH method of Chen et al. (33). Briefly, 1 ml of extract solution in distilled water or 1 ml of distilled water (blank) was mixed with 2 ml of DPPH solution (2 mg of DPPH was dissolved in 50 ml of methanol). The range of the investigated extract concentrations was 0.002 - 0.5 mg/ml. The mixture was shaken vigorously and left at room temperature for 30 min, then the absorbance was read at 517 nm using a UV-1800 spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, Kyoto, Japan). The capability to scavenge the DPPH radicals (DPPH radical scavenging activity) was calculated using the following equation: SA (%) = 100 × (Ablank – Asample)/Ablank where Ablank is the absorbance of the blank, and Asample is the absorbance of the sample. Ascorbic acid was used as a reference compound. Statistical analysis All measurements were carried out in triplicate, and presented as mean ± SD. The correlation and linear regression analyses were performed using Microsoft Office Excel 2003. 96 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Results of the determination of the main chemical composition of raspberry, blackberry and bilberry are shown in Table 1. Table 1. Main chemical composition of raspberry, blackberry and bilberry Raspberry Compound (g/100 g FW*) Meeker Willamette Total solids Ash Cellulose Pectin Pectic acid Protopectin Acidity Total sugars Reducing sugars Sucrose Proteins 19.36 0.19 0.54 0.03 1.64 0.01 0.18 0.04 0.14 0.02 0.35 0.03 1.28 0.04 10.64 0.12 9.81 0.10 0.79 1.58 0.07 16.56 0.2 0.44 0.005 1.50 0.04 0.16 0.03 0.070 0.01 0.18 0.05 1.65 0.00 7.85 0.15 7.19 0.07 0.63 1.44 0.06 Blackberry Čačanska Thornfree bestrna 11.96 0.38 15.57 0.52 0.29 0.01 0.41 0.01 2.2 0.10 2.97 0.03 0.29 0.01 0.30 0.01 0.1 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.15 0.00 0.17 0.00 1.36 0.02 1.39 0.02 5.36 0.03 5.98 0.08 1.46 0.16 1.32 0.03 3.71 4.43 1.4 0.05 1.49 0.03 Bilberry 14.75 0.29 0.25 0.004 0.91 0.02 0.1 0.00 0.38 0.01 0.25 0.01 0.52 0.05 7.84 0.08 6.69 0.11 0.94 1.01 0.09 *FW – fresh weight of berry fruits Numerous parameters, like variety, growing conditions, harvesting, maturity stage, transport and handling conditions affect the chemical composition of fruit. Besides, the methods of sample preparation (freezing, storage temperature, time of storage, etc.), and chemical analyses also influence the obtained results. For these reasons, it can be a quite difficult job to interprete and compare the results obtained by different researchers. From the results presented in Table 1, it is obvious that raspberry cultivars had the highest total solids amnog the investigated fruits. The highest the total solids, the more convenient and desirable is the fruit for processing. Generally, the highest share in total solids of fruit is contributed by carbohydrates, i.e. sugars. The content of sugar depends on all above mentioned factors. Organic acids, together with sugars, play an important role in the sensory characteristics of fruit. The dominant acid in berry fruit is citric acid. The results show that among the investigated fruits a highest sugar-to-acid ratio had bilberry. From the results shown in Table 1 it can be seen that blackberry fruits were richer in crude fibers (cellulose) compared to raspberries and blueberries. On the other hand, bilberry had a highest content of pectic substances. Raspberry - Meeker had the highest share of water insoluble fraction (protopectin), which could be related to the fruit firmness, as softening of the fruit is accompanied with solubilization of pectins due to the action of different enzymes (34). The feature that makes berry fruit very popular among consumers is their contents of anthocyanins, phenolics and flavonoids, as they exhibit antioxidant activity (35-38) in biological systems. It is observed that the contents of total phenolics, flavonoids and anthocyanins in bilberry are higher than in raspberry cultivars and bilberry (Table 2). 97 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper Table 2. Contents of total phenolics, flavonoids and anthocyanins in berry fruits Berry fruit Bilberry Raspberry - W Raspberry - M Blackberry - Č Blackberry - T TPh (mg GAE/100 g FW) 808.12 32.56 303.90 12.40 265.38 10.75 235.09 10.72 270.22 12.45 TF (mg RE/100 g FW) 716.31 30.82 169.51 6.24 152.31 5.35 143.33 5.38 172.95 6.86 TMA (mg CGE/100 g FW) 447.83 4.16 43,29 2.05 47,34 1.85 50.95 3.41 102.31 4.04 Our results of phenolic content in examined Meeker (3.04 mg/g) and Willamette (2.65 mg/g) raspberry were higher than those in the study of Milivojević et al. (26), who reported for Meeker and Willamette raspberry phenolic content of 2.22 and 1.02 mg/g, respectively. Lugasi et al. (39) reported phenolic content of 244 mg/100 g for red raspberry. In the study of De Ancos et al. (40) it was shown that the amount of total phenolics in the fresh raspberries depends on the seasonal period of harvesting; late cultivars, Zeva (1776.02 mg of GAE kg-1) and Rubi (1556.67 mg of GAE kg-1), showed the greater phenolic content, and the early cultivars, Autumn Bliss (1212.42 mg of GAE kg-1) and Heritage (1137.25 mg of GAE kg-1), the lowest ones. Jovančević et al. (41) reported for wild bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus L.) collected in the summer of 2009, from 11 different localities in the mountain region of Montenegro that the total phenolic content in all analyzed samples ranged from 3.92 to 5.24 mg GAE/g FW, while the amounts of total anthocyanins varied between 0.27 to 0.46%. Može et al. (16) showed that the total phenolic contents of bilberries (Vaccinium myrtillus L.) sampled from seven different locations in Slovenia ranged from 1027 to 1629 mg/100 g FW. In the samples, 15 anthocyanins were identified by LC-MS/MS. Their contents were 1210.3 ± 111.5 mg CGE/100 g FW. Sellappan et al. (42) showed that the average total anthocyanin and polyphenolic contents in blackberries were 116.59 ± 8.58 mg/100 g berry and 486.53 ± 97.13 mg/100 g berry. Šamec and Piljac-Žegarac (43) reported for blackberries the total phenol, flavonoid and anthocyanin content of 364.24 ± 9.09 mg GAE/100 g FW, 66.13 ± 3.76 mg CE/100 g FW and 121.82 ± 2.30 mg CGE/100 g FW, respectively. The differences in the reported results could be due to the environmental conditions, period of harvesting, cultivar variability, or fruit maturity (40). Several methods have been developed to determine the antioxidant activity of fruits, vegetables as well as herbs. Two major mechanisms, namely hydrogen atom transfer (HAT) and single electron transfer (SET), are well known in the evaluation of the antioxidant activity against free radicals. 2,2-Diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) assay is one of the methods that utilizes both the HAT and SET mechanism. It is considered to be predominantly based on the electron transfer reaction, whereas hydrogen-atom transfer reaction is only a marginal pathway (44). The antioxidant molecules can quench DPPH free radicals (i.e. by providing hydrogen atoms or by electron donation, conceivably via a freeradical attack on the DPPH molecule) and convert them to a colorless/bleached product (i.e. 2,2-diphenyl-1-hydrazine, or a substituted analogous hydrazine), resulting in a decre98 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper ase in the absorbance at 517 nm (45, 46). Fig. 1 shows the dose response for the DPPH radical scavenging activity of raspberry, blackberry and bilberry extracts. The DPPH free radical scavenging activity of the extracts increased with increasing concentration. 100 80 SA (%) 60 Raspberry - Willamette 40 Raspberry - Meeker Bilberry 20 Blackberry - Čačanska bestrna Blackberry - Thornfree 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Concentration (mg/ml) Figure 1. DPPH radical scavenging activity (SA) of the berry fruit extracts The EC50 value, defined as the concentration of sample required for 50% scavenging of DPPH radicals under experimental conditions employed, is a parameter widely used to measure the free radical scavenging activity (47); a smaller EC50 value corresponds to a higher antioxidant activity. The EC50 values of berry fruits (in mg of extracts or fresh weight of berry fruit per ml of the reaction mixture) and ascorbic acid are shown in Table 3. Bilberry showed a higher DPPH free radical scavenging activity, expressed as EC50 value (0.3157 0.0145 mg FW/ml), than the raspberry - Willamette (0.6437 0.0290 mg FW/ml), raspberry - Meeker (0.9500 0.0425 mg FW/ml), blackberry - Čačanska bestrna (0.8188 0.0385 mg FW/ml) and blackberry - Thornfree (0.6691 0.0324 mg FW/ml). Ascorbic acid (vitamin C), because of its antioxidant activity (EC50 = 1.82 0.07 µg/ml) was used as a reference compound. These results show that the antioxidant value of 100 g bilberry, raspberry - Willamette, raspberry - Meeker, blackberry - Čačanska bestrna and blackberry - Thornfree is equivalent to 576.50 mg, 282.74 mg, 191.58 mg, 222.28 mg and 272.01 mg of vitamin C, respectively. Table 3. EC50 values of different berry fruit extracts/berry fruits (FW) and ascorbic acid Berry fruit / reference compound Bilberry Raspberry - W Raspberry - M Blackberry - Č Blackberry - T Ascorbic acid EC50 (mg extract or ascorbic acid/ml) 0.0497 0.0023 0.0784 0.0035 0.1196 0.0054 0.0616 0.0029 0.0646 0.0031 0.0018 0.0001 EC50 (mg FW/ml) 0.3157 0.0145 0.6437 0.0290 0.9500 0.0425 0.8188 0.0385 0.6691 0.0324 99 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper It is interesting to consider the correlation between the content of total phenolics/ flavonoids/anthocyanins and antioxidant activity of berry fruits, as phenolic compounds contribute directly to the antioxidant activity (48). The 1/EC50 is representative of the antioxidant activity because the higher is this value, the more efficient is the berry fruit. The high correlation coefficients (R2>0.90), calculated from the regression analysis, indicates that there is a significant positive correlation between the content of total phenolics/flavonoids/anthocyanins in berry fruits and DPPH radical scavenging activity (Figure 2). Content (mg/100 g FW) 1000 Phenolics Flavonoids Anthocyanins y = 281.1x - 100.74 RTPh² = 0.9627 y = 284.35x - 201.21 RTF² = 0.9598 500 y = 201.1x - 203.1 RTMA² = 0.9496 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 1/EC50 2.5 3 3.5 Figure 2. Correlation between content of total phenolics/ flavonoids/anthocyanins in berry fruits and 1/EC50 value The linear relations shown in Fig. 2 demonstrate a high positive correlation between the antioxidant activities of berry fruits, determined by DPPH method and the content of total phenolics (RTPh2=0.9627), flavonoids (RTF2=0.9598) and anthocyanins (RTMA2 = 0.9496). This conclusion is in agreement with previous findings, obtained on blueberries (9, 10, 49-51). Also, these results suggest that some other phenolic compounds (probably some phenolic acids), in addition to anthocyanins and other flavonoids, are also responsible for the antioxidant activity of berry fruits. CONCLUSION In this work, the main chemical composition of the wild bilberry, two raspberry cultivars (Willamette and Meeker), two blackberry cultivars (Čačanska bestrna and Thornfree) was determined. The raspberry cultivars had the highest total solids among fruits investigated. The highest sugar-to-acid ratio was found in bilberry. The blackberry fruits were richer in crude fibers (cellulose) in comparison to the raspberry and bilberry fruits. The content of pectic substances were highest in the bilberry. The contents of total phenolics, flavonoids and anthocyanins in bilberry were higher than in the raspberry and blackberry cultivars. A highest DPPH free radical scavenging activity showed the bilberry. The antioxidant value of 100 g FW bilberry, raspberry-Willamette, raspberry-Meeker, 100 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper blackberry - Čačanska bestrna and blackberry - Thornfree is equivalent to 576.50 mg, 282.74 mg, 191.58 mg, 222.28 mg and 272.01 mg of vitamin C, respectively. A high positive correlation between the antioxidant activities of berry fruits and the content of total phenolics, flavonoids and anthocyanins (R2>0.90) indicates that some other phenolic compounds (probably some phenolic acids), in addition to anthocyanins and other flavonoids, were also responsible for antioxidant activity of berry fruits. The high antioxidant activity and significant positive correlation between the concentration of phenolics/flavonoids/anthocyanins and DPPH radical scavenging activity indicate that all investigated berry fruits can be considered as a good source of natural antioxidants that may have potential health effects. Acknowledgement This research is part of the Project TR 31044 is financially supported by the Ministry of Education Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Duffy, K.B., Spangler, E.L., Devan, B.D., Guo, Z., Bowker, J.L., Janas, A.M., Hagepanos, A., Minor, R.K., DeCabo, R., Mouton, P.R., Shukitt-Hale, B., Joseph, J.A., Ingram, D.K.: A blueberry-enriched diet provides cellular protection against oxidative stress and reduces a kainate-induced learning impairment in rats. Neurobiol. Aging. 29 (2008) 1680-1689. 2. Mateos, R., Bravo, L.: Chromatographic and electrophoretic methods for the analysis of biomarkers of oxidative damage to macromolecules (DNA, lipids, and proteins). J. Serb. Chem. Soc. 30 (2007) 175-191. 3. Lu, T., Finkel, T.: Free radicals and senescence. Exp. Cell. Res. 314 (2008) 19181922. 4. Liu, R.H.: Health benefits of fruit and vegetables are from additive and synergistic combinations of phytochemicals. Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 78 (2003) 517S-20S. 5. Seeram, N.P., Adams, L.S., Zhang, Y., Lee, R., Sand, D., Scheuller, H.S., Heber, D.: Blackberry, black raspberry, blueberry, cranberry, red raspberry, and strawberry extracts inhibit growth and stimulate apoptosis of human cancer cells in vitro. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54 (2006) 9329-9339. 6. Seeram, N.P.: Berry fruits: compositional elements, biochemical activities, and the impact of their intake on human health, performance, and disease. J. Agric. Food Chem. 56 (2008) 627-629. 7. Cavanagh, H.M., Hipwell, M., Wilkinson, J.M.: Antibacterial activity of berry fruits used for culinary purposes. J. Med. Food. 6 (2003) 57-61. 8. Katsube, N., Iwashita, K., Tsushida, T., Yamaki, K., Kobori, M.: Induction of apoptosis in cancer cells by bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus) and the anthocyanins. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51 (2003) 68-75. 101 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper 9. Giovanelli, G., Buratti, S.: Comparison of polyphenolic composition and antioxidant activity of wild Italian blueberries and some cultivated varieties. Food Chem. 112 (2009) 903-908. 10. Prior, R.L., Cao, G., Martin, A., Sofic, E., McEwen, J., O’Brien, C., Lischner, N., Ehlenfeldt, M., Kalt, W., Krewer, G., Mainland, C.M.: Antioxidant capacity as influenced by total phenolic and anthocyanin content, maturity, and variety of vaccinium species. J. Agric. Food Chem. 46 (1998) 2686-2693. 11. Mullen, W., Lean, M.E.J., Crozier, A.: Rapid characterization of anthocyanins in red raspberry fruit by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled to single quadrupole mass spectrometry. J. Chrom. 966 (2002) 63-70. 12. Anttonen, M.J., Karjalainen, R.O.: Environmental and genetic variation of phenolic compounds in red raspberry. J. Food Compos. Anal. 18 (2005) 759-769. 13. Zhang, L., Li, J., Hogan, S., Chung, H., Welbaum, G.E., Zhou, K.: Inhibitory effect of raspberries on starch digestive enzyme and their antioxidant properties and phenolic composition. Food Chem. 119 (2010) 592-599. 14. Daniel, E.M., Krupnick, A.S., Heur, Y-H., Blinzler, J.A., Nims, R.W., Stoner, G.D.: Extraction, stability, and quantitation of ellagic acid in various fruits and nuts. J. Food Compos. Anal. 2 (1989) 338-349. 15. Hellström, J.K., Törrönen, A.R., Mattila, P.H.: Proanthocyanidins in Common Food Products of Plant Origin. J. Agric. Food Chem. 57 (2009) 7899-7906. 16. Može, Š., Polak, T., Gašperlin, L., Koron, D., Vanzo, A., Ulrih, N.P., Abram, V.: Phenolics in Slovenian Bilberries (Vaccinium myrtillus L.) and Blueberries (Vaccinium corymbosum L.). J. Agric. Food Chem. 59 (2011) 6998-7004. 17. Kalt, W., mcDonald, J.E., Ricker, R.D., Lu, X.: Anthocyanidin content and profile within and among blueberry species. Can. J. Plant Sci. 79 (1999) 617-623. 18. Mertz, C., Cheynier, V., Günata, Z., Brat P., Analysis of phenolic compounds in two blackberry species (Rubus glaucus and Rubus adenotrichus) by high-performance liquid chromatography with diode array detection and electrospray ion trap mass spectrometry. J. Agric. Food Chem. 55 (2007) 8616-8624. 19. Potter, R.M., Dougherty, M.P., Halteman, W.A., Camire, M.E.: Characteristics of wild Blueberry-Soy Beverages. LWT 40 (2007) 807-814. 20. http://www.euroberry.it/documents/wgm08/pptSerbia/Nikolic%20M%20[Compatibili ty%20Mode].pdf 21. http://usz.gov.rs/files/publikacije/FruitIndustryInSerbia.pdf 22. Fotirić, M., Nikolić, M., Milivojević, J., Nikolić, D.: Selection of red raspberry genotypes (Rubus idaeus L.). J. Agr. Sci. 54 (2009) 11-18. 23. Bomser, J., Madhavi, D.L., Singletary, K., Smith, M.A.L.: In vitro anticancer activity of fruit extracts from Vaccinium species. Planta Med., 62 (1996) 212-216. 24. Heinonen, I. M., Meyer, A. S., & Frankel, E. N. (1998). Antioxidant activity of berry phenolics on human low-density lipoprotein and liposome oxidation. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 46, 4107−4112. 25. Milivojević, J., Maksimović, V., Nikolić, M., Bogdanović, J., Maletić, R., Milatović, D.: Chemical and antioxidant properties of cultivated and wild Fragaria and Rubus berries. J. Food Qual. 34 (2011) 1-9. 102 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper 26. Milivojević, J., Nikolić, M., Bogdanović Pristov, J., Fizičko-hemijska i antioksidativna svojstva sorti i samoniklih vrsta rodova Fragaria i Rubus. Voćarstvo 44 (2010) 5564. 27. Pravilnik o metodama uzimanja uzoraka i vršenja hemijskih i fizičkih analiza radi kontrole kvaliteta proizvoda od voća i povrća, Službeni list SFRJ 29/83. 28. Vračar, Lj.: Priručnik za kontrolu kvaliteta svežeg i prerađenog voća, povrća i pečurki i osvežavajućih bezalkoholnih pića, Tehnološki fakultet, Novi Sad (2001) pp. 81-86, 92-95. 29. Giusti, M.M., Wrolstad, R.E.: Characterizacion and Measurment of Anthocyanins by UV-Visible Spectroscopy. In: Current Protocols in Food Analytical Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (2001) Unit F1.2.1-13. 30. Fuleki, T., Francis, F.J.: Quantitative methods for anthocyanins. 1. Extraction and determinaton of total anthocyanin in cranberries. J. Food Sci. 33 (1968) 72-77. 31. Singleton, V.L., Orthfer, R., Lamuela-Raventos, R.M.: Analysis of total phenols and other oxidation substrates and oxidant by means of Folin-Ciocalteu reagent. Meth. Enzymol. 299 (1999) 152-178. 32. Zhishen, J., Mengcheng, T., Jianming, W.: The determination of flavonoid contents in mulberry and their scavenging effects on superoxide radicals. Food Chem. 64 (1999) 555-559. 33. Chen, Y., Wang, M., Rosen, R.T., Ho, C.-T.: 1.1-Diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl radicalscavenging active components from Polygonum multiflorum Thunb. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47 (1999) 2226-2228. 34. Ali, M.B., Abu-Goukh, A.-B.A.: Changes in pectic substances and cell wall degrading enzymes during tomato fruit ripening. U. K. J. Agirc. Sci. 13 (2005) 202-223. 35. Seeram, P.N., Momin, A.R., Nair, G.M., Bourquin, D.L.: Cyclooxygenase inhibitory and antioxidant cyanidin glycosides in cherries and berries. Phytomed. 8 (2001) 362369. 36. Kim, D.O, Heo, J.H., Kim, J.Y., Yang, S.H., Lee, Y.C.: Sweet and sour cherry phenolics and their protective effects on neuronal cells. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53 (2005) 9921-9927. 37. Piccolella, S., Fiorentino, A., Pacifico, S., D’abrosca, B., Uzzo, P., Monaco, P.: Antioxidant properties of sour cherries (Prunus cerasus L.): role of colorless phytochemicals from the methanolic extract of ripe fruits. J. Agric. Food Chem. 56 (2008) 1928-1935. 38. Khoo, M.G., Clausen, R.M., Pedersen, H.B., Larsen, E.: Bioactivity and total phenolic content of 34 sour cherry cultivars. J. Food Comp. Anal. 24 (2011) 772-776. 39. Lugasi, A., Hóvári, J., Kádár, G., Dénes, F., Phenolics in raspberry, blackberry and currant cultivars grown in Hungary. Acta Alimentaria 40 (2011) 52-64. 40. de Ancos, B., González, E.M., Cano, M.P., Ellagic Acid, Vitamin C, and Total Phenolic Contents and Radical Scavenging Capacity Affected by Freezing and Frozen Storage in Raspberry Fruit. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48 (2000) 4565-4570. 41. Jovančević, M., Balijagić, J., Menković, N., Šavikin, K., Zdunić, G., Janković, T., Dekić-Ivanković, M., Analysis of phenolic compounds in wild populations of bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus L.) from Montenegro. J. Med. Plant. Res. 5 (2011) 910-914. 103 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper 42. Sellappan, S., Akoh, C.C., Krewer, G.: Phenolic compounds and antioxidant capacity of georgia-grown blueberries and blackberries. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50 (2002) 2432-2438. 43. Šamec, D., Piljac-Žegarac, J., Postharvest stability of antioxidant compounds in hawthorn and cornelian cherries at room and refrigerator temperatures - Comparison with blackberries, white and red grapes. Scientia Hort. 131 (2011) 15-21. 44. Işık, E., Şahin, S., Demir, C., Türkben, C., Determination of total phenolic content of raspberry and blackberry cultivars by immobilized horseradish peroxidase bioreactor, J. Food Comp. Anal. 24 (2011) 944-949. 45. Soares, J.R., Dins, T.C.P., Cunha, A.P., Ameida, L.M., Antioxidant activity of some extracts of Thymus zygis. Free Radic. Res. 26 (1997) 469-478. 46. Ribeiro, B., Rangel, J., Valentão, P., Baptista, P., Seabra, R.M., Andrade, P.B.: Contents of carboxylic acids and two phenolics and antioxidant activity of dried Portuguese wild edible mushrooms. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54 (2006) 8530-8537. 47. Cuvelier, M.E., Richard, H., Berset, C.: Comparison of the antioxidative activity of some acid phenols: Structure-activity relationship. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 56 (1992) 324-325. 48. Duh, P.-D. Antioxidant activity of water extract of four Harng Jyur varieties in soyabean oil emulsion. Food Chem. 92 (1999) 491-497. 49. Moyer, R.A., Hummer, K.E., Finn, C.E., Frei, B., Wrolstad, R.E.: Anthocyanins, Phenolics, and Antioxidant Capacity in Diverse Small Fruits: Vaccinium, Rubus, and Ribes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50 (2002) 519-525. 50. Kalt, W., Forney, C.F., Martin, A., Prior, R.L.: Antioxidant capacity, vitamin C, phenolics, and anthocyanins after fresh storage of small fruits. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47 (1999) 4638-4644. 51. Taruscio, T.G., Barney, D.L., Exon, J.: Content and profile of flavanoid and phenolic acid compounds in conjunction with the antioxidant capacity for a variety of northwest Vaccinium berries. J. Agric. Food Chem. 52 (2004) 3169-3176. ХЕМИЈСКИ САСТАВ И АНТИОКСИДАТИВНА АКТИВНОСТ БОБИЧАСТОГ ВОЋА Слађана М. Стајчић, Александра Н. Тепић, Соња М. Ђилас, Здравко М. Шумић, Јасна М. Чанадановић-Брунет, Гордана С. Ћетковић, Јелена Ј. Вулић и Весна Т. Тумбас Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булeвар Цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија У овом раду испитани су основни хемијски састав, садржај укупних полифенолних једињења, флавоноида и антоцијана, као и антиоксидативна активност малине (сорти Meeker и Willamette), купине (сорти Чачанска бестрна и Thornfree) и дивље боровнице. Од испитаног воћа највећи садржај суве материје утвређен је код обе сорте малине. Највећи однос шећера и киселина одређен је за боровницу. У односу на малине и боровницу, у купинама је одређен већи садржај целулозе. Највећи 104 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243093S UDC: 634.7:66.014:542.943’78 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 93-105 Original scientific paper садржај пектинских материја одређен је за боровницу. Боровница је имала највећи садржај укупних фенолних једињења, флавоноида и антоцијана (808,12 mg GAE/100 g FW, 716,31 mg RE/100 g FW, односно 447,83 mg CGE/100 g FW). Антиоксидативна активност на стабилне 2,2-дифенил-1-пикрилхидразил (DPPH) радикале испитана је спектрофотометријском методом. Од испитаног бобичастог воћа највећу скевинџер активност на DPPH радикале, изражену као EC50 вредност (mg свежег бобочастог воћа/ml реакционе смеше), показала је боровница (0,3157 mg/ml). Такође, утврђено је да је антиоксидативна вредност 100 g свеже боровнице, малине - Willamette, малине - Meeker, купине - Чачанска бестрна и купине - Thornfree једнака антиоксидативној вредности 576,50 mg, 282,74 mg, 191,58 mg, 222,28 mg, односно 272,01 mg витамина Ц. Утврђена је значајна позитивна корелација између антиоксидативне активности и садржаја укупних фенолних једињења (RTPh2= 0,9627), флавоноида (RTF2=0,9598) и антоцијана (RTMA2=0,9496) у бобичастом воћу. Кључне речи: бобичасто воће, основни хемијски састав, антиоксидативна активност, фенолна једињења Received: 03 September 2012 Accepted: 22 october 2012 105 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper TRADITIONAL MANUFACTURING OF WHITE CHEESES IN BRINE IN SERBIA AND MONTENEGRO - SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES Slavica M. Vesković Moračanina*, Slavko Mireckib, Dejana K. Trbovića, Lazar R. Turubatovića, Vladimir S. Kurćubićc and Pavle Z. Maškovićc a b Institute for Meat Hygiene and Technology, Kaćanskog 13, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia University of Montenegro, Biotechnical Faculty, Bulevar Mihaila Lalića 1, 81000 Podgorica, Montenegro c University of Kragujevac, Faculty of Agronomy, Cara Dušana 34, 32000 Čačak, Serbia This paper presents the results of a study dealing with the processes in the production of white cheese in brine, which are based on old, traditional technologies and are produced in Serbia (near Nova Varoš - Cheese from Zlatar) and Montenegro (Podgorica and the surrounding of Danilovgrad). In both cases, fresh cow's milk without heat treatment is used as a raw material. The paper presents the most important chemical quality parameters with the description of sensory properties. The autochthonous cheese in brine from both area, show distinct and characteristic sensory properties of the product, and also a high level of quality with the presence of certain individual differences. This research was aimed at a comparison of the autochthonous technologies, to save them from oblivion, and also to show the quality parameters of cheese which are similar according to the technological process, but are also very authentic. KEY WORDS: white cheese in brine, traditional production, Serbia, Montenegro INTRODUCTION Autochtonous cheeses are products made from milk in specific geographical area as a result of many years of development in traditional production. The awareness of the characteristics in such production is aided by the growing demand for organic and high quality food with labels of origin, whose market price, in comparison with conventional products, significantly increases from day to day. Today, native cheeses, are characteristic of nations, states and regions, i.e. wealth and material part of the heritage of each country. They are products of various flavors and consistency in relation to the industrially produced cheese, where the technology is strictly defined and controlled (1). Their specificity is mostly related to the climate, geography, soil conditions, water, botanical composition of natural meadows and pastures, breeds and breeding dairy cattle, as well as traditional habits and customs of local people (2). * Corresponding author: Dr Slavica M. Vesković Moračanin, Institute for Meat Hygiene and Technology, Kaćanskog 13, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 107 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper Autochtonous cheeses are mostly produced from raw milk, without the use of starter cultures. Their authenticity, which distincts them from other cheeses of the same type but other region is based on, among the other things, characteristics and diversity of indigenous microorganisms, primarly lactic acid bacteria (LAB), which represent a significant potential in the selection of technological and protective bacterial species (3, 4). The addition of commercial culture in autchthonous cheese production would lead to the loss of the authenticity (5). One of the most important representatives of autchthonous white cheese in brine in Serbia is cheese of Zlatar. It is made from uncooked whole cow’s milk near Nova Varoš, at the foothills and mountain slopes of Zlatar. Cheese production is taking place in rural households, frequently during the summer breeding cattle on the mountains in summer cottages. This method of processing milk was used in past more often. In Montenegro, production of white cheese in brine is dominant, according to the diffusion and volume of production. In their household production, no procedures of standardization and pasteurization of milk and clean, starter organisms are used (1). It is usually produced in northern and north-eastern region and in the far south of Montenegro. Enclosed in a number of sites, the indigenous production is retained and now have the names of the areas in which are produced. In the area of Podgorica and Danilovgrad, the production of salt soused white cheese is developed and it defers, despite the mutual proximity of production sites, characterized by differences in technology. This paper presents the results of a research into the manufacturing process of the indigenous white cheese in brine, which is produced in Serbia (near Nova Varos - Zlatar cheese) and Montenegro (Podgorica and Danilovgrad surroundings). The paper describes the most important chemical parameters of quality of the cheese along with a description of their primary sensory characteristics. EXPERIMENTAL Recording indigenous technology of Zlatar cheese was performed by interviewing the individual producers in the villages near Nova Varoš. Each of the interviewed manufacturers (6 of them) had a conditional and registered facility for the production of cheese, and in this area represents a good host and producer. The laboratory study was carried out on samples of ripened Zlatar cheese which were ready for consumption and the designed tests were performed in three replicates. Part of the activities which includes a terrain part in Montenegro was carried out in 10 households in the municipalities of Podgorica and Danilovgrad. Each household is also traditionally engaged in the production of white cheese in brine. The laboratory tests were performed on mature cheese samples, after 3-4 weeks of ripening. The basic chemical quality parameters of Zlatar cheese (water content, total solids, fat content, sodium chloride) were determined in the laboratory of the Institute of Meat Hygiene and Technology, Belgrade. The analyses were performed by accredited and regulated testing methods (6), and the evaluation of the results was carried out in accordance with legal regulated standards of the quality of milk products (7, 8). 108 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper Chemical analyses of cheese from Montenegro were performed at the Dairy Laboratory of the Biotechnology Faculty in Podgorica. The analyses (dry matter content, fat content, salt content, protein content) were performed using FTIR spectrophotometry on MilkoScan FT 120 FT. Milk fat content in dry matter of cheese and the water content of fat-free cheese was determined in both cases by computation. RESULTS AND DISCUSION Characteristics of the autochtonous Zlatar - Serbian cheese A survey conducted in order to collect valid data about the indigenous production of Zlatar cheese showed that for this purpose use is made of full-fat cow's milk that was not heat treated. Immediately after milking, the milk is squeezed through cheesecloth and treated with rennet produced from stomach of calves (rennet one tablespoon per 10 liters of milk). Making of the curd takes about 2 hours. For better separation of whey, curd is cut into larger or smaller cubes, usually of the size 10x10 cm. After that, the formed curd is transferred to the cotton gauze and hung on wooden hooks or specifically on tables to achieve the necessary straining and self-pressing. This phase lasts up to 1 hour. In the next phase of pressing the curd is transferred to a surface (the lump “rearrange”), the ends of rag is set so as not to leave a big hole in the center of the cheese, and it is placed a wooden board (“Circle”) which is loaded with stone. This phase lasts about 1.5 to 3 hours. The pressed clump, thickness up to 2 cm, is cut into regular slices in a square, measuring about ten inches, to fit into the appropriate wooden container. However, at this type of packing the price of production is higher, so the most cheese producers use the plastic containers of 5 and 10 kg. Sometimes, during the new stacking slices of cheese, old brine is changed with new one. Manufacturers of Zlatar cheese determine the amount of salt used based on many years of experience (one closed fist of salt per pound of cheese). After each series of products, or when the container is loaded, the cheese is pressured with a stone. The process of indigenous cheese ripening takes about 20-60 days, depending on time of year, i.e. the temperature of the ambient in which the cheese is ripening. In the summer production of cheese, more cautions should be taken. These elements of Zlatar cheese production are consistent with earlier defined terms, reported by some of the authors of the present study (9, 10). The slices of Zlatibor cheese are white-yellow to white color, regular shape and uniform thickness of about 1.5 cm. The smell is pleasant, distinct and lactic acid which is the characteristic for this type of cheese. On the sections, cheese dough is tight, monolithic, porcelain look with a small number of small cavities arranged properly. The taste is full, distinctive, characteristic acid and moderately saline. Characteristics of the indigenous production of cheese in brine – Montenegro Producers from Podgorica and Danilovgrad, for the preparation of white cheese in brine use, exclusively fresh cow's milk. Since no thermal treatments in the preparation of cheese is applied, it is important that the milk comes from healthy animals, and also that 109 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V 1 V UDC: 637.356 6.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 107-113 Origin nal scientific paper the milk m is with propeer hygiene, with the hygiene conttrolled processes. After milking, depen nding on the needd, milk is heated in pots up to 20 to 30°C. Rennet is added to the heateed milk to the amoount that will coaggulate milk for 1.55 to 6 hours. The formed curd is cut crrosswise, than intoo cubes, sized 5-66 cm. Green and clear c whey from th he curd that comes out o is a sign that the milk was clottted. The cheese curd c is transferred d to the canvas and than t hang on the hooks, to allow easy drying, withh occasional man nual shaking to helpss out as more wheey. When the wheey no longer goes out, the squeezed d curd is placed on th he cheese-makingg table and presssed by wooden plank and stonee to make the appro opriate pressure or o using the courtt, buckets, etc. Prressure should be around 1-2 kg per kg k of cheese curd. Squeezing and ppressing if the curdd takes 2 and 24 hours, h i.e. until the ch heese curd is draiined well. After squeezing, the currd is taken out of canvas and cut into slices s that are thiccker in the winterr, and thinner in thhe summer. Each slice is treated by saalt, and when the salt is being abssorbed, the slices are stacked in th he container for ripen ning (wooden drums). Ripening takkes 2- 3 weeks. Good hygiene is necessary and then cheese can be storred for weeks (11,, 12). White W cured cheesse slices are characterized by mildd-sour odor and porcelain-white p colorr soft consistency, and compact struucture. On the sections, smaller and d larger number of ho oles is seen, and they t are filled wiith the solution, which w matures an nd in which the ripen ning process is com mpleted. Comparing C these autochtonous technnologies in cheesee production in Seerbia and Monteneg gro, certian similarrities in their prepparation can be notticed (Figure 1 - a, a b, c, d, e). a) b) c) d) e) Figu ure 1. The proceddures in the preparration of autochthoonous cheese, inveestigated from Serb bia (Zlatar cheese)) and Montenegro: a) Filtration of fresh f heated milk, b) Adding the rennet to thee milk, c) Cheese ccurd, d) and e) Preessing the cheese curd Chemical C compossition of the tradiitional white cheese with brine prroduced in Serbia and Montenegroo Chemical C composittion of the traditioonal white cheese in brine, originatiing from Serbia (Zlataar cheese) and Montenegro M is shhown in Table 1 and 2. On thee basis of the determined values off water content iin fat-free dry matter m of cheese (Zlatar cheese 31±0.38; white cheese from Montenegroo 68.3±3.63), and on the basis of th heir consistency and appearance, a all of the samples belonng to the categoryy of cheese in brinee. Based on the perceentage of milk fatt in dry matter of cheese (Zlatar cheese c 54.24±5.90%, and white cheesse from Monteneggro, 53.11±4.45), tthe samples belonng to category of full-fat f cheeses. 110 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper Table 1. Results of the chemical analyses of the cheese – Serbia Chemical quality parameter Dry matter, % Fat, % Salt, % Water on cheese fat-free dry matter, % Milk fat on cheese dry matter,% The determined values of Zlatar cheese SERBIA Xmin. Xmax. X av.± SD 41.99 46.95 44.46 ± 2.49 20.50 28.00 24.25 ± 3.75 2.25 3.68 3.15 ± 3.90 72.88 73.68 73.31 ± 0.38 48.74 59.64 54.24 ± 5.90 SD - standard deviation; Xmin - minimum value; Xmax - maximum value; Xav - average value Table 2. Results of the chemical composition of the cheese – Montenegro Chemical quality parameter Dry matter, % Fat,% Salt, % Protein, % Water on cheese fat-free dry matter, % Milk fat on cheese dry matter,% The determined values of cheese MONTENEGRO Xmin. Xmax. X av± SD 46.17 63.55 50.41 ± 4.02 22.49 39.36 26.88 ± 4.08 1.88 3.69 2.99 ± 0.49 14.37 21.78 18.82 ± 2.06 60.11 73.91 68.30 ± 3.63 47.37 62.40 53.11 ± 4.45 The results obtained in both types of autochthonous show some deviation, depending of the sample. This could be expected (10, 13-16), since the samples were taken from different households. During production processes, the households were using raw milk with different content of milk fat and proteins. The technology itself is based on roughly similar principles, but some production phases have their own characteristics. CONCLUSIONS The differences in the quality of autochthonous cheeses in Serbia and Montenegro are the result of тхе differences in production practices and creative producers, as well as other factors суцх ас climate, vegetation, geographical factors, habits and tastes of local consumers and customers. Also, significant is the impact of earlier modes of production which have left traces in the traditional dairy industry of both countries. Recording technology of autochthonous cheese production and the creation of records about them are the necessity for saving the traditional technology from oblivion. Тhe data obtained may serve as the basis for creating standardized production procedures, leading to the uniform 111 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper quality of these products. Therefore, traditional dairy should not be seen as a return to the past, but as an effort to preserve the indigenous technology, to gain their organized form, the ethnographic richness of a given region so distinctive, a time stamp to the development of a nation. The affirmation of indigenous dairy products directly influences the development of livestock on the one hand, and the identification revival of the pertaining areas, on the other. Acknowledgment This investigation is a part of the Project No III 46009 financially supported by the Ministry of Education and Science of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Bojanić-Rašović, M., Mirecki, S., Nikolić, N., Vučinić, S., Ivanović, I. i Rašović, R.: Mikrobiološki i hemijski kvalitet autohtonih sireva u Crnoj Gori. Prehrambena industrija – Mleko i mlečni proizvodi 21, 1-2 (2010) 127-133. 2. Prpić, Z., Kalit, S., Lukač-Havranek, J., Štimac, M. i Jerković, S.: Krčki sir. Mljekarstvo 53 (2003) 175-184. 3. Radulović, Z., Petrović, T., Paunović, D., Mirković, N. i Obradović, D.: Karakterizacija autohtonog soja Lactobacillus paracasei 08 na potencijalne probiotske sposobnosti. Prehrambena industrija 19, 1-2 (2008) 23-27. 4. Mijačević, Z. i Bulajić, S.: Prirodna mikroflora tradicionalnih sireva. Prehrambena industrija - Mleko i mlečni proizvodi 18, 1-2 (2007) 43-46. 5. Estaper, J., Sanchez del Mar, M., Alonso, L. and Mayo, B.: Biochemical and microbiological characterization of artisanal Pañamellera cheese: analysis of its indigenous lactic acid bacteria. Int. Dairy Jour. 9 (1999) 737-746. 6. Službeni list SFRJ br. 32/83. Pravilnik o metodama uzimanja uzoraka i metodama hemijskih i fizičkih analiza mleka i proizvoda od mleka, 1983. 7. Službeni glasnik R. Srbije br. 33/10. Pravilnik o kvalitetu proizvoda od mleka i starter kultura, 2010. 8. Službeni glasnik R. Srbije br. 69/10. Pravilnik o izmenama i dopunama pravilnika o kvalitetu proizvoda od mleka i starter kultura, 2010. 9. Jovanović, S., Maćej, O., Vučić, T. i Seratlić, S.: Karakteristike autohtone proizvodnje zlatarskog sira. Simpozijum "Mleko i proizvodi od mleka", Tara, Srbija, 21-25. maj 2005. Zbornik radova, pp. 84-86. 10. Vučić, T., Maćej, O., Jovanović, S. i Niketić, G.: Zlatarski sir - autohtona tehnologija i senzorske karakteristike. Prehrambena industrija - Mleko i mlečni proizvodi 19, 1-2 (2008) 97-101. 11. Adžić, N., Vujičić, I., Mirecki, S., Marković, B. i Adžić, Z.: Higijenska ispravnost njeguškog sira. Poljoprivreda i šumarstvo 41, 1-4 (1995) 99-104. 12. Mirecki, S: Mikrobiološki i hemijski kvalitet njeguškog sira. Poljoprivreda i šumarstvo 43, 4 (1997) 45-57. 112 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243107V UDC: 637.356.2(497.11+497.16) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 107-113 Original scientific paper 13. Maćej, O., Dozet, N. i Jovanović, S.: Karakteristike autohtone proizvodnje sjeničkog, homoljskog, zlatarskog i svrljiškog sira. Poglavlje u monografiji "Autohtoni beli sirevi u salamuri", Urednici: Dozet, N. i Maćej O., Beograd-Zemun (2006) pp. 3363. 14. Dozet, N., Maćej, O. i Jovanović, S.: Autohtoni mliječni proizvodi osnova za razvoj specifičnih originalnih mliječnih prerađevina u savremenim uslovima. Biotech. Anim. Husb. 20, 3-4 (2004) 31-48. 15. Mirecki, S. i Adžić N.: Hemijski sastav i higijenska ispravnost Pljevaljskog sira. Prehrambena industrija 17, 1-2 (2006) 64-68. 16. Mirecki, S., Ivanović, I. and Nikolić N.: Characteristics of Montenegrian autochtonous Lisnati cheese. JHED 1 (2011) 320-325. ТРАДИЦИОНАЛНА ПРОИЗВОДЊА БЕЛИХ СИРЕВА У САЛАМУРИ У СРБИЈИ И ЦРНОЈ ГОРИ – СЛИЧНОСТИ И РАЗЛИКЕ Славица М. Весковић Морачанина, Славко Мирецкиб, Дејана К. Трбовића, Лазар Р. Турубатовића, Владимир С. Курћубићв и Павле З. Машковићв a б Институт за хигијену и технологију меса, Каћанског 13, 11000 Београд, Србија Универзитет у Црној Гори, Биотехнички факултет, Булевар Михаила Лалића 1, 81000 Подгорица, Црна Гора в Универзитет у Крагујевцу, Агрономски факултет у Чачку, Цара Душана 34, 32000 Чачак, У овом раду представљена су истраживања која су имала за циљ да опишу поступке производње меких белих сирева који су засновани на старим, традиционалним технологијама, а који се производе у Србији (околина Нове Вароши – златарски сир) и у Црној Гори (околина Подгорице и Даниловграда). У оба случаја, као сировина, користи се свеже кравље млеко, без претходне термичке обраде. У раду су дати најважнији хемијски параметри квалитета уз опис и оцену сензорских својстава. Сензорска својства аутохтоних меких белих сирева у саламури, са оба локалитета, показују особена и за производ карактеристична сензорска својства, као и висок ниво квалитета уз постојање одређених индивидуалних оступања. Наведена истраживања имала су за циљ да се аутохтона производња белих сирева у саламури опише, као и да се прикажу параметри квалитета сирева који су слични по технологији припреме, али и веома аутентични. Кључне речи: бели сиреви у саламури, традиционална производња, Србија, Црна Гора Received: 12 July 2012 Accepted: 20 September 2012 113 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper SUNFLOWER SEED FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION AS A SUBSTRATE FOR THE GROWTH OF MYCOPOPULATIONS Marija M. Škrinjar*, Žarko M. Petrović, Nevena T. Blagojev and Vladislava M. Šošo University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia These mycological investigations are implicating samples of protein sunflower seed from regular cultivation in the Vojvodina Province. Samples are examined in different stages of production: reception in the silo, separation of massive fraction on peeler and then peeling, kernel after peeling, hull, final product, i.e. kernels separated from visible impurities on conveyor bel, that are later manually divided in two fractions – a) seemingly whole, undamaged kernels, without change of colour, and b) seemingly damaged kernels, broken, with change of colour. For the determination of viable count of moulds and their isolation, two different media are used in parallel: Sabouraud maltose agar (SMA) and malt/yeast extract with 50% of glucose (MY50G), favourable for growth of xerophilic moulds. All samples tested were contaminated with fungi. Total viable mould count per seed varied from 1.6 (SMA) respecting 1.3 (MY50G) on reception, to 5.6 (SMA) and 7.5 (MY50G) cfu/seed in visually damaged sunflower kernels (final product). From seeds, kernels and hull, numerous moulds were isolated, belonging to 8 genera and 13 species (Alternaria alternata, Arthrinium phaeospermum, Aspergillus candidus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. ochraceus, A. versicolor, A. wentii, Cladosporium cladosporioides, Eurotium herbariorum, Penicillium aurantiogriseum, Rhizopus stolonifer and Trichoderma harzianum). Alternaria alternata, Aspergillus flavus, A.ochraceus, A. versicolor and Eurotium herbariorum were isolated on both media. Aspergillus candidus, A. versicolor, C. Cladosporioides, P. aurantiogriseum and T. harzianum were isolated only on SMA, while A. niger, A. wentii and R. stolonifer were exclusively isolated on MY50G. Most ubiquitous species is A. alternata, which is isolated from all tested samples, while A. candidus, C. cladosporioides and T. harzianum were isolated from sunflower seed on reception in silo, using SMA medium. KEY WORDS: sunflower, mycopopulations, xerophilic moulds, SMA, MYG50 * Corresponding author: Marija Škrinjar, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 115 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper INTRODUCTION Sunflower (Helianthus annus L.) is an annual plant native to the North America, transferred to Europe in the 16th century. In the Vojvodina Province, its cultivation started during the World War I, but more intensive production dates from 1930. The highest dispersion of sunflower in this area reached when new Soviet sorts were imported after the World War II, and later, by implementation of domestic hybrids with high oil content (1). Based on the content of the main parts of sunflower seed (kernel/hull), oil and proteins, two main types of sunflower can be distinguished: oil type and protein type. Oil type is aimed for industrial production of oil and usually contains 20-30% of hull and more than 40% of oil (referring on seeds with moisture content of 10%), so this type of sunflower belongs to the oil seeds with high oil content. Considering the kernel size, this sunflower type belongs to the group of small-size seeds. Protein type of sunflower is used for industrial production of protein-based sunflower products (hulled kernels, protein flour, „butter“ – sunflower kernel cream, etc.), or it can be used directly for consumption, which is why it has been called confection sunflower. This type contains 30% of oil and 40-45% of hull, while the protein content in novel sorts is about 29%, and in hybrid sorts more than 32%. Considering the kernel size, this type belongs to large-size seeds. Crop plants, including oil seeds, are constantly, although at different extents, very susceptible to contamination by different kinds of moulds (2-7). The level of mould contamination depends on diverse factors, such as: species, sort, hybrid, cultural practices during the growing and maturation phases, conditions during harvest, transport and storage, as well as climatic conditions during growing, maturation ad harvest. Sunflower is attacked by a number of diseases caused by various microorganisms, including fungi. Of the fungal foliar diseases, leaf spot caused by Alternaria helianthi, Septoria helianthi and other fungal pathogens are relatively important (8, 9). Fusarium wilt is caused by different species of the genus Fusarium (F. solani, F. oxysporum, F. helianthi, F. moniliforme and others). Sclerotinia wilt and head rot of sunflower are caused by Sclerotinia sclerotiorum (10, 11). According to many data (3, 12, 13), sunflower seeds are highly contaminated with fungi which attack the plants at different stages of development, harvesting and storage. In this respect, important role play Aspergillus and Fusarium species, zigomycete and species from the group Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes (Alternaria spp., Cladosporium spp.). A lot of fungal species that contaminate sunflower seeds are toxigenic and under proper conditions produce toxic metabolites – mycotoxins, harmful for human and animal health. Considering the aforementioned, the aim of this work was to investigate the mycological properties of the protein type of sunflower seeds aimed for the human consumption, during storage and further processing to the final product, with the special focus on the level of the fungal contamination, presence of the specific species and their moiety in isolated mycopopulation. 116 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper MATERIALS AND METHODS The sunflower samples used for mycological investigation were protein hybrids, randomly sampled from one small enterprise for raw hulled sunflower seeds production in the Vojvodina Province. The following samples were used: seeds after the reception in the silo, massive seed fraction before the peeling, kernels after the peeling, hull, and final product – kernels cleaned from the impurities on the conveyer, and than manually divided into two fractions: a) seemingly whole undamaged kernels without discoloration and b) seemingly damaged kernels, broken or with present discoloration. Determination of the total mould count per kernel/g, their isolation and identification. For the determination of the total mould count per kernel, the following method was used: 10 g of the sample was treated with 100 ml of 4% sodium-hypochlorite, in order to remove all moulds possibly present on the seed surface. Erlenmeyer flasks (300 ml) were shaken on the rotary shaker for 3 minutes, and then all samples were rinsed with sterile distilled water (2 x 100 ml). On the surface of the solidified media containing antibiotics (1 ml of chloramphenicol and 1 ml of oxytetracyclin per 100 ml of the medium), 8 kernels were aseptically placed. Inoculated Petri dishes were incubated for 7 days at 25°C. For the determination of the total mould count per 1g of hull, the dilution method was used, under the same incubating conditions. For the both methods, two different media were used: Sabouraud-maltose agar (SMA) and the medium containing yeast and malt extracts and 50% of glycose (MYG50: malt extract – 10g; yeast extract – 2.5g; glycose – 500g; agar – 10g; distilled water – 1000ml), which has been suggested by Pitt and Hocking (14) for isolation of xerophilic moulds. All tests were conducted in triplicates. The mould growth was observed each day during 7 days, and the results were expressed as the average per kernel or gram. Identification of isolated species was done according to Ellis and Samson et al. (15,16). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION As it was mentioned above, for total mould count determination, two different media were used: SMA, general mycological medium, and MYG50, named for isolation of the xerophilic species. The moisture content of sunflower samples used in this investigation varied from 7.43% in kernel, 9.55% in seed, to 13.93% in hull, which is the reason why the medium suitable for xerophilic moulds was used. After the incubation period, it was observed that all tested samples were contaminated with moulds. In all samples, except in hull, the higher contamination was observed on SMA, comparing to MYG50 (Table 1). On the SMA medium, total mould count ranged from 1.5/g (hull) to 5.6/kernel (seemingly damaged kernels). On the MYG50 medium, total mould count varied from 1.2/kernel (massive seeds before the peeling) to 7.5/kernel (seemingly damaged kernels). 117 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper Table 1. Total viable count of moulds per sunflower seed/kernel and 1g of hull determined by using SMA and MYG50 media Sample Seed after the reception in the silo Massive seed fraction before the peeling Kernels after the peeling Hull Seemingly whole undamaged kernels Seemingly damaged broken kernels Total viable count of moulds SMA MYG50 1.6 1.3 2.1 1.2 4.8 3.6 1.5 1.6 4.1 2.2 5.6 7.5 The moulds isolated from tested samples belong to 8 genera and 13 species (Table 2), viz. Alternaria alternata, Arthrinium phaeospermum, Aspergillus candidus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. ochraceus, A. versicolor, A. wentii, Cladosporium cladosporioides, Eurotium herbariorum, Penicillium aurantiogriseum, Rhizopus stolonifer and Trichoderma harzianum. From Table 2 it could be seen that the genus Aspergillus was presented with 6 different species (A. candidus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. ochraceus, A. versicolor and A. wentii), while all other genera were presented with the one species each. Table 2. Fungal species isolated from sunflower seeds, kernels and hull by SMA and MYG50 media Species Alternaria alternata (Fr.) Keissler Arthrinium phaeospermum (Corda) M.B. Ellis Aspergillus candidus Link flavus Link niger van Tieghem ochraceus Wilhelm versicolor (Vuill.) Tiraboschi wentii Wehmer Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fres.) de Vries Eurotium herbariorum (Wiggers) Link Penicillium aurantiogriseum Direckx Rhizopus stolonifer (Ehrenb.) Lind. Trichoderma harzianum Rifai SMA + + + + + MYG50 + + + + + + + + + + + + + It should be mentioned that some species, such as Alternaria alternata, Aspergillus flavus, A.ochraceus, A. versicolor and Eurotium herbariorum, were isolated from specific samples by using both media, while the others were isolated by using either one of them (Table 3). The highest frequency among isolated mycopopulations had the species Alternaria alternata and Eurotium herbariorum. Alternaria alternata was the most ubiquitously found species, it was isolated from all tested samples and on both media, except from the seeds from silo, where it was isolated only on SMA. On the other hand, Eurotium herbariorum was mostly isolated by using MYG50 medium, which was expectable, since it is classified as typical xerophilic species. The species A. candidus, A. versicolor, C. cladosporium and T. harzianum were found in just one of the tested samples. 118 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper Table 3. Occurrence of fungal species on investigated samples determined by SMA and MYG50 From the total of 13 isolated species, even 10 (A. alternata, A. candidus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. ochraceus, A. versicolor, A. wentii, E. herbariorum, P. aurantiogriseum and R. stolonifer) have been reported to produce some of the toxic metabolites (16). Table 4 lists the toxic metabolites that this species produces under specific conditions. Table 4. The most important toxic metabolites produced by moulds isolated from sunflower seeds/kernels/hull Fungal species Alternaria alternata Aspergillus candidus A.flavus A. niger A. ochraceus A. versicolor A. wentii Eurotium herbariorum Penicillium aurantiogriseum Rhizopus stolonifer Toxins Alternariol, alterotoxin, tenuazonic acid Candidulin, terphenyllin, xanthoascin Aflatoxins, aflatrem, aflavinin, aspergillic acid, cyclopiazonic acid, 3-nitropropionic acid, paspalinin Malformin, naphthoquinones, nigragillin Ochratoxin Sterigmatocystin, nidulotoxin Emodin, kojic acid, 3-nitropropionic acid, wentilacton, physicon Sterigmatocystin Ochratoxin A, penicillic acid, xanthomegnin, viomellein, viridicatin (terrestric acid, penitrem A) Toxic cyclic peptide CONCLUSION The protein type of sunflower was tested on its mycological properties, at various processing stages. The obtained results showed that all samples were significantly contaminated with moulds. The total of 13 species, belonging to 8 genera, were isolated. Two 119 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper different media were used for the mould isolation, one general medium for mould growth, and other aimed particularly for the growth of xerophilic moulds. The mould growth was observed on the both media, but the higher total mould count was detected using general medium – SMA. Also, the higher number of different species were isolated on SMA comparing to MYG50. About 76% of all isolated species are reported to produce different toxic metabolites. REFERENCE 1. Vrebalov, T. and Škorić, D.: Površine, prinosi i privredni značaj suncokreta u svetu i u našoj zemlji, in Suncokret. Ed. Milošević S., Nolit, Beograd (1988) 40-52. 2. Tabuc, C. and Stefan, G.: Assessment of mycologic and mycotoxicologic contamination of soybean, sunflower and rape seeds and meals during 2002-2004. Archiva Zootechnica 8 (2005) 51-56. 3. Škrinjar M., Bandu, M., Dimić, E., Bjelobaba, K. and Romanić, R.: Infekcija semena suncokreta žetve 2006 aflatoksigenim gljivama. Uljarstvo 38, 1-2 (2007) 41-47. 4. Deabes M. and Al-Habib, R.: Toxigenic fungi and aflatoxin associated to nuts in Saudi Arabia. Journal of American Science 7, 8 (2011) 658-665. 5. Krnjaja V., Lević, J., Stanković, S. and Stepanić, A.: Fusarium species and their mycotoxins in wheat grain. Proc. Nat. Sci, Matica Srpska, Novi Sad 120 (2011) 41-48. 6. Kungulovski Dz., Avramovski, O., Atanasova, N., Pancevska, I. and Kungulovski, I.: Mycotoxigenic molds in spices from macedonian stores. Proc. Nat. Sci, Matica Srpska, Novi Sad 120 (2011) 155-164. 7. Luttfullah G. and Hussain, A.: Studies on contamination level of aflatoxins in some dried fruits and nuts of Pakistan. Food Control 22 (2011) 426-429. 8. Achbani, E.H., Lamrhari, A., Laamaraf, N., Bahsine M.H., Serrhini M.N., Douira A. and de Labrouche, D.T.: Downy mildew (Plasmopara halstedii): Importance and geographical distribution on sunflower in Marocco. Phytopath. Medit. 39, 2 (2000) 283288. 9. Maširević S. and Jasnić S.: Leaf and stem spot of sunflower. Biljni lekar 34, 4-5 (2006) 326-333. 10. El-Deeb A.A., Abdallah, S.M., Mosa, A.A. and Ibrahim, M.M.: Sclerotinia diseases of sunflower in Egypt, Arab Universities. J. Agric. Sci. 8 (2000) 779-798. 11. Afzal R., Mughal, S.M., Munir, M., Sultana, K., Qureshi, R., Arshad, M. and Laghari, M.K.: Mycoflora associated with seeds of different sunflower cultivars and its management. Pak. J. Bot. 42, 1 (2010) 435-445. 12. Vaidehi, B.K.: Seed mycoflora of sunflower – a perspective. Frontiers in Micro Biotec. Plant pathol. 1 (2002) 25-40. 13. Morar M.V., Dancea, Z., Bele, C., Salegean, D., Beke, A. and Baonca, I.: An approach upon the qualities of the raw material and raw oil from sunflower seeds resulting in process of low capacities. Buletinul-Universitatii-de-Stiinte-Agricole-si-MedicinaVeterinara-Cluj-Napoca-Seria-Agricultura 60 (2004) 381-384. 14. Pitt, J.I. and Hocking, A.D.: Fungi and food spoilage, CSIRO Division of Food Research, Sydney (1985) 398-400. 120 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243115S UDK: 582.998.2+581.48]:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 115-121 Origina scientific paper 15. Ellis, M.B.: Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes, Commonwealth Mycological Institute, Kew, Surrey, England (1971) 25-58. 16. Samson, R.A., Hoekstra, E.S. and Frisvad, J.C.: Introduction to food- and airborne fungi. Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Utrecht, The Netherlands (2004) 64103. СЕМЕ КОНЗУМНОГ СУНЦОКРЕТА КАО СУПСТРАТ ЗА РАСТ МИКОПОПУЛАЦИЈА Марија М. Шкрињар, Жарко M. Петровић, Невена Т. Благојев и Владислава М. Шошо Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Нови Сад, Србија Миколошка испитивања у овом раду баве се узорцима сунцокрета из редовног гајења на подручју Војводине. Узорци су испитивани у различитим фазама производње: полазно семе из силоса, крупнија фракција одвојена на љуштилици и која иде на љуштење, језгро које излази након љуштења са љуштилице, љуска, финални производ, тј. језгра пречишћена од видљивих нечистоћа на конвејерској траци и та зрна су на основу визуелног прегледа ручно одвојена у две фракције: а) наизглед цела, неоштећена зрна без промене боје, и б) наизглед оштећена зрна, поломљена или са променом боје. За испитивање укупног броја плесни и њихово изоловање, коришћене су паралелно две подлоге: Sabouraud-малтозни агар (SMA) и сладни/квасни екстракт са 50% глукозе (MYG50). Сви тестирани узорци су били контаминирани плеснима. Укупан број плесни по зрну је варирао од 1.6 (SMA) и 1.3 (MYG50) – на пријему, до 5.6 (SMA) и 7.5 (MYG50) cfu/зрно у узорцима видљиво оштећеног језгра (финални производ). Из зрна, језгра и љуске изолован је велики број плесни, које су сврстане у 8 родова и 13 врста (Alternaria alternata, Arthrinium phaeospermum, Aspergillus candidus, A. Flavus, A. niger, A. ochraceus, A. versicolor, A. wentii, Cladosporium cladosporioides, Eurotium herbariorum, Penicillium aurantiogriseum, Rhizopus stolonifer and Trichoderma harzianum). Врсте Alternaria alternata, Aspergillus flavus, A.ochraceus, A. versicolor и Eurotium herbariorum су изоловане са обе подлоге. Aspergillus candidus, A. Versicolor, C. cladosporioides, P. aurantiogriseum и T. harzianum су изоловане само на SMA подлози, док су А. niger, A. Wentii и R. stolonifer изоловане само са MY50G подлоге. Најраспрострањенија врста је била Alternaria alternata, која је изолована из свих испитиваних узорака, док су A. candidus, C. Cladosporioides и T. Harzianum изоловане само из зрна сунцокрета на пријему у силос, и то само на SMA подлози. Кључне речи: сунцокрет, микопопулације, ксерофилне плесни, SMA, MY50G Received: 17 August 2012 Accepted: 27 September 2012 121 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review INFLUENCE OF ECOPHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS ON THE PRESENCE OF OCHRATOXIN A IN DRIED VINE FRUITS: A REVIEW Vladislava M. Šošo*, Marija M. Škrinjar and Nevena T. Blagojev University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Grapes derived products, especially dried vine fruits (raisins, sultanas, currants), are very often used in human nutrition, and along with wine, are of significant economic importance in Mediterranean countries, especially in Spain, Greece, Turkey and Italy. The diversity of climate in the areas where grape is grown, indicate that moulds, potential producers of ochratoxin A (OTA), are ubiquitously distributed. Considering this fact, OTA itself is commonly isolated from these products. Great efforts are taken to eliminate ochratoxigenic moulds and preform detoxification of the products, but efficient methods have not been found so far. Because of that, the inhibition of mould growth is of great importance. It is well known that the ecophysiological factors highly influence the presence of toxigenic moulds in different food products, including production of OTA. The aim of this work was therefore to summarize results obtained so far on the presence of OTA in dried vine fruit, and to outline the influence of ecophysiological factors on mould and OTA presence in this commodity. KEY WORDS: dried vine fruits, ochratoxin A occurrence, ecophysiological factors, INTRODUCTION Grapes and dried vine fruit are one of the most important agricultural products and, consequently, are of major commercial interest. Grape is served as fresh, dried vine fruit, preserved and processed in jellies or jams, crushed for juice or wine making (1). In view of the importance of the production scale, dried vine fruit presents second product that is made from grapes, after wine. Today, dried vine fruits are usually commercially classified in three groups: raisins (dried white grapes), sultanas (dried white grapes from seedless varieties) and currants (dried black seedless grapes) (2). With grape drying, as one of methods of preservation, great profit is made in several countries that are famous for vine growing. Countries that are recording significant dried vine fruit production are Greece, Turkey, Mexico, Chile, Australia, South Africa, Iran and India (1). In the Mediterranean region, vine is one of the most important agricultural crops. In support of that, two of the biggest dried vine fruits producers in world, are in * Corresponding author: Vladislava M. Šošo, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected], 123 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review this region, Turkey and Greece (3). Taking in consideration the fact that Serbia is not producing dried vine fruit, great share of imported dried vine fruit originate from these countries. In order to obtain dried vine fruit of good quality, both physical (berry size, berry colour, the nature of waxy cuticles) and chemical (moisture content, sugar content and acidity) fruit properties at harvest affect dried vine fruit quality. These properties are influenced by several factors, and some of them cannot be manipulated by the grower (variety, the age of vine, soil and climate conditions), while some others, such as soil improvement, irrigation management, nitrogen and potassium nutrition, etc., which can be improved by the grower. All these parameters together are of essential significance in fine quality vine production (1). Grape ripening is accompanied by increase in the sugar content, decrease in acidity and formation of specific colour, texture, aroma and taste, and creration of favourable conditions for growth of specific microorganisms, such as moulds. Grape harvest can be done manually for the purposes of table grapes production or mechanically for dried vine fruit, grape juice or wine production. Drying is probably one of the oldest and the most cost effective methods for fruit preservation. Even though, new preservation methods and ability to supply market with fresh fruits during the whole year are developed, drying stayed one of the most used technological operations worldwide, especially in the countries of extensive growth. Drying also keeps diversity of the product on the market and responds to consumers demands. Grape drying can be performed in several ways: a) „dry-on-vine” method, where grapes is dried on vine directly, b) drying in open sun (traditional method), where grape bunches are spread over either the ground or on a platform in thin layer directly exposed to the sun (this method can be done also in shadow), c) drying under controlled conditions in drying chambers. In Mediterranean countries, grapes are often dried by exposing to the solar radiation, or in drying chambers performing cold or hot procedure (4). In order to improve drying process, pre-treatments are done to enhance water diffusion through the berry waxy cuticle and improve generally quality of dried vine fruit. Commonly used pre-treatments are dipping in the hot water or application of the chemicals (sulphur, soda, ethyl or methyl oleate emulsions). When grape is dried in open sun, rapid quality drop might be observed, which can be expressed in colour change and presence of foreign matter. Dried vine fruit is a nutritionally worthy food. It is rich in potassium, sugar, dietary fiber, iron and vitamin A. Grape and its products are rich in phenolic compounds which demonstrate a wide range of biochemical, and pharmacological effects, including anticancerogenic, antiatherogenic, anti-inflammatory, antimicrobial, and antioxidant activities. It is eaten as a snack food without further processing and is used for cooking, baking and brewing (1, 3). Among technological parameters of quality (size of the berries, uniformity, conditions of the berry surface, moisture content, and chemical composition) for creating healthy safe product, microbiological quality (absence of the decay, moulds, yeasts and foreign matter, insect infestation) is of essential importance (1). Because of its frequent use, dried vine fruit is extensively investigated, including frequent contaminants such as toxigenic moulds, whereas mycotoxins are extremely ha124 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review zardous to human health (1, 2). In veiw of this, the aim of this work was to summarize results obtained so far on the presence of ochratoxin A (OTA) in dried vine fruit, and to outline the influence of ecophysiological factors on mould and OTA presence in this commodity. OCHRATOXIN A – PROPERTIES AND OCHRATOXIN A PRODUCING MOULDS Mycotoxins are extracellular toxic secondary metabolites from a large number of filamentous fungi. They are not essential products of metabolism, so their production is takes place only in certain circumstances. Alimentary intake of mould toxins provokes intoxications, so called mycotoxicoses (5). Because they cause rot and can have pathogenic effects, moulds play an important role in fruit and vegetable spoilage. They can be found in nature in every region where suitable conditions for their development are present. In the largest group of toxigenic moulds that are infesting fruits, species form the genera Alternaria, Penicillium and Aspergillus are included, and the toxins that can be found in fruit tissue are aflatoxins, ochratoxin A, patulin and Alternaria toxins. Some of these mycotoxins are cancerous and most of them have stable chemical structure during the processing and because of that they are present in final product, and can easily reach the consumer. Consumers will notice evident fruit spoilage, and skip intake, but with processed products situation is different - mycotoxins remain in the food due to their stability and present significant source of these toxins. A common characteristic of all mycotoxins is that their production and amount depend on the substrate on which they are growing, water activity of the substrate (aw), temperature, and interaction with other mycopopulation on/at the substrate (6). OTA (Figure 1) was first discovered as a metabolite of Aspergillus ochraceus in 1965, during a large investigation made on fungal metabolites, which was performed in order to find new mycotoxins. Soon after that, OTA was found in corn sample in the USA. International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) defined OTA as potential cancerous agent for people from group B2 (7). OTA exhibits nephrotoxic, carcinogenic, immunotoxic, teratogenic and mutagenic effects (2), and also disturbs physiological state of cell in many ways, primarily by inhibiting the enzymes responsible for synthesis of phenylalanine tRNA complex. Besides, it inhibits mitochondrial ATP production and promotes lipid peroxidation (6). There is an opinion that OTA is involved in the human disease called Balkan Endemic Nephropathy (BEN) and can promote cancer of the urinary tract. BEN is a chronic nephritis that often occurs in the populations living in areas bordering with the Danube and Sava River in parts of Romania, Bulgaria, Serbia, and Croatia (5). Because of its chemical structure, phenylalanine-dihydroxycoumarin derivatove, OTA is very resistant on heating and hydrolysis (6). 125 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review Figure 1. Structural formula of ochratoxin A Ochratoxin A is an extracellular metabolite produced by some species from the genera Aspergillus and Penicillium. Ochratoxigenic species from these genera are presented in Table 1 (2). Table 1. Ochratoxigenic species from the genera Aspergillus and Penicillium Genus Section Circumndati Aspergillus Flavi Nigri Penicillium Viridicata Species ochraceus melleus ostianus sclerotiorum elegans stenynii westerdijakiae alliaceus glaucis carbonarius niger „agregate“ nordicum verucosum A. niger “aggregate” presents the most complicated taxonomic subgroup, which includes eight morphologically very similar taxons: A. niger, A. tubingensis, A. acidus, A. Brasiliensis, A. costaricaensis, A. lacticoffeatus, A. piperis and A. vadensis (8). With respect to A.niger usage for enzyme and citric acid production intended for human consumption, it is very important that industrial isolates do not produce OTA (9, 10). Apart from the mentioned ochratoxigenic moulds, some species from Aspergillus genus (A. Albertensis, A. auricomus i A. wentii) show the ability for OTA biosynthesis only in special conditions (11). Further investigations revealed that, regardless from the substrate, A. Carbonarius (section Nigri) is the main ochratoxigenic fungus, where its isolates are in 75 to 100% cases ochratoxigenic (investigation was done on 48 isolates from dried grapes in Argentina) (12). 126 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review The Aspergillus section Circumdati has some of the most significant OTA producers (Table 1). Recent investigations have shown that A. steynii has a different ochratoxigenic ability depending on the origin of isolation (13). The genus Penicillium has two ochratoxigenic species – P. nordicum and P. verrucosum (2, 14). According to the literature data, some other Penicillium species (P. aurantiogriseum, P. chrysogenum etc.) are also having ability to produce OTA (15). According to the data (16), at least 77 countries have definite regulations for mycotoxins, while 13 countries are known to have no regulation; whereas there are no available data for about 50 countries, most of which are in Africa (17, 18). On the basis of the opinion adopted by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) it was considered necessary and appropriate for the protection of public health to establish maximum levels for ochratoxin A in those foodstuffs that are significant contributors to the exposure of OTA or for those foodstuffs that are not necessarily a significant contributor to the exposure of OTA, but there is evidence that there can be found a very high level of OTA in these commodities. Those commodities are: cereals, dried vine fruit (currants, raisins and sultanas), coffee, wine, grape juice, foods for infants, green coffee, spices and liquorice (19, 20). The European Union legislation authorities have set up a maximum level for OTA in dried vine fruit 10 μg/kg. MYCOPOPULATIONS AND OTA IN DRIED VINE FRUIT A large number of investigations have been carried out in order to determine mycopopulations that are forming on grapes during ripening process (21, 22), but in spite of that, there is not enough data regarding ochratoxigenic mycopopulations during the drying process. After discovering OTA in dried vine fruit in the late 90’s, focus was directed on the representation and importance of contaminants from genus Aspergillus section Nigri on this commodity (23, 24). In the MAFF (Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, U.K.) investigations, 301 dried vine sample from the market was tested on OTA presence and 286 were contaminated with this mycotoxin (9% had concentration of OTA higher than the European limit). MacDonald et al. (23) examined 60 samples of dried vine fruit from UK market, and in 88% cases OTA was found. These samples were imported from Greece and Turkey. Average contamination was around 9.0 μg/kg in currants, 4.6 μg/kg in sultanas and 7.5 μg/kg in raisins from Greece, and around 5.7 μg/kg for sultanas from Turkey. After these investigations the European Committee set a maximal concentration of OTA in dried vine fruit at 10 μg/kg. Studies carried out after the adoption of regulations have revealed that contamination of dried vine fruit with OTA is worldwide, although mean concentration level is low and under the European limit (3, 25-28). Table 2 shows the results of numerous investigations on OTA in dried vine fruit (29). A. carbonarius is contributing mostly to dried vine contamination with OTA (30-36). A. niger also participate in OTA production, because it is often isolated, but its strains do nott always have ochratoxigenic properties (30, 32-37). Iamanaka et al. (37) isolated ochratoxigenic species A. ochraceus from Brazilian dried vine fruit. OTA contamination in dried vine fruit can be prevented by controlling black Aspergillus species right before harvest, with fast drying after the harvest, and eliminating mouldy berries during process (32-34). 127 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review Table 2. OTA concentration in dried vine fruit from different countries Country Sweden Germany United Kindom Morocco Turkey Greece Brasil Canada a Dried vine fruit type raisins and currants raisins and currants raisins sultanas raisins sultanas sultanas sultanas raisins sultanas currants Incidence of contamination with OTA 96/118a 101/106 17/20 17/20 6/20 179/264 17/27 29/43 67/85 36/66 2/2 OTA level (mean) μg/kg <0.1-34.6 ≤ 21.4 0.3 – 19.5 0.5-20 0.05-4.95 0.026-54 ≤ 13.2 0.1-33.9 max. 26.6 (2.29) max. 26.0 (3.11) max. 4.85 (2.81) – number of OTA contaminated samples / total number of samples Australian dried vine fruit, dried in open sun, that is not preserved with SO2, was in 100% contaminated with A. niger and allied species, which grew during the drying process and showed a high degree of resistance against strong solar radiation in continental parts of Australia (32). In addition to the above species, much rarely isolated are species from the genera Penicillium, Alternaria, Epicoccum, Trichoderma, Rhizopus and Cladosporium (32). From currants, species Xeromyces bisporus was isolated (38). In comparison with other grape products, dried vine fruits belong to the group of products that are usually the most contaminated with OTA, where concentration of this toxin reaches the level of 50-70 μg/kg (39). The investigations showed that OTA level in dried vine fruit of the Mediterranean area is much higher than of non-Mediterranean areas (Chile, USA and Australia). In favour of these results, researchers from Greece, Stefanaki et al. (40), published a study on OTA in Greece’s dried vine fruit - sultanas, raisins and currants. Sampling was done during storage and production. Sultanas appeared to be less contaminated (mean 2.1 μg/kg) than currants (mean 2.8 μg/kg). However, 7.5% of tested samples had OTA level higher than 10 μg/kg, exceeding the limit prescribed by the European regulatory EC No.1881/ 2006. The altitude of vine growing and drying have a significant influence on the OTA concentration. Dried vine fruit from vineyards at the sea level of cc 500 m was less contaminated than from vineyards from 1000 m a.s.l. (41-43). In Turkey, Meyvaci et al. (3) have investigated sultanas in the period from 1998 to 2000, and tested 264 samples on OTA presence (Table 2). They showed that 9.8% of samples had OTA level higher than the European limit (10 μg/kg); the average OTA concentration was 3.4 μg/kg, and maximum 54 μg/kg. Another author (44), investigated 53 samples of Turkish sultanas intended for European market and found that 4% of them had a higher level of OTA than it is prescribed by 128 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review the European regulations, while contamination of all samples were in the range from 0.5 to 58 μg/kg. In Morocco, of 20 samples of raisins tested on OTA presence 30% were contaminated, but the level of OTA did not exceed the limit prescribed by the European regulations (10 μg/kg) (45). In Californian dried vine fruit OTA level was lower than in the Mediterranean, while in the Argentinian one the level of contamination was similar (31). On Serbian markets, commonly dried vine fruit is imported from Turkey, Greece and Iran. Investigations have revealed that all tested samples were contaminated with moulds. The isolated species belonged to 4 genera: Aspergillus (60%), Eurotium (40%), Penicillium (40%) and Mucor (20%), and the the most ubiquitously isolated species was A. niger (in 33% of samples). Ochratoxin A was isolated from dried vine fruit, and ranged between 40-56 μg/kg. These values exceed the limit prescribed by the European regulatory (10 μg/kg) (46, 47). INFLUENCE OF ECOPHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS ON OTA BIOSYNTHESIS Fungal growth and OTA production are determined by a wide range of different factors. They can be roughly defined as physical, biological and chemical, and they are interacting between themselves and influence further fungal growth and mycotoxin production (48). The OTA synthesis can be conditioned due to the effects of intrinsic (water activity, pH, nature of substrate) and extrinsic (climatic conditions, temperature and humidity) factors. Species from the genera Aspergillus and others have the ability to grow on various substrates, also in different climatic regions, and because of that they are distributed worldwide. Growth of species from the genus Aspergillus is often related with regions of warm climate (48). It is very hard to predict the level of contamination of agricultural products and food with mycotoxins, because it depends on numerous factors, such as: moisture content, temperature, type of product, presence of endogenous fungal species, storage conditions, time of storage, type and time of transportation (49,50). Control of certain parameters could reduce production of mycotoxins (11). Water activity (aw) Fungal growth and mycotoxin production ars determined by numerous abiotic and biotic parameters and their interaction. Water activity is perhaps the most critical factor that influencesthe germination, growth and establishment of moulds on nutrient worthy substrates (51). Esteban et al. (52) were investigated the effect of different water activity values on OTA production using twelve A.niger isolates, cultured on Czapek Yeast Agar (CYA) and on Yeast Extract Sucrose agar (YES) where aw ranged from 0.82 to 0.99. For A. niger, it is known that minimal aw needed for fungal growth is 0.77 (53), but for OTA production it is found that optimal aw is 0.90-0.99, depending on the strain and culture medium. 129 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review Romero et al. (54) investigated a mixture of four A. carbonarius strains (isolated from dried vine fruits) on OTA production at 30°C on CYA using different aw values (0.83, 0.85, 0.87, 0.89, 0.90, 0.93 and 0.95). They find out that limiting water activity of mixed inoculum for OTA production is 0.87 aw, indicating xerotolerant behaviour of A. carbonarius isolates. Pitt and Hocking (38) reported that the lower aw limit for ochratoxin A production is near 0.92 aw. A. ochraceus grows optimally at 0.95 - 0.99 aw, but minimal aw needed for fungal growth is 0.77. Regarding discussions of the mentioned authors, it can be suggested that lowering on 0.85 aw can inhibit OTA production. This fact can be used to control and prevent OTA production in dried vine fruit (11). Temperature After water activity, second limiting factor for OTA production is temperature. Optimal temperature for OTA production is between 25-30°C for A. ochraceus (55), 10-20°C for A. carbonarius (56) and for A. niger “aggregate” 20-25°C (57). Because of their ability to grow in a wide range of temperatures, OTA can be constantly formed in field. This fact is very important for some products, such as grapes and dried vine fruit, because main contaminants are the species of A. carbonarius and a few species from A. niger “aggregate”, also main producers of OTA. Ouselati et al. (58) examined the temperature effect and light exposure on the fungal growth and mycotoxin production. They simulated average Tunisia’s temperatures (night temp./daily temp. - 20/30, 30/37 and 25/42°C), where night temperature lasted 11h and daily 13h. The tested isolates were six strains of A. carbonarius isolated from Tunisian vineyards. The influence of these temperatures was examined on the OTA production of A. carbonarius using synthetic nutrient medium (SNM) similar to grape composition between the onset of ripening and ripeness (0.99aw). The highest concentration of OTA was observed in the temperature regime of 20/30°C. Also, the sunlight influence was tested using the same strains, at constant temperature of 25°C with 11h of darkness and 13h of light. Control sample was inoculated - medium incubated only in darkness and in light for 24h. The highest concentration of OTA was found in the samples that were incubated for 24h in light. Between the samples incubated in the regime 11/13h - darkness/light and 24h - darkness, the differences were not significant. Concentrations of OTA produced under different conditions of temperature and day/night regime, dod not appear to be significant, but, on the other hand, light enforced fungal growth, directly implying higher OTA level in the samples (59). A. carbonarius produces OTA optimally at cooler temperatures: 15°C and 0.95 - 0.97 aw or 20°C and 0.98 - 0.99 aw. Little or no OTA was formed at temperatures above 35°C. A. ochraceus grows strongly at 37°C, indicating a maximum for growth of at least 40°C. The growth was reported down to 0.79 aw on glucose/fructose media and down to 0.81 aw on media based on NaCl (38). A. ochraceus grows at moderate temperatures, and on commodities with aw higher than 0.80, so it can be frequently isolated in storage. Because of the ability to grow at high temperatures, A. carbonarius is often related with fruit ripening, especially with grapes (11). 130 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review Pardo et al. (60) indicated that the germination occurred down to 0.80 aw at 20 or 30°C and 0.85 aw at 10°C. A. westerdijkiae and A. steynii are closely related to A. ochraceus with perhaps slightly faster growth rates on CYA at 25°C, but the growth does not occur at 37°C . The growth temperatures for A. niger are: minimum 6-8°C, maximum 4547°C, and optimum 35-37°C (33, 38). Investigations of ochratoxigenic moulds showed that P. verrucosum can grow on some commodities only under temperatures of 30°C and at 0.80 aw (11). In any case, storage conditions are of great importance, so keeping the temperature and aw away from optimums, can reduce mould growth and OTA production. Effect of the substrate Among the many different parameters that can determine expression of the ochratoxigenic character of moulds, substrate has an important role (66). Same isolates of one species grown in the same conditions (temperature, humidity) produced different amounts of OTA, depending of the medium (67). Medina et al. (66) tested ochratoxigenic capability of A. ochraceus in the same liquid media that had different natural supplements, such as corn extract, peptone, coconut extract. They also optimized and designed semi-synthetic media that could stimulate OTA production by ochratoxigenic strains of A. ochraceus. The amount of free carbon (C), pH value, presence of some metals and chemical composition of the medium, are directly implicated in the biosynthesis of OTA by some species from the Aspergillus and Penicillium genera (66, 67). According to Muhlercoert et al. (60), A. ochraceus produces OTA at a pH in the range from 5.5 to 8.5. The presence of some metals directly influences the pH value and thereby the biosynthesis of OTA. For example, addition of 0.12 mg/l of Zn, at the pH 6.5 increased by 50% colony growth of A. ochraceus and also OTA production. On the other hand, addition of Fe in the same amount, decreased the colony growth by 40% and as well as the OTA production. In same investigations, the concentration of OTA in the substrate was not in correlation with biomass, and increased with the decrease of glucose in the substrate. Lactose does not stimulate fungal growth and along with that biomass, but has a positive effect on OTA production. Pitt and Hocking (38) reported that A. ochraceus grew well between the pH 3 and 10, and slowly at the pH 2.2, A.niger on pH 4.0-6.5 and A. carbonarius grew over a wide pH range (2–10). Effects of climate conditions The influence of different climate conditions and regions on the growth of toxigenic moulds and occurrence ochratoxigenic capability, and OTA concentration in the final product are known in the agricultural industry (61). In order to determine closely the influence of climate and regions on grapevine contamination, many researchers have investigated small-scale field plots. However, the obtained results were not always in accordance with the expectations. A few investigations have shown a certain correlation between toxin concentration and the area of vine growth in the Mediterranean region, i.e. Greece and Italy. Results have revealed that in southern regions grape is contaminated 131 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review with moulds that are having higher predilection for OTA production (40, 62). For example, OTA is found more frequently in wines originating from warmer regions (South Europe) than in the ones from colder regions (63). In Greece, higher concentrations of OTA are found in wines from islands with wet than from islands with more continental climate (64). Also, Battilani et al. (65) reported strong effect of rainfall on OTA concentrations in grape bunches, but on the other hand Belli et al. (56) did not find correlation between these factors. Leong et al. (32) have reported that A. carbonarius is main OTA producer in Australia, which characterized only a few isolates of A. niger species. From tested strains, ochratoxigenic ability of A. carbonarius isolated from grapes was the highest and outreached 37.5 μg/kg. Interaction of the main ecophysiological factors Estimation of the interaction of the main ecophysiological factors and different fungus species is very important in designing a model in order to minimise the risk of OTA in foodstuffs. Valero et al. (68) have investigated in vitro the effect of biotic factors on A. carbonarius growth and OTA production, using SNM. The tested strains were isolated from dried vine fruit and grapes. They were cultured on the same SNM agar plate with one positive OTA A. carbonarius strain, at two different temperatures (20 and 30°C) and two aw values (0.92 and 0.97). The differences in the OTA biosynthesis at both temperatures and at 0.92 aw were not significant. At 0.97 aw and temperature of 30°C, the production of OTA was reduced when A. carbonarius was grown in paired cultures (comparing that grown alone). At 0.97 aw and 20°C, there was no clear interaction between moulds, and the level of synthetisis of OTA remained the same. The reduction in the OTA production by toxigenic moulds that are cultured together on the same medium at 30°C and at 0.97 aw can be explained on various ways: a) limited space for A. carbonarius growth because of the growth of the other cultured species, which normally leads to lower OTA production; b) antagonistic fungi consume specific nutrients needed for OTA production; c) OTA decomposition by other moulds, and d) interaction between moulds can provoke excretion of the substances that diffuse towards A. carbonarius colonies and blocking the OTA production. It was suggested (68) to keep the drying temperatures above 30°C, to prevent potential OTA biosynthesis. In Australia, Leong et al. (33) revealed that 25°C is an optimal temperature to prevent the synergistic effect between A. carbonarius (5 strains) and A. niger (2 strains) for OTA production. They found that the optimal mould growth was at 15°C, at an optimal aw. in the range of 0.95-0.98. CONTROL MEASURES TO REDUCE THE OTA LEVELS IN DRIED VINE FRUIT Contamination with OTA can be significantly reduced by using appropriate agrotechnical measures and fungicides in the vineyards, in order to prevent growth of some 132 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review species from the Aspergillus genera (2). At harvested fruit, SO2 can be used as efficient reagent to control mould growth (69) and the presence of residual SO2 (that is usually added to prevent browning) can help to control the development of moulds. Besides, the rapid drying of grapes at a temperature above 30°C reduces aw to safe levels that are not favourable for mould growth and OTA production. Elimination of the discoloured berries and the ones that are dark coloured after drying, can reduce the final OTA concentration in the products, because OTA contamination is related with this changes (32-34). Occasionally, frequent turning over of grapes during the drying process is important, because moisture accumulation and increased sugar level in grapes can stimulate growth of Aspergillus section Nigri and biosynthesis of OTA (42). Drying methods can influence on final concentration of OTA in dried vine fruit (70). Drying in controlled conditions (temperature and humidity) is favourable comparing drying in open air under solar radiation. Drying in chambers at 50°C prevents OTA production because that temperature inhibits the growth of A. carbonarius, and partly degrades already formed toxin, due to the elevated temperature. Dipping of dried vine fruit in olive oil or ethyl-oleate can enhance water permeability thought the berry membrane and also eliminate some OTA. However, these procedures are very expensive and they are performed only in cases when severe mould contaminations are observed. Investigations (71, 72) have revealed that in the case of drying under controlled conditions, in climate chambers with monitored temperature and humidity, 24% less contamination occurred than in the cases when grapes were dried in open sun. CONCLUSION On analysing the investigations that have been done worldwide, it clearly comes out that great effort should be put in the optimisation of fruit drying process, as well as in the application of adequate agricultural measures in vineyards, because the only way to prevent OTA production is to avoid microbiological contamination. Microbiological contamination, especially with moulds can incur not only big economic losses, but also favourable conditions for the production of OTA, which is very toxic and hazardous to human health. OTA has been frequently isolated from dried vine fruit, and in many cases, its entration was above the pean limit, which implicates that this commodity can be a significant source of this mycotoxin. It has been shon that the drying process has an important influence on the OTA level. Drying in open sun is frequently applied, but it brings the risk of secondary contamination with foreign matter, insects and microorganisms. The mycotoxicological quality of dried vine fruit is influenced by the region of origin and climatic conditions of area where grapes are harvested and dried. REFERENCES 1. Bhat, N.R., Desai, B.B., and Suleiman, M.K.: Grapes and Raisins, in: Handbook of Fruits and Fruit Processing, ed. byby Y. H. Hui. Blackwell Publishing, Iowa, USA (2006) 439-452. 133 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review 2. Covarelli, L., Beccari, G., Marini, A. and Tosi, L.: A review on the occurrence and control of ochratoxigenic fungal species and ochratoxin A in dehydrated grapes, nonfortified dessert wines and dried vine fruit in the Mediterranean area. Food Control 26 (2012) 347-356. 3. Meyvaci, K. B., Altindisli, A., Aksoy,U., Eltem, R., Turgut, H. and Arasiler, Z.: Ochratoxin A in sultanas from Turkey I: survey of unprocessed sultanas from vineyards and packing-houses. Food. Addit. Contam. 22 (2005) 1138-1143. 4. Valero, A., Marín, S., Ramos, A.J. and Sanchis, V.: Survey: Ochratoxin A in European special wines. Food Chem. 108 (2008) 593-599. 5. Sinovec, Z., Resanović, R. and Siniovec, S.: Mikotoksini - pojava, efekti i prevencija, Fakultet veterinarske medicine, Univerzitet u Beogradu (2006) 26-38. 6. Bennet, J. W. and Klich, M.: Mycotoxins. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 16, 3 (2003) 497– 516. 7. IARC Monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risks to humans, Vol. 56, International Agency for Research on Cancer. Lyon, France (1993) pp. 489-521. 8. Perrone, G., Stea, G., Epifani,F., Varga, J., Frisvad, J.C. and Samson, R.A.: Aspergillus niger contains the cryptic phylogenetic species A. awamori. Fungal biology 115 (2011) 1138-1150. 9. Heenan, C. N., Shaw, K. J. and Pitt, J. I.: Ochratoxin A production by Aspergillus carbonarius and A. niger isolates and detection using coconut cream agar. J. Food Mycol. 1 (1998) 67-72. 10. Teren, J., Varga, J., Hamari, Z., Rinyu, E. and Kevei, F.: Immunochemical detection of ochratoxin A in black Aspergillus strains. Mycopathologia 134 (1996) 171-186. 11. Khalesi, M. and Khati, N.: The effects of different ecophysiological factors on ochratoxin A production. Environ. Toxicol. Phar. 32 (2011) 113-121. 12. Romero, S.M., Comerio, R.M., Larumbe, G., Ritieni, A., Vaamonde, G. and Pinto, V.F.: Toxigenic fungi isolated from dried vine fruits in Argentina. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 104 (2005) 43-49. 13. Gil-Serna, J., Vazquez, C., Sardinas, N., Gonzalez-Jaen, M.T. and Patino, B.: Revision of ochratoxin A production capacity by the main species of Aspergillus section Circumdati. Aspergillus steynii revealed as the main risk of OTA contamination. Food Control 22 (2011) 343-345. 14. Pitt, J. I., Basilico, J.C., Abarca, M.L. and Lopez, C.: Mycotoxins and toxigenic fungi. Med. Mycol. 38 (2000) 41-46. 15. Škrinjar, M., Nemet, N., Petrović, Lj., Vesković-Moračanin, S., Čabarkapa, I. and Šošo, V.: Mycopoulations and ochratoxin A – potential contaminatns of Petrovska klobasa. Proc. Nat. Sci., Matica Srpska, Novi Sad 120 (2011) 73-82. 16. FAO: Worldwide Regulations for Mycotoxins in Food and Feed in 2003. FAO of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. Food and Nutrition Paper 81 (2005) 1-7. 17. Duarte, S.C., Lino, C.M. and Pena, A.: Mycotoxin food and feed regulation and the specific case of ochratoxin A: a review of the worldwide status. Food Addit. Contam. 27 (2010) 1440-1450. 18. Turner, N.W., Subrahmanyam, S. and Piletsky, S.A.: Analytical methods for determination of mycotoxins: a review. Anal. Chim. Acta. 632 (2009) 168-180. 134 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review 19. EU Commission Regulation No. 472/2002 of 12 March 2002 amending Regulation (EC) No. 466/2001 setting maximum limits as regards certain contaminants in foodstuffs. Off. J. Eur. Union 77, 42 (2002) 18-20. 20. EU Commission Regulation No. 455/2004 of 11 March 2004 amending Regulation (EC) No. 466/2001 as regards patulin. Off. J. Eur. Union L74/11 (2004). 21. Battilani, P., Giorni, P. and Pietri, A.: Epidemiology of toxin-producing fungi and ochratoxin A occurrence in grape. Eur. J. Plant. Pathol. 109 (2003) 715-722. 22. Abrunhosa, L., Paterson, R.R.M., Kozakiewicz, Z., Lima, N. and Venâncio, A.: Mycotoxin production from fungi isolated from grapes. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 32 (2001) 240-242. 23. MacDonald, S., Wilson, P., Barnes, K., Damant, A., Massey, R. and Mortby, E.A.: Ochratoxin A in dried vine fruit: method development and survey. Food. Addit. Contam. 16 (1999) 253-260. 24. Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, U.K.: 1998 survey of retail products for ochratoxin A. Food Surveillance Information Sheet, No. 185 (1999) 1-36. 25. Aksoy, U., Eltem, R., Meyvaci, K.B., Altindisli, A. and Karabat, S.: Five-year survey of ochratoxin A in processed sultanas from Turkey. Food Addit. Contam. 24 (2007) 292-296. 26. Lombaert, G.A., Pellaers, P., Neumann, G., Kitchen, D., Huzel, V., Trelka, R., Kotello, S. and Scott, P.M.: Ochratoxin A in dried vine fruits on the Canadian retail market. Food Addit. Contam. 21 (2004) 578-585. 27. Trucksess, M.W. and Scott, P.M.: Mycotoxins in botanicals and dried fruits: A review. Food Addit. Contam. 25 (2008) 181-192. 28. Varga, J. and Kozakiewicz, Z.: Ochratoxin A in grapes and grape-derived products. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 17 (2006) 72-81. 29. Weidenbörner, M.: Mycotoxins in Foodstuffs, Springer, New York (2008) 344-346. 30. Abarca, M. J., Accensi, F., Bragulat, M.R., Castellà, G. and Cabanes, F.J.: Aspergillus carbonarius as the main source of ochratoxin A contamination in dried vine fruits from the Spanish market. J. Food Protect. 66 (2003) 504-506. 31. Chulze, S. N., Magnoli, C.E. and Dalcero, A.M.: Occurrence of ochratoxin A in wine and ochratoxigenic mycoflora in grapes and dried vine fruits in South America. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 111 (2006) 5-9. 32. Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D., Pitt, J.I., Kazi, B.A., Emmett, R.W. and Scott, E.S.: Australian research on ochratoxigenic fungi and ochratoxin A. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 111 (2006) 10-17. 33. Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D. and Scott, E.S.: Effect of temperature and water activity on growth and ochratoxin A production by Australian Aspergillus carbonarius and A. niger isolates on a simulated grape juice medium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 110 (2006) 209-216. 34. Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D., Varelis, P., Giannikopoulos, G. and Scott, E.S.: Fate of ochratoxin A during vinification of semillon and shiraz grapes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54 (2006) 6460-6464. 35. Magnoli C., Astoreca, A., Ponsone, L., Combina, M., Palacio, G., Rosa, C.A.R. and Dalcero, A.M.: Survey of mycoflora and ochratoxin A in dried vine fruits from Argentina markets. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 39 (2004) 326-331. 135 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review 36. Tjamos, S.E., Antoniou, P.P., Kazantzidou, A., Antonopoulos, D.F., Papageorgiou, I. and Tjamos, E.C.: Aspergillus niger and Aspergillus carbonarius in References 493 Corinth raisin and wine-producing vineyards in Greece: population composition, Ochratoxin A production and chemical control. J. Phytopathol. 152 (2004) 250-255. 37. Iamanaka, B.T., Taniwaki, M.H., Castle de Menezes, H. and Vincente, E.: Incidence of toxigenic fungi and ochratoxin A in dried fruits sold in Brazil. Food Addit. Contam. 22 (2005) 1258-1263. 38. Pitt, J.I. and Hocking, A.D.: Fungi and Food Spoilage, 3rd ed. Springer, New York (2009) 413-414. 39. Miraglia, M. and Brera, C.: Assessment of dietary intake of ochratoxin A by the population of EU member states. In Reports on tasks for scientific cooperation. Report of experts participating in SCOOP Task 3.2.7. Rome, Italy: Directorate - General Health and Consumer Protection (2002) 52-62. 40. Stefanaki, I., Foufa, E., Tsatsou-Dritsa, A. and Dias, P.: Ochratoxin A in Greek domestic wines and dried vine fruits. Food. Addit. Contam. 20 (2003) 74-83. 41. Dekanea, A.: Ecology and control of Aspergillus carbonarius and OTA production in Corinth raisins (currants). M.Sc, Thesis, Cranfield University, 2005. 42. Magan, N. and Aldred, D.: Conditions of formation of ochratoxin A in drying, transport and in different commodities. Food. Addit. Contam. Suppl. 1 (2005) 10-16. 43. Peteraki, M., Dekanea, A., Lydakis, D., Mitchell, D. and Magan, N.: Ecology and control of ochratoxin in grapes and dried vine fruits. BCPC International congress: Crop science & technology; 31st October-2nd November 2005, Glasgow, UK, Proceeding, pp. 410-413. Chemical Abstracts 145:270386d, 2006. 44. Bircan, C.: Incidence of ochratoxin A in dried fruits and co-occurrence with aflatoxins in dried figs. Food. Chem. Toxicol. 47 (2009) 1996-2001. 45. Zinedine, A., Soriano, J.M., Juan, C., Mojemmi, B., Moltó, J.C. and Bouklouze, A.: Incidence of ochratoxin A in rice and dried fruits from Rabat and Salé area, Morocco. Food. Addit. Contam. 24 (2007) 285-291. 46. Injac, V.: “Healthy food” – mycological and mycotoxicological quality. Specialist thesis. Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad, 2000. 47. Škrinjar, M., Ač, M., Vesković-Moračanin, S. and Nemet, N.: Contamination of some “healthy food” products with Aspergillus and Penicillium species and their toxic metabolites. 6th Balkan Congress of microbiology, Ohrid, 28th -31st October, 2009, Abstract book, p. 116. 48. Nielsen, K.F.: Mycotoxin production by indoor molds. Fungal Genet. Biol. 39 (2003) 103-117. 49. Garcia, D., Ramos, A.J., Sanchis, V. and Marin, S.: Is intraspecific variability of growth and mycotoxin production dependent on environmental conditions? A study with Aspergillus carbonarius isolates. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 144 (2011) 432-439. 50. Pose, G., Patriarca, A., Kyanko, V., Pardo, A. and Pinto, V.F.: Water activity and temperature effects on mycotoxin production by Alternaria alternata on a synthetic tomato medium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 142 (2010) 348-353. 51. Bouras, N., Kim, Y.M. and Strelkov, S.E.: Influence of water activity and temperature on growth and mycotoxin production by isolates of Pyrenophora tritici-repentis from wheat. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 131 (2009) 251-255. 136 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review 52. Esteban, A., Abarca, M.L., Bragulat, M.R. and Cabanes, F.J.: Effect of water activity on ochratoxin A production by Aspergillus niger aggregate species. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 108 (2006) 188-195. 53. Samson, R.A. and Reenen-Hoekstra, E.: Introduction to food-borne fungi. Centraalbureau voor schimelcultures, Baarn, The Netherlands (1988) 45-53. 54. Romero, S.M., Pinto, V.F., Patriarca, A. and Vaamonde G.: Ochratoxin A production by a mixed inoculum of Aspergillus carbonarius at different conditions of water activity and temperature. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 140 (2010) 277-281. 55. Ramos A.J, Labernia, N., Marı́n, S., Sanchis, V. and Magan, N.: Effect of water activity and temperature on growth and ochratoxin production by three strains of Aspergillus ochraceus on a barley extract medium and on barley grains. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 44, 1-2 (1998) 133-140. 56. Belli, N., Mitchell, D., Marin, S., Alegre, I., Ramos, A.J., Magan, N. and Sanchis, V.: Ochratoxin A-producing fungi in Spanish wine grapes and their relationship with meteorological conditions. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 113 (2005) 233-239. 57. Esteban, A., Abarca, M.L., Bragulat, M.R. and Cabañes, F.J.: Effects of temperature and incubation time on production of ochratoxin A by black aspergilli. Res Microbiol. 155 (2004) 861-866. 58. Oueslati, S., Lasram, S., Ramos, A.J., Marin, S., Mliki, A., Sanchis, V. and Ghorbel, A.: Alternating temperatures and photoperiod effects on fungal growth and ochratoxin A production by Aspergillus carbonarius isolated from Tunisian grapes. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 139 (2010) 210-213. 59. Belli, N., Ramos, A.J., Sanchis, V. and Marin, S.: Effect of photoperiod and day– night temperatures simulating field conditions on growth and ochratoxin A production of Aspergillus carbonarius strains isolated from grapes. Food Microbiol. 23 (2006) 622-627. 60. Muhlencoert, E., Mayer, I., Zapf, M.W., Vogel, R.F. and Niessen, L.: Production of ochratoxin A by Aspergillus ochraceus. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 110 (2004) 651-659. 61. Lopez de Cerain, A., Gónzalez-Peñas, E., Jiménez, A.M. and Bello, J.: Contribution to the study of ochratoxin A in Spanish wines. Food. Addit. Contam. 19 (2002) 10581064. 62. Pietri, A., Bertuzzi, T., Pallaroni, L. and Piva, G.: Occurrence of ochratoxin A in Italian wines. Food. Addit. Contam. 18 (2001) 647-654. 63. Belli, N., Marin, S., Sanchis, V. and Ramos, A.J.: Ochratoxin A (OTA) in wines, musts and grape juices: occurrence, regulations and methods of analysis. Food Sci. Technol. Int. 8 (2002) 325-335. 64. Tjamos, S.E., Antoniou, P.P. and Tjamos, E.C.: Aspergillus spp., distribution, population composition and ochratoxin A production in wine producing vineyards in Greece. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 111 (2006) 61-66. 65. Battilani, P., Giorni, P., Bertuzzi, T., Formenti, S. and Pietri, A.: Black aspergilli and ochratoxin A in grapes in Italy. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 111(2006) 53-60. 66. Medina, A., Gonzalez, G., Saez, J.M., Mateo, R. and Jimenez, M.: Bee pollen, a substrate that stimulates ochratoxin A production by Aspergillus ochraceus Wilh. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 27 (2004) 261-267. 137 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243123S UDC: 634.8.078:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 123-138 Review 67. Pardo, E., Sanchis,V., Ramos, A.J. and Marin, S.: Non-specificity of nutritional substrate for ochratoxin A production by isolates of Aspergillus ochraceus. Food Microbiol. 23 (2006) 351-358. 68. Valero, A., Farre, J.R., Sanchis, V., Ramos, A.J. and Marin, S.: Effects of fungal interaction on ochratoxin A production by A. carbonarius at different temperatures and aw. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 110 (2006) 160-164. 69. Hocking, A. D.: Xerophilic fungi in intermediate and low moisture foods, in D. K. Arora, K. G. Mkerji, & E. H. Marth (Eds.), Handbook of applied mycology, foods and feed, New York: Marcel Dekker Inc. 3 (1992) pp. 69-97. 70. Gambuti, A., Strollo, D., Genovese, A., Ugliano, M., Ritieni, A. and Moio, L.: Influence of enological practices on ochratoxin A concentration in wine. Am. J. Enol. Viticult. 56 (2005) 155-162. 71. Bejarano, M. J. R., Dodero, M.C.R. and Barroso, C.G.: Optimizing the process of making sweet wines to minimize the content of ochratoxin A. J. Agr. Food. Chem. 58 (2010) 13006-13012. 72. King, A.D., Hocking, A.D. and Pitt, J.I.: The mycoflora of some Australian foods. Food Technol. Aust. 33 (1981) 55-60. УТИЦАЈ ЕКОФИЗИОЛОШКИХ ФАКТОРА НА ПРИСУСТВО ОХРАТОКСИНА А У СУВОМ ГРОЖЂУ Владислава М. Шошо, Марија M. Шкрињар и Невена Т. Благојев Универзитет у Новом Саду, Техолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Производи од грожђа, пре свега сушени производи, веома често се користе у људској исхрани и, заједно са вином, имају веома велики економски значај у земљама Медитерана, посебно у Шпанији, Грчкој, Турској и Италији. Разноликост у клими и регионима на којима се узгаја грожђе, указује на то да плесни, потенцијални произвођачи охратоксина А (ОТА), имају велико распрострањење. Самим тим, овај токсин се често изолује из ових производа. Велики напори се улажу у циљу сузбијања раста охратоксигених плесни и детоксификације већ контаминираних производа. Међутим, значајно ефикасних метода за детоксификацију и елиминацију ОТА из намирница још увек нема. Из тог разлога спречавање раста токсигених пленси је од непобитног значаја. Данас је веома добро познато да екофизиолошки фактори имају јак утицај на присуство охратоксигених плесни на различитим прехрамбеним производима, као и на производњу ОТА. Циљ овог рада је, стога, да сумира резултате који су до сада добијени на пољу испитивања присуства ОТА у сувим производима од грожђа и да истакне утицај екофизиолошких фактора на присутност плесни и ОТА у овој врсти производа. Кључне речи: суво грожђе, појава охратоксина А, екофизиолошки фактори Received: 05 July 2012 Accepted: 14 September 2012 138 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper THE IMPACT OF THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS ON THE HARDNESS AND SENSORY PROPERTIES OF MILK CHOCOLATE Danica B. Zarića, Biljana S. Pajinb, Ivana S. Lončarevićb*, Dragana M. Šoronja Simovićb and Zita I. Šerešb a b Ihis Tehno Experts d.o.o., Research Development Center, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The aim of this paper was to examine the impact of the manufacturing process on the textural characteristics and sensory properties of milk chocolate. The research was conducted on the samples of chocolate produced in a ball mill during 30, 60 and 90 minutes of refining, each of them being pre-crystallized at 26, 28 and 30°C. A chocolate mass of identical ingredient composition was also produced using a standard manufacturing process at the same pre-crystallization temperatures. Chocolate hardness was examined using a piece of equipment called Texture Analyser, measuring the stress intensity which leads to chocolate crushing. Sensory analysis was performed using the point scoring method. The new manufacturing process, i.e. the manufacturing of chocolate in a ball mill improves sensory properties and hardness of milk chocolate. KEY WORDS: milk chocolate, ball mill, hardness, sensory evaluation INTRODUCTION Chocolate mass can be produced in two ways: using a standard or traditional manufacturing process (1, 2) and using the unconventional one in a ball mill (3,4). The traditional process includes: mixing of raw materials, refining in a five-roller mill, conching, tempering, moulding and final crystallization, and it has been well known and used in unaltered form for the last 150 years (5). Present-day trend of manufacturing rationalization has resulted in introducing a new method which combines the first two phases of the traditional process: conching and refining. A ball mill consists of a vertical or a horizontal double-wall cylinder with hot water flowing between them (6). In the central part of the cylinder there is a paddle mixer that operates at the speed of 50-70 rpm. The balls, i.e. the refining medium fill up to 60-80% of the cylinder. The balls are usually made of stainless steel or any other material used in the food industry. The mill must be provided with the mass recirculation system. The chocolate mass with constant recirculation goes through a thick layer of rotating balls, in the process of which the particles are constantly * Corresponding author: Ivana S. Lončarević, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 139 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper refined and subjected to shear force and friction. The speed of mass recirculation is 3-6 kg/min. The time of refining and processing of one loading is 90-120 minutes. The advantages of manufacturing chocolate in a ball mill in comparison with the conventional manufacturing process are reduced costs of maintenance, workforce, production and initial costs. Ball mills are constantly improved, so that the chocolate could have suitable sensory and rheological properties. Mazzeti company has created a ball mill with a container for storing chocolate mass that is equipped with a thin layer evaporator, which in addition to refining also enables the correction of chocolate mass viscosity and taste (7). Duyvis Wiener company has created “Taste Changer” for eliminating unwanted moisture and volatile acids. According to this procedure, heated dry air is added to the chocolate mass under pressure and controlled flow rate. Dry air takes over moisture and volatile acids, while the increased temperature causes volume expansion of cocoa butter which in this way coats solid particles more easily and contributes to the improvement of the chocolate mass rheological properties (8, 9). After being manufactured in a ball mill, the chocolate mass is tempered, moulded and hardened through final crystallization. Tempering or pre-crystallization is favourable for the creation of crystallization centres within a stable crystal form, which results in a product having good physical and sensory properties (10). Chocolate hardness is one of the most important factors in defining physical properties of this product and it is determined by the measuring intensity of the force required for chocolate crushing. Chocolate hardness depends on the refinement of solid particles as well as on their distribution by size (11). Chocolate sensory properties are also an unavoidable factor in determining the consumers’ acceptance of this product (12). EXPERIMENTAL Material The raw materials used for chocolate production included: cocoa butter (Theobroma, Amsterdam), cocoa liquor (Cargill), medium-grain sugar (Crvenka AD, Serbia), whole milk powder (total fat 25%, proteins 28% and carbohydrates 37% ) - Imlek, Serbia, skimmed milk powder (total fat 1%, proteins 35% and carbohydrates 51 %) - Imlek, Serbia, hazelnut paste (total fat 25%, proteins 28% and carbohydrates 37% ) - Arslanturk, Turkey, Ethylvanilin (FCC, Norway), soya lecithin with a minimum insoluble content of 65% in acetone (Soyaprotein AD, Serbia), polyglycerol polyricinoleate or PGPR (Danisco, Malaysia) and SM-chocolate mass produced by standard manufacturing process (Jaffa, Srbija). Methods Production of chocolate mass in a ball mill. The chocolate was manufactured in a laboratory ball mill with a homogenizer (capacity 5 kg), of a domestic manufacturer. All raw materials were added to the homogenizer exept for the 10% of cacao butter. The mixing time was 20 minutes. After mixing, the mass was transfered into the ball mill. The 140 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper milling time was 90 minutes and the remaining quantity of the cacao butter was added in the 80th minute. The diametar of the balls in the mill is 9.1 mm and the rotation speed of mixer is 50 rpm.The ball mill is equipped with the mass-circulation system, with a speed of 10 kg/hour. The internal diameter of the ball mill is 0.250 m, and the height is 0.31 m. The volume of the space provided for balls and 5 kg of chocolate mass is 0.0152 m3. Chemical analyses. The basic chemical composition is determined using standard AOACC methods (13), as shown in Table 1. Table 1. Chemical methods for basic chemical composition of milk chocolate mass determination Quality factor Moisture [%] Total fat [% d.m.] Proteins [% d.m.] Carbohydrates [% d.m.] Cocoa solids [% d.m.] No fat cocoa components [% d.m.] Saccharose [% d.m.] Lactose [% d.m.] Energy value [kcal] Energy value [kJ] Method/Principle Thermogravimetric Determination of the petrol ether extract Kjeldahl method Polarimetric Spectrophotometric Spectrophotometric Polarimetric Iodine metric titration Calculation Calculation Production of the chocolate mass using standard manufacturing process. The chocolate mass manufactured in a standard way is mixed in a melanger for about 20 minutes (with one half amount of the cocoa butter and emulsifier) and then refined in a five-roller mill and conched. The remaining amount of cocoa butter is added while conching. Conching lasted for 12 hours, after which the remaining amount of emulsifier is added and the process is continued for another 6 hours. Pre-crystallization of the chocolate mass. Pre-crystallization of the chocolate mass is performed in the laboratory precrystallizer – a modified Brabender farinograph (14). The process of pre-crystallization is controlled indirectly by the changes of the mass resistance on the occasion of mixing, which is registered on a force/time diagram – the thermoreogram. The following pre-crystallization temperatures were applied: 26oC, 28oC and 30oC for both chocolate masses. Symbols used in the work. Symbols of the chocolate masses used in work are listed in Table 2. Determination of chocolate hardness. The determination of the chocolate textural properties was performed using Texture Analyser following the original method 3-Point Bending Rig HDP/3PB. Working conditions were: measuring cell 5 kg; temperature 20oC; speed of cylindrical sonde before the analysis: 1.0 mm/s; speed of cylindrical sonde during the analysis: 3.0 mm/s; speed of cylindrical sonde after the analysis: 10.0 mm/s; distance: 40 mm; texture measuring was performed on 3 repeated occasions, after seven days of stabilization of the manufactured chocolate. The subject of the measurement was the intensity of force used to crush the chocolate. 141 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper Table 2. Symbols of the chocolate masses Symbol of the chocolate mass R1-90-26 R1-90-28 R1-90-30 R1-60-26 R1-60-28 R1-60-30 R1-30-26 R1-30-28 R1-30-30 SM -26 SM -28 SM -30 Refining time (min) 90 90 90 60 60 60 30 30 30 in five-roller mill In five-roller mill In five-roller mill Pre-crystallization temperature (ºC) 26 28 30 26 28 30 26 28 30 26 28 30 Sensory analysis. A committee of 6 members scored from 1 to 5 the following quality parameters: appearance, structure, chewing, taste and smell. The obtained scores of these parameters were multiplied by a defined coefficient of importance (14), and the category of quality was defined on the basis of the total number of points. The chocolate samples were analysed seven days after their stabilization. Statistical analyses. The results of measuring hardness and the total number of pondered points were processed by statistical testing for significant difference between two means using t-test at the significance threshold of 95%, α = 0.05 (program packages Statistica 8.0 and Origin 6.1). The influence of independent variables (x and y) on the above dependent variables (z) was mathematically defined by means of regression analysis of experimental values. The response function z was defined by the regression equation (mathematical model) of the following form: z = b0 + b1x + b2y + b11x2 + b12xy + b22y2, in which: b0, b1, b2, b11, b12 and b22 are regression coefficients; x is pre-crystallization temperature (tp); y is refining time (τ); z is response function of characteristic parameter value: the chocolate hardness, the total number of points for sensory quality). The regression coefficients b1 and b2 indicate linear effect of the independent variables x and y on the dependent variable z, b11, and b22 indicate square effect, while b12 indicates linear interaction of independent variables. On the basis of obtained experimental - real (ze) and theoretical - expected values (zt) the following statistical parameters were calculated: the standard error of the regression σ, p and t-values, the coefficient of determination and analysis of variance for the selected regression expression. The standard error of the regression is defined by the following relation: σ Σ(z e z t ) 2 n2 The calculation of the coefficient of determination (r2) solved to determine the discrepancy between the experimental and the theoretical values. 142 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z 1 Z UD DC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 139-148 Origin nal scientific paper Sttatistical processiing of the results included only thhe examination off the chocolate mass manufactured in the ball mill. LTS AND DISCU USSION RESUL Chemical analyssis Both B chocolate maasses had identicaal chemical compoosition, as they were w made from the same s raw materiaals, but in differeent manufacturingg processes, whicch is shown in Tablee 3. Table 3. 3 Chemical compposition of the millk chocolate mass Quality factor Q M Moisture [% d.m.] T Total fat [% d.m.] P Proteins [% d.m.] C Carbohydrates [% d.m.] C Cocoa componentss [% d.m.] N fat cocoa compponents [% d.m.] No S Saccharose [% d.m m.] L Lactose [% d.m.] E Emulsifiers [% d.m m.] E Energy value [kcall] E Energy value [kJ] 1.10 32.41 8.76 52.98 30.14 4.74 42.67 10.31 0.50 538.64 2251.53 Hardness oof the chocolate mass m The graph showingg experimental reesults of measurinng the hardness of chocolate R1 and SM S using Texturre Analyser follow wing the originall method 3- Poin nt Bending Rig HDP//3PB is presentedd in Fig. 1. Figu ure 1. Comparativee illustration of thhe hardness of the chocolate mass manufactured m in the ball b mill (R1) and the chocolate mass made by standaard manufacturing g process (SM) 143 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z 1 Z UD DC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 139-148 Origin nal scientific paper In n the chocolate mass m produced by standard manufaccturing process it was noted that an increase in the pre-ccrystallization tem mperature leads too a decrease in thee force required for ch hocolate crushing. An increase in thhe pre-crystallizattion temperature in n the chocolate mass produced in the ball mill, irrespecctive of the refiniing time, leads to o an increase in the fo orce required for chocolate crushinng (increased harddness values), whiich is most clearly seen s in the most of o the homogeneous systems – the one o in which the chocolate mass was refined r during 90 minutes. The incrrease in hardness as a result of the increase i in precrystaallization temperaature was also connfirmed by the stattistical data processsing. The results of statistical data processing are shown inn the 3D and conttour diagram in Fig. 2. 2 The increase inn the pre-crystalliization temperaturre had a significan ntly greater influen nce on the increasee in the hardness of the chocolate mass m R1, than on the refining time. By B testing statisticcal significance oof certain parametters in the regresssion equation it has been b noted that thhe regression coeffficients b1, b0 andd b11 indicate certtain changes of the dependent variablee, i.e. hardness, byy changing the inddependent variablee x, i.e. the precrystaallization temperaature. a) b) Z1 = 3518.727 – 261.002 tp + 11.213 τ + 4.942 tp2 – 0.118 tp τ + 0.0 017 τ 2 Fiigure 2. The impaact of the refining time and pre-crysstallization temperrature on the hardness of o the chocolate m mass manufacturedd in the ball mill R1: R a) 3D diagraam, b) contour diagram The calculated valuue of standard erroor of the regressioon (σ = 13.864) co onfirms that the selectted mathematical model gives a biit larger dispersioon of experimentaal values, while the value of coefficiennt of hardness deteermination (r2= 0.894) indicates thaat physical propertiees of chocolate R11 are determined bby variations of inndependent variablles by 89.4%. The analysis of varriance in regressioon equation confirrms that at the 95 5% significance level (α = 0.05) and byy applying the sellected regression equation, e it is posssible to predict the behaviour b of the chocolate c hardnesss under varying refining time and pre-crystallization temperature t (calcuulated F = 12.874 > tabular F0.05;6;3 = 8.94). 144 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z 1 Z UD DC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 139-148 Origin nal scientific paper Sensory analysis of chocolate The graph showingg comparative expperimental results of the milk choco olate mass produced d in the ball mill (R1) ( and of that pproduced by standdard manufacturing g process (SM) is sho own in Fig. 3. Figu ure 3. Comparativve illustration of seensory marks of thhe chocolate masss manufactured in th he ball mill (R1) and a the chocolate mass manufactureed by traditional manufacturing m prrocess (SM) The chocolate masss produced by staandard manufactuuring process, pree-crystallized at 30°C C provides a chocoolate of suitable, ii.e. very good sennsory quality (hig ghly glossy surface, tiny grainy structture, shelly fractuure and suitable taaste and smell). Itts external propertiees are significantlyy better in compaarison with the choocolates pre-crysttallized at 26°C and 28°C. 2 These very good sensory prooperties result from m the optimal viscose properties and suitable s pre-crystaallization of cocoaa butter. The choccolate SM-28 had the worst fracture and a the lowest totaal of pondered poiints. The chocolate masss produced in thee ball mill refinedd during 90 minutees and pre-crystallizzed at higher tem mperatures providdes a chocolate off suitable, i.e. exccellent sensory quality (highly glossy surface, tiny grainny structure, shellly fracture, and su uitable taste and smelll). Such good sennsory properties reesult from the opttimal viscose prop perties and suitable crystallization off cocoa butter. Thee chocolate R1-600 had a very good sensory quality as weell as better markss for external propperties, structure and a chewing in co omparison with the ch hocolate R1-90. Refining R time of 330 minutes providdes a chocolate of good sensory quality only, i.e. the obbtained chocolate form had weakerr deformation, parrtially damaged surface, coarse grain fracture, f uneven sstructure and evident properties of slower melting in thee mouth. The graph showingg statistically proccessed data on deependence of the chocolate c mass R1 seensory properties on the pre-crystaallization temperatture and refining time is seen in the 3D D and contour diaagram in Fig. 4. Inn the regression eqquation which deffines the dependencee of the total of seensory analysis poondered points on the refining time and pre-crystallization temperature, the coefficient off square dependennce of the refinin ng time and the coeffficient of linear innteraction betweenn the refining timee and the pre-crysttallization temperatu ure have the greattest influence. 145 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z 1 Z UD DC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 139-148 Origin nal scientific paper a) b) Z2 = 8.476667 – 0.365833 0 tp- 0.0244056 τ + 0.0062500 tp2 + 0.00100 tpτ + 0.000117 τ 2 Figure 4. Impactt of the refining tim me and precrystalllization temperatu ure on the sensory scorees of the chocolatee mass manufactuured in the ball milll R1: a) 3D diagraam b) contour diaggram The value of standdard error of the rregression shows a slight dispersio on between the experrimental values annd the theoretical curve (σ = 0.0955). The selected reegression equation is i representative, as the variations oof independent vaariables are signifficantly responsible for the sensory quality q of the choocolate mass (r2 = 0.9824). The vaariance analysis confiirms that the regreession equation is statistically signiificant as a wholee, as it has been calcu ulated that F > F0.005;6;3= 8.94. NCLUSIONS CON Milk M chocolate prooduced in a ball m mill is harder than the chocolate pro oduced by standard manufacturing prrocess, irrespectivve of the applied pre-crystallizatio on temperature. The force f required forr crushing the choocolate produced in a ball mill is in i average 2.25 timess greater in compaarison with the chhocolate producedd by standard manufacturing process. By introducing the t new manufactturing process, i.ee. the ball mill, th he sensory propertiees of milk chocolaate have been improved. nowledgement Ackn This work is fundded by the Ministtry of Science annd Technological Development, Repu ublic of Serbia (Project TR 31014). EFERENCES RE B S. T.: Scieence of Chocolate, 2nd Edition, RSC C Publisching, Cam mbridge (2008) 1. Beckett, 61-152. 146 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper 2. Gavrilović, M.: Tehnologija konditorskih proizvoda, Tehnološki fakultet, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu (2000). 3. Lucisano, M., Casiraghi, E., Mariotti M.: Influence of formulation and processing variables on ball mill refining of milk chocolate. European Food Research & Technology 223 (2006) 797-802. 4. Zarić, D.: Optimizacija parametara proizvodnje čokolade sa sojinim mlekom u kugličnom mlinu, Ph.D. Thesis, Tehnološki fakultet, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, 2011. 5. Pajin, B., Zarić D., Dokić Lj., Šereš Z., Šoronja Simović, D., Omorjan, R., Lončarević I.: Influence of emulsifier on the optimization of processing parameters of rafining milk chocolate in the ball mill. Acta Periodica Technologica 42 (2011) 101-110. 6. Alamprese, C., Datei, L., Semeraro, Q.: Optimization of processing parameters of a ball mill refiner for chocolate, Journal of Food Engineering 83, 4 (2007) 629-636. 7. Mazzeti Renato S.A.: Catalogo Generale 2009. www.mazzetirenato.it (accessed 20th October 2011). 8. Duyvis W.: Brochures about W95/W100 Ball Mill 2009. www.duyviswiener.com. (accessed 11th October 2011). 9. Kennedy's Confection: The new approach to chocolate processing, Duyvis Wiener (2009) 18-21. 10. Afoakwa E. O.: Chocolate Science and Technology, 1st Edition, While-Blackwell, Oxford (2010). 11. Afoakwa, E.O., Paterson, A., Fowler, M., Vieira, J.: Relationship between rheological, textural and melting properties of dark chocolate as influenced by particle size distribution and composition. European Food Research and Technology 227, 4 (2008) 1215-1223. 12. Popov-Raljić, J. V., Laličić-Petronijević, J. G.: Sensory properties and Colour Measurements of Dietary Chocolate with Different Compositions During Storage for Up to 360 Days. Sensors 9 (2009) 1996-2016. 13. AOAC, Official Methods of Analysis, 17th ed., Maryland, USA: Association of Official Analytical Chemists (2000). 14. Pajin. B.: Praktikum iz tehnologije konditorskih proizvoda, Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad (2009) 36-39. УТИЦАЈ ПОСТУПКА ПРОИЗВОДЊЕ НА ЧВРСТОЋУ И СЕНЗОРНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ МЛЕЧНЕ ЧОКОЛАДЕ Даница Б. Зарића, Биљана С. Пајинб, Ивана С. Лончаревићб, Драганa M. Шороња Симовићб и Зита И. Шерешб a b Ihis Tehno Experts д.o.o., Истраживачко-развојни центар, 11000 Београд, Србија Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Циљ овог рада био је да се испита утицај поступка производње на текстуру и сензорне карактеристике млечне чоколаде. Испитивани су узорци чоколаде која је произведена у кугличном млину уситњавањем 30, 60, 90 минута и свака чоколада је преткристалисана на 26, 28 и 30°C. Такође је произведена чоколадна маса идентич147 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243139Z UDC: 663.915:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 139-148 Original scientific paper ног сировинског састава стандардним поступком, која је преткристалисана на исте температуре. Чврстоћа чоколада је испитана на уређају Тexture Analyser, мерећи јачину силе која доводи до лома чоколаде. Нови поступак производње чоколаде у кугличном млину побољшава сензорне карактеристике и чврстоћу млечне чоколаде. Кључне речи: млечна чоколада, куглични млин, чврстоћа, сензорна анализа Received: 10 February 2012 Accepted: 12 April 2012 148 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS ENGINEERING APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper PARTITIONING OF CELLULOLYTIC ACTIVITY IN THE POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL/DEXTRAN TWO-PHASE SYSTEMS Mirjana G. Antova,*, Branimir Z. Jugovićb, Milica M. Gvozdenovićc and Zorica D. Knežević Jugovićc a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Novi Sad, Serbia Serbian Academy of Science and Arts, Institute of Technical Science, Belgrade, Serbia c University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Belgrade, Serbia This study is concerned with the partitioning of cellulolytic activity in the polyethylene glycol/dextran two-phase systems. In the system of 10% (w/w) polyethylene glycol 1500/5% (w/w) dextran 500,000/80% (w/w) crude enzyme at the pH 5, 100%, yield of cellulolytic activity from Penicillium sp. in the top phase was achieved in a single extraction step. Addition of KH2PO4 to this system at a concentration of 15 mmol/L improved the purification factor in the top phase for cellulolytic activity from crude preparation to a value of 2.6, although it had an adverse effect on the yield in the same phase. KEY WORDS: aqueous two-phase system, cellulolytic activity, partitioning, purification INTRODUCTION An aqueous two-phase system (ATPS) is the medium that enables selective partitioning of biomaterials such as proteins, nucleic acids, organelles and whole viable cells, from complex mixtures (1). This system is formed by mixing the solutions of two mutually incompatible polymers or polymer and salt above critical concentrations. The basis of separation is the uneven distribution of biomaterials between two phases, both having high water content. This high water content combined with the low interfacial tension of the system allows non-destructive partitioning of sensitive biomaterials and is often referred as biocompatibility. Even more, the biocompatibility of the phases allows preservation of biomolecules’ native structure while the presence of polymer can even improve their stability (1). Partitioning is governed by numerous factors that can be manipulated to achieve desired separation and purification results, which makes ATPS very flexible for the application (1, 2). Being the medium that is very well suited for the partitioning of biomaterials, ATPS has found wide and advantageous application in bioseparation of enzymes as well. There are numerous examples of extraction of enzymes in ATPS in downstream processing with the aim of their isolation and purification (1,3-5). * Corresponding author: Mirjana G. Antov, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail address: [email protected] 151 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper Cellulases, enzymes belonging to the family of glycosyl hydrolases, play a key role in organic carbon turnover and have important and wide application in industry. At present, cellulases are used in the food, brewery and wine, animal feed, textile and laundry, pulp and paper industries, as well as in agriculture (6). In addition, cellulases have recently gained additional attention because of their application in the production of biofuel from lignocellulosic substrates (7). So, the demand for these enzymes is growing rapidly, becoming a driving force for the research on cellulases production and downstream processing. In this study, partitioning of cellulolytic activity in polymer/polymer two-phase systems was studied with the aim to establish the conditions in which the highest possible yield and purification factor in the top phase can be achieved. Several factors were investigated in polyethylene glycol/dextran ATPS - molecular weight of polyethylene glycol (PEG) and its concentration, as well as addition of different salts. Partitioning parameters of cellulolytic activity from commercial enzyme preparation and crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. were determined and compared. EXPERIMENTAL Preparation of ATPS Polyethylene glycols having molecular weights 1500 g/mol (PEG 1500), 4000 g/mol (PEG 4000) or 6000 g/mol (PEG 6000) (Merck, Germany) and fractionated dextran with moleculat weight ~500,000 g/mol (Fluka, Switzerland) were used for the preparation of ATPS. Ten-gram phase systems were prepared by adding adequate quantities of PEG, dextran, enzyme solution and 10 mmol/L acetate buffer pH 5.0, to achieve desired concentrations (%, w/w). The mixtures were vortexed for 5 minutes and the phases were allowed to separate in graduated tubes for 12 hours. Then, the top phase was carefully removed with a pipette, leaving a small amount at the interface, and the bottom phase was then sampled through the interface. Samples of each phase were analysed for enzyme activity and protein. Commercial enzyme Commercial preparation Celluclast 1.5 L™ (Novozyme) was prepared for partitioning experiments by dilution in the 10 mmol/L acetate buffer pH 5.0 to make basal enzyme solution. Crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. Crude enzyme preparation was obtained by submerged cultivation of Penicillium sp. 300 mL Erlenmeyer flasks, containing 100 mL medium with 1.5 g sugar beet extraction waste (particle size 400 m) and 0.5 g (NH4)2SO4 in 0.15 mol/L KH2PO4, pH 4.5, were inoculated with 106 spore/mL and incubated at 28oC and 200 rpm. After 4 days, the cultivation was stopped and content of flasks was filtered to obtain crude enzyme (CE). 152 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper Enzyme assay Cellulolytic activity was determined according to König et al. (8) - 1.5 mL of 4% (w/v) carboxymethylcellulose in 0.1 mol/L acetate buffer, pH 5, and 0.5 mL enzyme solution were kept in a water bath at 40oC for 30 minutes. The reaction was stopped by addition of DNS reagents, followed by boiling at 100oC for 5 minutes and absorbance was read at 540 nm. One unit was determined as the amount of the enzyme catalysing the formation of 1 mol of glucose per minute at 40 oC and pH 5.0. Protein concentration was determined by Bradford method (9) with bovine serum albumin as standard. Partition parameters The partition coefficient for cellulolytic activity in the ATPS systems was defined as activitytop phase K [1] activitybottom phase and the yield in the top and the bottom phase, respectively, as 100 Vt K Yt (%) Vt K Vb [2] 100 Vb [3] Vt K Vb where Vt and Vb are the volumes of the top and bottom phase, respectively. The purification factor of crude enzyme in the top phase was defined as specific activitytop phase PFt [4] specific activityCE where specific activity represents the ratio between the enzyme activity and protein concentration in the sample. The results are the mean value of at least three measurements of activity (the accuracy is considered to be 5%) on a minimum of three replicas for every partition experimental point. Yb (%) RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The influence of molecular weight of PEG on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity The selection of molecular weight of polymer is usually the first step in the partitioning experiments with the aim of finding a suitable phase system where selective separation of target material is achieved. Results of the distribution of cellulolytic activity from commercial preparation and crude enzyme between two phases of polyethylene glycol/dextran two-phase systems obtained at different molecular weights of the top phase polymer are given in Figure 1. 153 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper a) b) Yb 100 Yt 80 Yield (%) Yield (%) 80 60 40 20 0 100 60 40 20 PEG 1500 PEG 4000 PEG 6000 PEG molecular weight (g/mol) 0 PEG 1500 PEG 4000 PEG 6000 PEG molecular weight (g/mol) Figure 1. Influence of the molecular weight of PEG on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity between the top and the bottom phases from a) commercial enzyme preparation in 10% (w/w) PEG/5% (w/w) dextran/35% (w/w) basal enzyme solution ATPS and b) crude enzyme from Penicillium sp in 10% (w/w) PEG/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme ATPS It is known that the phase polymer molecular weight influences the material partitioning both by altering the phase diagram, i.e. by influencing the composition of the phases, and by changing the number of polymer-enzyme interactions in general. Usually, the partition coefficient of enzyme and consequently top phase yield decrease as the PEG chain length increases (1), but in some cases, the partition parameters show just opposite dependence (10, 11). This was also the case with the results obtained with commercial enzyme preparation – although the the top phase yield did not change very much with the change of the moleculat weight of PEG (from approx. 71 to 79%), still the highest amount of cellulolytic activity was partitioned to the top phase of the system containing the longest investigated PEG molecule (Figure 1a). On the other hand, the decrease of the molecular weight of PEG was followed by an increase in the yield of cellulolytic activity from crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. and in the system containing PEG 1500 enzyme activity was completely partitioned to the top phase (Figure 1b). In addition, the top phase yields of the enzyme activity from crude preparation were in average higher in comparison to those from commercial preparation. The influence of concentration of PEG 1500 on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity Further investigations were carried out with PEG 1500 to establish the influence of the concentration of the top phase polymer on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity into the phases of ATPS (Figure 2). 154 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper a) b) Yb 100 Yt 80 Yield (%) Yield (%) 80 60 40 20 0 100 60 40 20 10 12 14 PEG concentration (%, w/w) 0 10 12 14 16 PEG concentration (%, w/w) Figure 2. Influence of the concentration of PEG on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity between the top and the bottom phases from a) commercial enzyme preparation in PEG 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/35% (w/w) basal enzyme solution ATPS and b) crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. in PEG 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme ATPS. The most favourable conditions for cellulolytic activity from commercial enzyme to be partitioned in the top phase were in the system containing 12% PEG 1500 (Figure 2a). As for the enzyme activity from crude preparation, the highest obtained top phase yield of cellulolytic activity was achieved in the system with the lowest investigated PEG concentration, while at the other two concentrations small portions of the enzyme were partitioned to the bottom phase (Figure 2b). The influence of concentration of added salt on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity It is known that the addition of salt to a polymer-polymer two-phase system can influence the partition behaviour of the material (1) and that it may be a powerfull tool for the improvement of partitioning parameters. So, to the systems with highest cellulolytic activity from commercial and crude preparation partitioned in the top phase, observed in the previous experiments, three salts were added at concentrations that do not change equilibrium in ATPS (12). The presence of the three tested salts in ATPS influenced only slightly the ratio between the top and bottom phase yields during the partitioning of cellulolytic activity from commersial preparation (Figure 3a). Contrary to that, the addition of the salts dramatically influenced distribution of cellulolytic activity from the crude enzyme between the phases in way that favoured its partitioning to the bottom phase of the system (Figure 3b). However, the system with 15 mmol/L KH2PO4 provided the most favourable conditions for the selective distribution of cellulolytic activity from crude preparation in the top phase, and hence the highest purification factor was obtained (Table 1). 155 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper a) b) Yb 100 Yt 80 Yield (%) Yield (%) 80 60 40 20 0 100 60 40 20 no salt (NH4)2SO4 Na2SO4 Added salt (15 mmol/L) KH2PO4 0 no salt (NH4)2SO4 Na2SO4 KH2PO4 Added salt (15 mmol/L) Figure 3. Influence of added salt on the partitioning of cellulolytic activity between the top and the bottom phases from a) commercial enzyme preparation of 12% (w/w) polyethylene glycol 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/35% (w/w) basal enyzme solution ATPS and b) crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. in 10% (w/w) polyethylene glycol 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme ATPS Purification of crude enzyme in ATPS Since the aim of downstream processing of enzymes is not only to achieve high yield but also their separation from contaminants, purification factor of cellulolytic activity produced by cultivation of Penicillium sp. was also determined throughout all partitioning experiments. Its highest obtained values in the top phase along with corresponding compositions of ATPS are presented in Table 1. Table 1. Purification factor of cellulolytic activity from crude enzyme from Penicillium sp. in the top phase of ATPS Composition of ATPS 10% (w/w) PEG 4000/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme 12% (w/w) PEG 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme 10% (w/w) PEG 1500/5% (w/w) dextran/80% (w/w) crude enzyme in 15 mmol/L KH2PO4 PFt 2.33 2.45 2.60 By comparing the results presented in Figures 1b, 2b and 3b with those in Table 1, it can be noticed that the compositions of ATPS that enabled the highest partitioning into the top phase were not the same as those that provided the most appropriate conditions for the selective distribution of cellulolytic activity in the same phase. So, in the downstream processing of enzymes in ATPS, the factors influencing the partitioning have to be carefully selected to enable good balance between both bioseparation parameters. 156 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper CONCLUSION The polyethylene glycol/dextran 500,000 two-phase system appeared to be a suitable medium for the partitioning of cellulolytic activity to the top phase. It was shown that the extraction of cellulolytic activity from crude enzyme in this system can be useful technique in the downstream processing for both isolation and purification. Appropriate conditions for the favourable and selective partitioning of enzyme activity to the top phase were created by selection of polyethylene glycol molecular weight and concentration, and by addition of salt to the system. The observed differences in responses to the changes of the factors influencing partitioning between cellulolytic activities originated from two sources can be explained by the differences in the complexity of the matrix in commercial, partially purified, enzyme preparation and, on the other side, in crude unpurified enzyme. It might be that the partitioning of contaminants also creates such environment in the phases which in turn may additionally influence partitioning behaviour of the enzyme activity. Acknowledgement The financial support from the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia (Grant No. 46010) is gratefully acknowledged. REFERENCES 1. Albertsson, P-Å.: Partition of Cell Particles and Macromolecules. John Wiley & Sons, New York, (1986) pp.12-17. 2. Hatti-Kaul, R.: Aqueous Two-phase Systems: A General Overview. Appl. Biochem. Biotech. 19 (2001) 269-277. 3. Ruiz-Ruiz, F., Benavides, J., Aguilar, O. and Rito-Palomares, M.: Aqueous Twophase Affinity Partitioning Systems: Current Applications and Trends. J. Chromatogr. A 1244 (2012) 1-13. 4. Walter, H., Brooks, D.E. and Fisher, D.: Partition in Aqueous Two-Phase systems Theory, Methods, Uses and Applications in Biotechnology, Academic Press, Orlando (1985) pp.121-153. 5. Antov, M.: Aqueous Two-phase Systems – Principles of Partitioning and Application (in Serbian), Faculty of Technology, Novi Sad (2006) pp.71-95. 6. Bhat, M.K.: Cellulases and Related Enzymes in Biotechnology. Biotechnol. Adv. 18 (2000) 355-383. 7. Wilson, D.B.: Cellulases and Biofuels. Cur. Oppin. Biotechnol. 20 (2009) 295-299. 8. König. J., Grasser, R. Pikor, H. and Vogel, K.: Determination of Xylanase, βGlucanase, and Cellulase activity. Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 374 (2002) 80-87. 9. Bradford, M. M.: A Rapid and Sensitive Method for the Quantitation of Microgram Quantities of Protein Utilizing the Principle of Protein-dye Binding. Anal. Biochem. 72 (1976) 248-254. 157 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243151A UDC: 541.12.012:66.091.2 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 151-158 Original scientific paper 10. Bim, M.A. and Franco T.T.: Extraction in Aqueous Two-phase System of Alkaline Xylanase Produced by Bacillus pumilus and its Application in Kraft Pulp Bleaching. J. Chromatogr. B 743 (2000) 349-356. 11. Antov, M., Peričin, D. and Dašić, M.: Aqueous Two-phase Partitioning of Xylanase Produced by Solid-state Cultivation of Polyporus squamosus. Process Biochem. 41 (2006) 232-235. 12. Freire, M.G., Claudio, A.F.M., Araujo, J.M.M., Coutinho, J.A.P., Marrucho, I.M., Lopes, J.N.C. and Rebelo, L.P.N.: Aqueous Biphasic Systems: A Boost Brought About Using Ionic Liquids. Chem. Soc. Rev. 41 (2012) 4966-4995. РАСПОДЕЛА ЦЕЛУЛОЛИТИЧКЕ АКТИВНОСТИ У ДВОФАЗНИМ СИСТЕМИМА ПОЛИЕТИЛЕНГЛИКОЛ/ДЕКСТРАН Мирјана Г. Антова, Бранимир З. Југовићб, Милица М. Гвозденовићв и Зорица Д. Кнежевић Југовићв а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Бул. Цара Лазара 1, Нови Сад б Српска Академија наука и уметности, Факултет техничких наука, Београд в Универзитет у Београду, Технолошко металуршки факултет, Београд У раду је испитана расподела целулолитичке активности у воденим двофазним системима полиетиленгликол/декстран. Максимално могућ 100% принос целулолитичке активности добијене култивацијом Penicillium sp. постигнут је у двофазном систему састава 10% (m/m) полиетиленгликол 1500/5% (m/m) декстран 500000/ 80% (m/m) сирови ензим на pH 5 у само једном кораку екстракције. Додатак KH2PO4 у концентрацији 15 mmol/l у овај систем, иако је смањио расподелу целулолитичке активности из сировог ензимског препарата у горњу фазу система, побољшао је фактор пречишћавања у тој фази на вредност 2,6. Разлике у одзиву између целулолитичких активности из два испитивана извора на промене фактора који утичу на расподелу могу се објаснити различиом комплексошћу њихових матрикса – комерцијалног, делимично пречишћеног, и сировог непречишћеног препарата добијеног култивацијом. Наиме, и присуство самих контаминената може додатно утицати на расподелу ензимске активности. Кључне речи: водени двофазни систем; целулолитичка активност; расподела; пречишћавање. Received: 2 July 2012 Accepted: 27 September 2012 158 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper COMPARISON OF LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT FOR DIFFERENT VOLUME POLYPROPYLENE JARS Nevena M. Krkić*, Vera L. Lazić and Danijela Z. Šuput University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia When deciding what packaging is the most appropriate for a product there are many factors to be considered. One of them is the impact of the packaging on environment. In this work, life cycle inventory and life cycle assessment of two different volume packagings were compared. The data were collected on the types and amounts of materials and energy consumption in the process of packaging and distribution of hand cream packed in polypropylene jars of 200 and 350 mL. Life cycle inventory (LCI) and life cycle impact assessment (LCA) were calculated. It was found that the total mass flow was higher for the jars of 350 mL. After analyzing individual flows, it was found that in both cycles (polypropylene jars of 200 and 350 mL),the consumption of fresh water was a dominant flow. This fresh water flow is mostly (95%) consumed in the injection molding process of manufacturing jars from polypropylene granules. The LCA analysis showed no significant difference in global warming potential between different volume jars. The process that mostly affected global warming was the production of polypropylene jars from polypropylene granules by injection molding for both jar volumes. Judging by the global warming potential, there is no difference of the environmental impact between investigated jars, but considering the mass flow and water consumption, more environmental friendly were the 200 mL jars. KEY WORDS: Life cycle assessment, polypropylene, jars, packaging INTRODUCTION Through its entire life cycle the packaging significantly affects the environment. The environmental impact begins with the exploitation of the raw materials for packaging production, continues through the packaging process, and ends when the packaging appears as the packaging waste, after the utilization of the packaged product. Depending on the type of packaging, raw materials production and production of the packaging itself have a major impact on the environment, as they affect the ratio of natural resources. In addition, these processes consume some amount of energy, which also has effect on the environment. The process of packing, depending on the type of product and type of * Corresponding author: Nevena M. Krkić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 159 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper packaging, can also have a significant impact on the environment, and this aspect should be taken into account when choosing packaging. The packaging process should be managed properly to ensure the percentage of scrap is minimal (1, 2). After using the product, its packaging emerges as packaging waste in landfills where it shows a negative effect on the waterways, land and pollutes the air. Industrialization, high technology and consumer demand for safe products lead to the problem of large quantities of used, discarded packaging (3). The life cycle of packaging includes all of these phases, starting from the raw materials production and delivery, packaging material production, packaging preform formation and processing, delivery of the packaging material or packaging, packaging formation, filling and closing, storage, distribution and delivery to retail and in the end of the cycle, processes of separation, recycling and disposal (4). Environmental friendly or eco-friendly is the packaging that uses less energy and makes less pollution during the production, application and removal than other materials with the same purpose. For the purpose of easier separation of packaging materials for recycling, universal labels have been introduced to indicate the consumer that the packaging material is recyclable, and should be separated for recycling (5). In order to consider the life cycle impacts on the environment, a relatively new method, called the product (packaging) life cycle assessment (LCA), was developed. It is the only standardized method that is currently used to assess the product (packaging) life cycle. The goal, the motivation for the research, must be clearly defined from the very beginning, because it may later affect the certain phases of the life cycle. In the case of packaging, the analysis begins with the process of raw materials extraction from the environment, continues in the production, product consumption and ends when the packaging or its derivatives enter the waste streams. Operations such as transport, recycling, maintenance must be considered in the analysis (6). Assessing the product life cycle includes life cycle inventory forming and assessment. Evaluation of packaging life cycle includes the analysis of the packaging along with the evaluation of life cycle inventory. Life cycle assessment is equivalent to ecological balance and environmental profiles (7). Apart from the possibility of packaging life cycle assessment, this method allows a comparison of similar packagings, which makes it even more important. This comparison is possible between the systems of similar packaging, such as the original packaging and reduced weight packaging. In such cases, life-cycle assessment is used to confirm intuition, but also to quantify the effects of such changes. Sometimes, however, the same product can be packaged in containers that can be drastically different. Life cycle assessment can be used to compare the overall environmental burden, despite the many differences between the packaging systems, although it is necessary to take particular care when interpreting such comparisons (8). The aim of this paper was to assess and compare the life cycle impact of two containers of different volume made of polypropylene (PP), which are used for packaging of pharmaceutical products. 160 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper EXPERIMENTAL Packaging process scheme forming The process of packaging chamomile and olive oil hand cream in PP jars of 200 mL and 350 mL was recorded at the factory for production of cosmetics and chemical products („Yuco-hemija“ DOO, Bački Jarak, Serbia). The process of packaging was followed through the liner filler, which is composed of volumetric filler, aluminum foil sealing equipment, labeling and closing machine. The supplier of the PP jars of 200 mL was the company from Subotica, Serbia, while the supplier of PP jars of 350 mL was from Nova Pazova, Serbia. The empty jars are delivered in bags, 300 pieces per bag of 200 mL and 200 pieces per bag of 350 mL. The user stores the empty jars for a period of 2 to 3 months. The PP jars were disinfected with alcohol before printing, then placed on the conveyor belt, which is connected to the printer, where the date and expiry date are set to be printed. Cream filling in the PP jars is made on the linear filler. Filling the PP jars, previously placed on the conveyor belt, is done with two dozers that allow precise cream dosage. The weight of the cream to be filled into the jars is adjusted. Based on the known volume and density of the cream, the mass is determined, which may deviate ±2%, in accordance with the specification. The speed of the PP jars filling for 350 mL is 10 pieces/min and for the 200 mL jars, 16 pieces/min. After completing the filling process, sealing with aluminum foil (Al foil) is carried out. The supplier of the aluminum foils is from Subotica, Serbia. Sealing is done on the part of the linear filler, sealer. The heater is used to adjust the operating temperature and sealing time, which is defined based on packaging formats. The operating temperature and time are set via the appropriate clip. The sealer can operate manually or automatically, which is regulated with the aid of a button on the device itself. After sealing, the PP jars are labeled. The device for labeling consists of the conveyer belt, a wheel that sets the width and height of the containers that are labeled and label carrier. A wheel is used to set the width and height of the jars and the jars are then manually placed on the conveyor belt and the carrier sticks the label to the jar. The labeling machine is automatic, with manual placing of the jars on the conveyor belt. In the end of the filling process, the PP jars are closed. The closing unit consists of the clips for setting jar width, according to which appropriate closure and closing tool is selected. A photocell regulates the unit operation. For small amount of packed products, the closing process can be performed manually. Individual packaging is put into the transport boxes made of corrugated cardboard. The supplier of transport boxes is from Novi Sad, Serbia. The transport boxes are formed by gluing. A package contains 24 pieces of 350 mL jars, or 48 pieces of 200 mL jars. The transport boxes dimensions are: 380x290x235 mm, for 200 mL jars and 420x320x140 mm, for 350 mL jars. The transport boxes are placed on wooden pallets that are stored in the warehouse. The factory delivers products up to 1,000 km distance. The greatest distance is up to Nis, where during the final product delivery raw materials and packaging is supplied. The 161 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper product transport is carried out by trucks and vans, which consume Euro diesel. The vans (“Kango” and “Cleo”) are used for short distance transport for economical reasons. Collecting relevant data (inputs and outputs) The software system used, GABI 4, requires information about most important machine characteristics and preprocessing of the collected data. Further, the software used requires defining of the following parameters: Functional unit - represents the amount of cream sales per year for the two largest consumers („Mercator group“ and „Delta Maxi“), from Belgrade, Serbia. Functional unit was calculated based on the sales in February and December 2010. Reference flow - number of PP jars that will be required for the amount of cream defined by functional unit to be delivered to the customer. For the 350 mL jar, this number is 1824 pieces, and for the 200 mL jar, 3192 pieces. Product system - product system with the system boundaries (Fig. 1). Figure 1. Life cycle scheme for PP jars of 350 mL (with asterisk) and 200 mL (unmarked) * In Fig. 1, the numbers marked with an asterisk represent data regarding all life cycle stages for 350 mL jars and unmarked numbers for 200 mL jars. 162 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159 1 K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 ( 43, 159-167 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper All A necessary data for lifecycle steps: printing, fillingg, sealing, closing, labeling, over packiing, transport, disstribution, sale and cream consumpption for PP jars of o 200 mL and 350 mL m was collectedd at the factory ("Y Yuco hemija" froom Bački Jarak, Serbia) S (Fig. 1). For liife cycle steps: PP P jars production by injection moldding, transport box xes production, Al fo oil production and disposal of used jjars the data were used from the sofftware program GAB BI 4. A 100% of laandfill disposal waas assumed for useed PP jars. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIION Life ccycle inventory After A entering all the t data shown inn Fig. 1, using sofftware GABI 4, life cycle inventory for f PP jars was calculated c (total m mass of all input and a output flows for the system, i.e. in nput and output) and a it is shown in F Fig. 2. Figure 2. Life cycle inventory for PP jjars with differentt volume (350 mL L and 200 mL) The sum of all inpuut and output flow ws is lower for 2000 mL PP jars (PP P 200): 8067.00 kg, compared to 350 mL m PP jars (PP 3550): 8467.44 kg. After A analyzing th he material and energ gy flows within thhe system (Fig. 1), it can be seen thhat there is different material and energ gy consumption foor the cycles of PP P jars of different volumes. This leads to different total mass inventory. One O of the reasonss is significantly loower mass of the PP 200: 31.3 ± 2 g, compared c to PP 350: 3 58.8 ± 2 g. Although it requiires fewer PP 350 0 pieces: 1824, comp pared to 3192 piecces of PP 200 to ddeliver the same am mount of cream to o the consumer, the PP P material usage is still higher forr PP 350 (107.25 kg) than for PP 200 2 (99.91 kg). Thereefore, the amountt of waste PP thaat gets to the landdfill after cream consumption c is higheer for PP 350. Thee mass of aluminuum foil for sealingg jars after filling is lower for PP 350 (2.49 ( kg), comparred to the PP 200 (3.24 kg). The coorrugated cardboard masses used for trransport packagingg were: 22.68 kg ffor PP 350 and 9.005 kg for PP 200 (Fig. ( 1). 163 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159 1 K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 ( 43, 159-167 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper Analyzing A the weaak points of the syystem („weak poinnt analysis“ functiion of GABI 4) and breaking b down thhe total inventoryy to individual floows, it has been found that the domiinant flow is freshh water consumpttion, followed by the emissions intto the air: CO2, steam m and exhaust gasees, as shown in Fiig. 3. Figu ure 3. Life cycle inventory i of PP 350 and PP 200 mL L, individual flow ws of materials aand energy The system weak point analysis shhowed that the innjection molding process of the produ uction of PP jars from PP granulees has the highesst degree of conttribution to the overaall life cycle invenntory (Figs. 3 and 4). The two mostt important items in i the life cycle inven ntory of PP jars, fresh fr water consum mption and emissiions to air originaate mainly from the prrocess of PP jars injection i molding (Fig. 4). Figure 4. Inventory of thhe PP jars injectionn molding processs The total water coonsumption in thee life cycle of PP P 350 was 6167.0 0 kg, of which 5856.7 kg or 95% was spent in the proceess of injection molding. m Similarly,, the total water 164 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper consumption in the life cycle of PP 200 was 5668.4 kg, and for the production of jars by injection molding 5455.8 kg or 96%. Total emissions in the PP 350 life cycle is 968.7 kg and during the molding process 419.7 kg or 43% is emitted. In the PP 200 life cycle, of a total 1036.8 kg emitted, the molding process makes up about 391.0 kg or 38%. PP jars life cycle assessment (LCA) Appropriate tools were used to calculate the life cycle assessment (LCA) on global warming, calculated as equivalent kg of CO2. It was observed that the impact of PP 350 life cycle is slightly higher (Fig. 5). For the PP 350 global warming potential was 563.1 kg CO2equiv and for PP 200, 555.5 kg CO2equiv. 600 500 LCA PP Injection moulding kg CO2 equiv. 400 300 200 100 0 PP 350 PP 200 Figure 5. Life cycle assessment on global warming potential (kg CO2 equiv) and contribution of injection molding (kg CO2 equiv) process for different volume PP jars The LCA and system weak point analysis allowed us to single out process that mostly affected global warming. This process is the production of PP jars from PP granules by injection molding (Fig. 5). Of the total PP 350 LCA on global warming, only the injection molding process produces 475.9 kg or 85% of CO2eqiv. For the PP 200, the injectionmolding process makes up 443.3 kg CO2eqiv or 80% of the total life cycle CO2eqiv production. The relevant data for the PP jars injection molding, manufacturing of cardboard transport packaging and production of aluminum foil were taken from the software. This data refer to the characteristics of these processes in the EU (especially Germany). It would be useful to continue the research and collect data for these processes in our country. With these data collected, a more comprehensive analysis of the LCA could be given, as well as possible improvement measures at the most sensitive points of the system. For example, the PP jars lightweightning (material saving), recycling of discarded jars, injection molding process optimization. 165 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper CONCLUSION Comparing environmental impacts of cream jars of different volume, it was found that the usage of the larger volume packaging did not bring about a reduction in life cycle inventory, as well as it did not reduce packaging impact on the environment. The life cycle assessment of global warming potential showed only a slight difference between different volume jars, but the life cycle inventory was considerably lower for the 200 mL jars. This is partly due to the fact that the mass of a 350 mL PP jar is two times greater than that of 200 mL jar, requiring thus a larger amount of the material to distribute the same amount of cream to the consumer. Highest contribution to the life cycle inventories (70 % or more) showed the production process of PP jars by injection molding. Acknowledgement This paper is based on the life cycle inventory and life cycle assessment calculation done in the GABI 4 LCA software. The authors would like to thank Mr. Damjan Korda (general manager at Yuco - Hemija DOO), as well as all employees in Yuco - Hemija who helped us immensely in the phase of collecting data for this paper. REFERENCES 1. Dean, D.A.: Plastics-an Introduction, in Pharmaceutical Packaging Tehnology. Eds. Dean, D.A., Evans, E.R. and Hall, I.H., Taylor and Francis, London (2000) pp. 264326. 2. Lazić, V. and Novaković, D.: Ambalaža i životna sredina, Faculty of Technology, Novi Sad (2010) p. 122. 3. Lazić, V., Krkić, N., Gvozdenović, J. and Novaković, D.: Packaging Life Cycle Assessment. Journal on Processing and Energy in Agriculture. 14, 1 (2010) 61-64. 4. Kirwan, M.J. and Strawbridge, J.W.: Plastics in Food Packaging, in Food Packaging Technology. Eds. Coles, R., McDowell, D. and Kirwan, M.J., Blackwell Publishing, San Francisco (2003) pp. 233-237. 5. Lazić, V., Gvozdenović, J. and Popović, S.: Packing Between the Need and Environmental Problems. Journal on Processing and Energy in Agriculture. 13, 3 (2009) 226228. 6. Robertson, L.G.: Food Packaging Principles and Practice, Massey University, Palmerton North (2006) p. 518. 7. Huang, C.C. and Ma, H.W.: A Multidimensional Environmental Evaluation of Packaging Materials. Sci. Total Environ. 324, 1-2 (2004) 161-172. 8. Sonnemann, G., Castells, F. and Schuhmacher, M.: Integrated Life Cycle and Risk Assessment for Industrial Processes, Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton (2004) p. 40. 166 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243159K UDC: 621.798.1:547.313.3]:504.06 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 159-167 Original scientific paper ПОРЕЂЕЊЕ УТИЦАЈА ЖИВОТНИХ ЦИКЛУСА ПОЛИПРОПИЛЕНСКИХ КУТИЈИЦА РАЗЛИЧИТИХ ЗАПРЕМИНА НА ЖИВОТНУ СРЕДИНУ Невена М. Кркић, Вера Л. Лазић и Данијела З. Шупут Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булeвар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија При одабиру амбалаже балансира се између технолошког, економског, маркетиншког и еколошког оптимума. Све ове захтеве потребно је задовољити у што већој мери. Чест је случај да се економски и еколошки најоправданија решења поклапају. У овом раду је, са еколошког становишта, анализирана оправданост употребе амбалаже веће запремине, уз примену софтвера за процену утицаја животног циклуса. Сакупљени су подаци о врстама и потрошњи материјала и енергије у процесу паковања и дистрибуције једног типа креме за руке, који су унесени у софтвер за израчунавање инвентара животног циклуса и процену утицаја животног циклуса на околину. Уочено је да је укупни инвентар маса већи за циклус полипропиленских кутијица од 350 mL, у односу на кутијице од 200 mL. Разлагањем инвентара на поједине токове и након анализе слабих тачака система уочено је да у оба циклуса (полипропиленске кутијице од 200 и 350 mL) доминира потрошња свеже воде, која се највећим делом (око 95%) троши у поступку производње кутијица бризгањем из гранулата полипропилена. Поређењем поступка бризгања, уочено је да је инвентар за овај процес, као и потрошња свеже воде, мања код бризгања кутијица од 200 mL. Аналогно инвентару животног циклуса, утицај животног циклуса амбалаже за паковање креме за руке на глобално загревање већи је за циклус кутијица од 350 mL. Резултати овог рада су показали да је у анализираном случају еколошки прихватљивија амбалажа мање запремине. Да би се даље утицало на смањење утицаја амбалаже на животну средину потребно је радити на уштеди материјала и производњи полипропиленских кутијица мање масе, увести рециклирање материјала одбачених кутијица и радити на оптимизацији процеса производње кутијица методом бризгања. Кључне речи: животни циклус, утицај, полипропилен, кутијице Received: 3 February 2012 Accepted: 11 September 2012 167 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper USING THE ANSYS FLUENT FOR SIMULATION OF TWO-SIDED LID-DRIVEN FLOW IN A STAGGERED CAVITY Jelena Đ. Marković*, Nataša Lj. Lukić, Jelena D. Ilić, Branislava G. Nikolovski, Milan N. Sovilj and Ivana M. Šijački University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia This paper is concerned with numerical study of the two-sided lid-driven fluid flow in a staggered cavity. The ANSYS FLUENT commercial software was used for the simulation, In one of the simulated cases the lids are moving in opposite directions (antiparallel motion) and in the other they move in the same direction (parallel motion). Calculation results for various Re numbers are presented in the form of flow patterns and velocity profiles along the central lines of the cavity. The results are compared with the existing data from the literature. In general, a good agreement is found, especially in the antiparallel motion, while in the parallel motion the same flow pattern is found, but the velocity profiles are slightly different. KEY WORDS: cavity benchmark; fluid flow; two-sided lid driven cavity; parallel motion; antiparallel motion INTRODUCTION In the past decades, flow in a lid-driven cavity has been studied extensively as one of the most popular fluid problems in the computational fluid dynamics (CFD). This classical problem has attracted considerable attention because the flow configuration is relevant to a number of industrial applications. ANSYS FLUENT uses conventional algorithms for calculation of macroscopic variables. Computational advantages of this commercial software are simplicity of the problem setup, parallel computing and higher precision. Two-sided lid-driven staggered cavity appears to be a synthesis of two benchmark problems: a lid-driven cavity and backward facing step. Furthermore, it has all the main features of a complex geometry. Nonrectangular two-sided lid-driven cavities have been recently introduced and investigated as a potential benchmark problem by Zhou et al. (1), Nithiearasu and Liu (2) and Tekic et al. (3). Zhou et al. Presented a solution for the flow in a staggered cavity obtained by using wavelet-based discrete singular convolution. Nithiarasu and Liu solved the same problem using the artificial compressibility-based * Corresponding author: Jelena Marković , University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 169 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper characteristic-based split scheme. Tekic et al. solved this problem by using the latticeBoltzmann method. The aim of this work was to study two-sided lid-driven staggered cavity utilizing the commercial software package FLUENT. Solutions are presented in the parallel and antiparallel motion of the lid and the flow pattern which develops under these conditions. Figure 1. Schematic diagram of two-sided lid-driven staggered cavity: (a) antiparallel; (b) parallel motion. MATHEMATICAL FORMULATION General Scalar Transport Equation: Discretization and Solution - ANSYS FLUENT uses a control-volume-based technique to convert a general scalar transport equation to an algebraic equation that can be solved numerically. This control volume technique consists of the integration of the transport equation about each control volume, yielding a discrete equation that expresses the conservation law on a control-volume basis. Discretization of the governing equations can be illustrated most easily by considering the unsteady conservation equation for transport of a scalar quantity Φ. This is demonstrated by the following equation written in integral form for an arbitrary control volume V as follows: [1] V t dV v d A d A V S dV where ρ is the density, v - velocity vector; A - surface area vector; - diffusion coefficient for Φ, S source of Φ per unit volume. Equation [1] is applied to each control volume, or cell, in the computational domain. The two-dimensional, triangular cell shown in Figure 1 is an example of such a control volume. Discretization of Equation [1] on a given cell yield N N V f v f f A f f A f SV [2] t f f faces 170 faces APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper where Nfaces represents the number of faces enclosing the cell, Φf is the value of convected through the face f, A f is the area of the face f and V is the cell volume. The equations solved by ANSYS FLUENT take the same general form as the one given above and apply readily to multi-dimensional, unstructured meshes composed of arbitrary polyhedra. Figure 2. Control volume used to illustrate discretization of a scalar transport equation. For relatively uncomplicated problems (laminar flows with no additional models activated) in which convergence is limited by the pressure-velocity coupling, a converged solution can often be obtained more quickly using SIMPLEC. With SIMPLEC, the pressure-correction under-relaxation factor is generally set to 1.0, which aids in convergence speedup. In the present study, a slightly more conservative under-relaxation value was used, and it is equal to 0.7 .Special practices related to the discretization of the momentum and continuity equations and their solution by means of the pressure-based solver is most easily described by considering the steady-state continuity and momentum equations in the integral form: v d A 0 [3] vv d A pI d A d A FdV [4] V where I is the identity matrix, is the stress tensor, and F is the force vector. Discretization of the Momentum Equation - previously described a discretization scheme for a scalar transport equation is also used to discretize the momentum equations. For example, the x-momentum equation can be obtained by setting u : aP u a nb nb u nb p ^ f Ai S [5] If the pressure field and face mass fluxes are known, Equation [5] can be solved in the previously outlined manner, and a velocity field can be obtained. However, the pressure field and face mass fluxes are not known a priori and have to be obtained as a part of the solution. There are important issues with respect to the storage of pressure and the discretization of the pressure gradient term. ANSYS FLUENT uses a co-located scheme, whereby pressure and velocity are both stored at cell centers. However, Equation [5] requires the value of the pressure at the face between cells c0 and c1, shown in Figure 2. 171 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper Therefore, an interpolation scheme is required to compute the face values of pressure from the cell values. Discretization of continuity equation- Equation [1] may be integrated over the control volume to yield the following discrete equation N faces J f Af 0 [6] f where Jf is the mass flux through the face vn . In order to proceed further, it is necessary to relate the face values of the velocity, vn , to the stored values of velocity at the cell centers. Linear interpolation of cell-centered velocities to the face results in an unphysical checker-boarding of pressure. ANSYS FLUENT uses a procedure similar to that outlined by Rhie and Chow (4) to prevent checkerboarding. The face value of velocity is not averaged linearly; instead, momentum-weighted averaging, using weighting factors based on the aP coefficient from the equation [5], is performed. Using this procedure, the face flux, Jf, may be written as: ^ a p ,c vn ,c a p ,c vn ,c Jf f d f (( pc (p) c r0 ) ( pc (p) c r1 )) J f d f ( pc pc1 ) [7] a p ,c a p ,c 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 where pc , pc and vn ,c , vn ,c , are the pressures and normal velocities, respectively, 0 1 0 1 ^ within the two cells on either side of the face, and J f contains the influence of velocities in these cells (Figure 2). The term d f is a function of a P , the average of the momentum equation of the a P coefficients for the cells on either side of the face f. Spatial Discretization - By default, FLUENT stores discrete values of the scalar at the cell centers (c0 and c1 in Figure 2). However, the face values f are required for the convection terms in Equation [2] and they have to be interpolated from the cell center values. This is accomplished using an upwind scheme. Upwinding means that the face value f is derived from quantities in the cell upstream, or „upwind“, relative to the direction of the normal velocity vn in Equation [2]. The diffusion terms are centraldifferenced and are always second-order accurate. When second-order accuracy is desired, the quantities at cell faces are computed using a multidimensional linear reconstruction approach (5,6). In this approach, higherorder accuracy is achieved at cell faces through a Taylor series expansion of the cellcentered solution about the cell centroid. Thus, when second-order upwinding is selected, the face value f is computed using the following expression: f ,SOU r [8] where and are the cell-centered value and its gradient in the upstream cell, and r is the displacement vector from the upstream cell centroid to the face centroid. This formulation requires the determination of the gradient in each cell. Finally, the gradient is limited so that no new maxima or minima are introduced. 172 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169 1 M UDK: 53 32.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 169-178 Origin nal scientific paper Siimulation setup - Mesh was createdd with 140x140 number n of elemen nts with grid refinem ment adjacent to thhe walls. Densityy of the fluid was set to 1 kg/m3, and a viscosity to 0.001 1 Pas. Reynolds number n was calculated as Re = uL L/. where ρ repreesents the fluid densiity; μ is dynamic visocity v of the fluuid; L is the characcteristical length of o cavity, and u lid veelocity in the x dirrection. The veloccity of the movingg lid was calculateed based on desired Re number. Bounndary conditions w were set as no-sliip for the left and right wall, and for th he upper and bottoom moving lid as moving walls witth defined velocitty and direction of moving m depending on the case (parrallel or antiparalllel). Starting con nditions for the first-o order upwind scheeme were taken as 0.5 velocity of the t moving lids, and results were used as starting conditiions for the seconnd-order upwind sccheme. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIION Validatioon or results of oone-sided lid –driiven square cavitty In n order to validatee the simulation m mehod, a popular benchmark b probleem of one-sided lid drriven square caviity is simulated ffor different Re numbers n and com mpared with the resulsst in the available literature. Figure 3 shows the u- annd v-velocity proffile, through the geom metric center of thhe cavity. The oobtained results are a in good agreeement with the resultts of Chen et al. (66) and Ghia et al ((7). Figu ure 3. Velocity proofiles u – and v- aalong the vertical and a horizontal cen nterlines of the sqquare cavity. Antiparalllel motion of the lids l The results for anttiparallel motion oof lids are listed in i Table 1. Stream mfunction contours at various Re nuumbers are presentted in Figure 4, while w the results obtained o for the veloccity u – and v-proofiles through the mid-section of thhe staggered caviity are given in Figurre 5. For comparisson sake, the resullts obtained by Teekic et al. (3) are also a presented. 173 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169 1 M UDK: 53 32.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 169-178 Origin nal scientific paper Itt is evident that with w the increase iin the Re numberr, extreme values of the velocity comp ponents also increease in magnitudde. Furthermore, the t inertial forcess are dominant comp pared to the viscoous ones. As a reesult, the gradiennts close to the moving m lids are stronger for higher Re.. As A previously menntioned, three studdies on staggered cavity, (1)-(3) sh howed unsteady behav vior for Re numbbers above 1000. In the present stuudy, symmetric and a asymmetric patterrns are achieved even e at Re numbeers lower than 10000. Multiple vorticces are formed, moree precisely there arre three primary vvortices, although in Table 1 the thiird vortex is referred d to as secondary for easier compaarison of the resultts. Primary vortices are all vertically aligned along thee mid-section of thhe cavity. Opposeed to this, secondaary vortices are locateed in the left and right r bottom corneer of the cavity. Figure 4. Streamffunction contours at various Re num mbers – antiparallel motion. With W the increase of o Re, the primaryy vortex located inn the left bottom corner c grows at the ex xpense of the prim mary vortex locatted in the upper right r corner. With h the further increasse of the Re numbber, the bottom lefft corner vortex disappears, and theere are two primary y vortices along the long diagonall of the cavity, seecondary vorticess appear in the corneers next to the movving lid. Figu ure 5. Velocity proofiles u – and v- aalong the vertical and a horizontal cen nterlines of the staggered cavity c –antiparalleel motion (Rea – Tekic T et al. results (3)) Velocity V profiles allong the vertical ccenterline of the cavity c differ for so ome Re values. The most m notable diffference is for Re =100. While the results of Tekic et al. (3) show 174 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169 1 M UDK: 53 32.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 169-178 Origin nal scientific paper moree flattened profiless, ANSYS FLUEN NT results show thhe existence of a sine-like s curve, moree similar to the profiles p which T Tekic et al. (3) showed s for higheer Re numbers (Re=1000). The veloccity profiles along the horizontal centerline are almost identical. Conssidering that there is a very good aggreement betweenn the present study y and the work of Gh hia et al. (6) andd Chen et al. (7), and also betweenn results of Tekicc et al. (3) and previiously mentioned authors, the reasoons for disagreements with present study could be found d in different Re number definitionn and different booundary condition ns implementations caused by the diffferent numerical aapproach. To summarize the results, the locaations of the centers of the vorticees are listed in Tablee 1 and comparedd with (1) and (33). It can be noticed that the results for primary vorticces are in good aggreement with the results in the avaiilable literature. Tablle 1. Locations annd secondary vortiices – antiparallel motion, aZhou et al. (1), b Tekic et al.(33), c present study (xc1,yc1) (0.9781, 1.1600) (0.4219, 0.2518) (0.9637, 1.1551) (0.4494, 0.2543) (1.10383,1.17135) (0.41911,0.343648) (1.0172, 1.1091) (0.3828, 0.2889) First secondary vortex (xc2,yc2) (1.3556, 0.4405) (0.0444, 0.9595) (1.3484, 0.4476) (0.0460, 0.9543) (1.27995, 0.69013) (0.032408, 0.8355) (1.3556, 0.4486) (0.0444, 0.9514) 100b (1.0031, 1.1382) (0.4082, 0.2693) 100c (1.20251, 1.25965) (0.452649,0.360417) Re 50a 50b 50c 100a Primary vortex R Re Primary vortex (xc1,yc1) First secondary vortex (xc2,yc2) (1.3500, 0.4656) (0.0500, 0.9344) (1.3522, 0.4607) (0.0554, 0.9506) (1.25479, 0.60078) (0.05631, 0.60016) (1.3250, 0.4844) (0.0750, 0.9063) Second secondary vortex (xc3,yc1) (0.4703, 1.625) (0.9219, 0.2375) (0.4382, 1.1345) (0.9824, 0.2862) 40 00a (0.7000, 0.7000) 40 00b (0.6822, 0.6859) 40 00c (0.472214,0.445062)) 000a 10 (0.7000, 0.7000) (1.3502, 0.4457) (0.0460, 0.9543) 10 000b (0.7000, 0.7000) (1.3250, 0.4844) (0.0750, 0.9063) (0.8811,0.2167) (0.5301, 1.1962) (0.90263, 0.89427) (0.04669, 0.84673) 000c 10 (0.6934, 0.6972) (1.3371, 0.4851) (0.0722, 0.9280) (0.82157, 0.13123) (0.61360, 0.96692) (0.42548, 1.07007) (0.7256,0.2000) (0.5339, 1.1907) Parrallel motion As A expected, paralllel motion of thee opposite lids deevelops a differen nt flow pattern comp pared to the antipparallel motion. F Figure 6 shows the t streamfunctio on contours for differrent Re numbers. mfunction contouurs at various Re numbers n – parallel motion. Figure 6. Stream Itt can be noticed thhat two primary coounter-rotating voortices are presentt and that a free shearr layer forms betw ween them. Compaared to the previoous studies of flow w inside rectangularr cavities, where the t free shear layeer is formed alongg a horizontal cen nterline (6), (8), 175 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169 1 M UDK: 53 32.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 169-178 Origin nal scientific paper in thee staggered cavityy the free shear layyer is formed alonng the shorter diag gonal. The flow is no longer symmetriccal due to the uppper lid moving froom the offset, whille the lower lid movees towards the offfset. At low Re nuumbers, a secondaary vortex is preseent close to the corneer of the right waall and offset. As the Re numberr increases, this vortex v gains in streng gth at the cost of the upper primaryy vortex. At higееr Re numbers, secondary vortex causees splitting of thee primary vortex and formation of a second secon ndary vortex as show wn in Figure 6. Booth primary vorticces have become more m prominent and a larger in size, so o that viscous efffects are confined to the thin bounddary layers close to the walls of the caavity (9). As menntioned by Sahin aand Owens (10), fluid f begins to rottate like a rigid body with a constant angular a velocity aat high Re numbers. Figure 7 show ws the u- and vveloccity profiles alongg mid sections of the cavity. As diiscussed in the prrevious section, with the increase in thhe Re number, exttreme velocity vaalues also increasee in magnitude. Furth her, the free shearr layer formed beetween the two prrimary vortices sh hrinks with the increase in the Re nuumber due to turbbulence. The proffiles confirm asym mmetrical flow aboutt the horizontal ceenterline of the cavvity, as previouslyy mentioned. Com mpared with the resultts of Tekic et al., it i can be seen thatt the obtained proffiles are quite sim milar. Figu ure 7. Velocity prrofiles u – and v- aalong the vertical an horizontal cen nterlines of the staggered cavity – parallel m motion (Rea – Tekkic et al. results (3 3)). As A in the case of anntiparallel motionn, the results of Teekic et al. (3) give more flattened profilles, while the pressent study shows tthe existence of a minimum velociity pitch. These differrences occur at lower values of Re number (50 and 100). Velocity pro ofiles along the horizzontal centerline shhow relatively good agreement for the Re values 50,, 400 and 1000, whilee for the Re=100 there t is a more siggnificant differencce. In general, thee velocity profiles ob btained by simulaation in the presennt study are more symmetrical s and have h more pronounced minimum andd maximum velocity pitch. These diifferences, as prev viously mentioned, could be a result of the different R Re calculation prrocedure, and imp plementation of the diifferent boundary conditions. 176 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper CONCLUSION Results of the ANSYS FLUENT commercial software simulation of two-sided liddriven flow inside a staggered cavity are presented in this article. Both antiparallel and parallel motions of two facing lids are investigated. The benchmark results obtained with ANSYS FLUENT are in good agreement with the results available in the literature. For antiparallel motion of lids in a staggered cavity results show symmetrical and asymmetrical flow patterns. Velocity profiles along the horizontal centerline are in a good agreement with existing data from the literature, while the profiles along the vertical centerline are slightly different from those used for comparison, especially for Re=50 and Re=100. These differences could be explained by the different Re calculation procedures and different boundary conditions implementation methods, considering the different numerical approach. The situation is quite similar in case of parallel motion of lids. Unlike for antiparallel motion, steady-state asymmetric patterns are obtained for all investigated Re numbers. It can be noticed that a free shear layer is formed along the short diagonal of the staggered cavity. All the main features of the flow are shown, streamline contours, horizontal and vertical velocity components along the mid sections of the cavity are visually presented, while the location of vortices is presented in Table 1. Acknowledgement This research was financially supported by the Ministry of Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia (Project No. 46010) REFERENCES 1. Zhou, Y.C., Patnaik, B.S.V., Wan, D.C., and Wei, G.W.: Dsc Solution for Fow in a Staggered Double Lid Driven Cavity. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 57 (2003) 211-234. 2. Nithiarasu, P. and Liu, C.-B.: Steady and Unsteady Incompressible Flow in a Double Driven Cavity Using the Artificial Compressibility (Ac)-Based Characteristic-Based Split (Cbs) Scheme. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 63 (2005) 380-397. 3. Tekić, P., Rađenović, J., Lukić, N., and Popovic, S.: Lattice Boltzmann Simulation of Two-Sided Lid-Driven Flow in a Staggered Cavity. Int. J. Comp. Fluid Dyn. 24 (2010) 383-390. 4. Rhie, C.M. and Chow, W.L.: Numerical Study of the Turbulent Flow Past an Airfoil with Trailing Edge Separation, AIAA 21 (1983) 1525-1532. 5. Barth, J. and Jespersen, D.: The Design and Application of Upwind Schemes on Unstructured Meshes, AIAA-89-0366, AIAA 27th Aerospace Sciences Meeting, Reno, Nevada, (1989) 10-13 6. Chen, S., Tolke, J., and Krafczyk, M.: A New Method for the Numerical Solution of Vorticity-Streamfunction Formulations. Comp. Meth. Applied Mech. Eng., 198 (2008) 367-376. 177 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243169M UDK: 532.54:66.011:004.4 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 169-178 Original scientific paper 7. Ghia, U., Ghia, K.N., and Shin, C.T.: High-Re Solutions for Incompressible Flow Using the Navier–Stokes Equations and a Multigrid Method. J. Comput. Phys. 48 (1982) 387-411. 8. Perumal, D.A. and Dass, A.K.: Simulation of Flow in Two-Sided Lid-Driven Square Cavities by the Lattice Boltzmann Method, Advances in fluid mechanics VII. Boston, MA: WIT Press (2008) 45-54. 9. Patil, D.V., Lakshmisha, K.N., and Rogg, B.: Lattice Boltzmann Simulation of LidDriven Flow in Deep Cavities, Comput. Fluids 35 (2006) 1116-1125. 10. Sahin, M. and Owens, R.G.: A Novel Fully Implicit Finite Volume Method Applied to the Lid-Driven Cavity Problem – Part I: High Reynolds Number Flow Calculations., Int. J. Numer. Methods Fluids 42 (2003) 57-77. СИМУЛАЦИЈА ТОКА У ДВОСТРАНО ВОЂЕНОМ ПОКРЕТНОМ КАНАЛУ ПОМОЋУ ANSYS FLUENT ПРОГРАМСКОГ ПАКЕТА Јелена Ђ. Марковић, Наташа Љ. Лукић, Јелена Д. Илић, Бранислава Г. Николовски, Милан Н.Совиљ и Ивана М. Шијачки Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Рад се бави проблематиком нумеричке анализе струјања флуида у каналима у којима струјање флуида настаје услед кретања горње и доње странице канала. Комерцијални софтвер ANSYS FLUENT је коришћен за симулацију двострано вођеног струјања флуида. Симулација је урађена за два случаја, први – када се горња и доња страна крећу у супротним смеровима (антипаралелно струјање) и други – када се горња и доња страна крећу у истом смеру. Резултати прорачуна за низ вредности Рејнолдсовог броја приказани су у виду путања струјања флуида и профила брзина дуж хоризонталне и вертикалне централне линије канала. Добијени резултати су упоређени са потојећим подацима у литератури. Генерално уочено је добро слагање са резултатим претходних истраживања, нарочито када се ради о антипаралелном струјању. У случају паралелног струјања, визуелно ток флуида је исти, али потоји мала разлика у профилима брзина. Кључне речи: симулација, Ansys Fluent, струјање флуида, двострано вођени покретни канали Received: 6 July 2012 Accepted: 14 September 2012 178 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper FINITE ELEMENT SIMULATION OF SINK PASS ROUND TUBES USING ANSYS M.P. Nagarkara, R.N. Zawareb and S.G. Ghalmea a b SCSM College of Engineering, Ahmednagar (M.S.) - 414005 India PDVVP College of Engineering, Ahmednagar (M.S.) - 414111 India Modeling and simulation of metal forming processes are increasingly in demand from the industry as the resulting models are found to be valuable tools considering the optimization оf the existing and development of new processes. By the application of modeling and simulation techniques, it is possible to reduce the number of time-consuming experiments such as prototyping. Seamless tubes of various sizes and shapes are manufactured by various processes like sinking, fixed plug, floating plug, moving mandrel, cold working and hot working. The present work deals with the simulation of round tubes while passing through the sink pass, using ANSYS software. The simulation results are the displacement and von Mises stresses. The procedure can be used to improve the product quality and to study the effect of various parameters like die angle on the product quality. KEY WORDS: Sink pass, Finite Element Analysis (FEA), Finite Element Method (FEM), Seamless tubes INTRODUCTION In most of the industries, cold working process is used for the production of various components. Cold working of metal and alloys is done below their recrystallization temperature. (1, 3, 4) There a five tube drawing methods: sinking, rod drawing, floating plug drawing, tethered plug drawing, and fixed plug drawing. Choosing the right method or a combination of methods for a particular application requires understanding of the characteristics of each of them. In the tube drawing, the die angle and bearing length are of essential importance for the finished tube’s appearance. The die angle influences the tubing’s surface finish-a gentle angle results in a smooth finish, whereas a steep angle results in a rough finish. The bearing length must be long enough to ensure the correct diameter and roundness, but not so long as to increase and mar the surface finish. * Corresponding author: Mahesh P. Nagarkar, SCSM College of Engineering, Ahmednagar (M.S.)-414005, India, e-mail: [email protected] 179 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper The die, most commonly used in tube drawing, is a sintered tungsten carbide insert encased in steel, with a cobalt content of approximately 10 %. Higher cobalt content provides more shock resistance, whereas a lower content provides better wear resistance. The basic tube drawing processes are sinking, rod (mandrel) drawing, and several types of plug drawing. (1, 4, 5) Kim et al. investigated the process parameters related to the tool configuration. They proposed a conventional straight type and terraced type of mandrels to obtain successfully formed shaft without any defect. For both types of mandrel, finite element (FE) analyses of drawing processes were carried out, using the ductile fracture criterion to predict a forming failure. The results are further used to design advanced mandrel shapes (6). An analytical procedure based on the upper bound method for the investigation of formation features of the workpieces in dies for extrusion and/or drawing of fin-tubes and fin-bars has been developed by Kiuchi and Jima. Through a series of analyses, the effects of working conditions on shapes and dimensions of manufactured fin-tubes and fin-bars have been consistently clarified. The procedure offers a systematic approach to the design of dies and the pertaining processes (7). In cold lubricated extrusion of round tubes, the material properties and surface quality of the extruded products are influenced by the die profile. Streamlined dies induce less redundant work and render desirable distribution of strength. Experiments have been carried employing A12024 as working material. The effects of the process parameters such as area reduction, die length, tubular shape ratio (thickness to outer diameter) and friction condition, etc. on the extrusion power are used to study the metal flow. The theoretical predictions concerning both the extrusion load and metal flow appeared to be in good agreement with the experimental results (8). This paper discusses the modeling and simulation of the sink pass using ANSYS. Quarter models of the die and the tube are modeled. The model is meshed using Solid 93 3-D element. Then, it is solved by applying quarter symmetry and boundary conditions. Sinking In the tube sinking process, the tube is drawn through a die to reduce the outside and inside diameters. Sinking does not use an internal support, such as mandrel. Theoretically, the wall thickness does not change. However, it may increase or decrease, depending on the die angle and diameter-to-thickness ratio. Multiple sinking operations are generally used for commodity tubing for theе applications such as low-cost lawn furniture (1, 2, 3, 9, 10). In a sinking process, the typical die angle is 24°, with a relatively long bearing. Wall thickening is caused by a lower angle, whereas higher angles result in the wall thinning. Sinking uses a long bearing to achieve the correct size and optimal roundness, making this process suitable for a final sizing operation. 180 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper Figure 1. Sinking operation Figure 2. Sinking operation – Die and tube showing various zones FE Simulation using ANSYS The finite element method is the numerical analysis technique for approximate solutions to the varieties of engineering problems. The finite method is originated as a method of stress analysis. The finite element procedure produces many simultaneous algebraic equations which are generated and solved by using computer. It transforms a physical system having an infinite number of unknown into a finite number of unknowns. ANSYS is a computer software for solving FEM and partial differential equations. ANSYS can also be used to solve problems involving fluid flow, heat transfer, electromagnetic field, diffusion, and many other phenomena. In this paper, we have used it to predict the deformation and stress fields within solid bodies subjected to external forces. (4, 11) 181 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N 1 N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 6 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 179-188 Origin nal scientific paper F Modeling of D FE Die and Tube for Sink Pass To construct the geeometric model inn ANSYS, 2-D model m of die and tu ube is modeled using g key points, liness and areas as shown in Fig. 3. Thee c/s is then revolv ved about the x axis to t obtain the quartter model (see Figg. 4). Figure 3. 2-D D Model of die andd tube Figure 4. Soliid model of die annd tube Meshing of Diee and Tube for Siink Pass Meshing M is done by b using 20-node solid95 since thee material has nonlinear characteristics. Refer Fig. 6. Element Descripttion SOLID95 E SOLID95 element can tolerate irreguular shapes withouut as much loss off accuracy. SOLID9 95 elements have compatible displaacement shapes. It I is well suited to o model curved boundaries. 182 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N 1 N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 6 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 179-188 Origin nal scientific paper The element is deefined by 20 noddes having three degrees of freed dom per node: transllations in the nodaal x, y, and z directions. The elemeent may have any spatial orientation. SOLID95 has pllasticity, creep, sttress stiffening, laarge deflection, and a large strain capab bilities. (11) Figure 5. SOLID95 - 3-D D 20-node structuural solid element. Figure 6. Meshhed model of die and a tube FE Contact Pair The analysis of thee sink pass is conccerned with the coontacts taking plaace between the innerr surface of the diee and outer surfacee of the tube. A coontact pair is geneerated using the contaact wizard (Fig. 7)). Here, a frictionnless contact (i.e. the t coefficient of friction = 0) is modeeled. Various lubbricants can also be incorporatedd in the modeling g by inputting vario ous values of the coefficient of frictiion. Figgure 7. Contact paair between the diee and the tube 183 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N 1 N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 6 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 179-188 Origin nal scientific paper FE Boun ndary Condition ns In n the simulation, the t die is fixed w while the tube is moved m past the diie along the Xdirection. Boundary coonditions are appllied on the nodes.. As the number of o unknowns in the global g force vectoor–there are moree global displacem ment vector matriices than equations (see Fig. 8). Affter applying the boundary condittions the numberr of unknowns becom mes equal to or less than the numbeer of the equationss. Figure 8. Bounddary conditions diee and tube RESULTS AND DISCUSSIION Analysis A is carried out in the ANSYS S 10 environmentt. The material used for the tube in thhe sink pass is EN N-31, with the modulus of elasticity of o 210,000 N/mm22 and Poisson’s raatio 0.3. This is a non-linear n type off contact analysis, contact c between thhe die inner and thhe tube outer surffaces. Thus it is necessary n to introdu uce the non-linear nature of the maaterial in the analyysis. Fig. 9 showss the non-linear behav vior of the tube material m as a stress-strain diagram. In the analysis, the part under study y is the tube and not n the die. Hencee the die materiall is assumed to haave a very high valuee of the modulus of o elasticity of 2.1 x 109 N/mm2. Thus T one can observe the stresses and displacement d plotss only for the tubee. The materials used is having the following mechanicaal properties: Material M for the diee: Ex = 2.1 * 109 N/m mm2 ν = 0.3 184 Material for tube: t EN-31 Ex = 210,000 0 N/mm2 ν = 0.3 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N 1 N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 6 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 179-188 Origin nal scientific paper Fiigure 9. Non-lineaar material model for the tube Nodal N Solution Figurre 10. Displacemeent in the X-directtion Figure 11. Displacement in the t Y-direction Fiig. 10 shows the displacement of the tube after com mpletion of the siinking process. This is the total displaacement of the tubbe. Figs. 11 and 12 1 represent the reeduction of the diameter by 7.996 mm m in the Y-directioon and 8.129 mm in i the Z-direction. Fig. 13 shows the von-Mises v stress plot p for the sinkinng process. The maximum value of the induced stresss in the sinking prrocess is 64.299 N N/mm2. This valuee is well below thee material yield limit.. 185 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper Figure 12. Displacement in the Z-direction Elemental Solution Figure 13. The von Mises stress plot CONCLUSION From Figs. 10, 11 and 12, it can be seen that the sink pass of round tubes is simulated successfully using ANSYS software. Fig. 11 shows the total displacement of the tube during the sink pass, while Figs. 11 and 12 show the reduction in the diameter during the sinking process. The von Mises stress plot (Fig. 13) shows that the induced stresses are well below the permissible stresses of the steel. Thus the sink pass operation is successfully carried out without material failure. Standard ANSYS has a lot of advanced nonlinear features, solution methods, and convergence tools. It serves as a virtual prototyping tool for such processes. Simulation reduces the modification, redesign and re-analysis time, thus giving greater flexibility to the designers. In future, the effect of the increase in the land and die angle can also be studied and optimum land and die angle can be obtained using ANSYS. Also, this model can help to simulate sinking process of various grades of steel and with various lubricants. 186 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper REFERENCES 1. Bayoumi, L. S.: “Cold drawing of regular polygonal tubular sections from round tubes” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences, 43, 11 (2001) 2541-2553. 2. Technology Report, “Tube Shapes Up”, www.eastonbike.com/downloadable_files _unprotected/r&d_files/R&D-11%20Tube%20Shapes.pdf (accessed on Jan 30, 2012). 3. Lamprecht, L.P. and Bevan M.: “The safe use of shock-tube and detonating cord systems in shaft sinking - a global trend” The Journal of The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, 99, 01 (1999) 1-4. 4. Pelletier, H., Krier, J., Cornet, A. and Mille, P.: “Limits of using bilinear stress–strain curve for finite element modeling of nanoindentation response on bulk materials” Thin Solid Films, 379, 1-2 (2000) 147-155. 5. http://www.powerultrasonics.com/content/chapter-1-introduction, 5 March, 2008. (accessed on Jan 30, 2012). 6. Kim, S.W., Kwon, Y.N., Lee, Y.S. , Lee, J.H.: „Design of mandrel in tube drawing process for automotive steering input shaft”, Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 187–188 (2007) 182-186. 7. Kiuchi, M., I-I-Jima, S.: “Computer-Aided Simulation of Extrusion and/or drawing of Fin-Tubes and Fin-Bars”, CIRP Annals - Manufacturing Technology, 42, 1 (1993) 261-264. 8. Yang, D.Y., Kim, H.S., Lee, C.M.: “Investigation into Lubricated Extrusion of Round Tubes through Streamlined Dies Considering the Plastic Flow”, CIRP Annals - Manufacturing Technology, 36, 1 (1987) 169-172. 9. Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S.R.: “Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, India (2009) pp. 260-326. 10. ASM Handbook, Vol. 14A, Metalworking: Bulk Forming, ASM International, (2005) pp. 448-458. 11. ANSYS – Help. СИМУЛАЦИЈА ПРОЦЕСА ИЗРАДЕ ОКРУГЛИХ ЦЕВИ ПОМОЋУ КОНАЧНИХ ЕЛЕМЕНАТА ПРИМЕНОМ ANSYS СОФТВЕРА M. P. Nagarkara, R.N. Zawareb и S.G. Ghalmea a b SCSM Инжењерски колеџ, Ахмеднагар (M.С.)-414005, Индија PDVVP Инжењерски колеџ, Ахмеднагар (М.С.)-414 111, Индија Моделовање и симулација процеса обликовања метала се све више примењују у индустрији, имајући у виду да добиjени модели представљају корисне алате у оптимизацији постојећих и развоју нових процеса. Применом техника моделовања и симулације се смањује број дуготрајних експеримената као што је израда прототипова. Бешавне цеви различитих величина и облика се производе различитим процесима као што су пропуштање кроз отвор, обрада уз помоћ непокретног клина, об187 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243179N UDC: 621:643.2:004.4’22 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 179-188 Original scientific paper рада уз помоћ покретног клина, обрада уз помоћ покретног вретена, хладно ваљање и топло ваљање. Овај рад се односи на симулацију процеса обликовања округлих цеви техником пропуштања кроз отвор, уз примену ANSYS софтвера. Резултати симулације су померање и von Mises-ова напрезања. Поступак се може применити за повећање квалитета производа и за испитивање утицаја различитих параметара као што је угао алата за обликовање на квалитета производа. Kључне речи: Обликовање пропуштањем кроз отвор, анализа коначних елемената (FEA), метода коначних елемената (FEM), бешавне цеви. Received: 03 May 2012 Accepted: 05 August 2012 188 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper TENSION MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF RECYCLED GLASS-EPOXY COMPOSITE MATERIAL Jelena M. Petrović, Darko M. Ljubić, Marina R. Stamenović, Ivana D. Dimić, and Slaviša S. Putić University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Karnegijeva 4, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia The significance of composite materials and their applications are mainly due to their good properties. This imposes the need for their recycling, thus extending their lifetime. Once used composite material will be disposed as a waste at the end of it service life. After recycling, this kind of waste can be used as raw materials for the production of same material, which raises their applicability. This indicates a great importance of recycling as a method of the renowal of composite materials. This study represents a contribution to the field of mechanical properties of the recycled composite materials. The tension mechanical properties (tensile strength and modulus of elasticity) of once used and disposed glass-epoxy composite material were compared before and after the recycling. The obtained results from mechanical tests confirmed that the applied recycling method was suitable for glass–epoxy composite materials. In respect to the tensile strength and modulus of elasticity it can be further assessed the possibility of use of recycled glass-epoxy composite materials. KEY WORDS: recycling, glass-epoxy composite materials, tension mechanical properties INTRODUCTION Modern constructions require materials with special properties and forms that can respond to difficult working conditions (increased load, pressure, speed, impacts, vibration). These conditions are the field for the applications of composite materials (CMs), and the last thirty years has been a period of their intensive development. The former is not only due to their good mechanical properties and light weight of produced components, but also due to the following factors [1, 2]: easy tailoring of desired properties such as high strength and modulus of elasticity, low density, relatively good impact strength, good dynamic strength and cracks growth resistance, good oxidative and corrosion resistance, and freedom in design and shaping and forming that facilitate easy integration of parts, reducing the consumption of materials and tools, along with the favorable total cost of *Corresponding author: Jelena Petrović, University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Karnegijeva 4, 11000 Belgrade, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 189 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper production. The use of CMs is growing every day and for that reason their adequate disposal and subsequent recycling must be carried out after the completion of their service life. Otherwise, these materials will end up on a landfill in the form of waste, which further pollutes and distorts the environment [3]. The industrial CM waste is usually used as a raw material for the same CM production. The quantity of obtained waste is low compared to the production volume. If the CM waste recycling is necessary, additional processing can be required, such as gradual warming up before grinding. The fiber reinforced thermoplastic polymers can be recycled by melting and casting. This is not case with the fiber reinforced thermoset polymers which are dominant in the market. One of the possibilities for their recycling is grinding and the use as fillers in a new material. A second method is the treatment with suitable chemicals which abstract the reinforcing fibers from the thermoset matrix by dissolution of the polymer matrix. Thermal treatment at high temperatures of both components can be a third method for recycling of fibers reinforced thermoset composites, where the fibers are separated from the polymer matrix [4, 5]. The primary method for the recycling of composites is grinding to the desired particle size and further use as filler in a new composite material production. The better strength and thermal properties with ground glass-epoxy composite as filler in the epoxy-resinbased composites can be achieved in comparison with the same epoxy resin composites with common fillers. Also, many pyrolytic methods have been developed for recycling of composites. Combustion of composite materials gives energy and other useful byproducts. The solvent method for glass fibers (GFs) recycling from polymer matrix was also developed [6]. There are many possibilities for application of recycled components from composite materials. Recycled components from composite materials can be used as the reinforcing for lumber (reinforced thermoplastics substituting even wood). Recycled fibers can be used as reinforcing for asphalt (i.e. asphalt for bridges), as interlayer between two pure glass layers in special cast boards and in the process of stirring of volume cast mixtures which provide increased reinforcing due to the remaining recycled fibers [7]. The significance of recycling, based on wide spectrum of applications of recycled components from CMs is undeniable. In this study, glass-epoxy composite material (GECM) reinforced with non-andrecycled glass mats (from the lab-scale performed recycling) was firstly molded by handcrafted mold and mechanical properties were tested. Тhe aim was to investigate the mechanical properties of recycled glass-epoxy composite materials (RGECM), compare their mechanical properties with those of GECM, and to validate the applied recycling method. EXPERIMENTAL Molding and Composition of GECM with non-recycled GFs GECM with non-recycled GFs was molded by handcrafted mold. The mold consisted of two metal plates screwed with screw bolts to ensure adequate pressure force [8]. Once placed in a mold, CM was left 24 h at room temperature to cure and harden. After 24 h 190 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper the mold was opened and hardened CM without any significant defects was taken out of the mold and left to cure completely in air during 7 days at room temperature. The specimens for mechanical testing were cut from the prepared CM. The reinforcing for CM preparation were 20 mm long “E”-glass-fibers based on lowalkali (wt<1%) silicate glass with surface density 550 g/m2 and volume fraction 60%. Eglass-fibers have good mechanical, hydro-thermal and electrical properties (Tables 1 and 2). Table 1. Composition of „Е“-glass Structural component SiO2 Al2O3 B2O3 Na2O and K2O MgO CaO TiO2 Fe2O3 Fe Fraction (wt%) 52 – 56 12 – 16 5 – 10 0–2 0–5 16 – 25 0 – 1.5 0 – 0.8 0–1 Table 2. Physical properties of "Е"-glass Property Specific weight, g/m3 Tensile strength, МPа Modulus of elasticity, GPа Elongation at break, % Thermal elongation, 10-6 К-1 Thermal conductivity, W/mК Dielectric constant, Electrical resistivity, cm Moisture absorption, at 20C 65% wt Value 2.6 2400 73 3.3 5 1 6.7 1014 0.1 The polymer matrix used in this study was epoxy resin. The properties of used epoxy resin are given in Table 3. The CM with non-recycled GFs (Tables 1 and 2) and epoxy resin polymer matrix (Table 3) was prepared by previously described method. The GFs as structural components in a form of glass mat were obtained by cutting into 2 cm long continual fibers (Figure 1). The polymer matrix was synthesized from 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, bisphenol A and epichlorohydrin. 3-Aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexylamine (modified cycloaliphatic amine) was used as hardener in the epoxy resin system. The molded GECM contained 47 wt% of GFs regularly dispersed (in the form of a glass mat) in the epoxy matrix. 191 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189 1 P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 ( 43, 189-198 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper Table 3. Prooperties of epoxy resin r Unit Propertyy App pearance Epo oxy number Epo oxy equivalent Den nsity Visccosity at 25C Color (Gardner colorr scale) Non n-volatile componnents content Org ganic chlorine content n/100 g g/cm3 mPа·s % min % max R Reference Yelllow viscous liquid 0.51 – 0.54 196 – 185 10000 – 15000 3 99 0.3 Analysis results Yeellow viscous liquid 0.52 192 1.26 13700 Less L than 3 99.5 0.17 Figure 1. Appeearance of cut glasss fibers Recyccling of GECM The obtained and tested CMs weree recycled and thiis resulted in the recycled GFs. Oncee obtained recycledd GFs were used ffor GECM preparration with recycleed GFs. In n order to obtain GFs G from CM, epooxy resin must bee completely remo oved with a suitable reagent. The 50-g CM samples weere immersed firsstly in concentrateed sulfuric acid (98 wt%), w where small amount of epoxy resin was rem moved. To removee the remained epoxy y resin, the samplles were further kkept in 200 cm3 soolution of nitric acid (68.5 wt%) at 90°C during 5 h. Affter that, the epoxyy resin was complletely removed and recycled GFs (RGF Fs) were obtainedd. The RGFs werre separated from m nitric acid by fiiltration, rinsed with distilled water annd neutralized wiith ammonium hyydroxide solution (25 wt%) and again n with distilled waater till pH 7 wass attained. The neeutralized and rinssed RGFs were dried d in an oven for 24 h at 110°C, cooled, and madde ready for the preparation of RGECM. The loss of GFs G during the reecycling process was w 5.8 wt%, whicch is negligible amou unt since the proccess consists of seeveral phases. Figgure 2 compares th he appearances of no on-recycled and reecycled GFs. 192 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189 1 P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 ( 43, 189-198 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper Figure 2. Apppearance of non--recycled (left) annd recycled (right) GFs Molding and Componen nts of RGECM with w recycled GFss After A recycling annd obtaining RGF Fs, the CM was molded m with RGF Fs by the same method as in the prepparation of GECM M with non-recycled GFs. The stru uctural componentss of RGECM withh RGFs were the glass mat (reinfoorcing) obtained from f RGFs and epoxy y resin as the mattrix. The standardd specimens for mechanical m testing g were cut from the prrepared RGECM. Teensile testing Fiive specimens foor mechanical tessting of GECM (N-1, ( N-2, N-3, N-4, N N-5) and RGECM (R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5) were prepared The T specimen dim mensions were 250x25x2.5 mm. Befoore testing, the speecimen's thicknesss and width were precisely measured d (±1%). Further machine processiing of specimens was performed with w a diamond tool tip t moving at a sppeed that reducess generation of heeat in the specimeen. Cutting was carrieed with a not cheed cutter thickness of 1 m/min on the machine ALG G-100. Testing was performed p accordiing to the standardd test method AST TM D3039 9. The testing was caarried out on the ttensile tester SCH HENCK TREBEL L RM 100 with u of hydraulic jaws, and the defo formations (1) in the longitudinal direction were the use contin nuously recorded.. The incorporated looad was registeredd by the measurinng cell (capacity of o 100 kN). The elong gation was measuured by using duaal extensimeter Hottinger H DD1. There T were two parallelly connected exxtensimeter relateed to the measuree elongationon on n the both sides of thee specimen, and the t parallel connection to the extennsimeter facilitated d the averaging of thee measured values. The measuring range of the exteensimeter was 2.50 2 mm, and it work ked on the principlle of measuring taape with accuracy of 0.05. The cross-sectionall dimension, the vvalues of tensile sttrength, and the modulus m of elasticity y of the samples were w calculated by using th eequationns (1-3) [10]. The cross-section c of thhe specimens was calculated with thhe following equattion: A 0 bd [1] 193 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper Tensile strength was calculated with equation (2) as follows: Rm,1 Pmax bd [2] where: Rm,1- tensile strength in longitudinal direction, MPa; Pmax- maximal force at break, N; A0 - cross-section of specimen, mm2; b - specimen wideness, mm; d - specimen, thickness, mm The modulus of elasticity (Elong) was calculated from equation (3) where ratio P/1 was determined by linear regression method from the straight part of registered curve stress - strain: E uzd P 1 1 b d [3] RESULTS AND DISSCUSION The tensile test in longitudinal direction was performed on five specimens of each prepared CM (GECM and RGECM), and the tensile strength and modulus of elasticity in longitudinal direction were obtained. It may be noted that the test was successful because in the all tested specimens the fracture occurred in the middle of the specimen (the measurement part). The calculated values of the tensile strength in longitudinal direction and the corresponding modulus of elasticity are given in Table 4. Figure 3 shows the percentage deviation of the tensile strength and modulus of elasticity of the RGECM specimens from the corresponding mean values of the GECM specimens. Table 4. Results from tensile testings Specimen N-1 N-2 N-3 N-4 N-5 R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 R-5 194 Type of GFs Nonrecycled Recycled Specimen wide b, mm Specimen thickness d, mm Cross section А0, mm2 Max force at break Рmаx, N Tensile strength Rm1, МPа Modulus of elasticity Е1, GPа 14.9 15.0 14.8 15.0 14.9 14.8 15.0 14.8 14.9 14.8 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.5 2.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.1 1.9 38.7 39.0 39.9 37.5 40.2 26.6 30.0 32.6 31.3 28.1 8500 8640 9600 9260 8970 5700 5950 5850 5990 5660 219.64 221.54 240.60 246.93 223.13 214.29 198.33 179.45 191.37 201.42 3.17 4.81 2.88 3.52 4.14 2.84 3.05 3.76 2.92 3.48 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper -5 -10 increase Deviation from GECM, % 0 + decrease 5 - -15 -20 Average values for GECM: % ((Rm= 230,4 MPa)) -25 % ((E1 = 3,7 GPa)) -30 -35 R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 R-5 Test samples Figure 3. Deviation of tension test results The relative uniformity of the obtained values of maximum force at break Pmax for both GECM and RGECM can be noted. However, the values of Pmax are smaller for the RGECM samples than for the samples from GECM. Based on the results for the five tested specimens for each material the calculated mean tensile strength of the two materials were 230.37 MPa for GECM and 196.97 MPa for RGECM, and the mean values of the modulus of elasticity 3.70 GPa for GECM and 3.21 GPa for RGECM, respectively. Also, it was observed that the values for the tensile strength and the modulus of elasticity for RGECM are lower compared to GECM. The deviations from the mean value of measured (calculated) values both for the tensile strength and modulus of elasticity are relatively small in this type of testing. The minimum of tensile strength deviation for GECM was 3.14% for sample N-5 and the maximum 7.2% for sample N. The minimum of tensile strength deviation for RGECM was 0.7% for sample R-2 and maximum 8.9% for sample R-3 for RGECM. The explanation for the slightly higher dispersion of the results for the modulus of elasticity of both materials can be the fact that it was relatively difficult to accurately determine the elasticity modulus because of the relatively small initial curvature in the stress-strain curves ( – ). In regard of the tensile strength, it is well known that due to different orientation of fibers in the glass mat as the reinforce, all the GFs are not under the same stress. Different stresses can occur with short fibers, due to the different orientation of individual fibers, which cannot coincide in each sample, and therefore leads to the different maximum force at break. Figure 4 shows a schematic representation of a short fiber that is inserted into the matrix exposed to the longitudinal tensile stress σa. It can be seen that there are areas close to the ends of fiber that are not exposed to the entire load, and the mean stress in the fibers of limited length is slightly smaller than that which would have an infinitely long fiber exposed to the same external load. 195 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper Short fiber l Figure 4. Schematic representation of deformations around short fiber inserted in the matrix exposed to the axial tension Also, if we compare the deviations of the composites with non-recycled GFs and RGFs (Figure 3), it can be observed that the tensile properties of the composite material obtained by using RGFs as reinforcement are worse, the tensile strength is by 14.5%, and the modulus of elasticity by 13.2% lower compared to the values of the materials formed with non-recycled GFs. The differences in the values of the tensile properties of the two composites tested were expected. An explanation follows from the fact that recycled fiber surface layer was damaged during the recycling process (cooking, exposure to acids, etc.), thus good bonding of GFs with the matrix (epoxy resin) is disturbed as compared to the non-recycled fibers good interaction with the polymer matrix. By applying the same type of loading, the breaking of the fiber-matrix bonds in the composite with RGFs occur easier and at lower loadings than in the CM with non-recycled GFs, because of the poorer fiber-matrix adhesion. A confirmation of the conclusions is certainly the SEM images shown in Figures 5 and 6, where above phenomena are observed at higher magnifications. Figure 5 The breaking of the fibermatrix bonds Figure 6 Poorer fiber-matrix adhesion CONLUSIONS The aim of this study was to examine and compare the properties of the composites prepared with RGFs and non-recycled GFs, as well as to present the possibility for recycling of CMs. 196 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper The obtained values of tensile properties of the composites with RGFs are acceptable and satisfactory, although they are lower than the corresponding values of the composite with non-recycled GFs (tensile strength values were 14.5% and module of elasticity by 13.2% lower than the corresponding values CM with non-recycled GFs). It can be concluded that the RGECM retains its tensile properties with minimal fluctuation compared to GECM, and as such it can be used for different purposes. Also, on the basis of the obtained results it can be concluded that the method of recycling GECM based on the exposure to nitric acid can be applied to recycle small amounts of the material, and further research should be directed toward the improvement of the applied method to solve the problem of recycling of the compounds from the decomposed epoxy resin from composite material obtained by boiling in nitric acid. The method should be developed in the direction of the application of several different acids to shorten the time of exposure of the composites to acid attack and increase the efficiency of the recycling process at lower temperatures 11,12. The recycling of composite materials and recycling in general can significantly save the energy and the raw materials, and certainly pollution would be drastically lowered. REFERENCES 1. Lubin, G.: Handbook of Composites, Van Nostrand, New York (1982) pp.328-375. 2. Flueler, P. and Farshad M.: Arrest of rapid crack propagation in polymer pipes, Materials and Structures 28, 2 (1995) pp. 108-110. 3. Ilić M., Miletić S.: Osnovi upravljanja čvrstim otpadom, Institut za ispitivanje materijala, Beograd (1998) pp. 59-79. 4. Yang Y., Boom R., Irion B., Van Heerden D.-J., Kuiper P., De Wit H.: Recycling of composite materials, Chem. Eng. Process. (2011), doi:10.1016/j.cep.2011.09.007 5. Job S.: Composite recycling – summary of recent research and development, Materials KTN Report, September (2010) pp. 26. Available online from www.compositesuk.co.uk/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=LXN-MfM0360%3D&tabid=111&mid=550. 6. Perović, G., Tanasković, M.: Mogućnosti primene savremenog pristupa upravljanja komunalnim čvrstim otpadom u našoj zemlji, Zbornik radova, Međunarodna konferencija otpadne vode i komunalni čvrsti otpad i opasan otpad Budva 20-22. Septembar, Udruženje za tehnologiju vode i sanitarno inženjerstvo, Beograd (1999), pp. 367372. 7. Ilić, M., Stevanović, H., Mladenović, A.: Plan upravljanja komunalnim čvrstim otpadom, Regionalni centar za životnu sredinu za Centralnu i Istočnu Evropu, Beograd (2003) pp. 43-46. 8. Krivokuća, M. P.: Uticaj staklenog ojačanja na statička i dinamička svojstva laminarnih kompozitnih materijala, magistarski rad, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Tehnološkometalurški fakultet, Beograd (1999). 9. Annual book of ASTM Standards, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA, Vol.15.03 (1999). 197 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243189P UDC: 628.475.6:666.11/.28+543.632.54 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 189-198 Original scientific paper 10. Pickering, S.J.: Thermal methods for recycling waste composites, Management, Recycling and Reuse of Waste Composites, WP and CRC Press, Cambridge, UK (2010) pp. 65–101. 11. Jovanović, O.: Monitoring i ublažavanje posledica zagađenosti životne sredine, VŠSS Beogradska politehnika, Beograd (2004) pp. 129-143. 12. Tchobanglous, G., Theisen, H., Virgil, S. A.: Integrated Solid Waste Menangment, McGraw Hill, New York (1993) chapter 8. МЕХАНИЧКA СВОЈСТАВА РЕЦИКЛИРАНОГ СТАКЛО-ЕПОКСИ КОМПОЗИТНОГ МАТЕРИЈАЛА Јелена М. Петровић, Дарко M. Љубић, Марина Р. Стаменовић, Ивана Д. Димић, и Славиша С. Путић Универзитет у Београду, Технолошко-металуршки факултет, Карнегијева 4, 11000 Београд, Србија Примена композитних материјала, захваљујући својим добрим својствима, сваким даном постаје све већа што намеће питање могућности њиховог рециклирања и тиме продужења њиховог животног века. Након једанпут коришћеног композитног материјала у одређене сврхе врши се њихово одлагање у виду отпада. Овакав отпад углавном представља сировину за производњу исте врсте композита поступком рециклаже, што повећава њихову примену. Имајући ту чињеницу у виду, овај рад представља допринос у подручју истраживања механичких својстава рециклираних композитних материјала. У раду су приказана затезна механичка својства стаклоепокси композитниог материјала који је био у експлоатацији, поступак његове рециклаже, као и затезна механичка своства стакло-епокси рециклираног композитног материјала. Поређењем резултата се дошло до података о исправности поступка рециклаже стакло-епокси композитног материјала као и процене о даљој могућности примене, узимајући у обзир добијене вредности за затезну чврстоћу и модул еластичности. Кључне речи: рециклажа, стакло-епокси композитни материјали, механичка својства Received: 4 September 2012 Accepted: 23 October 2012 198 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review HYDRODYNAMICS OF GAS-AGITATED LIQUID-LIQUID EXTRACTION COLUMNS Milan N. Sovilj University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Although the non-agitated extraction columns (spray column, packed column, perforated plate column, sieve plate column, etc) can handle high flow rates and are simple and cheap, there have been relatively few applications of these columns because they suffer from serious backmixing of the continuous phase. It was shown that the backmixing is reduced when the spray column is operated with dense packing of drops. Another way of increasing the efficiency of a non-agitated extraction column is to introduce an inert gas (air, nitrogen, oxygen) as a mixing agent in the two-phase liquid-liquid (L-L) system. This method of energy introduction increases the turbulence within the new three-phase gas-liquid-liquid (G-L-L) system, which causes an improved dispersion of droplets, and, consequently, a higher dispersed phase holdup and therefore a great mass transfer area. The present study reports the hydrodynamics in the non-agitated extraction columns, as well as the axial dispersion for the two- and three-phase systems. KEY WORDS: extraction columns; gas-liquid-liquid system; hydrodynamics INTRODUCTION Because of their simplicity, low cost, and versatility, non-mechanically agitated columns are still extensively used in extraction processes. They are also a convenient and inexpensive way to experimentally test theoretical models of mass transfer in simple extraction systems. In regard with the dispersed phase holdup, spray extraction column, as one of the simplest extraction columns, can operate in three modes of packing of the dispersed phase drops: dispersed, restrained, and dense. Although they can handle high flow rates and are simple and cheep, there have been relatively few applications of these columns because they suffer from serious backmixing of the continuous phase. It was shown hat the backmixing was reduced when the spray column operated with dense packing of drops. One of the way to increase the efficiency of a spray column is to introduce an inert gas as a mixing agent in the two-phase L-L system. This method of energy introduction increases the turbulence within the threephase G-L-L system, which causes the increase of average dispersed phase holdup and a * Corresponding author: Milan N. Sovilj, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 199 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review larger mass transfer area. Mass-transfer or chemical reactions for G-L-L systems may be also encountered in gas absorption, gas-liquid reactions, and fermentation, often with a heterogeneous liquid catalyst, or liquid-liquid reactions with gas agitation. Some examples can be cited: absorption of SO2 into the aqueous emulsion of xylidine in water (1); purification of crude naphthalene with H2S04 accompanied by air sparging (2); air oxidation of hydrocarbon in aqueous emulsion, fermentation of hydrocarbons, in which the substrate is dispersed in an aqueous culture medium with air bubbling; and extractive fermentation of useful species, such as alcohols and steroids, which are produced in the aqueous phase by the metabolism of the relevant microorganisms and are extracted in situ into the coexisting organic phase of an extractant, shifting the reaction favorably. A few examples of more complicated systems containing solid particles are air oxidation of substituted benzyl alcohol catalyzed by palladium catalyst in the presence of an aqueous phase, which gives rise to the favorable formation of aldehyde (3), and competitive liquid-phase hydrogenation of cyclohexanone and cyclohexene catalyzed, by Ru catalyst in the presence of water (4). Packed towers operated under gas-liquid countercurrent conditions have found increased applications in distillation, absorption, and liquid-liquid extraction processes. They are also becoming increasingly important environmental protection technologies. The extraction of hydrogen peroxide by means of deionized water from anthraquinone working solution via anthraquinone process was carried out in a gas-agitated sieve plate extraction column (5). The effect of superficial velocity of air, dispersed phase and continuous phase on the overall plate extraction efficiency has been investigated in the mentioned paper. The correction for the prediction of the overall plate extraction efficiency was also presented. Gas-liquid-liquid columns have many advantages over any other conventional gasliquid or liquid-liquid contactors,. They are of simple configuration without moving parts and require no seal, need little space and maintenance. In this columns it is easily and in the widely intreval adjusts the resistance time of the liquid phases. They allow comparatively large liquid-phase volumetric mass-transfer coefficients or interfacial area to be achieved with relatively low energy consumption. Namely, the efficiency of non-agitated extraction columns (spray, packed, perforated, and sieve plate column) can be cosiderably increased by introducing an inert gas as a mixing agent in the two-phase L-L system. The transition and steady state behavior of the gas agitated two-phase L-L dispersions is well characterized for spray columns, where the gas is introduced into the continuous liquid phase at the base of the column and the second liquid phase is dispersed at the top of the column. Dispersions and emulsions can also arise as a consequence of liquid entrainment by bubbles as they pass through a liquid-liquid interface. This mode of dispersion or emulsion formation is pertinent also to batch type processes, where neither liquid phase is dispersed initially, and the gas is again introduced from below. Such examples are pyrometallurgical processes for the production of nickel and copper, processes for electro-organic synthesis, and the dispersion or emulsification of oil slicks in breacking waves (6). The introducing gas as a mixing agent in the two-phase L-L dispersion caused the formation of large liquid-liquid interface area due to the presence of the smaller disperd phase drops. Coalescence times for drops at the liquid-liquid interface were found to be rapid and appear to be unafected by the rate of bubble passage. The energy introduced by the mixing agent increases the turbulence within the three-phase G-L-L system, which 200 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review brings about an improved dispersion of the droplets and, consenquently, a higher dispersed phase holdups, and also higher backmixing in the continuous phase. Galkin et al. (7) concluded that the extraction efficiency was nearly three times greater for conventional columns when air was introduced into the sieve plate extraction column at the lower inlet, and claimed that the process was more efficient than by the use of stirring or pulsation of the column. The aim of this paper is to give a critical review of the hydrodynamics characteristics of non-mechanically agitated extraction columns, which use an inert gas (air, oxygen, nitrogen, etc.) as a mixing agent in the two-phase liquid-liquid system. The energy thus introduced increases the turbulence within the now, three-phase G-L-L system, which brings about an improved dispersion of the droplets and, consequently, a higher holdup and larger mass transfer area. HYDRODYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF GAS-LIQUID-LIQUID SYSTEMS The hydrodynamics of a system represents one of the main difficulties in the scale-up of liquid-liquid extractors. As for the design, difficulties arise mainly because of the dispersion in radial and axial directions; however, in most cases, the radial dispersion has a small influence. The main hydrodynamic characteristics in the non-mechanically agitated extraction column are the slip velocity, dispersed phase holdup, gas phase holdup, drop size distribution, and axial dispersion in the continuous phase. In the following text we will discuss the effects of these characteristics on the operation of non-mechanically gasagitated liquid-liquid extraction columns. Dispersed phase holdup and slip velocity In the generalization of dispersed phase holdup data, for a specified value of the slip velocity (us) for the countercurrent flow in an L-L system in the spray extraction column, use can be made of the familiar Thornton-Pratt relationship (8): us uc u d 1 d d [1] where: uc, ud - superficial velocity of the continuous and dispersed phase, respectively, d – dispersed phase holdup. For a packed column voidage (e), the slip velocity has the next form: us uc u d e 1 d e d [2] Equation (1) was corrected by the additon of a new part, as follows (9): uc u m d u 0 1 d 1 d d [3] wherein the viscosity ratio of the phases (m) is defined by: m 1.22 d / c 0.2 [4] 201 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review where: u0 - velocity of a single drop, d, c – dynamic viscosity of the dispersed and continuous phase, respectively. If the static dispersed phase holdup is defined as: st u d / u s , when uc = 0, еq. [1] can be rewritten in the form: us ud st uc 1 d ud d [5] On the basis of the amount of experimental data simple empirical equations for the estimation of the slip velocity and dispersed phase holdup in the two-phase L-L columns were derived by several authors (11-15). The equation presented by Kumar et al. (11) predicts the slip velocity for the dispersed phase holdup (0.01 to 0.75) and Reynolds number (7 to 2450). This equation gives the average absolute value of the relative errors of 14.5% and 13.5% for the dispersed holdup and slip velocity, respectively. Kumar and Hartland (15) derived an empirical expression for the prediction of the dispersed phase holdup and slip velocity in droplet dispersions settled under gravity. This equation is valid in a wide interval of the dispersed phase holdup (0.01 to 0.76) and Reynolds number (0.61 to 3169), with the average absolute value of the relative error of 14.3% and 12.8% for the dispersed holdup and slip velocity, respectively. Sovilj (13) proposed an empirical relationship for the prediction of the dispersed phase holdup and slip velocity in the liquid-liquid spray extraction columns. A good agreement between the experimental and predicted values of the slip velocity by this equation were obtained for the dispersed phase holdup in the range (0.0097 to 0.362) and Reynolds number (58 to 1067). The average deviations for the slip velocity and dispersed phase holdup were 9.6% and 14.0%, respectively. On the basis of a large bank of published experimental data for eigth different types of extraction columns (rotation disc, asymetric rotation disc, Kühni, WirzII, pulsed perforated-plate, Karr reciprocatind-plate, packed, and spray columns), Kumar and Hartland (15) presented a unified correlation for the prediction of dispersed phase holdup in the two-phase L-L dispersion. The average error of predicted data on the entire data sets using this equation was 18.1%, which is better than that achieved by most authors in attempting to correlate their own experimental results. The highest error was 22.7% for the rotating disk and asymetric rotating disk columns, and a lowest 14.1% for the spray extraction columns. The errors for the pulsed perforated-plate and packed columns were 19.0% and 18.3%, respectively. The Experimental procedure applied in the paper (14) was as follows: at the beggining of each run, the cylindrical part of the spray extraction column was filled to about half its volume with water (continuous phase) throuh a water distributor at the top of the column, and the level of continuous phase (Hc) was recorded. At that moment, the dispersed phase (toluene) was introduced at the bottom of the column with a chosen flow rate, and two-phase dispersion occurred. The position of the interface (Hb) corresponded to the height of the two-phase dispersion above the toluene inlet. When the volume of the two-phase dispersion (water-toluene) became constant, air (gas phase) was introduced at the bottom of the column via a gas distributor, and the interface level in the column increased. At that moment, the continuous phase was introduced in the column at the chosen flow rate. The new position of the interface (Ht) corresponds to the height of the threephase G-L-L dispersion above the toluene and air inlet (14). 202 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review On the basis of the experimental procedure for the estimation of dispersed phase holdup, explained in the previous text, the dispersed phase holdup (dt) in the three-phase dispersion (air-water-toluene) was calculated from the following relationship (14): dt Hb Hc Ht [6] The mean value of the dispersed phase holdup in the three-phase dispersion was determined with an uncertainty of 3%. In the G-L-L system, the continuous phase holdup (ct) is defined by: [7] ct 1 dt g where: dt – dispersed phase holdup in the G-L-L system, g - gas phase holdup. On the other hand, the basic eq. [1] for the G-L-L system in the spray extraction column can be expressed as (16): uc u d uCH 1 dt g 1 dt dt [8] where: uCH - characteristic velocity identified as the mean relative velocity of the droplets extrapolated to the essentially zero flow rate, defined by Thornton (17). The effective slip velocity of the dispersed liquid was also analyzed by using the longitudinal dispersion coefficients of the measured dispersed liquid (18,19). However, the studies in these papers were limited only to the air-kerosene-water system. Wang et al. (20) expressed the slip velocity in the G-L-L system air-anthraquinone-aqueous working solution in the form: us ud d uC 1 g d [9] The average dispersed phase holdup in the spray extraction column increased with increasing the dispersed and gasesous phase superficial velocities, at the constant value of the continuous phase superficial velocity (5), fig. 1. Figure 1. Effects of gas superficial velocity on the holdup of dispersed phase [Source: Cheng et al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 47 (2008) 741-7418] 203 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review The average dispersed phase holdup exibits a relatively small increase with the increase in the gas phase superficial velocity. Moreover, Billet and Braun (21) concluded that an initial sinking of dispersed phase holdup takes places at gas phase superficial velocities below 0.2 cm/s. They clamed that within that gas flow rate range, the energy input is sufficient to produce an intensive turbulence and, consequently, to form a large number of droplets (21). On the other hand, the increase in the dispersed phase holdup observed by them was below 20% for the gas phase superficial velocity within the range from 0.2 to 0.6 cm/s at a constant dispersed phase superficial velocity of 0.4 cm/s. Drop size and gas phase holdup The average drop size in most of the investigated two-phase L-L systems can be expressed as a Sauter drop diameter, d32, in the form: d 32 n d n d i 3 i i 2 i [10] where: ni – number of the drop diameters in the limited range, di – values of the drop diameters in the given range. Nishikawa et al. (22) measured the effects of the volume fraction of dispersed phase, viscosity of liquids, impeller speed and impeller-to-vessel diameter on the average drop size of a dispersion in a mixing vessel for the two-phase: water (continuous phase)-honey bees` wax (dispersed phase). Hatate et al. (23) also measured the mean droplet size for several systems using two columns and correlated it as a function of the superficial gas velocity, interfacial tension, and column diameter. The same authors (24) measured the average gas holdups, the longitudinal distribution of the volume fraction of a dispersed liquid (droplet), and the longitudinal dispersion coefficients of a dispersed liquid, using two bubble columns (0.066- and 0.122 m i.d.) with a perforated plate as a gas sparger. Their columns were operated batchwise or continuously with respect to the liquids. They found smaller average gas holdups for the air-kerosene (dispersed liquid)-water (continuous liquid) system than for the corresponding ones without kerosene, over a range of superficial gas velocity: ug = 0.007-0.09 m3/(m s), analyzed the longitudinal distribution of the volume fraction of the dispersed liquid, using a dispersion model allowing for the slip velocity. Diaz et al. (25) examined the dependence of the mean droplet size on the superficial gas and liquid velocities, and measured the dispersion coefficients of both liquids, for the air-kerosene-water system. Priestly and Ellis (26) also found that the efficiency of non-mechanically agitated extraction column with different packings can be considerably increased by the introduction of an inert gas as a mixing agent in two-phase L-L systems. On the other side, Kato et al. (27) extended the studies of Hatate et al. (23,24) from a single-stage to the multistage bubble columns of the same diameter. Their study was also limited to the air-kerosene-water system with a few additional ones for the measurement of average gas holdups. Using the organic liquids (kerosene, dibutyl phthalate, or groundnut oil) dispersed in water, Bandyopadhyay et al. (28) measured the average gas holdup of air in a bubble column (0.2 m in diameter) with a multiple nozzle sparger plate, operated batchwise with respect to the liquids. They found that the fractio204 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review nal holdup depends on the gas velocity, liquid properties, phase inversion in the liquid mixture, as well as on the spreading coefficient of the organic liquid. In the presence of a liquid with a negative spreading coefficient, the holdup is a minimum at the phase inversion point but the reverse is true for a liquid with a positive coefficient of spreading. The model assumes that the particles rise or fall with the slip velocity caused by the density difference between the dispersed and continuous phases and explains well the behavior of the solid particles in the suspension bubble columns (16,17). The longitudinal distribution of the fractional gas holdup was measured in the bubble columns with two immiscible liquids (29). The columns were operated batchwise with respect to both liquids, over a wide range of relevant physical properties and average volume fraction of the dispersed liquid. The average gas holdups could be correlated by an empirical expression presented in the literature for a single liquid phase, when it was applied to the individual liquid phases, allowing for their volume fraction. Doungdeethaveeratana and Sohn (30) investigated a novel solvent extraction process without moving parts, in which the emulsion is generated the by bottom gas injection rather than by mechanical stirring. They found that this process had a number of advantages over the mixer-settler unit or the spray extraction column, which provideed a sufficiently large intefacial area for mass transfer. Yan (31) studied the process of extracting hydrogen peroxide from an anthraquinone working solution with the bottom air injection in a spray column. This result showed that the extraction efficiency was 2-3 times higher than that of conventional liquid-liquid extraction without air introduction. Lü et al. (32) presented the results of the extraction of hydrogen peroxide with deionized water from the anthraquinone solution via anthraquinone process, which was carried out in a gas-agitated sieve plate extraction column. Experimental procedure for the estimation of dispersed phase holdup in the three phase G-L-L system was described in the paper (13). The author presented the hydrodynamic characteristics of the air-water-toluene three-phase G-L-L system in a countercurrent spray extraction column. If the position of the interface was maintained constant in the cylindrical section of the column by the adjustable overflow tube, the average dispersed phase holdup on the three-phase G-L-L dispersion was calculated by the following relation (13): g Ht Hb Ht [11] The uncertainty of the average gas holdup measurements in the phase system airwater-toluene was estimated to be 5%. The average gas phase holdup increased with increasing superficial velocity of the gas phase in the three-phase G-L-L systrem, whereas the gas phase holdup determined at a constant ratio of the contiuous and gas phases decreased with incresing the superficial velocity of the dispersed phase (12). The hydrodynamics of a spray extraction column operated with the liquid-liquid and gas-liquidliquid systems was intensively investigated (35-37). Hikita et al. (38) derived an empirical correlation for the prediction of the average gas phase holdup in a three-phase G-L-L system, as follows: g 0.672 Ca 0.578 Mo 0.131 g L 0.062 G L 0.107 [12] 205 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review where: Ca=(ucL)/ and Mo= L4 g / L 3 - characteristic parameters, - interficial tension, g - acceleration due to gravity, L - density of the liquid phase, g - gas phase density, G, L - dynamic viscosity of the gas and liquid phase, respectively. The predictions may be seen to be in reasonable agreement with their experimental data. Asai and Yoshizawa (29) showed the relation for the calculation of the average gas holdup in the three phase air-water-kerosene system which was based on the relationship for the G-L system, when the mean volume fraction of the dispersed phase was dt = 0.50: [13] g 1 dt gc gd dt where: gc, gd - average gas phase holdup in continuous and dispersed phase of the GL-L dispersion. As a check of the presented static pressure measurements, the values of (g) for the system air-water-kerosene were determined by measuring the difference in the total liquid height between the sparged and unsparged conditions. Although this technique of the measurements of the liquid level under the sparged conditions was not so easy because of the violent fluctuation, the average values of several measurements agreed with the values obtained from the static pressure measurements within an error of about 10%. Asai and Yoshizawa (29) presented experimental values of the gas-phase holdup in the two-phase air-water system and three-phase air-water-kerosene system. Both systems gave the same observed values and were in good agreement with the predictions, eq. [13]. At the same time, figure 4. in the paper (29) shows the data for gas-phase holdup in the three-phase system air-water-kerosene obtained from empirical relationship of Bandiotphayay et al. (28), whose form is: 0.011 g 0.65 u 0,496 g 0.25 dt M g M 0.20 dt < 1.0 [14] where: ug - superficial velocity of the gaseous phase, M, M – density and dinamic viscosity of the liquid mixture, respectively. Asai and Yoshizawa (29) concluded that this expression predict worse values for the air-kerosene-water system than those for the airwater system, but still it gives rise to larger values than their data for both systems. This is not in line with the findings of Hatate et al. (23), Kato et al. (24) and Bandyopadhyay et al. (28), who found lower average gas holdups for the air-kerosene-water system. However, these experiments were performed with a perforated plate or a multiple nozzle, in the region of lower superficial gas velocity, where the flow mechanism was known to vary with the configuration of the gas sparger. Therefore, this different observation may be possibly attributed to the different effect of the liquid physical properties on the fractional gas holdups in the different flow regimes. In fact, the data of Bandyopadhyay et al. (28) reveal a reduction of the difference in the gas phase holdups between both systems with an increase of the gas flow rate. Bandyopadhyay et al. (28) claimed that eq. [14] correlates their data for the air-kerosene-water system worse than those for the air-water systems, but still it gives rise to larger values than for the experimental data of Asai and Yoshizawa (29) for both systems. These authors presented graphically the relation between the average gas phase in the G-L (air-water) and G-L-L (air-kerosene-water) system, fig. 2. 206 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review Figure 2. Average gas holdups for the air-kerosene-water and air-water systems: DT = 0.064 m; t = 9.7 1.9oC [Source: Asai and Yoshizawa, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 30 (1991) 745-751] Wang et al. (20) presented an empirical expression for the calculation of the gas-phase holdup in a gas-agitated sieve plate extraction column, as follows: 3.104 0.131 0.062 0.107 c4 g u g c g g u g 0.215 exp 0.0071 d [15] 3 uc c c c where: g, c – density of the gaseous and continous phase, respectively, g, c – dynamic viscosity of gaseous and continuous phase, respectively. The effects of the gaseous superficial velocity on the gas holdup in different liquid-liquid and gas-liquid-liquid systems have been widely investigated, which is presented, fig. 3. Figure 3. Average gas holdups for the different gas-liquid-liquid and gas-liquid systems 207 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review Drop size and interface area In chemical engineering, the rate of mass transfer between two different phases often directly determines the production rate of the process (e.g., the gas absorption rate in gasliquid systems). The mass transfer rate is directly proportional to both the mass transfer coefficient and the specific interfacial area between the different phases. Both parameters depend mainly on the (local) hydrodynamic situation inside the system. For the design purposes as well as for the improvement of the existing production facilities, it is very important to have a better insight into the phenomena that affect these parameters. The knowledge of the dispersed phase drop size is of primary importance in the design of liquid-liquid non-mechanicall agitated extraction columns. It affects the dispersed phase holdup, the residence time of the dispersed phase, and the free throughputs. Furthermore, together with the dispersed phase holdup, it determines the interfacial area disposable for mass transfer and affects both the continuous and dispersed phase mass transfer coefficients. It is therefore important to be able to predict the drop diameter as a function of the column geometry, physical properties of the liquid-liquid system, and direction of mass transfer (39). Seibert and Fair (40) proposed a new equation for the prediction of the Sauter drop diameter in the packed and spray extraction columns, as follows: d32 1.15 g 0.5 [16] where is a correction factor calculated from the experimental drop diameter data assumed from the literature, - difference of density. Its values are = 1.0 for no mass transfer or transfer from the continuous phase to the dispersed phase and = 1.0 – 1.8 for mass transfer from the dispersed phase to the continuous phase. Kumar and Hartland (39) presented a relationship for the limiting value of the drop size in the absence of agitation or at low levels of agitation in the liquid-liquid extraction columns in the following form: 1/ 2 [17] d32 C1 / g where the constant, C1, is a function of the column geometry, mass transfer, and the characteristics of the liquid-liquid system employed. Vedaiyan et al. (41) proposed an empirical correlation for the calculation of the Sauter drop diametar, given by: d 32 1.59 g 0.5 u 02 2 g d0 0.167 [18] where: u0 – superficial velocity of the dispersed phase at the nozlle, d0 – diameter of the nozlle of the distributor of dispersed phase. The gas-liquid interfacial area, which is determined by the gas holdup and the Sauter mean bubble diameter, determines the production rate in many industrial processes. The effect of additives on this interfacial area is often not undrestood, especially in multiphase systems (gas-liquid-solid, gas-liquid-liquid). The addition of a third phase can cause the gas-liquid system to become completely opaque, which means that conventional techniques to study the interfacial area cannot be used (41). The influence of different additives (1-octanol; dodecane, and toluene) on 208 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review the interfacial area was studied in a stirred vessel and in a bubble column under coalescing and noncoalescing conditions (42). It was found that the addition of toluene to a noncoalescing electrolyte system decreased the interfacial area to a large extent by turning it into a coalescing system, due to the interaction between gas bubbles and liquid organic droplets. Furthermore, around the toluene solubility concentration, both the gas holdup (measured using an electric conductivity technique) and the interfacial area increased to the values similar to those observed in noncoalescing systems. The cause of this remarkable phenomenon lies probably in the presence of a small toluene layer around the gas bubbles, which can be formed beyond the solubility point (43). This layer is absent at the concentrations below the solubility limit and a large surface tension gradient exists between these two situations, which can be responsible for the sharp change in the coalescence behavior. A comparison of ultrasonic spectroscopy with a digital camera technique was performed in a flat (20x3x150 cm) bubble column using the ultrasonic technique in combination with the electrical conductivity method and a digital camera technique with digital image analysis, simultaneously (43). The camera was placed 10 cm in front of the column, and the ultrasonic transducers were mounted into the wall of the column (the measurement path length was 20 cm). Measurement of the exact size distribution using the ultrasonic technique was difficult, mainly due to the small attenuation and ultrasonic velocity differences. These differences were small due to the low gas holdups that were applied (1%), which was necessary for the digital camera technique to work optimally. The interfacial area could, however, be determined accurately, and together with the measurement of the gas holdup using the electrical conductivity technique, the Sauter mean bubble diameters were calculated. The value of the interfacial area (a) of the bubble size distribution can be calculated from the Sauter mean diameter (d32) and the gas phase holdup (g), according to the following relation: a 6 g d 32 [19] The liquid-liquid interfacial area and liquid-phase mass-transfer coefficients in the emulsion bubble columns were measured by Fernandes and Sharma (43), who took advantage of the alkaline hydrolysis reaction of several esters for their determination. For the analysis they assumed complete mixing of both the continuous and dispersed liquids. Yoshida et al. (44) measured the mean diameter of kerosene dispersed in the water phase of bubble columns, operated batchwise with respect to both liquids. They studied the variation of the oxygen absorption into water with the addition of kerosene, liquid paraffin, toluene, and oleic acid. They claimed that in the previous studies, the effects of physical properties on the various characteristics of the bubble columns were not clarified. Assai and Yoshizawa (29) presented the longitudinal distribution of volume fraction of the dispersed liquid over a wide range of relevant physical properties and average volume fraction of the dispersed liquid. The observed longitudinal distribution of the volume fraction of the dispersed liquid was analyzed by means of the dispersion model, allowing for the slip velocity caused by the density difference between both liquid phases. The observed Peclet numbers based on the slip velocity were empirically correlated as a function of the relevant system parameters. 209 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review The hydrodynamic characteristics of air-anthraquinone working solution-water threephase system used for the production of hydrogen peroxide were determined in a gasagitated sieve plate extraction column (5). The effects of the superficial velocities of the gaseous phase, organic dispersed phase and continuous phase on the organic dispersed phase holdup were investigated. The organic dispersed phase holdup increased with the increase of the superficial velocity of the gaseous phase and organic dispersed phase. The effect of the superficial velocity of the continuous phase on the organic dispersed holdup could be neglected. Based on the equation of the relative velocity between the organic dispersed phase and continuous phase, a method used to calculate the organic dispersed holdup was proposed (20). The organic dispersed holdup of gas-liquid-liquid systems (including liquid-liquid systems) in this study and in data from the literature (32) were calculated using the method proposed in that study (20). The calculation data were well consistent with the corresponding experimental data (20) and the literature data (33,34), and the relative error were 4.9-15.5%. Axial mixing A theoretical and experimental study has been carried out on the dynamics of twophase countercurrent flow with interfacial transfer in a packed bed absorption column (45). An eight-parameter model has been formulated consisting of axially dispersed plug flow for the gas phase and a piston-diffusion exchange model for the liquid phase. In addition, three limiting cases of this model have been analyzed. Solutions of the models have been obtained in the Laplace domain with four possible transfer functions for each model as a result. Only two of these transfer functions have been found useful for an experimental study of the absorption of a poorly soluble gas. Experimental measurements of these two transfer functions, in the form of frequency characteristics, have been carried out in a 0.105 m diameter column packed to a height of 2.1 m by glass spheres 0.01 m in diameter. The absorption system studied was water-air-oxygen. Evaluation of the parameters of the formulated models was carried out in the frequency domain. The results showed that the models with a stagnant liquid zone are considerably better than the axially dispersed models. For a more reliable assessment of the various models, however, a combination of several independent measurements is recommended. Axial mixing arises in the packed columns from the fact that the „packed“ fluid do not all move through a packed bed at a constant and uniform velocity, either because of either velocity gradients in the fluid, or eddy motion in the packed voids. Axial mixing tends to reduce the concentration driving force for mass transfer that would exists for piston flow (45). To achive a given separation, more transfer units are required for the axial-mixing case owning to the reduced drivning force. Longitudinal dispersion coefficients of the continuous phase were experimentally obtained in spray type liquid-liquid extraction columns (45). The method used was unsteady-state measurements of a KCl solution as the tracer. It was concluded that the increase in the continuous phase velocity greatly increased the axial mixing coefficient in binary mixtures (Ecb), and the increase in the dispersed phase velocity decreased the axial mixing coefficient (45). Small dispersion coefficients were found for small tower lenghts and these coefficients increased as the tower lenght increased. Also, at a long lenghts, where the end of the effects became negligible, Ecb was 210 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review indipendent of the lenght. A decrese in the tower diameter from 35.8 mm to 27 mm caused a decrease in Ecb of approximately 20% for a range of the continuous phase velocities. A comparison of the Peclet and Reynolds numbers for spray towers with those for packed beds gave comparable values. Using the data of the work (46) and the values from the literature (47), the following realatioship was obtained using the method of least squares: ( uc 4.5 mm/s) [20] Ecb 3,43 x10 4 uc0.42 where Ecb – continuous phase axial dispersion cofficient of the two-phase system, uc was used in mm/s. The correlation coefficient was 0.94, with an average deviation of 8%. Diaz et al. (25) showed that high axial dispersion coefficients were deduced in both the liquid phases for the three-phase air-water-kerosene system (Ect), in which water was the continuous phase and kerosene the dispersed phase. They also found that the values of the axial dispersion Peclet number of the water phase were 0.1 to 1.2, decreasing with the increase in the flow rates of air or kerosene, or when the flow water rate was reduced. Diaz et al. (25) concluded that the Peclet number for the kerosene phase decreased to the values between 0.4 and 0.1 when the air flow rate increased. Kato et al. (27) investigated the axial dispersion in the multistage bubble columns for the air-water-kerosene system. They concluded that the dispersion-phase coefficient in the three-phase G-L-L system (Edt) increased with increasing the gas phase superficial velocity and coluumn diameter, and was independent of the the total liquid velocity in the range from 0.05 to 1.0 cm/s. Kato et al. (27) derived also an empirical equation in which Edt depends on the gas phase superficial velocity, column diameter and gravitattion acceleration. Asai and Yoshizawa (29) measured the longitudinal dispersion coefficients of the continuous (Ec) and dispersed phase (Ed) in bubble columns (with air as a gaseous phase) operated batchwise with respect to two immiscible liquids (2-ethylhexanol, water or kerosene). They concluded that the longitudinal coefficients Ec and Ed of the continuous and dispersed phase were independent of the clear liquid height. It was shown that Ec and Ed increased with the increase in the volume fraction of disperesed liquid () in the system air-2-ethylhexanol-water, which had a highly viscous dispersed liquid. For the air-kerosene-50% aqueous sucrose solution system with a highly viscous continuous liquid, Ec increased and Ed decreased with an increase in . All observed longitudinal dispersion coefficients of both liquids were correlated by empirical correlations (29). Figure 4 shows the effect of the gaseous superficial velocity (ug) on the longitudinal coefficient of the continuous and dispersed phase of (Ec, Ed) in the system air-etylhexanol-water (29). These authors concluded that the increase in the visosity of the dispersed liquid apears to rather improve the dispersioin of both liquids, fig. 4. The continuous phase axial dispersion coefficients of the three-phase G-L-L system in a gas-agitated spray extraction column, described above, were examined by Sovilj (48). The system used was water as a continuous, toluene as a dispersed, and air as a gaseous phase. The experimental values of the continuous phase axial mixing coefficients were obtained by unsteady-state measuring of the concentrations of a tracer solution (solution of potassium chromate in water) in the continuous phase. The increase in the gas phase superficial velocity increased the continuous phase axial mixing coefficient. A nonlinear 211 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review dependence between the continuous phase axial mixing coefficient and continuous phase superficial velocity was observed. Figure 4. Effects of the gas phase superficial velocity on the longitudinal dispersion coefficients Ec and Ed or the air-2-ethylhexanol-water system: DT = 0.064 m; t = 14.0 ± 2.9oC [Source: Asai and Yoshizawa, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 31 (1992) 587-592] No correlation was found between the continuous phase axial dispersion coefficient and the dispersed phase superficial velocity. The increase in the dispersed phase holdup generated a growth of the continuous phase axial dispersion coefficient. The continuous phase axial dispersion coefficients in the spray extraction column were higher for the three-phase air-water-toluene system (48) than those obtained for the two-phase watertoluene system (49) under the same operating conditions. Regression analysis showed that the mean increase in the continuous phase axial dispersion coefficient in the threephase system (Ect) was approximately 90%. In the paper (48), an equation for the prediction of the continuous phase axial mixing coefficient was developed, as is given below: u 2 d u c d 32 0.124 c 0 c E ct 0.77 u c d0 c c 0.87 dt0.24 g0.23 [20] where: Ect- continuous phase axial dispersion coefficient of the three-phase system, d0 – orifice diameter, dt - dispersed phase holdup in the G-L-L dispersion. The average deviation for eq. [16] was 17.7%. Seventy-one percent of the predicted continuous phase axial dispersion coefficients lied within the 20% limits and 84% within the 30% limits. These results are in accordance with the results for the two-phase system (48) and with the conclusion of Horvath et al. (50) that an average deviation within 30% was sufficient for the use with back mixing models. 212 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review CONCLUSION This review article deals with the hydrodynamic characteristics of the non-mechanically agitated extraction columns. An inert gas (air, nitrogen, oxygen) as a turbulence agent was introduced in the two-phase liquid-liquid system. In the new, three-phase gasliquid-liquid system, the gaseous phase causes intensive turbulence, which caused improving of the average dispersed phase holdup and a larger mass transfer area. Mass-transfer or chemical reactions for three-phase systems may be also encountered in the gas absorption, gas-liquid reactions, and fermentation, often with a heterogeneous liquid catalyst, or liquid-liquid reactions with gas agitation. Different empirical equations which describe a function of the dispersed phase holdup, gas phase holdup, and axial distribution coefficient were analyzed and compared. REFERENCES 1. Kohl, A. L. and Riesenfeld, F. G.: Gas Purification, 4th ed., Gulf, Houston (1985) 223-234. 2. Doraiswamy, L. K. and Sharma, M. M.: Heterogeneous Reactions, Vol. 2, Wiley, New York (1984) 187-193. 3. King, W. M.: U. S. Pat. 4306083, Dow Chemical Co. 1981; Chem. Abstr. 96 (1982) 68598P. 4. Koopman, P. G. J, Buurmans, H. M. A, Kieboom, A. P. G. and Van Bekkum, H.: Solvent-Reactant-Support Interactions in Liquid Phase Hydrogenation. Recl. Tray Chim. Pays-Bas. 100 (1981) 156-161. 5. Cheng, Y., Wang, L., Lü, Sh., Wang, Y. and Mi, Zh.: Gas-Liquid-Liquid Three-Phasе Reactive Extraction from the Hydrogen Peroxide Preparation by Anthraquinone Process. Ind. Eng. Chem, Res. 47 (2008) 7414-7418. 6. Shaw, J. M. and Konduru R.: The Behaviour of Large Gas Bubbles at a Liquid-Liquid Interface. Part 2: Liquid Entrainment. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 70 (1992) 381-384. 7. Galkin, N. P., Gorianov, N. E., Tikhomirov, V. B. and Fedorov, V. D.: The Mechanizm of Distribution of Liquids in a Plate Extractor. J. Nucl. Energy (A and B) 14 (1961) 132-133. 8. Treybal, R.: Liquid Extraction, Mc-Graw Hill, New York (1963). 9. Varfolomeev, B. G., Pebalk, V. L., Chigogidze, K. Sh, Lan, N. N. and Fernando, R. S.: Spray Extraction Columns: Drop Size and Dispersed Phase Holdup. Theor. Found. Chem. Eng. 34, 6 (2000) 556 -561. 10. Pilhofer, Th.: Extraction Liquide-Liquide. Hydrodynamik von Tropfenschwärmen in Flüssig-Flüssig Sprüchkolonnen. Chem.-Ing.-Tech. 46, MS 133/74 (1974). 11. Kumar, A., Vohra, D. K. and Hartland, S.: Sedimentation of Droplet Dispersion in Counter-Current Spray Columns. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 58 (1980) 154-159. 12. Kumar, A. and Hartland, S.: Prediction of Drop Size, Dispersed Phase Holdup, Slip Velocity, and Limiting Troughputs in Packed Extraction Columns. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 72 (1994) 89-104. 213 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review 13. Sovilj, M.: Slip Velocity and Hydrodynamic Parameters in Liquid-Liquid Spray Columns, Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 54 (1989) 990-995. 14. Sovilj, M. and Knežević, G.: Gas-Agitated Liquid-Liquid Extraction in a Spray Column. Collect. Czech. Chem. Communications. 59 (1994) 2235-2243. 15. Kumar, A., Hartland, S.: A Unified Correlation for the Prediction of Dispersed Phase Holdup in Liquid-Liquid Extraction Columns. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 34 (1995) 39253940. 16. Ziebland, G. and Hackl, A.: Begaste Flüssig-Flüssig Sprühkolonnen. VDI-Berichte, 315 (1978) 509-526. 17. Thornton, J. D.: Limiting Holdup and Flooding Rates in Spray-Extraction Columns, Chem. Ind. 46 (1954) 1581-1588. 18. Suganuma, T. and Yamanishi, T.: Behavior of Solid Particles in Bubble Columns, Kagaku Kogaku 30 (1966) 1136-1140. 19. Cova, D. R.: Catalist Suspension in Gas-Agitated Tubular Reactors. Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev. 5 (1966) 20-25. 20. Wang, L., Cheng, Y., Lü, Sh., Mi, Zh.: Calculation of Organic Dispersed Holdup in Gas-Agitated Extraction Columns. J. Tianjan Uviversity 40, 3 (2007) 260-264. 21. Billet, R., Braun, Chr.: Gas Agitated Liquid-Liquid Extraction in Columns Filled with Regularly Arranged Bialecki Rings. International Solvent Extraction Conference, (ISEC86), München, Book of abstracts, 3 (1986) 123-126, DECHEMA, Frankfurt/M. 22. Nishikawa, M., Mori, F. and Fujieda, Sh.: Average Drop Size in a Liquid-Liquid Phase Mixing Vessel. J. Chem. Eng. Japan 20, 1 (1987) 82-88. 23. Hatate, Y., Okuma, S., Kato, Y.: Longitudinal Dispersion Coefficient and Holdup Distribution of Droplets in Bubble Columns. Kagaku Kogaku Ronbunsyu 1 (1975) 577-582. 24. Hatate, Y., Mori, S., Okuma S. and Kato, Y.: Drop Size in Gas-Liquid-Liquid System Bubble Columns. Kagaku Kogaku Ronbunsyu 2 (1976) 133-137. 25. Diaz, M., Aguayo, A. T. and Alvarez, R.: Hydrodynamics of Liquid-Liquid Counterurrent Extraction Column with Upflow Gas Agitation. Chem.-Ing.-Tech. 58 (1986) 74-75. 26. Priestly, R., Ellis, S. R. M.: Gas Agitated Liquid Extraction Columns. Chem. Ind. 7 (1978) 757-760. 27. Kato, Y., Kago, T. and Morooka, S.: Longitudinal Concentration Distribution of Droplets in Multi-Stage Bubble Columns for Gas-Liquid-Liquid Systems. J. Chem. Eng. Jpn. 17 (1984) 429-435. 28. Bandyopadhyay, N., Ray, P. and Dutta, B. К.: Gas Holdup in Bubble Column with Immiscible Liquid Mixtures. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 66 (1988) 995-999. 29. Asai, S. and Yoshizawa, H.: Longitudinal Holdup Distribution of Gas and Dispersed Liquid in Bubble Columns with Two Immiscible Liquids. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 30 (1991) 745-751. 30. Doungeethaveeratana, D. and Sohn, H. Y.: The Kinetics of Extraction in a Novel Solvent Extraction Process with Bottom Gas Injection Without Moving Parts. J. Hydrometallurgy 49 (1998) 229-254. 31. Yan, T.: Ph.D. Thesis, Tianjin University, Tianjin, P. R. China, 2003. 214 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review 32. Lü, Sh., Mi, Zh., Wang, Y. and Wang, L.: Experimental Investigation and Simulation of a Gas-Agitated Sieve Plate Column. Chem. Eng. Technol. 27, 8 (2004) 903-908. 33. Hancu, D., Green J. And Beckman, E. J.: Hydrogen Peroxide in CO2/H2O Biophasic Systems: Green Synthesis and Epoxidation Reactions. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 41, 18 (2002) 4466-4474. 34. Wang, Q., Wang, L., Wang, Y.: Study on the Activation and Regeneration of Pd/ Al2O3 Catalyst in Hydrogen Peroxide Production by Anthraquinone Process, React. Kinet. Catal Lett. 81, 2 (2004) 297-304. 35. Sovilj, M.: Holdup and Backmixing in Liquid-Liquid Spray Column. The International Solvent Extraction Conference-ISEC'88, July 18-24, Moscow, USSR, Proceedings, 2 (1988) 274-276. 36. Sovilj, M.: Prediction of Slip Velocity and Holdup in Liquid-Liquid Spray Columns. 2nd International Conference on Separation Science and Technology - ICSST, Oktober 1-4, Vol. II, Hamilton, Canada, Proceedings (1989) 252-258. 37. Sovilj, M.: Hydrodynamics of a Gas-Agitated Spray Extraction Column. XVth Congress of Chemists and Technologists of Macedonia, October 2-4, 1997, Skopje, Macedonia, Proceedings (1997) 372-373. 38. Hikita, H., Asai, S., Segawa, K., Tanigawa, K. and Kitao, M.: Gas Holdup in Bubble Columns. Chem. Eng. J. 20 (1980) 59-67. 39. Kumar, A. and Hartland, S.: Gravity Settling in Liquid-Liquid Dispersions. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 63 (1985) 368-3676. 40. Seibert., A. F. and Fair, J. R.: Hydrodynamics and Mass Transfer in Spray and Packed Liquid-Liquid Columns. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 27 (1988) 470-481. 41. Vedaiyan, S., Degaleesan, T. E. and Laddha, G. S.: Mean Drop Size and Characteristic Velocity of Droplet Swarms in Spray Columns. India J. Technol. 12 (1974) 135139. 42. Cents, A. H. G., Jansen, D. J. W., Brilman, D.W. F. and Vesterteeg, G. F.: Influence of Small Amounts of Additives on Gas Holdup, Bubble Size, and Interface Area. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 44 (2005) 4863. 43. Fernandes, J. B. and Sharma, M. M.: Air-Agitated Liquid-Liquid Contactors. Chem. Eng. Sci. 23 (1968) 9-16. 44. Yoshida, F., Yamane, T. and Miyamoto, Y.: Oxygen Absorption into Oil-in-Water Emulsions. Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev. 9 (1970) 570-577. 45. Moravec, P. and Staněk, P.: Counter-current Absorption of Oxygen by a Frequency Response Technique: Die Untersuchung der Gegenstromabsorption von Sauerstoff mit der Frequenzgangtechnik. Chem. Eng. Process.: Process Intensification, 24, 2 (1988) 93-103. 46. Hazlebeck, D. C. and Geankoplis, C. J.: Axial Dispersion in Spray-Type Extraction Tower. Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam. 2 (1963) 310-315. 47. Geankoplis, C. J., Shap, J. B., Arnold, F. C. and Marroquin, G.: Axial Dispersion Coefficients of the Continuous Phase in Liquid-Liquid Towers. Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam. 21 (1982) 306-311. 48. Sovilj, M.: Axial Dispersion in a Three-Phase Gas-Agitated Spray Extraction Column, Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 63 (1998) 283-292. 215 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243199S UDC: 66.069.82:532.5 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 199-216 Review 49. Sovilj, M. and Zorić, M.: Axial Dispersion in a Spray Extraction Column for WaterToluene System. Chem. Ind. 51, 5 (1997) 207-211. 50. Horvath, M., Steiner, L., Hartland, S.: Prediction of Drop Diameter, Holdup and Backmixing Coefficients in Liquid-Liquid Spray Columns. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 56 (1978) 9-18. 51. Xiong, J. and Zhang, L.: Effects of Gas-Agitated and Packing on Hydrodynamic and Mass Transfer of Extraction Column. Can. J. Chem. Eng. 82 (2004) 1076-1080. 52. Therning, P. and Rasmuson, A.: Liquid Dispersion and Gas Holdup in Packed Bubble Columns at Atmospheric Pressure. Chem. Eng. J. 81 (2001) 69-81. ХИДРОДИНАМИКА ЕКСТРАКЦИОНИХ КОЛОНА ТЕЧНО-ТЕЧНО АГИТОВАНИХ ГАСОМ Милан Н. Совиљ Технолошки факултет, 21000 Нови Сад, Булевар цара Лазара 1, Република Србија У овом раду дат је приказ и анализа хидродинамичких карактеристика екстракционих колона течно-течно код којих се користи инертан гас као агитатор. Увођењем гаса у колонски уређај са двофазним системом течно-течно формира се знатно ефикаснији трофазни систем гас-течно-течно, пошто се ситњењем капи дисперговане фазе повећава специфична површина одговорна за пренос масе у систему. Дат је и анализиран утицај средњег садржај дисперговане и гасне фазе на пренос масе у трофазном систему гас-течно-течно. У исто време, приказане су и корелације за сваку од хидродинамичких величина, као и њихова тачност у предвиђању ових величина у колонском уређају. Коначно, приказан је и утицај повратног мешања на хидродинамику екстракционих колона течно-течно, као и гас-течно-течно. Анализиране су и одговарајуће емпиријске корелације које дају везу између коефицијента повратног мешања и хидродинамичких карактеристика екстракционих колона. Кључне речи: екстракционе колоне, систем гас-течно-течно, хидродинамика Received: 4 April 2012 Accepted: 13 June 2012 216 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper MICROFILTRATION OF DISTILLERY STILLAGE: INFLUENCE OF MEMBRANE PORE SIZE Vesna M. Vasić*, Marina B. Šćiban, Aleksandar I. Jokić, Jelena M. Prodanović and Dragana V. Kukić University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Stillage is one of the most polluted waste products of the food industry. Beside large volume, the stillage contains high amount of suspended solids, high values of chemical oxygen demand and biological oxygen demand, so it should not be discharged in the nature before previous purification. In this work, three ceramic membranes for microfiltration with different pore sizes were tested for stillage purification in order to find the most suitable membrane for the filtration process. Ceramic membranes with a nominal pore size of 200 nm, 450 nm and 800 nm were used for filtration. The influence of pore size on permeate flux and removal efficiency was investigated. A membrane with the pore size of 200 nm showed the best filtration performance so it was chosen for the microfiltration process. KEY WORDS: Microfiltration, distillery stillage, wastewater INTRODUCTION Stillage (distillery wastewater) is the main waste product generated in the distilleries. Its pollution potential is one of the most serious problems today, so distillery industries are forced to develop new techniques for stillage purification and utilization. The amount and composition of stillage are variable and depend on the feedstocks used for bioethanol production, as well as various aspects of the production process. It is characterized by a high content of organics and total solids, low pH and a very large volume, increasing together with the ethanol production. To produce 1L of ethanol, approximately 10 to 15 liters of distillery stillage are generated (1). Also, it has very high biological oxygen demand (BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD) and a high BOD/ COD ratio. The amounts of inorganic substances such as nitrogen, potassium, phosphates, calcium and sulfates are also very high (2). Distillery stillage contains some feedstock components and degraded yeast cells. Many of those components are characterized by a high nutritive value. They contain vitamins (with large amounts of those classified as group B), proteins rich in exogenous amino acids, and mineral components (3). * Corresponding author: Vesna M. Vasić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 217 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper Compared to other distillery wastewaters (sugar-based stillage and stillage from cellulosic materials), the stillage from the fermentation of starch-based feedstocks contains more suspended solids due to the presence of grains remaining after fermentation. An important characteristic of stillage obtained from molasses-based feedstocks include color components. Phenolics from the feedstock, melanoidins from Millard reaction of sugars with proteins, caramels from overheated sugars and furfurals from acid hydrolyses can contribute to the color of the effluent (4). Chromium, copper, nickel and zinc were found at levels significantly above detection limits in some distillery effluents, especially in the stillages from cellulosic feedstocks. Some heavy metals are originating from feedstocks used for bioethanol production. The processing equipment used in the pretreatment of cellulosic feedstocks (acid hydrolysis) is often made of corrosion-resistant alloys. Heavy metals contained in these alloys may leach into the feedstock during the hydrolysis, resulting in detectable levels in the stillage(4). Also, corrosion of piping, reactors and heat exchangers may contribute to heavy metal content in the stillage. Considering high pollution potential of distillery wastewater, it should not be disposed in the nature without previous treatment. Stillage disposal in the environment can be adverse. High COD and nutrient content may result in eutrofication of natural waters, colored compounds block out sunlight penetration in rivers and lakes, reducing photosynthetic activity and dissolved oxygen concentration. Disposal of distillery wastewater on land is also harmful, and can affect the vegetation and groundwater quality. Different techniques for distillery stillage purification have been explored. Stillage is usually treated first with a screw decanter to remove solids (1). Also, centrifugation can be successfully used as a technique for solids separation (5). Further, stillage can be concentrated in the multi-effect evaporators with the co-production of condensate, which is lower in organics and almost devoid of inorganic salts. However, significant energy required to evaporate the stillage can negatively impact the energy balance of ethanol production (4). Coagulation and flocculation are also commonly used methods to remove particulates and organic matter from wastewaters. They are usually conducted by adding chemicals such as salts of aluminium and iron and polyelectrolytes. The limitations of coagulation and flocculation are: an increased salinity of the effluent, the storage and handling of corrosive chemicals, need for pre- and post-dosing adjustment of pH and sludge handling (6). Biological treatment processes such as anaerobic and aerobic digestion, as well as combination of these two methods have been successfully used for stillage treatment. Although the biological processes have several advantages such as the easy access and a large scale operation, the major drawbacks of these processes are high energy consumption, high labor costs, and large variations of the treatment efficiency with the change in feedstocks used for bioethanol production (1). However, it is hard and sometimes impossible to meet the environmental standards with aforementioned kinds of purification. Membrane separation techniques are widely used for distillery wastewater treatment, offering a possibility to improve the value of stillage and to meet environmental standards. The most commonly used membrane processes for wastewater purification are: microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration and reverse osmosis. The current trend in the membrane market has shown significant improvements in technical efficiencies of membrane systems, which makes them a cost competitive alternative to conventional treatment systems. Permeate flux rate and throughput are critical 218 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper measures of membrane performance and play important roles in determining the cost of membrane filtration system (7). The aim of this study is to evaluate the application of microfiltration for stillage treatment, and to find the most suitable membrane for the filtration process. EXPERIMENTAL Experimental material The experiments were performed using distillery stillage from the ethanol factory Reachem, Srbobran (Serbia), where it was obtained from starch feedstocks. Microfiltration experiment The experiments were carried out in a conventional cross-flow microfiltration (MF) unit (Figure 1). Figure 1. Schematic representation of the experimental setup for cross-flow microfiltration (8) The feed was circulated by a peristaltic pump (ISMATEC, Switzerland), under the conditions of complete recirculation of the fluid. The feed suspension was concentrated to a volume concentration factor (VCF) of 1.88. The permeate was constantly drained away from the system, collected and analyzed. The transmembrane pressure difference was adjusted by the regulation valve. The inlet and outlet pressures of the membrane module were measured by two pressure gauges. The average of these two pressure values gave the value of transmembrane pressure (TMP) as the outside of the membrane is vented to the atmosphere. The experiments were performed under the TMP of 0.6 bar. The membrane module used was a MembraloxTM 1T1-70 module (SCT, Bazet, France). The single channel ceramic membranes used had nominal pore sizes of 200 nm, 450 nm and 800 nm (TAMI Deutschland) with the length of 250 mm and inner/external diameter of 6/10 mm. The useful membrane surface was 4.33×10−3 m2. The membranes were cleaned according to the recommendation of the manufacturer аfter each experiment; the 219 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper cleaning sequence was a classical acid-base one (alternate washing with 0.2% solution of NaOH and 0.2% solution of HNO3, both with recirculation, and rinsing with distilled water). After that the water flux of the membranes was measured; the measurement provided the reference to assess the effectiveness of the membrane cleaning. The permeate flux was calculated from the time needed to collect 10 mL of permeate. All measurements were carried out in triplicate, and the results were averaged. All experiments were carried out at the room temperature (25ºC). Analitical methods Feed and permeate samples obtained after the microfiltration of stillage were analyzed for dry matter, ash, organic dry matter, suspended solids, BOD and COD using Standard Methods (9). Dry matter content was determined by gravimetric method, drying the sample at 103105ºC. Suspended solids were determined by centrifugation at 3000rpm during 10 minutes (centrifuge MLW T52.1); supernatant was poured off and the residue was determined by gravimetric method, drying at 103-105ºC. COD was determined by dichromate reflux method. BOD was measured using a VELP SCIENTIFICA BOD system according to the manufacturer manual. Total nitrogen was determined by Kjeldahl method (10) RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The stillage was analyzed immediately after its bringing from the factory. The results of the analyses are presented in Table 1. Table 1. Results of the analyses of stillage and permeates obtained after microfiltration 220 Parameter Stillage Dry matter (mg/L) Ash (mg/L) Organic dry matter (mg/L) % of Organic dry matter (%DM) Suspended solids (mg/L) Ash of suspended solids (mg/L) Organic dry matter of suspended solids (mg/L) % of Organic dry matter of suspended solids (mg/L) COD (mgO2/L) BOD (mgO2/L) BOD/COD *100 (%) Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (mg/L) 63700 9640 54060 85 18340 1165 Permeate from the membrane with pore size of: 200 nm 450 nm 800 nm 50910 42590 40700 15625 4340 4150 35285 38250 36550 69 90 90 - 17175 - - - 94 - - - 102000 89000 87 2866 64500 48000 74 1480 64000 47750 74 1420 62600 46320 74 1400 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper As can be seen, the stillage had high values of COD and BOD, as well as the values of dry matter and total nitrogen. About 29% of dry matter is in form of suspended solids. According to these results it was confirmed that the stillage is highly polluted. Further, the stillage was passed through the microfiltration membranes with different pore sizes, applying the same conditions for all membranes (TMP = 0.6bar, feed flow rate (Q) = 100 L/h, pH = 3 and t = 25ºC). The permeates were collected and also analyzed (Table 1). The filtration time for the membranes with pore sizes of 200, 450, 800 nm was 3 hours 36 minutes 28 seconds, 4 hours 11minutes 8 seconds, and 5 hours 14 minutes 18 seconds, respectively. Based on the presented results, it can be said that the values of COD, BOD, total nitrogen and dry matter decreased compared to the initial values of the stillage. The removal efficiency of COD for the membranes of 200, 450, 800nm was 36.7%, 37.3% and 38.7%, respectively. The total Kjeldahl nitrogen content was lower by 48.4%, 50.5% and 51.2% respectively, whereas the BOD/COD ratio was the same for all permeates, which indicates that the same kind of organic matters that pass through examined membranes are biodegradable. Suspended solids were completely removed from the stillage. The ash content of the permeate obtained after filtration through the membrane with pore size of 200 nm was higher by about 60% compared to initial value in the stillage. Arora et al. (11) reported similar results obtained after the ultrafiltration of thin stillage. Their results showed that ash content of permeate was higher than in thin stillage. They concluded that this may be attributed to the solubility of mineral components in the stillage stream, which allowed them to pass through the membrane. However, ash content was reduced in permeates for the membranes with pore sizes of 450 nm and 800 nm, which can be explained by particles accumulation within pores of the membrane. The sizes and the shapes of particles in stillage are very variable and dependend of the feedstocks used for bioethanol production. Therefore, pores can be blocked with components of large molecular weights. Considering the pore size of the membranes for microfiltration, it cannot be expected to remove all organic pollution from wastewater by their application, but it can be reduced considerably. That makes microfiltration suitable as a pretreatment for ultrafiltration or reverse osmosis (6). The effect of the membrane pore size on the permeate flux is shown in Figure 2. 40.00 200nm 450nm 800nm 35.00 30.00 Flux (L/h) 25.00 20.00 15.00 10.00 5.00 0.00 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 Time (s) Figure 2. Time dependence of the permeate flux in the microfiltration of stillage 221 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper Experimental results suggest that there is a fast initial flux decrease for all membranes, it takes place during the first ten minutes of filtration and does not decrease significantly later on. As can be seen from the figure, similar flux rate profiles were observed for all membranes. The membrane with pore size of 800 nm had the lowest value of permeate flux. The reason for this can be found in the fact that the membranes with a larger pore sizes may be blocked due to the presence of components with large molecular weights. Numerous examples show that membrane fouling is more severe with increasing pore size. There appears to be an optimum pore size, above which severe membrane fouling reduces the flux. Attia et al. (12,13), while processing skim milk on aluminium oxide MF membranes, found higher permeate fluxes with a 0.2 μm membrane than a 0.8 μm membrane. Stopka et al.(14) reported similar results obtained after the microfiltration of model yeast suspension and beer. Their study showed that the permeate flux for the membrane with a pore size of 500 nm was lower compared to that observed for the membrane with pore size of 200 nm. Arora et al. (11) presented results of ultrafiltration of thin stillage, using membranes with pore sizes of 10 and 100 kDa. The results showed that the membrane with larger pore size (100 kDa) had lower flux. It is evident that the membrane with a pore size of 200 nm had the best performance, in terms of permeate flux. The values of the flux for the membranes of 450 nm and 800 nm were lower compared to the membrane of 200 nm for 13.8 % and 31.2 %, respectively. This can be explained by the foulants accumulation within the larger pores of the membrane, which leads to their clogging. In contrast, the difference in the removal efficiency of COD, BOD, total nitrogen, and dry matter (Table 1) for all membranes is insignificant. CONCLUSIONS Based on the obtained results it can be concluded that the membranes with the pore size of 450 and 800 nm had lower permeate flux than the membrane with pores of 200 nm. The difference in the permeate quality for all membranes is insignificant. The membrane with the pore size of 200 nm showed the best results in terms of duration of the filtration process. Hence, it was chosen for the microfiltration of investigated starch based distillery stillage. Eventually, it can be concluded that the selection of the membrane is very important for the successful implementation of the filtration process, both from the economic standpoint and the standpoint of environmental protection. Acknowledgement This research was supported by the grant number TR 31002 from the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Lapišová, K., Vlček, R., Klozová, J., Rychtera, M. and Melzoch, K.: Separation techniques for distillery stillage treatment. Czech J. Food Sci. 24 (2006) 261-267. 2. Mohana, S., Acharya, B.K. and Madamwar, D.: Distillery spent wash: treatment technologies and potential applications. J. Hazard. Mater. 163 (2009) 12-25. 222 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper 3. Krzywonos, M., Cibis, E., Miśkiewicz, T. and Ryznar-Luty, A.: Utilization and biodegradation of starch stillage (distillery wastewater). Electron. J. Biotechn. 12 (2009) 1-12. 4. Wilkie, A.C., Riedesel, K.J. and Owens, J.M.: Stillage characterization and anaerobic treatment of ethanol stillage from conventional and cellulosic feedstocks. Biomass Bioenerg. 19 (2000) 63-102. 5. Vasić, V.M., Šćiban, M.B. and Prodanović, J.M.: The usage of membranes for distillery wastewater treatment, XV International Eco-Conference, Novi Sad, 21-24 September 2011, Proceedings: Environmental protection of urban and suburban settlements I, p. 281-286. 6. Ryan, D., Gadd, A., Kavanagh, J. and Barton, G.W.: Integrated biorefinery wastewater design. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 87 (2009) 1261-1268. 7. Arora, A., Seth, A., Dien, B.S., Belyea, R.L., Singh, V., Tumbleson, M.E. and Rausch, K.D.: Microfiltration of thin stillage: Process simulation and economic analyses. Biomass Bioenerg. 35 (2011) 113-120. 8. Jokić, A., Zavarago, Z., Šereš, Z. and Tekić, M.: The effect of turbulence promoter on cross-flow microfiltration of yeast suspension: A response surface methodology approach. J. Membr. Sci. 350 (2010) 269-278. 9. APHA (American Public Health Association), Standard Methods for the Examination of water and wastewater, 20th ed., APHA, AWWA, WEF, Washington DC (1998). 10. MEBAK, Brautechnische Analysenmethoden, Bd. I, III Auflage (in German) (1997) 171-174. 11. Arora, A., Dien, B.S., Balyea, R.L., Wang, P., Singh, V., Thumbleson, M.E. and Rausch, K.D.: Ultrafiltration of thin stillage from conventional and e-mill dry grind processes. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 164 (2011) 58-67. 12. Attia, H., Bennasar, M. and Tarodo de la Fuente B.: Study of the fouling of inorganic membranes by acidified milks using scanning electron microscopy and electrophoresis. I. Membrane with pore diameter 0.2 μm. J. Dairy Res. 58 (1991) 39-50. 13. Attia, H., Bennasar, M. and Tarodo de la Fuente B.: Study of the fouling of inorganic membranes by acidified milks using scanning electron microscopy and electrophoresis. II. Membrane with pore diameter 0.8 μm. J. Dairy Res. 58 (1991) 51-65. 14. Stopka, J., Schlosser, Š., Dömény, Z. and Šmogrovičov, D.: Flux decline in microfiltration of beer and related solutions of model foulants through ceramic membranes. Pol. J. Environ. Stud. 9 (2000) 65-69. УТИЦАЈ ПРЕЧНИКА ПОРА НА МИКРОФИЛТРАЦИЈУ ЏИБРЕ Весна М. Васић, Марина Б. Шћибан, Александар И. Јокић, Јелена М. Продановић и Драгана В. Кукић Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар Цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Џибра представља један од најзагађенијих отпадних токова прехрамбене индустрије. Поред велике запремине, џибра садржи велику количину суспендованих чес223 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243217V UDC: 628.31/.33:66.067.3 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 217-224 Original scientific paper тица, има велику вредност хемијске потрошње кисеоника (ХПК) и биолошке потрошње кисеоника (БПК), па се не сме испуштати у околину без претходног пречишћавања. У циљу проналажења најпогодније мембране за процес филтрације џибре, испитане су три керамичке мембране за микрофилтрацију са различитим пречницима пора. За филтрацију су коришћене керамичке мембране са средњим пречником пора од 200 nm, 450 nm и 800 nm. Испитан је утицај пречника пора на флукс пермеата и ефикасност пречишћавања. Мембрана са пречником пора од 200 nm показала је најбоље перформансе, па је стога изабрана за процес микрофилтрације испитиване џибре. Кључне речи: микрофилтрација, џибра, отпадна вода Received: 31 Маy 2012 Accepted: 17 September 2012 224 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper INFLUENCE OF THE OPERATING PARAMETERS ON THE FLUX DURING MICROFILTRATION OF THE STEEPWATER IN THE STARCH INDUSTRY Zita I. Šereša*, Ljubica P. Dokića, Biljana S. Pajina, Dragana M. Šoronja Simovića, Drago Šubarićb, Jurislav Babićb and Aleksandar Z. Fišteša a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Josip Juraj Strossmayer University, Faculty of Food Technology, Franje Kuhača 18, 31000 Osijek, Croatia The subject of the work is the possibility of applying microfiltration through a ceramic tubular membrane with 100 nm pore sizes to the steepwater obtained in the production process of corn starch. The dry matter content should be reduced in the steepwater permeate. Thus the consumption of the process water would be reduced, the nutrients from the steepwater could be exploited as feed and the wastewater problem would consequently be solved. The objective of the work was to examine the influence of the operating parameters on the permeate flux during steepwater microfiltration. The parameters that vary in the course of microfiltration, were the transmembrane pressur and flow rate, while the permeate flux and dry matter content of the permeate and retentate were the dependent parameters, constantly monitored during the process. Another objective of this study was to investigate the influence of static turbulence promoter on the permeate flux during steepwater microfiltration. Static mixers enhance permeate flux, thus the microfiltration can be performed longer. As a result of the statistical analysis, the optimal conditions for steepwater microfiltration were determined. The maximum value of the permeate flux without mixer (25 lm-2h-1) was achieved at a pressure of 2 bars and a flow rate around 100 lh-1. With the use of static mixer the flux is 2,5 times higher compared to the one obtained without the mixer. The dry matter content of the permeat after 2.5 hours of mucrofiltration was lowered by 40%. KEY WORDS: steepwater, microfiltration, ceramic membranre, permeate flux, dry matter content INTRODUCTION Governments of the developed countries have tried to increase the pressure on the largest waste producers in order to reduce the undesired environmental pollution. For example, the Commission of the European Communities introduced the Integral Pollution and Prevention Control Directive. The purpose of the directive is to achieve integrated prevention and the control of pollution arising from the particular activities listed in its Annex I. Among others, the directive defines the Best Available Techniques (BAT) as * Corresponding author: Zita I. Šereš, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 225 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper the most effective and advanced stage in the development of activities and their operation methods which indicate the practical suitability of particular techniques for providing in principle the basis for emission limit values designed to prevent and, where that is not practicable, generally to reduce emissions and the impact on the environment (1, 2). One of them is membrane technique. Membrane separation is a filtration technique in which a feed stream is fractionized with a porous membrane. Some of the dissolved solids are held back because their molecular size is too large to allow them to pass through. The size range depends upon the pore sizes of the used membrane. Fractionation of the feed stream occurs, with some molecules being concentrated on the upstream side of the membrane, which is known as the concentrate or retentate. The smaller molecules pass through the membrane into the permeate stream. There are few membrane processes where they can be characterized by driving forces that cause mass transfer of solutes (e.g. difference in concentration – dialysis), difference in electric potential - electro-dialysis), difference in pressure – microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration, reverse osmosis) (3, 4, 5). The main problem in the performance of microfiltration is concentration polarization and fouling of the membrane. Concentration polarization causes deposition of retained compounds on the membrane surface. A number of reviews have described the process in detail (5, 6). The pure water flux of micro- and ultrafiltration membranes is usually high, but when separation starts through the membrane, the permetae flux falls very quickly, which is caused by the gel formation on the membrane surface. This gel layer forms a secondary barrier to the flow through the membrane (5, 7). There is no possibility for avoiding membrane fouling but it can be limited by applying a number of different techniques which enhance membrane flux. These techniques might be pre-treatment of feed stream, backflushing, fluidized bed, fluid instability, application of electric, magnetic and ultrasonic fields (5). Fluid instability can be more useful in overcoming concentration polarization and membrane fouling, various possibilities have been tested: turbulence promoters, pulsation and rotating membrane filter (Taylor vortex flow). Turbulence promoters as static mixers were applied for permeate flux enhancement during the separation of non-sucrose compounds from sugar beet syrup (8). There are several papers dealing with the application of membrane filtration for purification of wastewater from starch processing industry or for filtration of the starch suspensions (9, 10). Membrane filtration is used in order to achieve an increase in the quality of the finished sweetening and syrup products. It has also found its application in the process of water elimination, i.e. dehydration in the course of the production. It is used to isolate proteins from diluted process flows (11). The aim of this work was to look into the possibility for steepwater microfiltration in order to examine the influence of the oprating parameters on the permeate flux during steepwater microfiltration. Another objective was to investigate the influence of static turbulence promoter on permeate flux during steep water microfiltration, in order to enhance permeate flux. Generally, the results and the optimization can serve for the determination of the suitable operating conditions for the steepwater concentration. The dry matter content could be reduced in the steepwater permeate and the process water in the starch industry could be reused. Thus, the consumption of the process water would be reduced and the nutrients from the steepwater could be exploited as a feed . 226 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper EXPERIMENTAL Microfiltration experiments were conducted on the samples of steepwater, which were obtained from the corn starch wet milling plant „Jabuka“, Pančevo (Serbia). The procedure of microfiltration on a single-channel ceramic membrane with 100 nm pore sizes on the laboratory apparatus for microfiltration has already been published (12). The central part of the apparatus is the module with the membrane inside. In this study, use was made of the ceramic membrane of GEA manufacturer (Germany). The membrane is single-channel, 250 mm lenght, with the inner diameter of 6.8 mm and outer diameter of 10 mm. The membrane is made of -Al2O3 with TiO2 layer. The active membrane surface equals 0.005 m2. The pore sizes of the membrane are 100 nm. This pore size is twice smaller than that usually used for starch wastewater, e.g. ny Cancino-Madariaga and Aguirre (13). These authors used a 0.2 μm PVDF membrane of 7.5 m2. Their experiment was carried out in a real production plant on wastewater solutions with and without a prior sedimentation step. Šaranović et al. (12) investigated microfiltration of wheat starch wastewater on ceramic membrane with 200 nm pore sizes, and achieved a dry matter decrease of about 50–60%. For this investigation of steepwater microfiltration, the membrane with 100 nm pore sizes could be used because it contains smaller particles and no starch. Dry matter content was 6.5%, out of which proteins were 50%, lactic acid 26%, carbohydrates (as dextrose) 2.5%, and total ash 21.5%. The static turbulence promoter used during experiments was the stainless steel Kenics static mixer. The static turbulence promoter was inserted inside the whole membrane tube and was fixed properly to avoid any movement due to the fluid flow (12). The microfiltration experiments were planned based on a full 23 factorial designed experiment (14). In this experiment, the factors, i.e. the independent parameters were the transmembrane pressure (p) and flow rate (Q). Table 1 shows the values for the independent parameters which varied during the course of filtration. Table 1. Varied values of independent variables Independent variables Varied values Q [L/h] 50 / 150/ 200 P [bar] 1 / 2/ 3 Q - flow rate [L/h] P - transmembrane pressure [bar] The dependent parameters monitored during the process of microfiltration, permeate flux and dry matter content of permeate and retentate were determined at the beginning, during and at the end of microfiltration (4). The determination of dry matter content in steepwater and of permeate and retentate was based on the following: defined volume of steepwater, permeate or retentate weight in the laboratory glass, with a known mass of the glass. The glass with the content of the sample was put in the water bath. When the water evaporated, the glass with the content was dried at 105oC to a constant weight. The experimental data were processed with computer programmes Statistica for Windows 8.0 and Origin 6.1. 227 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper The membrane was cleaned before each experiment with 0.5% solution of Ultrasil 11. The effectiveness in membrane cleaning was assessed by examining the water flux recovery. The cleaning procedure was repeated until the 95% of original water flux was restored. The influences of transmembrane pressure and flow rate on the permeate flux with the time were analyzed by means of a statistical multifactorial analysis of the experimental data (12). Responses fitted with the polynomial model [1] of the second degree were: permeate flux without static mixer - JNSM, and permeate flux with static mixer - JSM: z = b0+b1·x+b2·y+b11·x·x+b22·y·y+b12·x·y [1] where z - JNSM or JSM [l/m2h], x - P [bar], y - Q [l/h] and b0, b1, b2, b11, b22, b12 - coefficients. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Fig. 1 compares the dependence of the fluxes of distilled water and steepwater on the transmembrane pressure for the microfiltration on the ceramic membrane with pore sizes of 100 nm at flow rate of 200 L/h, and at room temperature. It shows how many times are the permeate flux smaller compared to the water flux. The water flux is the basic parameter for flux comparison with the permete steepwater flux. It is evident that the permeate flux of steepwater is 5-10 times reduced at transmembrane pressures of 1-3 bars compared to the water flux. Fig. 1 shows just the preliminary experiments at the first few minutes of the microfiltration. After this experiment, the main experiments were started based on a full 23 factorial design. At each combination of pressure and flow rate, the microfiltration were stopped after cca. 3 hours. Figures 2, 3, and 4 show the results of these experiments. 1600 1400 3200 distilled water steepwater Q=200 l/h M 100 nm NSM 2800 2 1800 Flux [L/m h] 2 Flux [L/m h] 2000 1200 2400 2000 1000 1600 800 1200 600 800 400 400 200 0 distilled water steepwater Q=200 l/h M 100 nm SM 0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 P [bar] 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 P [bar] Figure 1. Dependence of the fluxes of distilled water and steepwater permeate on the transmembrane pressure in the microfiltration on the ceramic membrane with pore sizes of 100 nm at flow rate of 200 L/h, at room temperature with (SM) and without (NSM) the static mixer 228 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper The results of fitting the experimental values of the permeate flux after 2.5 hours of microfiltration of the second-order polynomial are shown in Table 2. The second-order polynomials (flux as a function of the pressure and flow rate) [2] and [3] stand for the case without and with the use of the static mixer, respectively: JNSM= 18.74-23.1617·P+0.3838·Q+2.725·P2+0.0264·P·Q-0.0015·Q2 [2] JSM= 199.0367-69.175·P-1.2737·Q+11.596·P2+0.0264·P·Q+0.0044·Q2 [3] They approximate well the experimental results for the system without (R2 =0.85) and with static mixer (R2 =0.98). The relatively high values of R2 obtained for all responses indicate good fit of the experimental data to equation (12). The closer the value of R2 to the unity, the better the empirical model fits the actual data (16). The significance of each coefficient was determined through the t-values. The larger the magnitude of the t-value the more significant is the corresponding coefficient. The polynomial model tested for the selected responses were significant at the 95% confidence level (p-value; 0.05, Table 2). Table 2. Results of fitting the experiemntal values of the permeate flux, after 2.5 hours of microfiltration Factor b0 b1 b2 b11 b22 b12 R2 Without static mixer value t-value 18.7400 0.33969 -23.1617 -0.93401 0.3838 0.57054 2.7250 0.50156 -0.0015 -0.68931 0.0264 0.34360 0.85 With static mixer value t-value 199.0367 4.72421 -69.1750 -3.68837 -1.2737 -2.50324 11.5960 2.77319 0.0044 2.70383 0.0264 0.45431 0.98 In order to facilitate comparisons of the significance of individual coefficients, they were expressed as a fraction of the largest t-values of the observed correlation (17). The significance of individual coefficients of average permeate flux correlation with or without static mixers are shown in Fig. 2. The most important linear factor influencing permeate flux during the 2.5 hours microfiltration without turbulence promoter is the pressure, as well as in the system with the turbulence promoter. Among the quadratic coefficients the greatest impact on the microfiltration process in the system without turbulence promoter has the suspension flow rate, while the most significant is quadratic effect of transmembrane pressure in the system with static mixer. The interaction between mentioned parameters is more important in the system without static mixer. 229 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 0 0 b0 b1 b2 b11 b22 significance [%] NSM b12 b0 b1 b2 b11 b22 b12 significance [%] SM Figure 2. Significance of the individual coefficient of the average permeate flux correlation with and without static mixer Based on the obtained experimental values and using the program Statistica 8.0 a regression equation was obtained, which best describes the dependence of the flux on the transmembrane pressure and flow rate, and the graphs depicting two dependent variables are shown in Fig. 3. In the case without static mixer, the most important linear factor influencing the permeate flux without turbulence promoter is the pressure and the figure shows that the highest flux values without static mixer caan be achieved (over 25 L/ m2h) when the flow rate is held around 150 L/h and the transmembrane pressure under 2 bars. Figure 3. Dependence of the steepwater permeate flux on the transmembrane pressure and flow rate for the microfiltration without static mixer It could be expected that the permeate flux would increase with the transmembrane pressure. However, there is a negative effect of a higher transmembrane pressure: the cake layer may become more compact as the transmembrane pressure increases, leading to a greater flux reduction (16). At higher steepwater flow rates, with increasing transmembrane pressure, the permeate flux initially increases, eventually reaching a stationary value (18). A higher steepwater flow rate results in a higher tangential shear stress and 230 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper the particles on the membrane surface are more unstable (19). Consequently, less cake mass can be formed under a higher flow rate, which leads to an increase in the average permeate flux. It can be noticed that with increasing flow rate at all transmembrane pressures, the average permeate flux in the system without static mixer increases. Figure 4. Dependence of the steepwater permeate flux on the transmembrane pressure and flow rate in the microfiltration with static mixer The effects of the transmembrane pressure and flow rate on the permeate flux in the system with static mixer are presented in Fig. 4. Evidently, the increases in the transmembrane pressure results in a decreased permeate flux at all flow rates. In the system with the presence of static mixer a steady state value of the permeate flux is not achieved with increasing transmembrane pressure, as it is the case in the system without static mixers. The main reason is that the turbulence promoter allows the creation of the secondary flow to improve mass transfer and mixing of fluids near the surface membrane, which also reduces the deposition (7). On comparing the values of permeate flux in the system with and without static mixers it can be seen that the increase in the permeate flux, achieved by increasing the transmembrane pressure at low flow rates and pressures is around 300%. The static mixer as turbulence promoter provides a high-speed flow and better mixing, and allows slower deposition of particles on the membrane surface and reduces the thickness of the cake (20). With the increase of steepwater flow rate, the permeate flux increases at all transmembrane pressures, but the flux increase is more evident increase at lower transmembrane pressures. At higher pressures, it may happen that some particles from steepwater penetrate into the membrane pores, decreasing thus the mixing effects. Fig. 5 clearly illustrates the flux decline during the time of microfiltration with and without the use of a static mixer under the same operating conditions. The flux decline without static mixer is very fast, and can be described by the following equation [4]: 231 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper [4] J NSM 32.05 479.81 e -t 0.84 where the R is 0.98. From the picture, it can be seen that after just 5 minutes the flux declines from 352 to 50 l/m2h. After that, until 225 minute the declination is slower, but it ends with 20 l/m2h. The use of a static mixer during the ultrafiltration is much better. The flux decline is slower (at 129 minute the flux reaches 55 l/m2h). The flux decline with the use of static mixer can be described by equation [5], where the R2 is 0,99: 2 J SM 28.06 371.75 e -t 44.49 [5] 400 J (NSM, 2 bar, 150 l/h) J (SM, 2 bar, 150 l/h) 350 2 J (l/m h) 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 t (min) Figure 5. Time dependence of the steepwater permeate flux with (SM) and without (NSM) the use of the static mixer under the same operating conditions The dry matter content of the retentate increased in average by 10%, and the dry matter content of the permeate decreased by about 20–40%, depending on the microfiltration mode (NSM or SM). This means that during the steepwater microfiltration permeate contains 40% less particles, and thus it can be considered for the use as recicled water in the corn starch production. CONCLUSIONS On the basis of the study of the effects of the steepwater microfiltration conditions, the following conclusions can be drawn: The permeate flux of steepwater is lower by 5-10 times compared to the water flux. Such an effect can be ascribed to the increased adsorption and adhesion of particles and solutes on the membrane, which leads to an effective decrease in the diameter of the pores and a decline in the permeate flux. Such a change, i.e. flux decline, is explained by the concentration polarization and the formation of a layer containing wastewater compounds on the membrane surface. 232 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper After 2,5 hours of microfiltration without static mixer, the maximum value of the permeate flux (25 lm-2h-1) was achieved at the pressure under 2 bars and the flow rate around 150 lh-1. By using static mixer, the maximal flux is around 90 lm-2h-1, which is almost 4 times higher than the flux value reached in the system without a static mixer. The dry matter content of the retentate increases in average by 10%, and the dry matter content of the permeate is lowered by about 20–40%, depending on the microfiltration mode (NSM or SM) Acknowledgement The authors acknowledge the financial support of the Secretariat for Science and Technological Development of the Province of Vojvodina through the project „Cookies and crackers with functional characteristics with special dietary needs“. REFERENCES 1. European Commision: Reference Document on Best Available Techniques in Common Waste Water and Waste Gas Treatment / Management Systems in the Chemical Sector. February 2003 (pdf), http://eippcb.jrc.es (accessed 10/09/2012). 2. European Commision: Reference Document on Best Available Techniques in the Food, Drink and Milk Industries. Dated January 2006 (pdf), http://eippcb.jrc.es (accessed 10/09/2012). 3. Cheryan M.: Ultrafiltration Handbook. Lancaster, Basel, Technomic Publishing Co. Inc. (1986) 73-125. 4. Šereš Z.: Ultrafiltracija u industriji šećera. Monography, Zadužbina Andrejević, Beograd i Tehnološki fakultet, Novi Sad (2009) 23-33. 5. Baker R. W.: Membrane Technology and Application, John Wiley & Sons, West Sussex (2004) 1-14, 161-189, 237-272. 6. Gupta B.B., Howell J.A., Wu D. R. and Field W.: A helical baffle for cross-flow microfiltration. J. Memb. Sci. 99 (1995) 31-42. 7. Zhen X.-H., Yu S.-L., Wang B.-F and Zheng H.-F.: Flux enhancement during ultrafiltration of produced water using turbulence promoter, J. Environ. Sci. 18 (2006) 1077-1081. 8. Šereš Z., Gyura J., Djurić M., Vatai Gy. and Jokić A.: Separation of non-sucrose compounds from sugar-beet syrup by ultrafiltration with ceramic membrane containing static mixer, Desal. 250 (2010) 136-143. 9. Yeh H.M., Chen H.Y. and Chen K.T.: Membrane ultrafiltration in a tubular module with a steel rod inserted concentrically for improved performance, J. of Memb. Sci. 168 (2000) 121-133. 10. Qaisrani T.M. and Samhaber W.M.: Flux enhancement by air dispersion in cross-flow microfiltration of a colloidal system through spiral wound module, Global Nest J. 10 (2008) 461-469. 233 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper 11. Rausch K. D.: Membrane Technology in the starch processing industry, Starch/Stärke 54 (2002) 273-284. 12. Šaranović Ž., Šereš Z., Jokić A., Pajin B., Dokić Lj., Gyura J., Dalmacija B., Šoronja Simović D.: Re-duction of solid content in starch industry wastewater by microfiltration, Starch/Starke 63 (2011) 64-74. 13. Cancino-Madariaga B. and Aguirre J.: Combination treatment of corn starch wastewater by sedimentation, microfiltration and reverse osmosis, Desalination 279 (2011) 285-290. 14. Krstić D.M., Tekic M.N., Caric M.D.and Milanovic S.D.: Static turbulence promoter in cross-flow microfiltration of skim milk, Desal. 163 (2004) 297-309. 15. Akhnazarova S.and Kafarov V.: Experiment optimiziation in chemistry and chemical engineering, MIR Publishers, Moscow (1982) 77-149. 16. Lee Y. and Clark M.M.: Modeling of flux decline during crossflow ultrafiltration of colloidal suspensions, J. Memb. Sci. 149 (1998) 181-202. 17. Djuric M., Gyura J.and Zavargo Z.: The analysis of process variables influencing some characteristics of permeate from ultra- and nanofiltration in sugar beet processing, Desal. 169 (2004) 167-183. 18. Vladisavljevic G.T., Vukosavljevic P.and Bukvic B.: Permeate flux and fouling resistance in ultrafiltration of depectinized apple juice using ceramic membranes, J. Food Eng. 60 (2003) 241-247. 19. Hwang K.-J., Hsu Y.-L. and Tung K.-L.: Effect of particle size on the performance of cross-flow microfiltration, Advanced Powder Technology 17 (2006) 189-206. 20. Pal S., Bharihoke R., Chakraborty S., Ghatak S.K., De S. and Gupta S: An experimental and theoretical analysis of turbulence promoter assisted ultrafiltration of synthetic fruit juice, Separ. and Purif. Tech. 62 (2008) 659-667. УТИЦАЈ РАДНИХ ПАРАМЕТАРА НА ФЛУКС ПЕРМЕАТА ТОКОМ МИКРОФИЛТРАЦИЈЕ ВОДЕ ОД МОЧЕЊА У ИНДУСТРИЈИ СКРОБА Зита И. Шереш a, Љубица П. Докић a, Биљана С. Пајин a, Драгана М. Шороња Симовић a, Драго Шубарић б, Јурислав Бабић б и Александар З. Фиштеш a a б Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Свеучилиште Јосипа Јурја Штросмајера, Факултет Прехрамбене технологије, Фрање Кухача 18, 31000 Осијек, Хрватска У овом раду се испитује микорфилтрација воде од мочења при добијању кукурузног скроба. На овај начин би се смањила потрошња свеже воде током технолошког процеса, а нутријенти из воде од мочења би се могли користити као сточна храна. За регенерацију нутријената из воде од мочења се користила керамичка мембрана са отворима пора од 100 nm. Током експеримената се пратио утицај трансмембранског притиска и протока на зависне параметре, који су флукс пермеата и сува материја пермеата и ретентата. Други циљ рада је да се прати утицај статичког 234 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243225S UDC: 66.067.1:66.03:664.25 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 225-235 Original scientific paper мешача на флукс пермеата током микрофилтрације воде од мочења. Статистичком анализом експерименталних података су се утврдили оптимални услови микрофилтрације воде од мочења. Максимална вредност флукса пермеата која се добија без употребе статичког мешача износи 25 l/m2h, и постиже се при трансмембранском притиску од 2 бара и при протоку од 100 l/h. Уз употребу статичког мешача постиже се флукс пермеата за 2,5 пута већи од вредности флукса постигнутом без мешача. Након 2,5 сата микрофилтрације пермеат садржи за 40% мање суве материје у односу на полазну сировину, воду од мочења. Кључне речи: вода од мочења, микрофилтрација, керамичка мембрана Received: 24 April 2012 Accepted: 25 Septemбer 2012 235 BIOCHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF LEMON, CARAWAY AND BASIL EXTRACTS ON LISTERIA SPP. Gordana R. Dimića*, Sunčica D. Kocić-Tanackova, Olivera O. Jovanovb, Dragoljub D. Cvetkovića, Siniša L. Markova and Aleksandra S. Velićanskia a University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia b Jugoinspekt, Dunavska 23, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Commercial extracts of three spices (lemon, caraway and basil) against Listeria monocytogenes, L. innocua and L. welshimeri were investigated using disc diffusion method. Lemon and basil extracts inhibited all the organisms at the level of ≥ 5 µl (lemon) and 20 µl (basil). These extracts produced inhibitory zones of 9-19 mm (lemon) and 8-11.5 mm (basil). The extract of caraway showed activity only against L. innocua at the highest level (20 µl), producing an inhibitory zone of 14.7 mm. Generally, the lemon extract was the most effective. This extract exhibited greater inhibitory activity against L. monocytogenes, while the basil extract had the strongest effect on L. welshimeri. KEY WORDS: Antibacterial activity, essential oils of spices, Listeria spp., food contamination INTRODUCTION Food contamination by microorganisms and their development and, hence, its decontamination represent a serious problem. Chemical agents to prevent microbial growth and various additives that are used in food industries, are considered to be potentially harmful to human health. In seeking of possible alternatives antimicrobial activities of compounds of natural origin that can be found in many plants are currently in progress worldwide. Spices are aromatic plants that are widely used in the food industry and culinary food preparation for flavouring. However, their essential oils and extracts can have another role, and that is to controle the growth of harmful microorganisms. It is necessary the spice to be effective enough to ensure that the product is safe and also have acceptable both odour and taste. Numerous studies document the inhibitory effects of some essential oils and extracts of spices, plants, or their major active constituents on the bacteria Escherichia coli, Aeromonas spp., Enterococcus faecalis, Salmonella enterica Typhimurium, Staphylococcus aureus, Shigella spp., Bacillus spp., Listeria. monocytogenes, Micrococcus spp., Yersinia enterocolitica, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Proteus vulgaris, Streptococcus spp., Lacto* Corresponding author: Gordana R. Dimić, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 239 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper bacillus spp., Enterobacter spp. (1-11). Gram-positive bacteria are generally more sensitive than Gram-negative bacteria (12, 13). Species of the genus Listeria (gram-positive rod-shaped bacteria) are frequent in the human environment and their growth at low temperatures and high salt concentrations, in vacuum packed food and that packaged under modified atmospheres (MAP) could be a problem, especially if the contamination with pathogenic L. monocytogenes is present. Also, ready-to-eat (RTE) products are popular and can be consumed without further cooking. Salads and sandwiches are at risk of contamination because they require much manual manipulation during their preparation. Even the products that are held at refrigerator temperature during their manufacture, the storage and distribution provide the opportunity for growth of psychrotolerant pathogens and spoilage bacteria. Hence, the consumption of the food contaminated with L. monocytogenes can constitute a serious health risk (listeriosis) to humans. Listeria spp. was isolated from homemade white cheeses from various public bazaars (L. monocytogenes, L. innocua, L. seeligeri, L. grayi, L. ivanovii and L. welshimeri) (14), from fresh salad vegetables (L. monocytogenes, L. welshimeri and L. murray) (15), liquid whole eggs ( L. innocua) (16). L. innocua was the dominant species in fresh chicken meat and chicken products that are examined by Kosek-Paszkowska et al. (17) and the highest prevalence in food products from supermarkets in Bangkok (18). The results of this study indicate the highest number of cases of Listeria spp. of contamination in meat, meat products and raw vegetables. Previously, we have reported that Listeria spp. were frequent in raw chicken, pork, and beef meat (19). In this work we studied the antibacterial activity of some commercial spice extracts against pathogenic and nonpathogenic of Listeria species that contaminate food. EXPERIMENTAL Spice extracts Three different commercial extracts, of lemon, caraway and basil, were provided by ETOL, Celje, Slovenia. The botanical name and main components as typical contents of the spice samples are listed in Table 1. These extracts are intended for use in the food industries. Test concentrations for antibacterial examination were 0, 5, 10 and 20 µl. Table 1. List of spice extracts tested Common name Lemon Caraway Basil Scientific name Citrus limon Carum carvi Ocimum basilicum Plant family Rutaceae Apiaceae Lamiaceae Main component Limonene Carvone Estragole Percentage (%) 65.0 70.0 86.7 Test bacteria The foodborne and spoilage bacteria used as test organisms were L. monocytogenes, L. innocua and L. welshimeri, all isolated from fresh meat. Until the experiment cultures of the bacteria were kept on tryptone soy yeast extract (TSYEA) slants agar at 4oC. 240 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper Preparation of the inoculum Bacterial inoculums were prepared from overnight culture on the TSYEA slant. Cultures were directly suspended in saline and the optical density of the suspension was measured by MacFarland standards and then the suspensions were diluted to the appropriate bacterial concentrations (106 cells/ml) needed in the experiments, using the same solution. Antibacterial assays In these studies, the disc diffusion method was used. TSYEA was poured in the Petri plates (9 mm diam) in a thickness of 4 mm. Each of test cultures was inoculated with a sterile swab by rotating the plate three times for 1/3 rounds between each smear and left to dry for 10 min at ambient temperature. Sterile discs (diameter of 6 mm), were placed at the center of each plate, after which the spice extracts were added in the above amounts. The plates were incubated at 37o C for 48 h. If the organism was more or less sensitive to the extract, around the disc appeared a clear zone of the growth inhibition. The diameter of the inhibitory zone was measured in mm. All tests were done in triplicate. The values are presented as means ± SD of three measurements. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The results of the antibacterial disc diffusion assays are summarized in Table 2. Table 2. Antibacterial activity of lemon, caraway and basil extracts on the growth of Listeria spp. Strain L. monocytogenes L. innocua L. welshimeri L. monocytogenes L. innocua L. welshimeri L. monocytogenes L. innocua L. welshimeri Quantity of spice extract (µl/disc) 5 10 20 Inhibition zone diameter (mm) Lemon 9.5 ± 0.26 12.5 ± 0.35 19 ± 0.36 9 ± 0.21 16.9 ± 0.44 17.5 ± 0.26 9.5 ± 0.27 15.5 ± 0.35 18 ± 0.48 Caraway 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 14.7 ± 0.28 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 Basil 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 10 ± 0.13 0 ± 0.00 0 ± 0.00 8 ± 0.11 0 ± 0.00 10 ± 0.22 11.5 ± 0.26 241 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper The extracts of lemon, caraway and basil showed inhibitory potential against Listeria spp., the lemon extract being the most efficient. The inhibitory effect of this extract at the lowest volume for all three Listeria species was not practically different. The data indicate that L. innocua was equally sensitive to the increase in the level of oil at 10 and 20 µl, with the inhibition zones of 16.9 and 17.5 mm, respectively. At the level of 20 µl, L. monocytogenes was the most sensitive, with a slightly larger inhibitory zone (19 mm). The volumes of the caraway extract less than 20 µl did not affect the growth of the examined species. With 20 µl, it was effective only against L. innocua. The basil extract appeared to be a weaker inhibitor of L. innocua, but it was effective against L. welshimeri and L. monocytogenes. The study showed that of the different spices tested for their antibacterial effect only lemon extract inhibited the growth of all bacteria, with L. monocytogenes being the most and L. innocua the least susceptible, while L. monocytogenes, L. innocua and L. welshimeri showed moderate sensitivity to basil extract. On the other hand, no inhibition zones of caraway were observed on L. monocytogenes and L. welshimeri. However, the basil extract was less potent than the caraway extract against L. innocua. Smith-Palmer et al. (12) examined the inhibitory activity of essential oils of 23 species plant and two essences against some Gram-nagative and Gram-positive bacteria, including also L. monocytogenes, and they found low activity of pure lemon oil and basil against L. monocytogenes when they were used in quantities of 25 µl in agar well technique. Fernandez-Lopez et al. (20) showed that the lemon extract (from an industrial byproduct) having a high water content was not active against L. monocytogenes and L. innocua, as well as against lactic acid bacteria (except for one strain of Lactobacillus lactis, with an inhibitory zone of 8.5 mm). Friedly et al. (21) studied the sensitivity of L. monocytogenes and L. innocua to commercial citrus essential oils and the results of the disc diffusion assay showed inhibition zone diameters of 8.4 and 8.8 mm, for 10 µl of lemon essential oil. Espina et al. (22) evaluated the antimicrobial effects of three essential oils of lemon, orange, and mandarin against six microorganisms: L. monocytogenes, Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecium, Salmonella Enteritidis, Escherichia coli O157 : H7 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Lemon and orange oils (15 µl/disc) showed weak/no inhibition zone (< 12 mm) against these microorganisms. The results that were obtained using broth dilution method showed minimum inhibitory concentraton (MIC) of lemon oil of 1.0 µl/ml for L. monocytogenes and minimum bactericidal (MBC) > 30 µl/ml. Shan et al. (23) tested the antimicrobial properties of 46 extracts from spices and herbs and reported that caraway extract had no inhibitory activity against five food-borne bacteria, L. monocytogenes, B. cereus, S. aureus, E. coli and S. anatum. L. monocytogenes was the most resistant of the tested Gram-positive organisms in this investigation. Pure oil from caraway and suspensions in ethanol in the ratio of 2:1 and 1:1 showed microbiostatic effect on L. monocytogenes ATCC 19115 (more sensitive) and L. monocytogenes ATCC 19112, with an inhibitory zone of ≤ 13 mm (24). In several report, basil essential oil was less effective in inhibiting L. monocytogenes and Pseudomonas aeruginosa compared to the other Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria (25). However, Hossain et al. (26) reported that essential oils and methanol extracts of basil displayed a great antibacterial activity against L. monocytogenes and other tested bacteria. Nguefack et al. (27) investigated the inhibitory effects of essential oils from five aromatic plants on 242 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper the strains of L. monocytogenes, L. innocua and S. aureus. L. innocua and three strains L. monocytogenes were more sensitive to oil isolated from basil Ocimum gratissimum than Ocimum basilicum, while one strain of L. monocytogenes was resistant to O. basilicum. Lemon, caraway and basil essential oils and extracts contain many biologically active compounds that give rise to their antimicrobial actions. The most important active ingredients of lemon are monoterpenes such as limonene, γ-terpinene, β-pinene and the aldehydes geranial and neral (22, 28). Iacobellis et al. (29) determined carvone, limonene, germacrene D and trans-dihydrocarvone as the main components of caraway. Linalool was found as a main component in basil oil investigated by Hanif et al. (30). Kocić-Tanackov et al. (31) identified estragol as the major component present in basil extract. Numerous publications have documented different data on antibacterial activity of the spice essential oils and extracts. The data are based on different test methods, different methods of obtaining and composition of oils and extracts and the caracteristics of the test microorganisms. Although it is not always easy to compare different studies, there are indications that the application of these natural antimicrobial agents can slow or prevent the growth of microorganisms (32, 33), and the mechanisms of the action are being intensively examined. The flow cytometry of L. innocua stained with carboxy fluorescein diacetate showed that essential oil permeabilized the cytoplasmic membrane (27). CONCLUSION The results of this study indicate that lemon, caraway and basil extracts have the potential as a natural antimicrobial agents to be used for the future practical application in preservation of the food from microbiological spoilage and prevention of foodborne diseases. Acknowledgement These results are part of the Project No. TR - 31017 financially supported by the Ministry of Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Hammer, K. A., Carson, C. F. and Riley, T. V.: Antimicrobial activity of essential oils and other plant axtracts. J. of Appl. Microbiol. 86 (1999) 985-990. 2. Bagamboula, C. F., Uyttendaele, M. and Debevere, J.: Antimicrobial effect of spices on Shigella sonnei and Shigella flexneri. J. of Food Prot. 66, 4 (2003) 668-673. 3. Faleiro, M. L., Miguel, M. G., Ladeiro, F., Venacio, F., Tavares, R., Bruto, J. C., Figueiredo, A. C., Barroso, J. G. and Pedro, L. G.: Antimicrobial activity of essential oils from Potuguese endemic species of Thymus. Lett. in Appl. Microbiol. 36 (2003) 35-40. 4. Baidar, H., Sagdic, O., Tahsin, Oskan, G. and Karadogan, T.: Antibacterial activity and composition of essential oils from Origanum, Thimbra and Satureja species with commercial importance in Turkey. Food Control 15 (2004) 169-172. 243 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper 5. Sokmen, A., Gulluce, M., Akpulat, H. A., Deferera, D., Tepe, B., Polission, M., Sokmen, M. and Sahin, F.: The in vitro antimicrobial and antioxidant activities of the essential oils and methanol extracts of endemic Thymus spathulifolius. Food Control 15 (2004) 627-634. 6. Moreira, M. R., Ponce, A. G., del Walle, C. E. and Rouza, S. I.: Inhibitory parameters of essential oils to reduce a food borne pathogen. LWT 38 (2005) 565-570. 7. Skočibušić, M., Bezić, N. and Dunkić, V.: Phitochemical composition and antimicrobial activities of the essential oils from Satureja subspicata Vis. growing in Croatia. Food Chem. 96 (2006) 20-28. 8. Celiktas, Y. O., Kocabas, E. E. H., Bedir, E., Sukan, F. V., Ozek, T. and Baser, K. H. C.: Antimicrobial activities of methanol extracts and essential oils of Rosmarinus officinalis, depending on location and seasonal variations. Food Chem. 100 (2007) 553559. 9. Veldhuizen, E. J. A., Creutzberg, T. O; Burt, S. A. and Haagsman, H. P.: Low temperature and binding to food components inhibit the antibacterial activity of carvacrol against Listeria monocytogenes in steak tartare. J. of Food Prot. 70, 9 (2007) 21272132. 10. Viuda-Martos, M., Ruiz-Navajas, Y., Fernandez-Lopez, J. and Perez-Alvarez, J.: Antibacterial activity of lemon (Citrus lemon L.), mandarin (Citrus reticulata L.), grapefruit (Citrus paradisi L.) and orange (Citrus sinsnsis L.) essential oils. J. of Food Saf. 28, 4 (2008) 567-576. 11. Amensour, M., Bouhdid, S., Fernandez-Lopez, J., Idaomar, M., Senhaji, N. S. and Abrini, M.: Antibacterial activity of extracts of Myrtus communis against food-borne pathogenic and spoilage bacteria. Int. J. of Food Propert. 13 (2010) 1215-1224. 12. Smith-Palmer, A., Stewart, J. and Fife, L.: Antimicrobial properties of plant essential oils and essences against five important food-borne pathogens. Lett. in Appl. Microbiol. 26 (1998) 118-122. 13. Delaquis, P. J., Stanich, K., Girard, B. and Mazza, G.: Antimicrobial activity of individual and mixed fractions of dill, cilantro, coriander and eucalyptus essential oils. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 74 (2002) 101-109. 14. Arslan, S. and Ozdemir, F.: Prevalence and antimicrobial resistence of Listeria spp. in homemade white cheese. Food Control 19, 4 (2008) 360-363. 15. Monge, R. and Arias-Echandi, M. L.: Presence of Listeria monocytogenes in fresh salad vegetables. Rev. Biomed. 10, 1 (1999) 29-31. 16. Lesaor, S. B. and Foegeding, P. M.: Listeria species in commercially broken raw liquid whole egg. J. Food Prot. 52 (1989) 777-780. 17. Kosek-Paszkowska, K., Bania, J., Bystron, J., Molenda, J. and Czerw, M.: Occurence of Listeria spp. in raw poultry meat and poultry meat products. Bull. Vet. Inst. Pulawy 49 (2005) 219-222. 18. Stonsaovapak, S. and Boonyaratanakornkit, M.: Prevalence and antimicrobial resistance of Listeria species in food products in Bangkok, Thailand. J. of Food Saf. 30 (2009) 154-161. 19. Dimić, G. R., Kocić-Tanackov, S. D., Jovanov, O. O., Cvetković, D. D., Markov, S. L. and Velićanski, A. S.: Presence of Listeria species in fresh meats from retial markets in Serbia. APTEFF 41 (2010) 1-6. 244 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper 20. Fernandez-Lopez, J., Zhi, N., Aleson-Carbonell, L., Perez-Alvarez, J. A. and Kuri, V.: Antioxidant and antibacterial activities of natural extracts: application in beef meatballs. Meat Sci. 69 (2005) 371-380. 21. Friedly, E. C., Crandall, P. G., Ricke, S. C., Roman, M., Bryan, C. O. and Chalova,V. I.: In vitro antilisterial effects of citrus oil fractions in combination with organic acid. J. of Food Sci. 74, 2 (2009) 67-72. 22. Espina, L., Somolinos, M., Loran, S., Conchello, P., Garcia, D. and Pagan, R.: Chemical composition of commercial citrus fruit essential oils and evaluation of their antimicrobial activity acting alone or in combined processes. Food Control 22, 6 (2011) 896-902. 23. Shan, B., Cai, Y. C., Brooks, J. D. and Corke, H.: The in vitro antibacterial activity of dietary spice and medicinal herb extracts. Int. J. of Food Microbiol. 117 (2007) 112119. 24. Klaus, A., Beatović, D., Nikšić, M., Jelačić, S. and Petrović, T.: Antibacterial activity of plants essential oils from Serbia against the Listeria monocytogenes. J. of Agric. Sci. 54, 2 (2009) 95-104. 25. Elgayyar, M., Draughon, F. A., Golden, D. A. and Mount, J. R.: Antimicrobial activity of essential oils from plants against selected pathogenic and saprophytic microorganisms. J. of Food Protect. 64, 7 (2001) 1019-1024. 26. Hossain, M. A., Kabir, M. J., Salehuddin, S. M., Das, A. K., Singha, S. K., Alam, M. K. and Rahman, A.: Antibacterial properties of essential oils and methanol extracts of sweet basil Ocimum basilicum occuring in Bangladesh. Pharm. Biol. 48, 5 (2010) 504-511. 27. Nguefack, J., Budde, B. B. and Jakobsen, M:. Five essential oils from aromatic plants of Cameroon: their antibacterial activity and ability to permeabilize the cytoplasmic membrane of Listeria innocua examined by flow cytometry. Lett. in Appl. Microbiol. 39, 5 (2004) 395-400. 28. Kirbaslar, F. G., Tavman, A., Dulger, B. and Turker, G.: Antimicrobial activity of Turkish citrus peel oils. Pak. J. Bot. 41, 6 (2009) 3207-3212. 29. Iacobellis, N. S., Lo Cantore, P., Capasso, F. and Senatore, F.: Antibacterial activity of Cuminum cyminum L. and Carum carvi L. essential oils. J. Agric. and Food Chem. 53 (2005) 57-61. 30. Hanif, M. A., Al-Maskari, M. Y., Al-Maskari, A., Al-Shukaili, A., Al-Maskari, A. Y. and Al-Sabahi, J. N.: Essential oil composition, antimicrobial and antioxidant activities of unexplored Omani basil. JMPR 5, 5 (2011) 751-757. 31. Kocić-Tanackov, S., Dimić, G., Lević, J., Tanackov, I. and Tuco, D.: Antifungal activities of basil (Ocimum basilicum L.) extract on Fusarium species. Afr. J. of Biotechnol. 10, 50 (2011) 10188-10195. 32. Rasooli, I.: Food preservation - a biopreservative approach. Food 1, 2 (2007) 111-136. 33. Suppakul, P., Miltz, J., Sonneveld, K. and Bigger, S. W.: Antimicrobial properties of basil and its possible application in food packing. J. Agr. Food Chem. 51 (2003) 3197-3207. 245 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243239D UDC: 66.061.3:635.71/.75+634.33:579.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 239-246 Original scientific paper АНТИБАКТЕРИЈСКА АКТИВНОСТ ЕКСТРАКАТА ЛИМУНА, КИМА И БОСИЉКА НА LISTERIA SPP. Гордана Р. Димића*, Сунчица Д. Коцић-Танацкова, Оливера О. Јовановб, Драгољуб Д. Цветковића, Синиша Л. Маркова и Александра С. Велићанскиа a Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет,Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Југоинспект, Дунавска 23, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Три комерцијална екстракта зачина (лимун, ким и босиљак) против Listeria monocytogenes, L. innocua и L. welshimeri су били испитивани коришћењем диск дифузионе методе. Екстракти лимуна и босиљка су инхибирали све организме на нивоима од ≥ 5 µl (лимун) и 20 µl (босиљак). Ови екстракти производили су зоне инхибиције од 9-19 mm (лимун) и 8-11,5 mm (босиљак). Екстракт кима је показао активност само против L. innocua на највишем нивоу (20 µl), производећи зону инхибиције од 14,7 mm. Генерално, екстракт лимуна је био најефективнији. Овај екстракт је показивао већу инхибиторну активност против L. monocytogenes, док је екстракт босиљка најјаче деловао на L. welshimeri. Кључне речи: антибактеријска активност, етарска уља зачина, екстракти, Listeria spp., контаминација хране Received: 02 July 2012 Accepted: 13 September 2012 246 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper ANTIFUNGAL ACTIVITY OF THE BASIL (Ocimmum basilicum L.) EXTRACT ON Penicillium aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum, AND P. brevicompactum Sunčica D. Kocić-Tanackova*, Gordana R. Dimića, Dušanka J. Pejin, Ljiljana V. Mojovićb, Jelena D. Pejina and Ilija J. Tanackovc a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia University of Belgrade, Faculty of Technology and Metallurgy, Karnegijeva 4, 11000, Belgrade, Serbia c University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technical Sciences, Trg Dositeja Obradovića 6, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia This study was aimed at investigating the antifungal potential of basil (Ocimmum basilicum L.) extract against toxin-producing Penicillium spp. (P. aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum, and P. brevicompactum) isolated from food. The basil extract composition was determined by the GC-MS method. The major component identified in the extract was estragole (86.72%). The determination of the antifungal activity of basil extract on Penicillium spp. was performed using the agar plate method. Basil extract reduced the growth of Penicillium spp. at all applied concentration levels (0.16, 0.35, 0.70, and 1.50 mL/100mL) with the colony growth inhibition from 3.6 (for P. glabrum) to 100% (for P. chrysogenum). The highest sensitivity showed P. chrysogenum, where the growth was completely inhibited at the basil extract concentration of 1.50 mL/100mL. The growth of other Penicillium spp. was partially inhibited with the colony growth inhibition of 63.4 % (P. brevicompactum), 67.5% (P. aurantiogriseum), and 71.7% (P. glabrum). Higher concentrations (0.70 and 1.50 mL/100mL) reduced the growth of the aerial mycelium of all tested Penicillium species. In addition, at the same extract concentrations, the examination of microscopic preparation showed the deformation of hyphae with the frequent occurrence of fragmentations and thickenings, occurrence of irregular vesicle, frequently without metulae and phialides, enlarged metulae. The results obtained in this investigation point to the possibility of using basil extract for the antifungal food protection. KEY WORDS: Basil extract, antifungal activity, Penicillium spp., food * Corresponding author: Sunčica D. Kocić-Tanackov, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21 000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 247 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper INTRODUCTION Penicillium species are videly spread in the nature and are frequent contaminants of food. Food products with the medium (0.75 - 0.9 aw) and low (0.75 aw) moisture content, as well as the acid medium favour their development. These species are frequent contaminants of storage products such as fruits, vegetables, spices, sausages, cheese, grain and grain products (flour, bread, cakes), etc. (1-3). The metabolic activity of this species results in spoilage of food products and high economic damage. On the other hand, the toxin-producing species (P. aurantiogriseum, P. brevicimpactum, P. chrysogenum, P. glabrum, P. expansum, P. nordicum, P. rugulosum, P. solitum, P. verrucosum, etc.) biosynthesize toxic metabolites – mycotoxins (ochratoxin A, roquefortine C, patulin, citrinin, nephrotoxic glycopeptides, verrucosidin, citromycetin, botryodiploidin, mycophenolic acid, etc.). The consumption of food products contaminated with these mycotoxins, both by human and animal, leads to the occurrence of mycotoxicoses, which, further, have cytotoxic and cancerogenic effects on human cells (liver cells in the first place) (1-5). Extracts and essential oils extracted from spices and other herbs, as well as their biologically active components, have attracted of attention many authors to investigate their antimicrobic activity (6-9). In food production and processing, the extracts and essential oils obtained from spices and other herbs are important in the food prevention from microorganisms, especially of short shelf-life products, which are the most sensitive to microbiologic spoilage (bread, bakery products, cakes, salads, fresh fruit and vegetable). Their use in the food industry decreases the use of synthetic preservers and additives, and, at the same time, improves the freshness and sensory of the product quality. The paper presents а study of the antifungal effect of basil extract on the growth of toxin-producing Penicillium species isolated from food. EXPERIMENTAL Basil extract For the testing of the antifungal activity, a commercially available, food grade basil extract was provided from ETOL Tovarna arom in eteričnih olj d.d., Celje, Slovenia. Determination of basil extract composition The composition of the extracts was determined by Gas Chromatography – Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) analysis carried out on a Varian T2100 GC-MS instrument equipped with data processor. A fused silica capillary column VF-5MS (30 m x 0.25 mm i.d., 0.25 m film thickness, Varian) was used for the separation of the sample components. The carrier gas, ultra pure helium, was passed through moisture and oxygen traps at a constant flow rate of 0.62 cm3/min. The following temperature program was used: injector temperature 230°C, initial temperature 40°C (held 5 min), temperature increase 5°C/min to 200 °C and held at this temperature for 25 min. The mass spectrometer was 248 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper operated in the electron ionization mode. The data acquisition was carried out in the scan mode (range 50-550 m/z). The injection volume was 1 μl. The compounds were identified by matching the mass spectra with NIST Mass Spectra Library stored in the GC-MS database. Fungal strains The following fungal strains from the genus Penicillium were used as test microorganisms: P. aurantiogriseum Dierckx, P. glabrum (Wehmer) Westling, P. chrysogenum Thom, and P. brevicompactum Dierckx. The fungal cultures were isolated from cakes and fresh salads from different varieties of ready-for-use vegetables and maintained on Potato Dextrose Agar (PDA) (Merck, Darmstadt) at 4 C as a part of the collection of the Laboratory for Food Microbiology at the Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad, Serbia. Determination of the basil extract effect on the Penicillium spp. growth The agar plate method was applied to test the antifungal activity of basil extracts. The basic medium for the antifungal tests was PDA. The medium was divided into equal volumes (150 mL), poured into Erlenmeyer flasks (volume 250 mL) and autoclaved at 121°C for 15 min, and cooled to 45C. The extracts were added to the PDA to achieve the following concentrations: 0, 0.16, 0.35, 0.70, and 1.50 mL/100mL. The PDA containning different concentrations of basil extract was poured into sterile Petri dishes ( 9 cm), 12 mL per dish. The seven-day fungal cultures grown on PDA were used to prepare the fungal spore suspension tests. Suspensions of the fungi were prepared in a medium containing 0.5% Tween 80 and 0.2% agar dissolved in distilled water and were adjusted to provide initial spore count of 106 spores/mL by using a haemocytometer. For each extract dose and fungal species, including the controls, the dishes were centrally inoculated by spreading 1 µL of a spore suspension (103 spores/mL), using an inoculation needle. After the inoculation, the Petri dishes were closed with parafilm. The effect of the basil extract on fungal growth was evaluated by a daily measurement of the diameter of the radial colony growth during 14 days of incubation at 252ºC. The parafilm was removed from the Petri dishes in which no colony growth was observed after 14 days, and the dishes were further incubated for 16 days (30 days in total) at 252°C. In the Petri dishes in which fungal growth was observed from 15th to 30th day, the concentration of basil extract used was considered to be the minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC). If there was no visible fungal growth after 30 days, the fungal spores were transferred using a wet cotton baton to the PDA in which no basil extract was added, and were incubated for 5 days at 252 ºC for the determination of fungicide effect (MFC). The inhibitory effect of the basil extract on fungal growth after 14 days was calculated from the following formula: I (%) = (C-T)/C100 249 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper where I is the inhibition (%), C is the colony diameter in the control dish (cm) and T is the colony diameter in the test dish (cm) (10). Each antifungal test was carried out in 3 series (2 replications in each series). Values are presented as means±SD of six measurements. The changes in the macroscopic and microscopic features of the fungi were also observed and compared to the controls. The macroscopic features of spores were observed using a binocular, magnifying glass Technival 2, Carl Zeiss and the microscopic features using a microscope Aristoplan, Leitz. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Colony diameter (cm) 4 0.00 m L/100m L 0.35 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 3 0.16 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Colony growth inhibition (%) The basil extract at the investigated concentrations exhibited the capacity to reduce or inhibit the growth of the Penicillium species. The effect of the basil extract on the Penicillium spp. growth is presented in Figures 1-4. Table 1 shows the inhibitory effect (%) of the basil extract on the colony growth of Penicillium species on the 14th day of incubation. The concentrations of basil extract, 0.7 and 1.5 mL/100mL resulted in the delay or no growth of investigated moulds with different inhibitory effect on growth rate decline. The extract concentration of 0.7 mL/100 mL delayed the growth of P. aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum and P. brevicompactum for 1 day. The germination of P. chrysogenum at this concentration was noticed on the first day. The highest applied concentration (1.5 mL/ 100 mL) was minimal fungicidal concentration (MFC) for P. chrysogenum, while the growth of other molds was delayed by 4 (P. aurantiogriseum), 7 (P. brevicompactum), and 8 (P. glabrum) days (Figures 1-4). The growth rate decline with the increase of the basil extract content in the PDA medium was more expressed in P. aurantiogriseum and P. chrysogenum, compared to the other two molds, pointing to their higher sensitivity (Figures 1-4). 0.16 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L 100 0.35 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 80 60 40 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Time (days) Time (days) (a) (b) Figure 1. The influence of basil extract on the growth rate (a) and colony growth inhibition (b) of P. aurantiogriseum 250 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K 5 0.00 m L/100m L 0.16 m L/100m L 0.35 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 0.16 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L Colony growth inhibition (%) Colony diameter (cm) 6 UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.35 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 100 80 60 40 20 0 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Time (days) Time (days) (a) (b) Figure 2. The influence of basil extract on the growth rate (a) and colony growth inhibition (b) of P. glabrum 0.00 m L/100m L 0.16 m L/100m L 0.35 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 0.16 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L Colony growth inhibition (%) Colony diameter (cm) 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.35 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 100 80 60 40 20 0 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Time (days) Time (days) (a) (b) Figure 3. The influence of basil extract on the growth rate (a) and colony growth inhibition (b) of P. chrysogenum 0.00 m L/100m L 0.6 m L/100m L 0.35 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L Colony growth inhibition (%) Colony diameter (cm) 3 1.50 m L/100m L 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Time (days) (a) 9 10 11 12 13 14 0.16 m L/100m L 0.70 m L/100m L 100 0.35 m L/100m L 1.50 m L/100m L 80 60 40 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Time (days) (b) Figure 4. The influence of basil extract on the growth rate (a) and colony growth inhibition (b) of P. brevicompactum 251 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper The lowest applied basil extract concentration (0.16 mL/100mL) inhibited the growth of all investigated fungi at a low inhibition level, from 3.6 to 9,8%. The weakest antifungal effect of the extract at this concentration was observed against P. glabrum, with the inhibition rate of 3.6%, while the growth of other fungi was decreased by 4.3% (P. chrysogenum), 7.3% (P. aurantiogriseum), and 9.8% (P. brevicompactum). The increased extract concentration (0.35 mL/100mL) in agar medium affected the increase of the growth inhibition of the investigated fungi from 9.5% (P. chrysogenum) to 18.7% (P. aurantiogriseum). The growth of P. aurantiogriseum was inhibited significantly (44.7%) at the concentration of 0.7 mL/100mL, and the reaction of the other investigated fungi was similar, with the inhibition degree from 19.9% (P. glabrum) and 26.7% (P. chrysogenum) (Table 1). The strongest antifungal effect at the highest applied extract concentration (1.5 mL/ 100mL) was observed for P. chrysogenum. The growth of this fungi was completely stopped at this concentration, while in the other fungi, the growth was partially inhibited with high inhibition degree of 63.4% (P. brevicompactum) and 71.7% (P. aurantiogriseum) (Table 1). Table 1. Inhibitory effect (%) of basil extract on the colony growth of Penicillium species after 14 days of incubation Fungi P. aurantiogriseum P. glabrum P. chrysogenum P. brevicompactum Basil extract concentration (mL/100mL) 0.16 0.35 0.70 1.50 Colony growth inhibition (%) 7.3 18.7 44.7 67.5 3.6 13.8 19.9 71.7 4.3 9.5 26.7 100.0 9.8 13.4 20.5 63.4 These results are in accordance with our previous investigations, showing a strong antifungal activity of basil extract towards Fusarium spp. (F. oxysporum, F. proliferatum, F. subglutinans, and F. verticillioides) isolated from cakes. Their growth was completely inhibited at the extract concentration of 1.5 mL/100mL (11). The antifungal investigations performed by Adigüzel et al. (12) by disc-difusion method are in contrast to our findings. They reported the inefficiency of the ethanol, methanol and hexane basil extracts on the growth of Alternaria aternata, Aspergillus flavus, F. oxysporum and Penicillium spp. at the concentrations of 300 µg/disc. However, a number of studies report on strong antifungal action of basil essential oil. Doube et al. (13) using the agar plate method, showed that basil oil, in a concentration of 1.5 mL/L inhibited completely the growth of 22 species of molds, including the aflatoxigenic strains Aspergillus parasiticus and A. flavus. Zollo et al. (14) reported that basil oil inhibited completely the growth of Candida albicans and A. flavus at a concentration of 5000 ppm, during 7 days of incubation, using microdilution method. Soliman and Badeaa (15) found that basil oil acts as a fungistatic agent against F. verticillioides in a concentration of 2000 ppm, and as a fungicid agent in concentration of 3000 ppm. The results presented by Fandohan et al. (16) showed a complete growth inhibition of F. verticillioides at concentrations higher than 2.7 µL/mL. 252 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper The antifungal activity of tested basil extract depends on the content of major and minor components. The content of estragol (methyl chavicol) was the highest in the investigated basil extract (86.72%). Besides estragol the basil extract contained: trans-alfa-bergamotene (2.91%), eucalyptol (2.67%), trans-ocimene (1.04%), cadinol (0.74%), linalol – syn. linalool (0.72%), methyl-eugenol (0.71%), δ-cadinene (0.49%), camphor (0.42%), β-elemene (0.37%), δ-guaiene (0.29%), menthol (0.27%), β-pinene (0.23%), limonene (0.22%), bornyl acetate (0.21%), α-pinene (0.16%), β-caryophyllene (0.15%), myrcene (0.15%), sabinene (0.13%), fenchone (0.13%), γ-muurolene (0.12%), borneol (0.10%), menthone (0.10%), β-sesquiphelladrene (0.10%), cubenol (0.11%), carvone (0.07%), βselinene (0.07%), cis-α-bergamotene (0.06%), camphene (0.05%), cis-ocimene (0.05%), p-cymene (0.05%), α-humulene (0.04%), aromadendrene (0.03%), terpinolene (0.02%), γ-terpinene (0.02%), α-guaiene (0.01%). The majority of authors address linalol, estragol, eugenol and methyl cinnamate as the major antimicrobial components of basil extracts and essential oil (17-23). The study performed by Lis-Balchin et al. (18) point to a strong antifungal effect of oil which contained estragol as the main component on the growth of Aspergillus niger, A. ochraceus, and Fusarium culmorum (inhibition growth of 71.0 to 94.76%). These results are in accordance with the results and investigations of Baratta et al. (19), who found that estragol type oil inhibited the growth of A. niger by 93.1%. Reuveni et al. (17) investigated the effect of eteric basil oil components on the growth of Rhizopus nigricans and F. oxysporum. They found linalol and estragol to be more efficient against R. nigricans (100% of inhibition), compared to eugenol (38.1% of inhibition). Eugenol exhibited stronger inhibition towards F. oxysporum (100% of inhibition), in contrast to linalol and estragol, where the inhibition values were 26.4 and 30.3%, respectively. Besides the effect of growth reduction, the investigated extract at higher concentrations caused the macro- and micromorphologicl changes of the fungi. The extract concentrations of 0.70 and 1.5 mL/100mL reduced the growth of the aerial mycelium in all tested species. In addition, at the same extract concentrations, the examination of the microscopic preparation showed deformation of hyphae, with frequent occurrence of fragmentations and thickenings, occurrence of irregular vesicle, frequently without metulae and phialides, enlarged metulae. These macro- and micromorphologic changes point to the possible changes at cellular level (reduction in the cellular growth, decrease in the oxygen uptake, inhibition of the synthesis of lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, changes in the lipid profile of the cell membrane and inhibition of the synthesis of the fungal cell wall) due to the action of extract components with functional groups of cellular enzymes (2325). CONCLUSIONS This study proved that the tested basil extract can be used as a protective agent against Penicillium spp, frequent contaminants of food. Acknowledgement The study is a part of the investigations realized within the scope of the Project No. TR31017, financially supported by the Ministry of Education, Science, and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia. 253 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper REFERENCES 1. Pitt, I.J., and Hocking, D.A.: Fungi and food spoilage, Second Edition, Blackie Academic and Professional, University Press, Cambridge (1997) pp. 411-415. 2. Samson, R.A., Hoekstra, E.S., and Frisvad, J.C.: Introduction to food-borne fungi, Centraalbureau voor Shimmelcultures, Baarn-Delft (2004) pp. 174-243. 3. Weidenbörner, M.: Mycotoxins in Foodstuffs, Springer Science Business Media, LLC New York (2008) pp. 13-455. 4. CAST: Mycotoxins - risks in plant, animal, and human systems, Ames, Iowa, USA (2003) pp. 20-86. 5. Waytt, D.R.: Mycotoxin interactions, in The Mycotoxin Blue Book. Ed. Diaz, D., Nottingham University Press, Nottingham (2005) pp. 93-139. 6. Burt, S.: Essential oils: their antibacterial properties and potential applications in foods - a review. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 94, 3 (2004) 223-253. 7. Ceylan, E., and Fung, C.Y.D.: Antimicrobial activity of spices. J. Rapid Meth. Autom. Microbiol. 12 (2004) 1-55. 8. Tajkarimi, M.M., Ibrahim, S.A., and Cliver, D.O.: Antimicrobial herb and spice compounds in food. Food Contr. 21, 9 (2010) 1199-1218. 9. Kocić-Tanackov, S., Dimić, G., Lević, L., Tanackov, I., Tepić, A., Vujičić, B., Gvozdanović-Varga, J.: Effects of onion (Allium cepa L.) and garlic (Allium sativum L.) essential oils on the Aspergillus versicolor growth and sterigmatocystin production. J. Food Sci. 77, 5 (2012) M278-M284. 10. Pandey, D.K., Tripathi, N.N., Tripathi, R.D., and Dixit, S.N.: Fungitoxic and phytotoxic properties of the essential oil of Caesulia axillaris Roxb. (Compositae). Angewandte Botanik 56 (1982) 256-257. 11. Kocić-Tanackov, S., Dimić, G., Lević, J.,Tanackov, I., and Tuco, D.: Antifungal activites of basil (Ocimum basilicum L.) extract on Fusarium species. Afr. J. Biotechnol. 10, 50 (2011) 10188-10195. 12. Adigüzel, A., Güllüce, M., Şengül, M., Öğütcü, H., Şahĭn, F., and Karaman, I.: Antimicrobial effects of Ocimum basilicum (Labiatae) exract. Turk. J. Biol. 29 (2005) 155-160. 13. Doube, S., Upadhyay, P.D., and Tripathi, S.C.: Antifungal, physicochemical, and insect repelling activity of the essential oil of Ocimum basilicum. Can. J. Bot. 67 (1989) 2085-2087. 14. Zollo, P.H.A., Biyiti, L., Tchoumbougnang, F., Menut, C., Lamaty, G., and Bouchet, P.: Aromatic plants of tropical Central Africa. Part XXXII. Chemical composition and antifungal activity of thirteen essential oils from aromatic plants of Cameroon. Flavour. Fragr. J. 13 (1998) 107-114. 15. Soliman, K.M., Badeaa, R.I.: Effect of oil extracted from some medicinal plants on different mycotoxigenic fungi. Food Chem. Toxicol. 40 (2002) 1669-1675. 16. Fandohan, P., Gbenou, J.D., Gnonlonfin, B., Hell, K., Marasas, W.F.O., and Wingfield, M.J.: Effect of essential oils on the growth of Fusarium verticillioides and fumоnisin contamination in corn. J. Agr. Food Chem. 52 (2004) 6824-6829. 17. Reuveni, R., Fleisher, A., and Putievsky, E.: Fungistatic activity of essential oils from Ocimum basilicum chemotypes. Phytopath. Z. 110 (1984) 20-22. 254 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper 18. Lis-Balchin, M., Deans, S.G., and Eaglesham, E.: Relationship between bioactivity and chemical composition of commercial essential oils. Flavour Fragr. J. 13 (1998) 98-104. 19. Baratta, M.T., Dorman, H.J.D., Deas, S.G., Figueiredo, A.C., Baroso, J.G., and Ruberto, G.: Antimicrobial and antioxidant properties o some commercial essential oils. Flavour Fragr. J. 13 (1998) 235-244. 20. Suppakul, P., Miltz,J., Sonneveld, J., Bigger, K., and Stephen, W.: Antimicrobial properties of basil and its possible application in food packaging. J. Agr. Food Chem. 51 (2003) 3197-3207. 21. Sokovic, M., Van Griensven, and Leo J.L.D.: Antimicrobial activity of essential oils and their components against on the three major pathogens of the cultivated button mushroom, Agaricus bisporus. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 116 (2006) 211-224. 22. Hussain, I.A., Anwar, F., Hussain-Sherazi, T.S., and Przybylski, R.: Chemical composition, antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of basil (Ocimum basilicum) essential oils depends on seasonal variations. Food Chem. 108 (2008) 986-995. 23. Dambolena, S.J., Zunino, P.M., López, G.A., Rubinstein, R.H., Zygadlo, A.J., Mwangi, W.J., Thoithi, N.G., Kibwage, O.I., Mwalukumbi, M.J., and Kariuki, T.S.: Essential oils composition of Ocimum basilicum L. and Ocimum gratissimum L. from Kenya and their inhibitory effect on growth and fumonisin production by Fusarium verticillioides. Innovat. Food Sci. Emerg. Tech. 11, 2 (2010) 239-422. 24. Rasooli, I., Rezaei, M.B., and Allameh, A.: Growth inhibition and morphological alterations of Aspergillus niger by essential oils from Thymus eriocalyx and Thymus xporlock. Food Contr. 17 (2006) 359-364. 25. Corzo-Martinez, M., Corzo, N., and Villamiel, M.: Biological properties of onions and garlic. Trends. Food Sci. Tech. 18 (2007) 609-625. АНТИФУНГАЛНА АКТИВНОСТ ЕКСТРАКТА БОСИЉКА (Ocimmum basilicum L.) НА РАСТ Penicillium aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum И P. brevicompactum Сунчица Д. Коцић-Танацкова*, Гордана Р. Димића, Душанка Ј. Пејина, Љиљана В. Мојовићб, Јелена Д. Пејина и Илија Ј. Танацковв а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Универзитет у Београду, Технолошко-металуршки факултет, Карнегијева 4, 11000 Београд, Србија в Универзитет у Новом Саду, Факултет техничких наука, Трг Доситеја Обрадовића 6, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Оваj рад приказује антифунгални потенцијал екстракта босиљка на раст токсинпродукујућих Penicillium врста (P. aurantiogriseum, P. glabrum, P. chrysogenum и P. brevicompactum) изолованих из хране. Састав екстракта босиљка одређен је GC-МS методом и у највећем проценту садржавао је естрагол (86,72%). Утицај екстракта на раст плесни испитан је методом агар плоча. При свим примењеним концентрација екстракта (0,16; 0,35; 0,70 и 1,50 255 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243247K UDC: 66.061.3:635.71:582.28 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 247-256 Original scientific paper mL/100mL) редукован је раст Penicillium spp. уз инхибицију раста колонија од 3,6 (P. glabrum) до 100% (P. chrysogenum). Највећу осетљивост показала је плесан P. chrysogenum. Њен раст је био потпуно спречен при концентрацији од 1,5 mL/100mL. Раст осталих Penicillium spp. је делимично инхибиран са високим процентом инхибиције раста колоније од 63,4 (P. brevicompactum), 67,5 (P. aurantiogriseum) и 71,7% (P. glabrum). Више концентрације екстракта (0,70 и 1,5 mL/100mL) су редуковале мицеларни раст свих тестираних врста. Такође, при овим концентрацијама су у микроскопском препарату уочене деформације хифа са честом фрагментацијом и задебљањима, везикуле неправилног облика, појава проширених метула, али често без метула и фијалида. Добијени резултати указују на могућност коришћења екстракта босиљка у антифунгалној заштити хране. Кључне речи: Екстракт босиљка, антифунгална активност, Penicillium spp., храна Received: 02 July 2012 Accepted: 13 September 2012 256 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper CHARACTERIZATION OF ANTIOXIDANT AND ANTIMICROBIAL ACTIVITIES OF NETTLE LEAVES (Urtica dioica L.) Zoran Z. Kukrića*, Ljiljana N. Topalić-Trivunovića, Biljana M. Kukavicab, Snježana B. Matoša, Svetlana S. Pavičića, Mirela M. Borojab and Aleksandar V. Savića a University of Banja Luka, Faculty of Technology, Vojvode Stepe Stepanovića 75, 78000 Banja Luka, Republic of Srpska, BiH b University of Banja Luka, Faculty of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Mladena Stojanovića 2, 78000 Banja Luka. Republic of Srpska, BiH Samples of stinging nettle or common nettle (Urtica dioica L.) were collected from the area of Banja Luka. To measure and evaluate the content of chlorophyll (a and b), carotenoids, and soluble proteins, as well as peroxidase activity (POD, EC 1.11.1.7.), fresh nettle leaves of different developmental stages were used. Dried nettle leaves were used to obtain ethanol extract. The dry residue of ethanol extract was dissolved in methanol and the obtained solution was used to determine the content of total phenols, flavonoids, flavonols, as well as non-enzymatic antioxidant activity and antimicrobial activity. The non-enzymatic antioxidant activity was determined by different methods: FRAP, DPPH, and ABTS. The results were compared to those of standard substances like vitamin C, BHT, and BHA. Antimicrobial activity was screened by using macrodilution method. The obtained results showed insignificantly higher content of chlorophyll, carotenoids, and proteins in young nettle leaves as well as an increase in the soluble peroxidase activities. Native electrophoresis of the soluble fraction showed the presence of two peroxidase isophorms in the soluble protein fraction of nettle leaves. The total phenolic content in nettle extracts amounted to 208.37 mg GAE/gdw,, the content of total flavonoids was 20.29 mg QE/gdw, and the content of total flavonols was 22.83 mg QE/gdw. The antioxidant activity determined by FRAP method was 7.50 mM Fe(II)/gdw, whereas the antioxidant activity measured by using DPPH and ABTS methods, with IC50 values, were 31.38 and 23.55 μg mL-1, respectively. These results showed the weak and moderate antioxidant capacity of stinging nettle. Extract of Urtica dioica L. was tested for antibacterial acivity against various Grampositive and Gram-negative bacteria: Bacillus subtilis IP 5832, Lactobacillus plantarum 299v (Lp299v), Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and Escherichia coli isolated from food and Escherichia coli isolated from urine samples. Ampicillin, erythromycin, ciprofloxacin, and gentamicin were used as positive control. The results showed that minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC) of the extract ranged from 9.05 to more than 149.93 mg mL-1. * Corresponing author: Zoran Z. Kukrić, University of Banja Luka, Faculty of Technology, Vojvode Stepe Stepanovića 75, 78000 Banja Luka, Republika Srpska, BiH, 257 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper KEY WORDS: Urtica dioica L., content of chlorophyll (a and b), carotenoids and soluble proteins, total phenols, flavonoids and flavonols, antioxidant and antimicrobial activity INTRODUCTION Common nettle (Urtica dioica L), a herbaceous perennial flowering plant, is a member of the Urticaceae family. Traditional herbal medicine in the Balkan countries uses stinging nettle leaves in the form of an herbal infusion as a remedy for the treatment of diarrhea, vaginal discharge, internal/external bleeding (1). Being rich in chlorophyll, nettle leaves are used for the treatment of anemia as well as general well-being, and more recently as natural food colorant. The nettle extract is a common ingredient in cosmetics, e.g. in shampoos and hair growth lotions. The stinging nettle leaf contains chlorophyll, vitamin C, vitamin K, panthotene acid, carotenoids, B group vitamins (B1 and B2), tannins, essential oil, proteins, and minerals (Fe, Cu, Mn and Ni) (2). Stinging nettle hairs contain acethylcholin and histamine (1), while the stem and root contain flavonoids (3,4). Animal studies proved that nettle leaf extract may inhibit blood clotting (platelet aggregation), can decrease total cholesterol levels as well as enhance the overall liver function (5,6,7). Water extract of stinging nettle makes significant inhibition of adenosine deaminase activity in prostate tissue in the patients with prostate cancer (8). Adding dried powder of nettle into laying hens diets significantly increases egg production, proves the modulating effects of the immune parameters (9), and lowers the total cholesterol and triglycerides concentration (10). It has also been reported that the stinging nettle extract exibits antioxidant, antimicrobial, antiulcer, and analgesic activities. (11) The aim of the present study is to evaluate the total, non-enzymatic and enzymatic, antioxidant capacities of ethanol nettle extract as well as its antimicrobial activity. EXPERIMENTAL Materials and instruments All reagents used in this research were of pro analysis grade. Folin-Ciocalteu; DPPH; TPTZ (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Luis, USA); Gallic acid; BHT; BHA; AlCl3; Quercetin hydrate (Acros, New Jersey, USA); Vitamin C; K2S2O8 (Merck, Darmstadt, Germany); NaHCO3; FeCl3 x 6 H2O; FeSO4 x 7H2O (Lach-Ner, s.r.o., Czech Republic); Sodium acetate (Zorka Pharma a.d., Šabac, Serbia); Pyrogallol; TRIS (Carlo Erba Reagent, Italy); 4chloro-α-naphthol; Ammonium persulfate; PMSF (Sigma, Germany); Riboflavin; TEMED (Semikem, B&H); Glicine; NaOH (Lach-Ner, Czech Repulic); NaH2PO4 (Centrohem, Serbia); H2O2 (Sineks Laboratory, B&H); Acrylamide and bis-acrylamide (Carl Roth GmbH, Germany). Antibiotics: Ampyciline; Erytromicine; Ciprofloxacine (HemofarminfectoLogica, Vršac, Serbia); Gentamicin (Alkaloid Skopje, FJR Macedonia); culture media: Mueller Hinton broth (MHB) i Mueller Hinton agar plate (MHA) (Liofilchem, Italy). The bacterial cultures used in this study: Bacillus subtilis IP 5832 („Diastop“, Alkaloid, Skopje, FJR Macedonia); Lactobacillus plantarum 299v (Lp299v) („Flo258 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper bion“, Abela Pharm in cooperation with Probi AB and Insitut Rosell, Italy); Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Escherichia coli isolated from food (Veterinary Institute “Vaso Butozan”, Banja Luka, Republic of Srpska, B&H) and Escherichia coli isolated from urine samples (Institute for Health Protection of Republic Srpska, B&H). Measurements were performed on the following instruments: 6305 UV-VIS spectrophotometer equipped with a thermal cell (Jenway, England), UV-VIS Spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, Japan), Electrophoresis (BioRad, Germany), and pH meter (Hanna, USA). Preparation of plant material Top fresh nettle (Urtica diocia L.) leaves were collected for the purposes of this study from the Laktaši forest community in June of 2010. The plant material was authenticated by Dr Ljiljana Topalić-Trivunović of the Faculty of Technology, University of Banja Luka. The preparation of plant material was performed according to the following analysis: a) for the determination of protein solubility and peroxidase activity Top nettle leaves (L1) and the first pair of leaves below the top (L2) were used in the experiment (Figure 1). To obtain soluble proteins, the nettle leaves were airdried, chopped in small pieces and ground to powder with liquid nitrogen and homogenized in 0.1 M sodium-phosphate buffer, pH 6.4 containing 1 mM phenylmethyl-sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF). The homogenate was centrifuged at 4000 x g for 15 min at 4 ºC. After centrifugation, the supernatant was separated and marked as 'soluble protein fraction'. b) for determination of chlorophyll and carotenoids Chlorophyll a and b and carotenoids were extracted from the fresh nettle leaves in acetone (0.5 g of the plant material in 5 mL acetone). After the centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 15 min, the supernatant was used and the absorbance of extract was measured at 662 nm, 644 nm and 440 nm. c) for determination of total phenols, flavonoids, and flavonols, non-enzymatic antioxidant and antimicrobial activity The collected nettle leaves were dried at room temperature at a draft, protected from direct light, for a few days. Then they were chopped up and stored until used in a glass jar. The air-dried and ground material (20 g) was extracted (three times) with 100 mL of 80% ethanol (v/v) at 25 oC, in ultrasonic bath (30 Hz) for 5 minutes. After that, the solution was continuously stirred for 30 minutes at the same temperature and then filtered. The combined extract was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure at 40 oC. The obtained resin-like dry extract was dissolved in methanol and the contents of total phenols, flavonoids, and flavonols were determined as well as antioxidant and antimicrobial activity. Determination of soluble proteins, chlorophyll and carotenoids Protein content was determined according to Lowry (12). The concentrations of chlorophyll a (Chla), chlorophyll b (Chlb), and carotenoids were calculated according to Holm (13) and Van Wattstein (14). 259 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper Determination of total phenolic content Total phenols were determined by a modified Folin-Ciocalteu method (15). The measurement was conducted by mixing 1.5 mL of working Folin-Ciocalteu solution (stock Folin-Ciocalteu solution dissolved with water in 1:10 ratio), 1.5 mL of 7.5% NaHCO3 and 200 µL of the methanol extract solution (100 μg mL-1). The absorbance was measured after 30 minutes at 765 nm, along with the blank. The standard gallic acid diagram was prepared by adding 200 µL of gallic acid of different concentration (50-250 µg mL-1) instead of 200 µL of sample. The total phenolic content was calculated as phenols equivalent to gallic acid (mg GAE/g dry extract) using the following equation based on the calibration curve: y = 0.0016x + 0.0234; R² = 1, where y is the absorbance and x the gallic acid concentration (µg mL-1). Determination of total flavonoids Total flavonols in the plant extracts were estimated by using the method of Kumaran and Karunakaran (17). To 1 mL of sample solution (1 mg mL-1), 1 mL of 2% AlCl3 ethanol and 1.5 mL (50 g L-1) sodium acetate solutions were added. The absorption at 440 nm was read after 2.5 h at 20°C. The standard quercetin diagram was prepared by adding 1 mL of quercetin of different concentration (10-80 µg mL-1) instead of 1 mL of sample. The total flavonoid content was calculated as quercetin (mg QE/g dry extract) using the following equation based on the calibration curve: y = 0.0214 x + 0.004; R² = 0.9993, where y is the absorbance and x is the quercetin concentration (µg mL-1). Determination of total flavonols Total flavonols in the plant extracts were estimated by using the method of Kumaran and Karunakaran (17). To 1 mL of sample solution (1 mg mL-1), 1 mL of 2% AlCl3 ethanol and 1.5 mL (50 g L-1) sodium acetate solutions were added. The absorption at 440 nm was read after 2.5 h at 20°C. The standard quercetin diagram was prepared by adding 1 mL of quercetin of different concentration (10-80 µg mL-1) instead of 1 mL of sample. The total flavonoid content was calculated as quercetin (mg QE/g dry extract) using the following equation based on the calibration curve: y = 0.0214 x + 0.004; R² = 0.9993, where y-was the absorbance and x-was the quercetin concentration (µg mL-1). Determination of antioxidant activity a) enzymatic antioxidant activity For the determination of peroxidase activity, pyrogallol (A430; ε = 12 mM-1 cm-1) was used as hydrogen donor and the absorbance increase at 430 nm was measured. The reaction mixture consisted of 20 mM pyrogallol, 3.3 mM H2O2 in 100 mM sodium - phosphate buffer (pH 6.4) and an aliquot of the extract. Peroxidase (POD) isoforms were separated by native electrophoresis on a 10% polyacrylamide gel at 100V for 120 min. For the visualization of POD isoforms, the gel was 260 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper incubated in a staining solution consisting of (5 mg 4-chloro-α-naphthol, 5 mL methanol in 45 mL of 100 mM potassium-phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) and 0.03% H2O2. b) non-enzymatic antioxidant activity FRAP method (Ferric Reducing Antioxidant Power) is based on the reduction of Fe3+ ions to Fe2+ ions in the presence of an antioxidant (18). The obtained Fe2+ ions in the presence of TPTZ reagent [2,4,6 three(2-pyridyl)-S-triazine] make colored complex, with the absorbance maximum at 593 nm. The reaction takes place in acid medium. The reagents were: 10 mM TPTZ solution, 40 mM HCl, 20 mM FeCl3 x 6H2O solution, 300 mM Na-acetate buffer, pH 3.6 and 20 mM FeSO4 x 7 H2O solution. The working solution was prepared by mixing 25 mL of acetate buffer solution, 2.5 mL of TPTZ reagent and 2.5 mL of FeCl3 x 6H2O solution. The FRAP working reagent must always be freshly prepared and kept until used in a water bath at 37 oC. The measurement was performed by mixing 200 µL of Urtica dioica L. extract (500 µg mL-1) with 1.8 mL of FRAP working reagent, incubating for 10 minutes at 37 ºC and finally measuring the absorbency at 593 nm, with a blank (1.8 mL FRAP working reagent + 200 μL distilled water). The standard diagram for FeSO4 solution was prepared by adding 200 µL of FeSO4, concentration 0.1-1.0 mM (the dependence is linear in the concentration range from 0.2 to 1.0 mM FeSO4) instead of 200 µL of extract. The results were presented as mM Fe(II)/g of dried extract and compared with the standard antioxidant compounds: BHA, BHT and vitamin C. DPPH method. The DPPH method is based on the ability of stable free radical 2,2diphenyl-picrylhydrasyl (DPPH) to react with hydrogen donors, including phenol compounds. DPPH shows an intensive absorption in the visible part of the spectrum and is easily determined spectrophotometrically (19). The solution of 0.135 mM DPPH in methanol was used. The measurement was done by mixing 2 mL of DPPH solution with 2 mL of extract or standard compounds. The ranges of concentration of the compounds used were: gallic acid 0.25-2.5 μg mL-1; vitamin C 2-10 μg mL-1; BHA 1.5-12 μg mL-1; nettle extract 20-80 μg mL-1. The reaction mixture was kept in the dark at room temperature and the absorbance was measured after 30 minutes at 517 nm, along with a blank. The antiradical activity (AA%) was calculated from the following relation: AA% = Acontrol Asample Acontrol 100 [1] where: Acontrol - DPPH working solution absorbency + methanol, Asample - DPPH working solution absorbency + sample (or the standard solution). Based on the diagram representing the antiradical activity vs. different sample concentrations or the reference compound, the value of IC50 was determined. This value represented the sample (or the reference compound) concentration needed for inhibiting 50% of DPPH radicals. The results were also presented as antioxidant activity index (AAI) (20): 261 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper AAI = final gmL1 cDPPH IC50 gmL1 [2] AAI was compared with reference values, vitamin C, BHA and BHT. ABTS+ radical scavenging assay. For the ABTS assay, the method of Re et al. (21) was adopted. The stock solutions included 7 mM ABTS.+ solution and 2.4 mM potassium persulfate solution. The working solution was then prepared by mixing the two stock solutions in equal volumes and allowed to react for 12 h at room temperature in the dark. The solution was then diluted by mixing 1 mL ABTS.+ solution with 60 mL methanol to obtain an absorbance of 0.706 ± 0.001 units at 734 nm using the spectrophotometer. ABTS.+ solution was freshly prepared for each assay. Plant extracts (1 mL) were allowed to react with 1 mL of the ABTS.+ solution and the absorbance was taken at 734 nm after 7 min, using the spectrophotometer. The radical scavenging capacity was calculated by equation 3 as percentage of inhibition (I%) of ABTS.+ radicals.. I% ( Acontrol Asample ) Acontrol 100 [3] where Acontrol is the absorbance of ABTS.+ radical + methanol; Asample is the absorbance of ABTS.+ radical + sample extract/standard. The value of the IC50 was determined based on the diagram representing the percentage of inhibition vs. the concentration of the sample or the reference compound. This value represented the sample (or the reference compound) concentration needed for inhibiting 50% of ABTS.+ radicals. The IC50 was compared with the reference values, BHT, BHA and vitamin C.. Determination of antimicrobial activity The antimicrobial activity of ethanol nettle extract was screened by using macrodilution method with slight modifications. All analyzed cultures were incubated until log-phase when the density of suspension was adjusted to 1.5 x 108 cfu mL-1 equal to that of the 0.5 McFarland standard (22). Two rows of eight tubes were diluted with MHB medium and then a two-fold serial dilution of the nettle extract concentration was made. The last test tubes contained 1.13 mg mL-1 of the extract. One row of test tubes was filled with the bacterial suspension. The density of each bacterial culture in the tubes was 5 x 105 cfu mL-1. The transport time was within 15 minutes of standardization, and the tubes were incubated at 37 oC for 24 hours. After the incubation this row of test tubes was compared with the row of test tubes containing the same MHB and extract concentrations, but without the culture. The first test tubes (the tubes were ordered from the lowest to the highest concentration) in which the absence of visible bacterial growth occurred, represented the MIC. The MBC was determined by subcultivation with a loop from all test tubes without visible growth of microorganisms on the Petri dish with MHA. After the 24-hour incubation at 37 oC, the lowest extract concentration contained in the test tube from which solid plates were 262 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper cultured without bacterial colony growth, was recorded as MBC. In the same way, MIC and MBC were determined for the appropriate antibiotics, with the antibiotics solutions being prepared using an appropriate procedure (23). All experiments were carried out in triplicates. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Among the leaves of different ages, there are differences in the chlorophyll content, chlorophyll a/b ratio, carotenoids content, as well as the intensity of photosynthesis. It has been shown that the level of chlorophyll increased in young expanding leaves and decreased during senescence (24). Our result showed that the content of total chlorophyll as well as the carotenoid content were higher in younger nettle leaves (L1) (Table 1). Table 1. Content of chlorophyll a (Chla), chlorophyll b (Chlb), total chlorophyll Chl(a+b), carotenoids and soluble proteins in nettle leaves of different age. Samples Chla (mg⁄gFW) 0.882±0.002* 0.698±0.053* L1 L2 * Chlb (mg⁄gFW) 0.285±0.01* 0.320±0.03* Chl(a+b) (mg⁄gFW) 1.174±0.006* 1.02±0.026* Carotenoids (mg⁄gFW) 0.323±0.006* 0.216±0.05* Protein content (mg/gFW) 17.505±0.765* 14.365±0.1976* mean values of three measurements ± SD In the photosynthetic tissues, carotenoids are synthesized in the chloroplasts, where they accumulate primarily in association with the light-harvesting complex and reaction centres (25). Higher carotenoid content in L1 nettle leaves may be associated with their photo-protective role. As the leaves of different ages represent different physiological states, this may contribute to significant changes in the quantity and quality of the leaf proteins. The obtained results showed higher protein content in younger nettle leaves (Table 1). Yeoh and Paul (26) showed that young apical cassava leaves had a high protein content. Table 2. Content of total phenols, flavonoids and flavonols in extract of Urtica dioica L. Sample * ** U. dioica L Total phenols mg GAE/gDW** Total flavonoids mg QE/gDW Total flavonols mg QE/gDW 208.37 ± 4.39* 20.29± 0.48* 22.83 ± 0.30* mean value of three measurements ± SD DW- dry extract Phenolic components are found in the natural world, especially in the plant kingdom, and their diverse biological functions have been proven, including the antioxidant (27, 28) and antimicrobial activities (29). Many studies of phenolic components have reported that the environmental, climatic, or geographic factors as well as extraction techniques may significantly influence the quality and the quantity of phenolic components present 263 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper in nettle (30,31,32). As shown in Table 2, the total phenolic content in ethanol extract of nettle leavess is high (208.37 mg GAE/gDW), whereas the content of total flavonoids and flavonols is relatively low (20.29 and 22.83 mg QE/gDW, respectively). When the values of total phenolic components in ethanol extract of nettle leaves are compared (Table 2), it is evident that they are considerably higher than the ones in methanol extract of nettle collected from the Nothern provinces of Iran (24.1mg GAE/gDW) (31). On the other hand, the values of total phenolic components in ethanol nettle extracts were lower than the values found by Soxhlet extraction with methanol from nettle leaves collected from Turkey (332 mg GAE/gDW) (30). Accordingly, the content of total flavonoids in methanol nettle extract is significantly higher than that in ethanol extract (43.3 and 33.94 mg QE/gDW, respectively) (30,31) (Table 2) Determination of antioxidant activity Enzymatic antioxidant activity. Peroxidases (POD, EC 1.11.1.7.) are members of a large group of heme-containing glycoproteins that catalyze oxidoreduction between H2O2 and various reductants. They are widely distributed in higher plant parts and are involved in several physiological functions such as organogenesis (33), auxin catabolism (34), lignification (35), suberization (36), cross-linking of cell wall structural proteins (37), auxin catabolism (38), self-defense against pathogens (39), salt tolerance (40), and senescence (41). The activity of soluble peroxidase with pyrogallol as electron donor was higher in younger nettle leaves, sample L1 (Table 3). Using native electrophoresis, two peroxidase isoforms, labeled as POD1 and POD2, were detected in both samples (Figure 1, b). Figure 1. A) Nettle plant with marked leaves used for the experiment: L1- Top young nettle leaves (L1) and the first pair of leaves below the top (L2) were used in the experiment (Figure 1). B) Peroxidase pattern in L1 and L2 sample obtained on native 10% polyakryamide gel. Arrows indicate POD isomorfs 264 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper Table 3. Peroxidase activity in nettle leaves of different age Samples L1 L2 * Peroxidases activity mol/mgprot /min) 1.174±0.145 * 0.675±0.171 mean value of three measurements ± SD Peroxidases (POD, EC 1.11.1.7.) are members of a large group of heme-containing glycoproteins that catalyze oxidoreduction between H2O2 and various reductants. They are widely distributed in higher plant parts and are involved in several physiological functions such as organogenesis (33), auxin catabolism (34), lignification (35), suberization (36), cross-linking of cell wall structural proteins (37), auxin catabolism (38), selfdefense against pathogens (39), salt tolerance (40), and senescence (41). The activity of soluble peroxidase with pyrogallol as electron donor was higher in younger nettle leaves, sample L1 (Table 3). Using native electrophoresis, two peroxidase isoforms, labeled as POD1 and POD2, were detected in both samples (Figure 1, B). Peroxidase isoforms differ in electrophoretic mobility (RfPOD1 = 0.82, RfPOD2 = 0.67). Most higher plants possess several isozymes and their number and relative concentration in different tissues vary according to the stage of plant development or to environmental factors. Peroxidases are considered as ubiquitous enzymes in the vacuoles, which are also the target compartment for the accumulation of secondary metabolites (42). It has been shown that secondary metabolites, including phenols, may act as substrates for class III peroxidases (POD) (43,44,45) and they consume excess of H2O2. Furthermore, it is shown that phenols may form a co-operative regenerating cycle with POD and ascorbic acid, enabling to scavenge high doses of H2O2 (42). Acting together, POD and phenols are important part of the antioxidant metabolism in response to different types of biotic and abiotic stresses. Non-enzymatic antioxidant activity. To evaluate the antioxidant activity accurately, only one method is not sufficient since many factors can affect the evaluation. It is required to take more than one measurement and also to take into consideration different mechanisms of antioxidant activity. The total antioxidant capacity of ethanol extract of nettle was determined by FRAP method and the results showed a weak antioxidant activity compared to the control antioxidants such as vitamin C and BHA (20 times more powerful than the nettle extract), whereas the BHT showed to have two times higher antioxidant activity than ethanol extract of stinging nettle. (Table 4). The stable free radical DPPH is often used to evaluate the antioxidant properties of natural products. The stable free radical DPPH scavenging effect is otherwise expressed as an IC50 value, i.e. the extract concentration required to inhibit 50% DPPH radicals. It was shown, however, that the observed values of IC50 may vary depending on the initial DPPH concentration, so that the AAI has been used instead and antioxidants are classified as weak, when AAI < 0.5, moderate, when AAI between 0.5-1.0, strong, when AAI between 1.0-2.0, and very strong, when AAI >2.0 (20). 265 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper Table 4. Antioxidant activity of U.dioica L. leaf determined by FRAP, DPPH and ABTS methods Samples Vitamin C BHA BHT Extract U. dioica L. * DW- dry extract ** mean value of FRAP mM(Fe II)/g DW 143.09 ± 11.29** 147.28 ± 13.87 16.64 ± 0.30 7.50 ± 0.43 DPPH AAI IC50 (μg/g DW) 4.97 ± 0.01** 5.36 ± 0.01** 3.96 ± 0.17 6.58 ± 0.28 1.15 ± 0.04 23.16 ± 0.84 0.85 ± 0.003 31.38 ± 0.102 ABTS IC50 (μg/gDW) 1.37 ± 0.01** 1.72 ± 0.08 6.27 ± 0.16 23.55 ± 0.64 three measurements ± SD It can be seen from Table 4 that the AAI values for standard antioxidants, vitamin C (4.97) and BHA (3.96), correspond to the antioxidants classified as showing "very strong antioxidant activity“, whereas BHT (1.15) is classified as an antioxidant with "strong antioxidant activity". The nettle extract has the AAI value of 0.82, and it is classified as an antioxidant with "moderate antioxidant activity". When the values of total antioxidant activity of nettle leaves were compared by using stable free radical DPPH (values were expressed as IC50), it was shown that ethanol extract of nettle leaves had significantly higher antioxidant activity (31.38 μg mL-1) than some of the methanol extracts ranging from 1.45 mg mL-1 (32), and 105.16 μg mL-1 (46), to 175 μg mL-1 (47). ABTS method is also a common method for determination of antioxidant activity of herbal extracts. The nettle leaves have the ability to inhibit ABTS radical and this method is used to measure that. The results, (Table 4) show that ethanol extract of nettle leaves had significantly lower antioxidant activity measured according to ABTS than the other compared to the standard control antioxidants such as vitamin C, BHA and BHT. The nettle extract IC50 value was 23.55 μg mL-1, vitamin C and BHA had 1.37 and 1.72 μg mL-1, respectively, and BHT 6.27 μg mL-1. These values show that nettle extract has 17.2 times lower antioxidant activity than vitamin C, 13.7 times lower than BHA, and 3.8 times lower than BHT. Statistical discrepancy was observed between these results and those obtained for methanol extracts of nettle leaves from Turkey (40.59 mMTE/g of dry extract) (30) and Poland (17.3 μM TE/g of dry extract) (48) (TE-trolox equivalent), which have been found to have significant antioxidant potential. Antimicrobial activity The ethanol extract of nettle leaves diluted with methanol showed a weak antibacterial activity. The nettle extract exibited best antibacterial activity against the cultures B. subitilis IP 5832 and E. coli which were isolated from food, with the lowest MIC values recorded (Table 5). All MIC values were above the highest tested concentration, except for the culture P. aeruginosa (144.86 mg mL-1). P. aeruginosa is a naturally resistant Gram-negative bacterium that causes various infections in humans, and is rather insusceptible to herbal extracts. Water extract of nettle (U. dioica L. WEN), at the doses of 250 μg per disk had no effect on the growth of P. aeruginosa ATCC 9027 (11), whereas P. 266 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper aeruginosa (clinical isolate) was less susceptible to the combined fractions of hexane extract of U. dioica in comparison to the other Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria tested (49). The plant extract Ankaferd Blood Stopper®, which contains nettle extract, also showed the lowest inhibitory activity against P. aeruginosa (50). E. coli is a Gram-negative bacterium which is commonly found in the intestinal tract of humans and animals as normal flora but which can cause urinary tract infections and foodborne disease. The ethanol extract of nettle leaves diluted with methanol showed a MIC value that was lower against E. coli isolated from food samples in comparison to the bacterial strain isolated from urine samples. The values of MIC against both E. coli strains were higher than the highest tested concentrations. The ethanol extract of nettle leaves did not inhibit the growth of E. coli ATCC 9837 (51), unlike the water extract, which exhibited considerable antibacterial activity (11). B. subtillis, an endospore-forming Gram-positive bacterium, showed a higer susceptibility to the ethanol extract of nettle leaves diluted with methanol in comparison to the other tested bacteria, but no MIC values against this bacterium were determined. L. plantarum 299v is a probiotic Gram-positive bacterium found in many fermented food products and in the human intestinal tract. This bacterium has many beneficial effects on human health (52), and the MIC value of the ethanol extract of nettle leaves diluted with methanol showed a potent antibacterial activity against this bacterium, which is of importance since nettle leaves have been consumed as food for centuries. Table 5. Antibacterial activity of ethanol extract of Urtica dioica L. leaves diluted with methanol a Samples Extract (mg/mL) MIC MBC B. subtilis b E. coli c E. coli P. aeruginosa L. plantarum 36.21 72.43 36.21 72.43 72.43 >144.86 >144.86 >144.86 144.86 >149.93 MIC Ea MBC AMPa MIC MBC 5 0.625 20 20 0.3125 20 1,25 40 40 1,25 0.078 8 64 0.078 0.156 16 256 1.25 CIPa Ga MIC MBC MIC 0.3125 <0,078 0.156 0.3125 2.5 1.25 0.078 0.625 0.625 - 0.325 1.25 1.25 1.25 0.156 MB C 5 2.5 5 1.25 - Antibiotics (μmL-1): Erythromycin (E); Ampicillin (AMP); Ciprofloxacin (CIP); Gentamicin (G) Escherichia coli isolated from urine samples; cEscherichia coli isolated from food b CONCLUSION The obtained results showed insignificantly higher content of chlorophyll, carotenoids, and proteins in young nettle leaves as well as an increase in the soluble POD activities. Native electrophoresis of the soluble fraction showed that the presence of two peroxidase isophorms were detected in the soluble protein fraction of nettle leaves. The total phenolic content in ethanol extract of nettle leaves is high (208.37 mg GAE/gDW), whereas the content of total flavonoids and flavonols is relatively low (20.29 and 22.83 mg QE/gDW, respectively). Ethanol extract of U. dioica leaves has significant enzymatic and moderate non-enzymatic antioxidative action compared to the control antioxidants 267 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper (vitamin C, BHA and BHT). Acting together, POD and phenols are important part of the antioxidant metabolism in response to different types of biotic and abiotic stresses. Ethanol extract of nettle leaves diluted with methanol showed a weak antibacterial activity against B. subtilis IP 5832 and E. coli isolated from food. The other tested bacteria strains, of E. coli isolated from urine, P. aeruginosa, and L. plantarum did not exhibit any antibacterial activity at test concentration of ethanol extract of U. dioica. A weak antimicrobial activity of the tested extract could be of importance since nettle leaves have a wide range of uses, for food, medicinal purposes, fibers, and may have other positive effects on human health. Acknowledgements This work was supported by the Ministry of Science and Technology of Republic of Srpska (Project contract no. 19/6-020/961-118/10). REFERENCES 1. Tucakov, J.: Lečenje biljem, Rad, Beograd (1997) p.405. 2. Stanković, M.: Čajne mešavine posebne namene, Tehnološki fakultet u Leskovcu, Leskovac (1995) p.39. 3. Akbay P., Basaran A.A., Undeger, U., Basaran, N.: In vitro Immunomoudulatory Activity of Flavonoid Glycosides from Urtica dioica L. Phytother Res. 17, 1 (2003) 34-37. 4. Chaturvedi, S.K.: A new Flavone from Urtica dioica Roots. Acta Cienc Indica Chem. 27, 1 (2001) 17. 5. El Haouari, M., Bnouhm, M., Bendahou, M., Aziz, M., Ziyyat, A., Mekhfi, H.: Inhibition of Rat Platelet Aggregation by Urtica dioica Leaves Extracts. Phytother Res. 20, 7 (2006) 568-572. 6. Daher, C.F., Baroody, K.G., Baroody, G.M.: Effect of Urtica dioica Extract Intake Upon Blood Lipid Profile in the Rats. Fitoterapia. 77, 3 (2006) 183-188. 7. Nassiri-Asl, M., Zamansoltani, F., Abbasi, E., Daneshi, M.M., Zangivand, A.A.: Effect of Urtica dioica Extract on Lipid Profile in Hypercholesterolemic Rats. JCIM. 7, 5 (2009) 428-433. 8. Durak, I., Biri, H., Devrim, E., Sözen, S., Avci, A.: Aqueous Extract of Urtica dioica Makes Significant Inhibition on Adenosine Deaminase Activity in Prostate Tissue from Patients with Prostate Cancer. Cancer Biol Ther. 3, 9 (2004) 855-857. 9. Mansoub, N.H.: Effect of Nettle (Urtica dioica) on Performance, Quality of Eggs and Blood Parameters of Laying Hens. Adv. Environ. Biol. 5, 9 (2011) 2718-2721. 10. Mansoub, N.H.: Comparison of Effects of Using Nettle (Urtica dioica) and Probiotic on Performance and Serum Composition of Broiler Chickens. Global Veterinaria. 6, 3 (2011) 247-250. 11. Gülcin, I., Küfrevioglu, O.I., Oktay, M, Büyükokuroglu, M.E.: Antioxidant, Antimicrobial, Antiuler and Analgesic Activities of Nettle (Urtica dioica L.). J Ethnopharmacol. 90 (2004) 205-215. 268 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper 12. Lowry, O.H., Rosebrough, N.J. Farr, A.L., Randall R.J.: Protein Measurement with the Folin Phenol Reagent. J. Biol. Chem. 193 (1951) 165-175. 13. Holm, G.: Chlorophyll Mutation in Barely. Acta Agric Scand. 4 (1954) 457-471. 14. Van Wattstein, D.: Chlorophyll Gehalt und Submilroskopische die Form Wechsel der Plastiden. Exp. Cell Res. 12 (1957) 427–33. 15. Wolfe, K., Wu, X., Liu, R.H.: Antioxidant Activity of Apple Peels. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51 (2003) 609-614. 16. Ordon, Ez A.A.L., Gomez, J.D., Vattuone. M.A., Isla, M.I.: Antioxidant Activities of Sechium edule (Jacq.) Swart Extracts. Food Chemistry. 97 (2006) 452-458. 17. Kumaran, A., Karunakaran, R.J.: In vitro Antioxidant Activities of Methanol Extracts of Phyllanthus species from India, Lebens-Wiss Technologie. 40 (2007) 344-352. 18. Benzie, I.F., Strain, J.J.: The Ferric Reducing Ability of Plasma (FRAP) as Ameasure of “Antioxidant Power“: The FRAP Assay. Anal. Biochem. 239 (1996) 70-76. 19. Liyana-Pathiranan, C.M., Shahidi, F.: Antioxidant Activity of Commercial Soft and Hard Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) as Affected by Gastric pH Conditions. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53 (2005) 2433-2440. 20. Scherer, R., Godoy, H.T.: Antioxidant Activity Index (AAI) by the 2,2-diphenyl-1 picrylhydrazyl method. Food Chem. 112, 3 (2009) 654-658. 21. Re, R., Pellegrini, N., Proteggente, A., Pannala, A., Yang, M., Rice-Evans, C.: Antioxidant Activity Applying an Improved ABTS Radical Cation Decolorization Assay. Free Rad. Biol. Med. 26 (1999) 1231-1237. 22. Coyle, M.D.: Manual of Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing. American Society for Microbiology Press., Washington DC (2005) p.53. 23. Andrews, J.M.: Determination of Minimum Inhibitory Concentracions. Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. 48 (2001) 5-16. 24. Imai, K., Suzuki, Y., Mae, T. , Makino, A.: Changes in the Synthesis of Rubisco in Rice Leaves in Relation to Senescence and N Influx. Ann. Botany. 101 (2008) 135144. 25. Cunningham, F.X., Gantt, E.: Genes and Enzymes of Carotenoid Biosynthesis in Plants. Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Mol. Biol. 49 (1998) 557-583. 26. Yeoh, H.H., Paul, K.: Variation in Leaf Protein Contents and Amino Acid Compositions of Cassava Cultivars. Biochemical Systematics and Ecology. 17 (1989) 199-202. 27. Zheng, Z.W., Wang, S.Y.: Antioxidant Activity and Phenolic Compounds in Selected Herbs. J. Agric. Food Chem. 49 (2001) 5165-5170. 28. Hussein, Z.E.A., Taj-Eldeen, A.M., Al-Zubairi, A.S., Elhakimi, A.S., Al-Dubaie, A.R.: Phytochemical screening, total phenolics and antioxidant and antibacterial activities of callus from Brassica nigra L. hypocotyl explants. Int. J. Pharmacol. 6 (2010) 464-471. 29. Shan, Z.B., Cai, Y.Z., Brooks, J.D., Corke, H.: Antibacterial Properties of Polygonum cuspidatum Roots and Their Major Bioactive Constituents. Food. Chem. 109 (2008) 530-537. 30. Ozkan, A., Yumrutas, O., Saygideger, S.D., Kulak, M.: Evaluation of Antioxidant Activities and Phenolic Contents of Some Edible and Medicinal Plants from Turkey's Flora. Adv. Envir. Biol. 5, 2 (2011) 231-236. 269 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper 31. Pourmorad, F., Hosseinimehr, S.J., Shahabimajd, N.: Antioxidant Activity, Phenol and Flavonoid Contens of Some Selected Iranian. Medicinal Plants African Journal of Biotechnology. 5, 11 (2006) 1142-1145. 32. Semih, O., Buket, Y.: Phenolic Compounds Analysis of Root, Stalk and Leaves of Nettle. The Scientific World Journal . Article ID564367 (2012) 1-12. 33. Kay, L.E., Basile, D.V.: Specific Peroxidase Isoenzymes are Correlated with Organogenesis. Plant Physiol. 84 (1987) 99-105. 34. Hinman, R.L., Lang, J.: Peroxidase-catalyzed Oxidation of Indole-3-acetic acid. Biochemistry. 4 (1965) 144–158. 35. Whetten, R.W., MacKay, J.J, Sederoff, R.R.: Recent Advances Inunderstanding Lignin Biosynthesis. Annual Review of Plant Physiology and Plant Molecular Biology. 49 (1998) 585-609. 36. Espelie, K.E., Franceschi, V.R., Kolattukudy, P.E.: Immunocytochemical Localization and Time Course of Appearance of an Anionic Peroxidase Associated with Suberization in Wound-healing Potato Tuber Tissue. Plant Physiology. 81 (1986) 487-492. 37. Fry, S.C.: Cross-linking of Matrix Polymers in the Growing Cell Walls of Angiosperms. Annu Rev Plant Physiol. 37 (1986) 165-186. 38. Lagrimini, L.M., Gingas, V., Finger, F., Rothstein, S., Liu, T.T.Y.: Characterization of Antisense Transformed Plants Deficient in the Tobacco Anionic Peroxidase. Plant Physiol. 114 (1997) 1187-1196. 39. Chittoor, J.M., Leach, J.E., White, F.F.: Differential Induction of a Peroxidase Gene Family During Infection of Rice by Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae. Mol. PlantMicrobe Interact. 10 (1997) 861-871. 40. Amaya, I., Botella, M.A., de la Calle, M., Medina, M.I., Heredia, A., Bressan, R.A., Hasegawa, P.M., Quesada, M.A., Valpuesta, V.: Improved Germination Under Osmotic Stress of Tobacco Plants Overexpressing a Cell Wall Peroxidase. FEBS (Fed. Euro. Biol. Soc.) Lett. 457 (1999) 80-84. 41. Abeles, F.B., Dunn, L.J., Morgens, P.H., Callahan, A.H., Dinterman, R.E., Schmitt, J.: Induction of 33-kDa and 60-kDa Peroxidase During Ethylene-induced Senescence of Cucumber Cotyledons. Plant Physiol. 87 (1988) 609-615. 42. Ferreres, F., Figueiredo, R., Bettencourt, S., Carqueijeiro, I., Oliveira, J., Gil-Izquierdo, A., Pereira, D.M., Valentao P.,. Andrade, P.B, Duarte, P., Ros Barcelo, A., Sottomayor, M.: Identification of Phenolic Compounds in Isolated Vacuoles of the Medicinal Plant Catharanthus Roseus and their Interaction with Vacuolar Class III Peroxidase: an H2O2 Affair? J. Exp. Bot. 62, 8 (2011) 2841-2854. 43. Sottomayor, M., Ros Barcelo´, A.: Peroxidase from Catharanthus roseus (L.) G. Don and the Biosynthesis of a-3’,4’-anhydrovinblastine: A Specific Role for a Multifunctional Enzyme. Protoplasma. 222 (2003) 97–105. 44. Veitch, N.C.: Horseradish Peroxidase: A Modern View of a Classic Enzyme. Phytochemistry. 65 (2004) 249. 45. Passardi, F., Cosio, C., Penel, C., Dunand, C.: Peroxidases Have More Functions than a Swiss Army Knife. Plant Cell Reports. 24 (2005) 255–265. 46. Kataki, M.S., Murugamani, V., Rajkumari, A., Mehra, S.P., Awasthi, D., Yadav, R.S.: Antioxidant, Hepatoprotective and Anthelmintic Activties of Methanol Extract of U. dioica L. Leaves. Pharmaceutical Crops. 3 (2012) 38-46. 270 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper 47. Nikolova, M., Dzhurmanski, A.: Evaluation of Free Radical Scavening Capacity Of Extracts From Cultivated Plants. Biotechnol. & Biotechnol. EQ. 23 (2009) SE, Special edition availabe on-line www.diagnosisp.com/dp/journals/issue.php?journal_id=1 &archive=0&issue_id=22. 48. Biesiada, A., Kucharska, A., Sokó£-£êtowska, A., Kuoe, A.: Effect of the Age of Plantation and Harvest Term on Chemical Composition and Antioxidant Activity of Stinging Nettle (Urtica dioica L.). Ecological Chemistry and Engineering. 17, 9 (2010) 1061-1066. 49. Singh, R., Dar, S.A., Sharma, P.: Antibacterial Activity and Toxicological Evalution of Semi Purified Hexane Extract of Urtica dioca Leaves. Res. J. Med. Plant. 6, 2 (2012) 123-135. 50. Fisgin, N.T., Cayci, Y.T., Coban, A.Y, Tanyel, D.O.E., Durupinar, B., Tulek, N.: Antimicrobial Activity of Plant Extract Ankaferd Blood Stopper®. Fitoterapia. (2009) 48-50. 51. Sánchez, D.O.S., Najera, G.L.A., Rivera, I.L., Ramírez, O.D., Cisneros, Ma.G.V., García, V.M.N.: Antimicrobial Activity of Medicinal Plants from the Huautla Sierra Biosphere Reserve in Morelos (México). Polibotánica. 28 (2009) 213-225. 52. Naruszewicz, M., Johansson, M.J., Zapolska-Downar, D., Bukowska, H: Effect of Lactobacillus plantarum 299v on Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors in Smokers. Am. J. Clin. Natr. 76, 6 (2002) 1249-1255. КАРАКТЕРИЗАЦИЈА АНТИОКСИДАТИВНЕ И АНТИМИКРОБНЕ АКТИВНОСТИ ЛИСТА КОПРИВЕ (Urtica dioica L.) Зоран З. Кукрића, Љиљана Н. Топалић-Тривуновића, Биљана М. Кукавицаб, Сњежана Б. Матоша, Светлана С. Павичића, Мирела М. Боројаб и Александар В. Савића, а Универзитет у Бањoj Луци, Технолошки факултет, Војводе Степе Степановића75, 78000 Бања Лука, Република Српска, Босна и Херцеговина б Универзитет у Бањoj Луци, Природно-математички факултет, Младена Стојановића 2, 78000 Бања Лука, Република Српска, Босна и Херцеговина Коприва (Urtica dioica L.) за потребе овог рада прикупљена је у региону Бања Луке. У свјежим листовима различите старости одређен је садржај хлорофила а, хлорофила б, каротеноида и солубилних протеина као и активност пероксидаза (POD, EC 1.11.1.7.). Суви листови коприве су коришћени за добијање етанолног екстракта. Суви остатак етанолног екстракта је растворен у метанолу и у добијеном раствору је одређен садржај укупних фенола, флавоноида, флавонола, неензимска антиоксидативна и антимикробна активност. Неензимска антиоксидативна активност одређена је FRAP, DPPH и ABTS методом. Резултати су поређени са антиоксидативном активношћу стандардних једињења (витамин Ц, BHT и BHА). Антимикробна активност рађена је методом макроразређењa. 271 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243257K UDC: 582.635.5:542.943’78:615.282 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 257-272 Original scientific paper Добијени резултати су показали незнатно повећање садржаја укупног хлорофила, каротеноида и протеина у млађим листовима. Такође је у млађим листовима измерена већа активност солубилних пероксидаза. Нативном електрофорезом детектоване су две пероксидазне изоформе у солубилној протеинској фракцији листа коприве. Садржај укупних фенола у коприви је износио 208,37 мг GЕА/г сувог екстракта (dw), укупних флавоноида 20,29 мг QE/гdw,а укупних флавонола 22,83 мг QE/гdw. Антиоксидативна активност добијена FRAP методом износила је 7,50 mM Fe(II)/gdw, док је за DPPH и ABTS методу, изражена као IC50 била 31,38 и 23,55 μg mL-1, респективно. Резултати указују на слабу и умерену антиоксидативну активност коприве. Екстракт коприве је тестиран на различите Грам-позитивне и Грам-негативне бактерије (Bacillus subitlis IP 5832, Lactobacillus plantarum 299v (Lp299v), Pseudomonas aeruginosa и Escherichia coli која је изолована из узорака хране и Escherichia coli која је изолована из узорака урина). Комерцијални антибиотици (ампицилин, еритромицин, ципрофлоксацин и гентамицин) су коришћени као позитивна контрола. Резултати показују да је минимална инхибиторна концентрација (МIC) и минимална бактерицидна концентрација МBC екстракта листа коприве у распону од 9,05 до више од 149,93 mg mL-1. Кључне речи: коприва, садржај хлорофила, каротеноида и солубилних протеина, укупни феноли, флавоноиди и флавоноли, антиоксидативна и антимикробна активност. Received: 16 August 2012 Accepted: 10 October 2012 272 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper A CHEMOMETRIC APPROACH FOR PREDICTION OF ANTIFUNGAL ACTIVITY OF SOME BENZOXAZOLE DERIVATIVES AGAINST Candida albicans Sanja O. Podunavac-Kuzmanovića*, Lidija J. Jevrića, Strahinja Z. Kovačevića and Nataša D. Kalajdžijaa a Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad, 21000 Novi Sad, Bul. Cara Lazara 1, Serbia The purpose of the article is to promote and facilitate prediction of antifungal activity of the investigated series of benzoxazoles against Candida albicans. The clinical importance of this investigation is to simplify design of new antifungal agents against the fungi which can cause serious illnesses in humans. Quantitative structure activity relationship analysis was applied on nineteen benzoxazole derivatives. A multiple linear regression (MLR) procedure was used to model the relationships between the molecular descriptors and the antifungal activity of benzoxazole derivatives. Two mathematical models have been developed as a calibration models for predicting the inhibitory activity of this class of compounds against Candida albicans. The quality of the models was validated by the leave-one- out technique, as well as by the calculation of statistical parameters for the established model. KEY WORDS: chemometricс, antifungals, benzoxazole derivatives, Candida albicans, molecular descriptors INTRODUCTION Predictions of antimicrobial properties of molecules based on their structure are the fundamental and most interesting objectives of chemistry. The conception that there exists a close relationship between bulk properties of compounds and their molecular structure is quite rooted in chemistry. This idea allows one to provide a clear connection between the macroscopic and the microscopic properties of matter, and thus has been firmly established as one of the central foundations of chemistry. Therefore, it is the basic aim of chemistry to attempt to identify these assumed relationships between chemical structure and physico-chemical properties and then to quantify them. Benzoxazoles and their derivatives are well known to the chemists, mainly because of the broad spectrum of the antimicrobial properties exhibited by this class of compounds (1-12). Interest in the chemistry, synthesis and microbiology of this pharmacophore * Correspodning author: Sanja Podunavac-Kuzmanović, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 273 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper continues to be fuelled by their biological properties such as antifungal, antitubercular, antioxidant, antiallergic, and antiparasitic. It is also well known that these molecules are present in a variety of antitumoural, anthelmintic and herbicidal agents (1-12). A large number of research studies are needed to analyze the pharmacophore present in these compounds using the Three Dimensional QSAR (quantitative structure-activity relationship) methods. The physicochemical properties predicted from structure are helpful in the search for new molecules of similar or increased biological activity. QSAR studies enable the investigators to establish reliable quantitative relationships, to derive a QSAR model, and predict the activity of novel molecules prior to their synthesis. These studies reduce the trial-and-error element in the design of compounds by establishing mathematical relationships between physical, chemical, biological, or environmental activities of interest and measurable or computable physicochemical, electronic, topological, or stereochemical parameters. The 3D-QSAR methodology has been successfully used to generate models for various chemotherapeutic agents (13-20). In view of above and in continuation of our studies on QSAR analyses (21-29), the aim of this investigation was to study the quantitative effect of the structure on antifungal activity of some benzoxazole derivatives against Candida albicans. EXPERIMENTAL The structures of the benzoxazoles investigated in this study are presented in Table 1. Table 1. The structures of the compounds studied Compound 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 274 R1 N(CH3)2 CH3 C2H5 OCH3 F NHCOCH3 NHCH3 N(CH3)2 C2H5 NHCOCH3 NH CH3 Cl NO2 H C(CH3)3 NH2 NHCH3 C2H5 F R2 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl H H H H NH2 NH2 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper The results of antifungal activity against Candida albicans (MTCC 183) for all the benzoxazole derivatives were taken from the literature (30). Minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of tested benzoxazoles is defined as the lowest concentration of the compound at which no growth of the strain. The negative logarithms of molar MICs (log1/cMIC) were determined and used for further calculations. Molecular Modeling The molecular modeling study was performed using HyperChem 7.5 software (HyperCube Inc, Version 7.5) running on P-III processor (31). HyperChem includes a model builder that turns a rough 2Dsketch of a molecule into 3D. The created 3-D models were cleaned up and subjected to energy minimization using molecular mechanics (MM2). The minimization is executed until the root mean square (RMS) gradient value reaches a value smaller than 0.1kcal/molÅ. The Austin Model-1 (AM-1) method was used for reoptimization until the RMS gradient attains a value smaller than 0.0001kcal/molÅ using MOPAC. The lowest energy structure was used for each molecule to calculate molecular descriptors. Generation of the Descriptors The numerical descriptors for each compound in the data set were calculated using the software HyperChem (31), Dragon (32) and CS Chem Office Software version 7.0 (33). Since there was a 78 different descriptors for each compound (electronic, constitutional, hydrophobic, and topological), Pearson's correlation matrix was used as a qualitative model, in order to select the suitable descriptors for MLR analysis. One way to avoid data redundancy is to exclude descriptors that are highly intercorrelated with each other before performing statistical analysis. Statistical Methods The complete regression analysis was carried out by PASS 2005, GESS 2006, NCSS Statistical Softwares (34). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The results of the antifungal studies of 19 benzoxazole derivatives against Candida albicans are summarized in Table 2. As is evident, all the compounds show noteworthy antifungal activities against the tested fungi. Consequently, the compounds with high log1/cMIC (or low MIC) are the best antifungals. 275 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper Table 2. Data of the experimental and predicted values of log1/cMIC Compound 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 log1/cMIC exper. 4.005 3.950 3.977 3.980 3.958 4.027 3.979 4.004 4.013 4.059 4.015 4.024 4.040 3.892 4.001 3.924 3.952 3.979 3.960 Antifungal activity log1/cMIC predict. 4.015 3.955 3.973 3.992 3.964 4.037 3.961 3.998 3.996 4.053 4.011 4.009 4.050 3.909 4.005 3.924 3.955 3.962 3.960 Residuals 0.010 -0.005 0.004 -0.012 -0.006 -0.010 0.018 0.006 0.017 -0.006 0.004 0.015 -0.010 -0.017 -0.004 0.000 -0.003 0.017 0.000 In order to identify the effect of the chemical structure on the inhibitory activity, QSAR studies of title compounds were performed. A set of benzioxazoles consisting of 19 molecules was used for multilinear regression model generation. An attempt has been made to find structural requirement for inhibition of Candida albicans using QSAR Hansch approach on benzoxazole derivatives. Different physicochemical, steric, electronic, and structural molecular descriptors were used as independent variables and were correlated with antifungal activity. From the QSAR study of the series of benzoxazoles, two best biparametric models were derived. Both the models include lipophilicity descriptor (logP). The specifications for the best-selected MLR models are shown in Table 3. Table 3. Best MLR models for the prediction of antifungal activity Model 1 2 276 Coefficient Intercept 0.7685 logP 0.9314 MR 0.0198 Intercept 0.0715 logP 0.8941 HE 0.0033 n r S F 19 0.9758 0.0767 128.6125 19 0.9759 0.0774 127.3176 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper But, only high correlation coefficient is not enough to select the equation as a model and hence various statistical approaches were used to confirm the robustness and practical applicability of the equations. The statistical validity of the resulting models, as given in Table 3, is determined by r, s, and F. It is noteworthy that all these equations were derived using the entire data set of compounds (n = 19) and no outliers were identified. The F-value presented in Table 3 is found statistically significant at 99% level since all the calculated F values are higher as compared to the tabulated values. For the testing the quality of the predictive power of selected MLR models the LOO procedure was used (Table 4). The PRESS value above can be used to compute an r2CV statistic, called r2 cross-validated, which reflects the prediction ability of the model. This is a good way to validate the prediction of a regression model without selecting another sample or splitting the data. In this study, the r2adj and r2CV are taken as a proof of the high predictive ability of the QSAR models. A high value of these statistical characteristic (> 0.5) is considered as a proof of the high predictive ability of the models. The adjustable correlation coefficient (r2adj) tells us the statistical significance of incorporated physicochemical descriptor in MLR. It takes into account the adjustment of the conventional correlation coefficient (r2). PRESS is an acronym for prediction of the sum of squares. It is used to validate a regression model with regard to its predictability. Table 4. Cross-validation parameters Model PRESS SSY PRESS/SSY SPRESS r2CV r2adj 1 0.1201 1.6764 0.0716 0.0795 0.9284 0.9345 2 0.1449 1.6764 0.0864 0.0873 0.9127 0.9330 Thus, the high value of LOO r2CV is the necessary condition for a model to have a high predictive power, but it is not a sufficient condition. The only way to estimate the true predictive power of a model is to test its ability to predict accurately the inhibitory activities of compounds. In order to verify the predictive power of the developed model, the predicted log1/cMIC values of benzoxazole investigated were calculated by using models 1 and 2 and compared with the experimental values (Table 2). The data presented in Table 2 show that the observed and the estimated activities are very close to each other. The residual activity (the difference between experimentally observed log (1/cMIC) and QSAR calculated log (1/cMIC)) is less than or equal to 0.018. Further, Fig. 1 shows the plot of the linear regression of the predicted versus experimental values of the antifungal activity of the investigated benzoxazoles. To investigate the existence of a systemic error in developing the QSAR models, the residuals of predicted values of inhibitory activity were plotted against the experimental values in Figure 2. The propagation of the residuals on both sides of zero indicates that no systemic error exists in the development of the regression models, as suggested by Jalali-Heravi and Kyani (35). It indicates that these models can be successfully applied to predict the antifungal activity of this class of molecules. 277 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper 4.06 r=0,9621 4.04 log1/cMICteor. 4.02 4.00 3.98 3.96 3.94 3.92 3.90 3.88 3.90 3.92 3.94 3.96 3.98 4.00 4.02 4.04 4.06 log1/cMICexp. Figure 1. Plot of the predicted vs. the experimentally observed antifungal activity against Candida albicans 0.020 0.015 0.010 Residual 0.005 0.000 3.90 -0.005 3.92 3.94 3.96 3.98 4.00 4.02 4.04 log1/cMICexp. -0.010 -0.015 Figure 2. Plot of the residual values against the experimentally observed log1/cMIC values The positive contribution of logP in both the proposed equations thus suggests its significant participation in the inhibitory activity. The results clearly indicate that the compounds with higher lipophilicity values exhibited increased inhibitory action on the growth of the tested fungi. The other descriptors, MR and HE, were effective if combined with logP. Both the descriptors are the indicators of lipophilicity/hydrophobicity. They may be related to the binding between drug and receptor because the polarity is an essential factor to bind active site of the receptor molecule. 278 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper The results indicate the possibility of applying the chemometric techniques for a successful prediction of antifungal activity of the investigated series of benzoxazoles against Candida albicans. The results illustrate that the MLR technique is appropriate to create fine QSAR models for predicting the inhibitory activity of different compounds, and that is useful for drug design and medicinal chemistry. CONCLUSIONS From the results discussed above, it can be concluded that the different substituted benzoxazole derivatives showed in vitro considerable inhibitory activity against Candida albicans. Molecular modeling and QSAR analysis were performed to find the quantitative effects of the molecular structure of the compounds on their antifungal activity. Various physicochemical parameters, especially partition coefficient, molar refractivity and hydration energy can be used successfully for modeling antifungal activity of benzoxazoles. Two best QSAR mathematical models are used to predict inhibitory activity of the investigated benzoxazoles, and close agreement between experimental and predicted values was obtained. The low residual activity and high cross-validated r2 values (r2CV) observed indicate the predictive ability of the developed QSAR models. This means that these models can be successfully applied to predict the antifungal activity of this class of molecules. Acknowledgements These results are part of the projects No. 114-451-2707/2012-01, financially supported by the Provincial Secretariat for Science and Technological Development of Vojvodina and No. 172012 and 172014 supported by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Temiz-Arpaci, O.: QSARs of Some 5- or 6-Methyl-2-Substituted Benzoxazoles/Benzimidazoles against Candida albicans. Turk. J. Med. Sci. 31 (2001) 493-497. 2. Kaplancikli, Z.A., Turan-Zitouni, G., Revial, G. and Guven, K.: Synthesis and Study of Antibacterial and Antifungal Activities of Novel 2-[[Benzoxazole/benzimidazole2-yl)sulfanyl]acetylamino]thiazoles. Arch. Pharm. Res. 27 (2004) 1081-1085. 3. Temiz, O., Oren, I., Sener, E. and Yalcin, I.: Synthesis and microbiological activity of some novel 5- or 6-methyl-2-(2,4-disubstituted phenyl) benzoxazole derivatives. Il Farmaco. 53 (1998) 337-341. 4. Arisoy, M., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Yildiz, I., Kaynak-Onurdag, F., Aki, E., Yalçin, I. and Abbasoglu, U.: Synthesis, Antimicrobial Activity and QSAR Studies of 2,5-Disubstituted Benzoxazoles. SAR QSAR Environ Res. 19 (2008) 589-612. 5. Ertan, T., Yildiz, I., Tekiner-Gulbas, B., Bolelli, K., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Ozkan, S., Kaynak, F., Yalcin, I. and Aki, E.: Synthesis, Biological Evaluation and 2D-QSAR Analysis of Benzoxazoles as Antimicrobial Agents. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 44 (2009) 501-510. 279 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper 6. Alper-Hayta, S., Arisoy, M., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Yildiz, I., Aki, E., Ozkan, S. and Kaynak, F.: Synthesis, Antimicrobial Activity, Pharmacophore Analysis of Some New 2(Substitutedphenyl/benzyl)-5-[(2-benzofuryl)carboxamido] benzoxazoles. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 43 (2008) 2568-2578. 7. Temiz-Arpaci, O., Yildiz, I., Ozkan, S., Kaynak, F., Aki-Sener, E. and Yalçin, I.: Synthesis and Biological Activity of Some New Benzoxazoles. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 43 (2008) 1423-1431. 8. Oksuzoglu, E., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Tekiner-Gulbas, B., Eroglu, H., Sen, G., Alper, S., Yildiz, I., Diril, N., Aki-Sener, E. and Yalcin, I.: A Study on the Genotoxic Activities of Some New Benzoxazoles. Med. Chem. Res. 16 (2007) 1–14. 9. Oksuzoglu, E., Tekiner-Gulbas, B., Alper, S., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Ertan, T., Yildiz, I., Diril, N., Sener-Aki, E. and Yalcin, I.: Some Benzoxazoles and Benzimidazoles as DNA Topoisomerase I and II Inhibitors. J. Enz. Inh. Med. Chem. 23 (2007) 37-42. 10. Oren-Yildiz, I., Tekiner-Gulbas, B., Yalcin, I., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Aki-Sener, E. and Altanlar, N.: Synthesis and Antimicrobial Activity of New 2-[p-Substituted-benzyl]5-[substituted-carbonylamino]benzoxazoles, Arch. Pharm. Pharm. Med. Chem. 337 (2004) 402-410. 11. Temiz-Arpaci, O., Ozdemir, A., Yalçin, I., Yildiz, I., Aki-Sener, E. and Altanlar, N.: Synthesis and Antimicrobial Activity of Some 5-[2-(Morpholin-4-yl)acetamido] and/or 5-[2-(4-Substituted piperazin-1-yl)acetamido]-2-(p-substituted phenyl)benzoxazoles. Arch. Pharm. Chem. Life Sci. 338 (2005) 105-111. 12. Yildiz-Oren, I., Tekiner-Gulbas, B., Temiz-Arpaci, O., Yalcin, I. and Aki-Sener, E.: Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships using Comparative Molecular Field Analysis Studies on 2-(p-Substitutedbenzyl)-5-(substituted carbonylamino)benzaoxazoles as Antibacterial Agents against Staphylococcus aureus. Asian J. Chem. 16 (2004) 1359-1366. 13. Bevan, D.R.: QSAR and Drug Design, Network Science, http://www.netsci.org/ Science/Compchem/feature12.html. 14. QSAR, The Australian Computational Chemistry via the Internet Project, www.chem.swin.edu.au/ modukes/mod4/index.html. 15. Hansch, C.: On the Structure of Medicinal Chemistry. J. Med. Chem. 19 (1976) 1-6. 16. Leo, A., Hansch, C. and Elkins, D.: Partition Coefficients and Their Uses. Chem. Rev. 71 (1971) 525-616. 17. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Markov, S.L. and Barna, D.J.: Relationship Between the Lipophilicity and Antifungal Activity of Some Benzimidazole Derivatives. J. Theor. Comp. Chem. 6 (2007) 687-698. 18. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Cvetković, D.D. and Barna, D. J.: QSAR Analysis of 2-Amino or 2-Methyl-1-Substituted Benzimidazoles against Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Int. J. Mol. Sci. 10 (2009) 1670-1682. 19. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O. and Cvetković, D.D.: Lipophilicity and Antifungal Activity of Some 2-Substituted Benzimidazole Derivatives. CI&CEQ 17 (2011) 9-15. 20. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O. and Cvetković, D.D.: QSAR Modeling of Antibacterial Activity of Some Benzimidazole Derivatives. CI&CEQ 17 (2011) 33-38. 21. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Leovac, V.M., Perišić-Janjić, N.U., Rogan, J. and Balaž, J.: Complexes of Cobalt(II), Zinc(II) and Copper(II) with Some Newly Synthe280 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper sized Benzimidazole Derivatives and Their Antibacterial Activity J. Serb. Chem. Soc. 64 (1999) 381-388. 22. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O. and Cvetković, D.D.: Antibacterial Evaluation of Some Benzimidazole Derivatives and Their Zinc(II) Complexes. J. Serb. Chem. Soc. 75 (2007) 459-466. 23. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Barna, D.J. and Cvetković, D.D.: Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship of Some 1-Benzylbenzimidazole Derivatives as Antifungal Agents. Acta Periodica Technologica 38 (2007) 139-147. 24. Perišić-Janjić, N.U. and Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O.: RPTLC Study of QSRR and QSAR for Some Benzimidazole Derivatives. J. Planar Chromatogr. 21 (2008) 135141. 25. Perišić-Janjić, N.U., Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Balaž, J.S. and Vlaović, Đ.: Chromatographic Behaviour and Lipophilicity of Some Benzimidazole Derivatives. J. Planar Chromatogr. 13 (2000) 123-129. 26. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Cvetković, D.D. and Barna, D. J.: The Effect of Lipophilicity on Antibacterial Activity of Some 1-Benzylbenzimidazole Derivatives. J. Serb. Chem. Soc. 73 (2008) 967-978. 27. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Cvetković, D.D. and Barna, D.J.: Correlations Between the Lipophilicity and the Inhibitory Activity of Different Substituted Benzimidazoles. CI&CEQ 15 (2009) 125-130. 28. Podunavac-Kuzmanović, S.O., Barna, D.J. and Cvetković, D.D.: Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships to Predict Antibacterial Effect of Some Benzimidazole Derivatives. APTEFF 39 (2007) 181-191. 29. Podunavac-Kuzmanović S.O. and Velimirović, S.D.: Correlation Between Lipophilicity and Antifungal Activity of Some Benzoxazole Derivatives. APTEFF 41 (2010) 177-185. 30. Ursu, O., Costescu, A., Diudea, M.V. and Parv, B.: QSAR Modeling of Antifungal Activity of Some Heterocyclic Compounds. Croat. Chem. Acta 79 (2006) 483-488. 31. HyperChem 7.5, Hypercube, Inc., 419 Phillip St., Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2L 3X2, http://www.hyper.com 32. R. Todescini, V. Consonni, A. Mauri, M. Pavan, Dragon for windows and linux. http://www.talete.mi.it/[2006] 33. CS. Chem. Office, Version 7.0, Cambridge Soft Corporation, 100 Cambridge Park Drive, Cambridge, MA 02140-2317, U.S.A. 2001. 34. www.ncss.com 35. Jalali-Heravi, M. and Kyani, A.: Use of Computer-Assisted Methods for the Modeling of the Retention Time of a Variety of Volatile Organic Compounds: A PCA-MLRANN Approach. J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 44 (2004) 1328-1335. 281 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243273P UDC: 547.6:615.282.84]:66.011 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 273-282 Original scientific paper ХЕМОМЕТРИЈСКИ ПРИСТУП У ПРЕДВИЂАЊУ AНТИФУНГАЛНЕ АКТИВНОСТИ НЕКИХ ДЕРИВАТА БЕНЗОКСАЗОЛА ПРЕМА Candida albicans а Сања О. Подунавац-Кузмановића, Лидија Ј. Јеврића, Страхиња З. Ковачевића и Наташа Д. Калајџијаа Универзитет у Новом Саду, Teхнолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Циљ овог рада је предвиђање антифунгалне активности испитиване серије бензоксазола према Candida albicans. Клинички значај ових испитивања је поједноставити дизајнирање нових антифунгалних агенаса који су узрочници многих озбиљних обољења код људи. QSAR (quantitative structure-activity relationship) aнализа изведена је на деветнаест деривата бензимидазола. Вишеструка линеарна регресија коришћена је за моделовање зависности између молекулских дескриптора и антифунгалне активности деривата бензоксазола. Дефинисана су два математичка модела за предвиђање инхибиторне активности ове групе једињења према Candida albicans. Квалитет модела потврђен је LOO (leave one out) техником, као и израчунавањем статистичких параметара за постављене моделе. Кључне речи: хемометрија, антифунгална активност, деривати бензоксазола, Candida albicans, молекулски дескриптори. Received: 3 September 2012 Accepted: 22 October 2012 282 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper COMPARATIVE EVALUATION OF THE ESSENTIAL OIL TERPENOIDS IN THE STEM AND LEAF OF Ziziphora Clinopodioides IN THE REGIONS OF ALMEH AND SOJOUGH OF GOLESTAN PROVINCE, IRAN Pouneh Ebrahimi1, Akram Mirarab-Razi2 and Abbas Biabani1 1 Department of Chemistry, Gonbad Kavous University, P. O. Box 163, Gonbad, Iran 2 Faculty of Basic Sciences, Tehran University of Payam-e-Noor, Tehran, Iran Microwave-assisted hydrodistillation was used to isolate essential oil from the leaf and stem of Ziziphora clinopodioides collected in the flowering stage on two locations, Almeh and Sojogh, of the Golestan Province (Iran), in June of 2009. The total contents of monoterpene and sesquiterpene fractions (52.45% and 1.08%, respectively) in the leaf oil of Almeh plants were higher than those of Sojogh (46.64% and 0.12%, respectively). The essential oil of the stem of the plants from Sojogh was characterized by the presence of eight oxygenated monoterpenes (22.17%), while four oxygenated monoterpenes (11.15%), one monterpene hydrocarbon (2.71%), and one oxygenated sesquiterpene (0.21%) were found in the plants from the region of Almeh. The analysis of the essential oil of dried aerial parts showed the presence of oxygenated monoterpenes pulegone and menthol (the region of Sojogh) and pulegone, 1,8-cineol, D-neoisomenthol and chrysanthenone (the region of Almeh), as the main constituents. Also, chrysanthenone (9.75%), found as the second major component of the leaf of Z. clinopodioides of Almeh, was not identified as the oil component of the other region. The results obtained on the chemical composition of Z. clinopodioides oil of two regions from the Golestan Province revealed that in general, that there are some differences in the major components and their relative concentrations. This may be probably due to the different environmental and genetic factors, different chemotypes and the nutritional status of the plants, as well as other factors that can influence the oil composition. KEY WORDS: Ziziphora clinopodioides, Terpenoid compounds, Golestan Province, Microwave-assisted hydrodistillation. INTRODUCTION The plant of Ziziphora clinopodioides (Lam.), which is a habitant of Iran, has been used in Iranian traditional medicine for treatment of some infectious conditions. Aerial parts of this plant are used as stomachic, anti-fever, anti-inflammatory, sedative and * Corresponding author: Pouneh Ebrahimi, Gonbad-Kavous University, P.O. Box 163, Gonbad, Iran, e-mail: [email protected] 283 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper flavoring agent (1-2). Also, in Iran, it is added to a special cheese herby cheese, in particular in the eastern part of Iran (3). The genus Ziziphora L. belongs to the family Labiatae, which grows wild as an endemic subspecies in many parts of Iran (4). There are four species of the plant (Z. clinopodioides Lam., Z. capitata L., Z. persica Bunge. and Z. tenuior L.) that widespread all over Iran. The species of Z.capitata, Z. persica, Z. tenuior are annual and Z. clinopodioides is perennial (4-5). A number of studies (6-13) showed the oil of some Ziziphora species is rich in pulegone. The main constituents found in the oil of Z. vychodceviana and Z. persica collected from Kazakhstan were also pulegone (57.5-66%) and isomenthone (5.1-15.7%) (8). The major constituent of Z. tenuior L. oil has been reported to be pulegone (87.1%) (9). The essential oil of Turkish endemic Z. taurica subsp. clenioides contains pulegone (81.9%), limonene (4.5%) and piperitenone (2.3%) (10). In the literature, there are some reports on the chemical constituents of Z. clinopodioides growing in the former USSR and west part of Turkey (12-13). The surveys showed that the major compounds of the essential oil were pulegone (13.2%-31.86%), 1,8-cineole (2.3%-14.5%), limonene (1.8%10.48%), menthone (4.6%-6.73%) and isomenthone (2%-10.8%). Microwave heating has an incontestable place in analytical and organic laboratory practices as a very effective and non-polluting method. It is applicable in sample digestion, organic synthesis, analytical chemistry, phytochemistry and food industry (14-15). Microwave energy, with a frequency of 2.45 GHz, is well known to have a significant effect on the rates of a variety of processes. The main reason for the increased interest lies in the much shorter operation times. Microwave-assisted extraction of natural compounds is also an alternative to conventional techniques. Essential oils are among the products which have been extracted efficiently from a variety of matrices by this method (16). In the present work, microwave-assisted hydrodistillation was used for isolating the stem and leaf essential oil of Z. clinopodioides obtained from two locations of the Golestan Province in Iran (Almeh and Sojogh), where people frequently use this plant in traditional medicine. The chemical composition of essential oils obtained from the plants in the flowering stage was studied by gas liquid chromatography (GLC). To the best of our knowledge, no information about the chemical composition of the essential oil of Ziziphora clinopodioides grown in Almeh (Golestan National Park) and Sojogh was published before. Therefore, these results can be considered as the first report about the subject of this study. MATERIAL AND METHODS Plant material and isolation The aerial parts of the plant were collected during the flowering stage in June of 2009, in the Almeh Mountains of the Golestan National Park and Sojogh region (Golestan Province, Iran). The air-dried material (about 50 g) was cut into small pieces and moistened prior extraction by soaking in water and then allowing the excess of water to drain. This step is essential to give the material the initial moisture. The moistened plant mate284 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper rial was hydrodistilled at the fixed power of 450 W for 30 min using a microwave distillation apparatus. The essential oils obtained were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and stored in a sealed vial at 4◦C until used. Microwave extraction apparatus and procedure Microwave extraction was carried out on a Milestone DryDist microwave apparatus. The maximum output power of the microwave apparatus was 1000 W with 2450 MHz of microwave radiation frequency. The reactor was a 500 mL short-necked flask. During the experiments, time, temperature and power were controlled using the „easy-WAVE“ software package. Temperature was monitored by a shielded thermocouple (ATC-300) inserted directly into the sample container and by an external infrared (IR) sensor, and controlled by a feedback to the microwave power regulator. The experimental variables were optimized by the univariate method in order to maximize the yield of essential oil. A cooling system outside the microwave cavity condensed the distillate continuously. The condensed water was refluxed to the extraction vessel in order to provide uniform conditions of temperature and humidity for extraction. The extraction was continued at 100oC and atmospheric pressure until no more essential oil was obtained. Gas chromatography (GC) The isolated oil was diluted with hexane. The GC analysis of the essential oil was carried out on a Younglin-ACM600 gas chromatograph with FID detector and a HP-5MS capillary column (30 m × 0.25 mm i.d., 0.25µm film thickness) (USA) with a 5% phenyl methyl siloxane stationary phase. Helium was used as the carrier gas at the flow rate of 0.8 mL min-1; split ratio was 1:30, with the injection volume of 0.2 µl (10% hexane solution). The oven temperature was held at 50ºC for 5 min, then raised to 240ºC at a rate of 3oC min-1, 240-300oC at 15oC min-1and then held at 300oC for 3 min. The injector and detector temperatures were set at 290oC and 220oC, respectively. Gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) For the identification of the components, GC/MS analysis was performed under the same conditions using an Agilent 6890 gas chromatograph equipped with an Agilent 5973 mass selective detector with an ionization voltage of 70 eV on a capillary column HP-5MS. The ionization source temperature was set at 220oC. Qualitative and quantitative analysis The constituents of the volatile oils were identified based on their Kovats Index, calculated in relation to the retention time of a series of n-alkanes (C4-C28) as reference products, in comparison with those of the chemical compounds gathered by Adams table (17-18), and the similarity of their mass spectra with those gathered in the MS library (Wiley 275), or reported in the literature (19-22). 285 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The hydrodistillation of the air-dried leaf and stem of Z. clinopodioides (Lamiaceae) yielded about 0.90 and 0.44% (w/w) oil, respectively, for the samples from both locations. The oil of leaves and stems was clear yellowish. The terpenoide compositions of essential oils were analyzed by GC and GC-MS. The results showed that different terpenoids were isolated in the stem and leaf of the plants from both regions. The essential oils were characterized by a higher diversity of the terpenes in the plants collected on the Almeh than on Sojogh region. Table 1. Terpenoid constituents of the stem essential oil of Ziziphora clinopodioides in the flowering stage from Almeh and Sojogh regions No. Component tR RIa RAb (%) in Sojogh RA (%) in Almeh 1 1,8–Cineole 15.46 1035 0.211 0.220 2 L-Menthone 22.12 1147 2.248 2.148 3 L-(-)-Menthol 23.47 1171 1.890 1.526 4 Pulegone 25.73 1220 16.038 7.258 5 Iso–pulegone 22.70 1175 0.357 - 6 (+)–Neoisomenthol 22.33 1163 0.981 - 7 (Z)-Dihydrocarvone 23.73 1186 0.319 - 8 Cis- dihydrocarveol 29.88 1194 0.124 - 9 Lyratol 34.69 1164 - 0.211 10 α–Fenchene 41.34 1049 - 11 12 13 14 Oxygenated monoterpenes Monoterpene hydrocarbons Oxygenated sesquiterpenes Total terpenoids (%) 2.714 c 22.168 (8) 22.168 Type Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated Sesquiterpene Monterpene Hydrocarbon 11.152 (4) 2.714 (1) 0.211 (1) 14.077 a RI: Retention index was determined by GC-FID on a HP-5MS column RA: relative area (peak area relative to total peak area) c Number of compounds in the group b In the investigated stem samples from Sojogh and Almeh, oxygenated monoterpenes were identified as the major class of compounds, containing 8 and 4 compounds representing 22.17% and 11.15% of total oil, respectively (Table 1). Among them, dominant were: pulegone, L-menthone and L-(-)-menthol. No significant quantitative difference in L-menthone and L-(-)-menthol between the examined samples from two regions was found. However, oxygenated monoterpene pulegone was the dominant compound in this 286 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper class, and its content in the Sojogh sample (16.04%) was higher than that obtained for the Almeh sample (7.26%). Another compound which was present in an appreciable amount in the stem essential oil obtained from the Almeh sample was monterpene hydrocarbon α–fenchene (2.71%). The results of the qualitative and quantitative analysis for the Z. clinopodioides leaf essential oil showed that twenty two and nine terpenoid compounds were identified in the Almeh and Sojogh samples, representing 53.53% and 46.76% of total oil, respectively (Table 2). Oxygenated monoterpene pulegone was found in a considerable amount in the essential oils, with the higher content of pulegone in the plant samples originated from Sojogh (37.80%) than in those from Almeh (18.04%). The results of this study are in accordance with the previous studies of Ziziphora species, showing also that this plant is rich in pulegone (8-10, 23). Other representative components found in the leaf essential oil of Sojogh sample were menthol (4.37%), (+)–neo-menthol (2.15%) and L-menthone (1.13%). The essential oil obtained from Z. clinopodioides of Almeh also contained chrysanthenone (9.75%), D-neoisomenthol (8.22%), 1,8-cineol (7.12%) and menthol (1.53%) as the most important oxygenated monoterpenes. Monoterpenic hydrocarbons such as α-pinene (1.45%), sabinene (1.34%) and ß-pinene (1.81%) in this sample were also found in appreciable amounts. The results of the determination of chemical composition of essential oils in Z. clinopodioides from two regions of the Golestan Province revealed that in general, there are some differences in the major components, as well as in their relative contents. This may be probably due to the different environmental and genetic factors, different chemotypes and the nutritional status of the plants, as well as to other factors that can influence the oil composition. Also, chrysanthenone (9.75%) as the second major oil component of Z. clinopodioides of Almeh, found in the flowering stage of leaf, has not been identified as the oil component of the other regions or species. Table 2. Terpenoid constituents of the leaf essential oil of Ziziphora clinopodioides in the flowering stage from Almeh and Sojogh regions No. Component tR RIa RAb (%) in Sojogh RA (%) in Almeh 1 α-Thujone 10.36 1061 - 0.152 2 α-Pinene 10.71 947 - 1.450 3 Camphene 11.33 980 - 0.184 4 Sabinene 12.71 970 - 1.338 5 ß-pinene 12.83 982 - 1.813 6 ß-Myrcene 13.57 991 - 0.390 7 1,8-Cineol 15.74 1035 0.385 7.116 Type Monterpene Hydrocarbon Monterpene Hydrocarbon Monterpene Hydrocarbon Monterpene Hydrocarbon Monterpene Hydrocarbon Monterpene Hydrocarbon Oxygenated monoterpene 287 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper Table 2. Continued No. Component tR RIa RAb (%) in Sojogh RA (%) in Almeh 8 γ-Terpinene 16.93 1062 - 0.070 9 Terpineol 17.37 1175 - 0.084 10 cis-iso Pulegone 23.17 1175 0.348 0.343 11 (+)–Neo-menthol 22.259 1159 2.149 - 12 Menthol 23.75 1171 4.369 1.527 13 Pulegone 25.97 1220 37.795 18.041 14 Germacrene D 36.52 1480 - 0.499 15 L-Menthone 21.68 1147 1.133 0.734 16 D-Neoisomenthol 24.41 1163 - 8.218 17 Endobornyl acetate 28.16 1276 - 0.235 18 1R-Menthyl acetate 28.58 1294 0.293 0.780 19 Thymol 29.36 1302 0.168 0.225 20 Chrysanthenone 31.02 1158 - 9.751 21 β-Bourbonene 32.50 1384 - 0.439 22 β-Cubebene 34.31 1395 - 0.073 23 Spathulenol 40.29 1589 24 25 26 27 28 Oxygenated monoterpenes Monoterpene Hydrocarbons Oxygenated sesquiterpenes Sesquiterpene Hydrocarbons Total terpenoids (%) 0.122 0.063 46.640 (8)c 0.122 (1) 46.762 47.054 (11) 5.397(7) 0.063 (1) 1.012 (3) 53.526 Type Monterpene Hydrocarbon Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Sesquiterpene Hydrocarbon Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Oxygenated monoterpene Sesquiterpene Hydrocarbon Sesquiterpene Hydrocarbon Oxygenated Sesquiterpene a RI: Retention index was determined by GC-FID on a HP-5MS column RA: relative area (peak area relative to total peak area) c Number of compounds in the group b CONCLUSION The present study has been concerned with the determination and comparison of the chemical composition of stem and leaf essential oils of Z. clinopodioides, collected in the flowering phase on two locations, Almeh (Golestan National Park) and Sojogh in the Golestan Provine (Iran). The total amount of monoterpene and sesquiterpene fractions in 288 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper the leaf oil of the Almeh sample (52.45% and 1.08%, respectively) was higher than those of the Sojogh sample (46.64% and 0.12%, respectively). The essential oil of stem of plants from Sojogh was characterized by the presence of eight oxygenated monoterpenes (22.17%), four oxygenated monoterpenes (11.15%), one monterpene hydrocarbon (2.71%) and one oxygenated sesquiterpene (0.21%) in the plant from the region of Almeh. Also, chrysanthenone (9.75%) as the second major oil component of Z. Clinopodioides of Almeh, found in the flowering stage of leaf, was not identified as the oil component of the other regions or species. In general, the analysis of essential oils of dried aerial parts of Z. clinopodioides collected in the flowering stage showed that their main oxygenated monoterpenes pulegone and menthol (the region of Sojogh) and pulegone, 1,8-cineol, D-neoisomenthol and chrysanthenone (the region of Almeh). REFERENCES 1. Dymock W., Warden C.J.H. and Hooper D.: Pharmacographia Indica, 3 Vols., Published by Kegan Paul LD., London (1890-1893) p. 83. 2. Hakim M.S.: Hamdard Pharmacopoeia of Eastern Medicine, The Times Press, Sadar, Karachi, Pakistan (1969) p. 478. 3. Tarakci Z., Coskun H. and Tuncturk Y.: Some properties of fresh and ripened herby cheese, a traditional variety produced in Turkey. Food Technol. Biotechnol. 42, 1 (2004) 47-50. 4. Mozaffarian V.: A Dictionary of Iranian Plant Names, Farhang Mo’aser Publishers, Tehran (1996) p. 591. 5. Rechinger K.H.: Flora Iranica, Vol. 150, Akademische Druck-U., Verlagsanstalt, Graz-Austria (1982) pp. 483-485. 6. Ozturk S., and Ercisli S.: Antibacterial activity and chemical constitutions of Ziziphora clinopodioides. J. Food Control. 18 (2007) 535-540. 7. Ozturk S. and Ercisli S.: The chemical composition of essential oil and in vitro antibacterial activities of essential oil and methanol extract of Ziziphora persica Bunge. J. Ethnopharm. 106 (2006) 372-376. 8. Salehi P., Sonboli A., Eftekhar F., Nejad-Ebrahimi S. and Yousefzadi M.: Essential oil composition, antibacterial and antioxidant activity of the oil and various extracts of Ziziphora clinopodioides subsp. rigida (Boiss.) Rech. f. from Iran. Biol. Pharm. Bull. 28, 10 (2005) 1892-1896. 9. Sezik E., Tumen G. and Baser K.H.C.: Ziziphora tenuior L., A New Source of Pulegone. Flavour. Fragr. J. 6, 1 (1991) 101-103. 10. Meral G.E., Konyalioglu S. and Ozturk B.: Essential oil composition and antioxidant activity of endemic Ziziphora taurica subsp. cleonioides. Fitoterapia 73 (2002) 716718. 11. Belyaev N.F. and Demeubaeva A.M.: Chromatographic study of the composition of the essential oil of Ziziphora clinopodioides, a vicarious form of Origanum vulgare. Chem. Nat. Compd. 35 (1999) 52-54. 289 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper 12. Daferera D.J., Ziogas B.N. and Polissiou M.G.: GC-MS Analysis of essential oil from some Greek aromatic plants and their fungitoxicity on Penicillium digitatum. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48 (2000) 2576-2581. 13. Baser K.H.C., Sezik E. and Tumen G.: Composition of the Essential Oil of Ziziphora clinopodioides Lam., J. Essential Oil Res. 3, 4 (1991) 237-239. 14. Zhang M., Tang J., Mujumdar A.S. and Wang S.: Trends in microwave-related combination drying of fruits and vegetables. Trends Food Sci. Tech. J. 17 (2006) 524-534. 15. Bougrin K., Loupy A. and Soufiaoui M.: A. Microwave-Assisted Solvent-Free Heterocyclic Synthesis. J. Photochem. Photobiol. C, Photochem. Rev. 6 (2005) 139-167. 16. Phutdhawong W., Kawaree R., Sanjaiya S., Sengpracha W. and Buddhasukh D.: Microwave-assisted isolation of essential oil of Cinnamomum iners Reinw. ex Bl.: Comparison with conventional hydrodistillation. Molecules 12 (2007) 868-877. 17. Gonzales F.R. and Nardillo A.M.: Retention index in temperature-programmed gas chromatography. J. Chromatogr. A, 842 (1999) 29-49. 18. Adams R.P.: Identification of essential oil components by Gas Chromatography/quadrupole mass spectroscopy, Allured publishing Corporation, Carol Stream, IL., USA (2001) pp. 43-392. 19. Jennings W. and Shibamoto T.: Qualitative Analysis of Flavor and Fragrance Volatiles by Glass Capillary Gas Chromatography, Academic press, New York (1980) pp 97-131, 471. 20. Massada Y.: Analysis of essential oil by gas chromatography and spectrometry, Wiley, New York (1976) 157-180. 21. Davies N.W.: Gas chromatographic retention indices of monoterpenes and sesquiterpenes on methyl silicon and Carbowax 20M phases. J. Chromatogr. A. 503 (1990) 124. 22. Shibamoto T.: Retention indices in essential oil analysis, in capillary gas chromatography in essential oil analysis. Eds. P. Sandra and C. Bicchi, Huething Verlag, New York (1987) 259-274. УПОРЕДНA КАРАКТЕРИЗАЦИЈА ТЕРПЕНОИДА ЕТЕРИЧНОГ УЉА СТАБЛА И ЛИСТА БИЉКЕ Ziziphora Clinopodioides ИЗ РЕГИОНА АЛМЕХ И СОЏОГ ПРОВИНЦИЈЕ ГОЛЕСТАН, ИРАН Pouneh Ebrahimi1, Akram Mirarab-Razi2 и Abbas Biabani1 2 1 Департман за хемију, Универзитет Гонбад Кавоус, П.П. 163, Гонбад, Иран Факултет основних наука, Техерански Универзитет Пајам-е-Ноор, Tехеран, Иран Микроталсно-потпомогнута хидродестилација је примењена да би се изоловала етерична уља из узорака листа и стабла биљке Ziziphora clinopodioides прикупљених у фази цветања на две локације - Алмех и Соџог у провинцији Голестан (Иран), у јуну 2009. Укупни садржаји монотерпенских и сесквитерпенских фракција у уљу листа биљака из Алмеха (52,45% и 1,08%, респективно) су виши него код биљака из Соџога (46,64% и 0,12%, респективно). Етерично уље из стабла биљака из Со290 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243283E UDC: 665.528(55) BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 283-291 Original scientific paper џога садржи осам оксидованих монотерпена (22,17%), док су четири оксидована монотерпена (11,15%), један монотерпенски угљоводоник (2,71%), и један оксидовани сесквитерпен (0,21%) нађени у биљкама из региона Алмех. Анализа етеричних уља осушених надземних делова биљака показала је присуство оксидованих монотерпена, пулегона и ментола (Соџог регион) и пулегона, 1,8-цинеола, D-неоизоментола и хризантенона (Алмех регион), као главних састојака. Такође, хризантенон (9,75%), нађен као друга главна компонента уља из листа биљке Z. Clinopodioides из Алмеха, није био идентификован у другом региону или биљној врсти. Резултати добијени одређивањем састава уља биљке Z. clinopodioides из два региона провинције Голестан показују генерално да постоје извесне разлике у главним компонентама и њиховим релативним концентрацијама. Ове разлике вероватно потичу од различитих еколошких услова и генетских фактора, различитих хемотипова и нутриционог статуса биљака, као и других фактора који могу утицати на састав уља. Кључне речи: Ziziphora clinopodioides, терпеноидна једињења, провинција Голестан, микроталасно-потпомогнута хидродестилација. Received: 23 August 2012 Accepted: 24 September 2012 291 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper ANTIOXIDANT AND SENSORIAL PROPERTIES OF ACACIA HONEY SUPPLEMENTED WITH PRUNES Vesna T. Tumbas*a, Jelena J. Vulića, Jasna M. Čanadanović-Bruneta, Sonja M. Djilasa, Gordana S. Ćetković a, Slađana S. Stajčić a, Dubravka I. Štajner b and Boris M. Popovićb a b University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Agriculture, Trg Dositeja Obradovića 8, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The changes in total phenol and flavonoid content, as well as antioxidant activity was monitored in acacia honey supplemented with prunes in 20, 30 and 40% mass concentrations. The total phenolic content increased by 2.5 times (from 16.18 to 41.64 mg GAE/100 g) with increasing concentration of prunes in honey, while the increase in flavonoid content was even higher, approximately 11.5-fold (from 2.65 to 30.86 mg RE/100 g). The addition of prunes also improved th eantioxidant activity of acacia honey. The honey samples with highest content of prunes, 40%, exhibited the best antioxidant activity measured by hydroxyl radical sacvenging assay (EC50•OH=4.56 mg/ml), 2,2-diphenyl-1picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) free radical scavenging assay (EC50DPPH=16.48 mg/ml), and reducing power (EC50RP=81.17 mg/ml). Judging from the high correlation coefficients, ranging from 0.771 to 0.947 for total phenolics, and from 0.862 to 0.993 for total flavonoids, it is obvious that these compounds were associated with the antioxidant mechanisms. On the other hand, sensorial properties of supplemented honeys were lower than that of pure acacia honey, where flavor of supplemented honey was the least affected. Our results indicate that the supplementation of honey with prunes improves antioxidant activity of honey by enriching the phenolic composition, with slight modifications in sensorial characteristics. KEY WORDS: Acacia honey, prunes, phenolics and flavonoids, antioxidant activity, sensorial properties INTRODUCTION Honey is a natural sweet substance that bees produce by transforming flower nectar or other sweet secretions of plants (1). As an easily assimilable food, honey makes a valuable nutritive product for children, athletes and convalescents (2). It was reported that honey contains about 200 substances (3). It is essentially a concentrated aqueous solution of inverted sugar, but it also contains a very complex mixture * Corresponding author: Vesna T. Tumbas, Faculty of Technology, University of Novi Sad, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 293 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper of other saccharides, enzymes, amino and organic acids, polyphenols, carotenoid-like substances, Maillard reaction products, vitamins and minerals (4). Honey and other bee products have health-promoting properties which make them usable in pharmacy and medicine, both as drug components, prophylactic agents and diet supplements. Honey activity in gastrointestinal disorders has been reported, providing gastric protection against acute and chronic lesions (5). Also, honey antimicrobial properties have been known for thousands of years and have been attributed to phenolic compounds derived directly from the honey (6). It was reported that the composition and antioxidant activity of honey depend on the floral source used to collect nectar by honeybee, seasonal and climatic factors. Also, processing may have an effect on honey composition and antioxidant activity (7, 8). The components in honey responsible for its antioxidative effect are flavonoids, phenolic acids, ascorbic acid, catalase, peroxidase, carotenoids, and products of the Maillard reaction. The content of these components varies widely according to the floral and geographical origin of honey (8, 9). Serbia has a very long tradition of beekeeping. Its favourable climate, good geographical conditions and a variety of botanical species provide a great potential for the development of apiculture (10). The most common unifloral honeys are the acacia (Robinia pseudoacacia), sunflower (Helianthus annuus) and linden (Tilia cordata) honey. In order to expand the range of bee products taking into account the interest and satisfaction of the consumers, new technological solutions are constantly being sought. One method is to enrich the honey with some fruits which contain high-valuable organic compounds such as phenolics. In view of this the purpose of the present study was to determine the total phenolic and flavonoid content, as well as antioxidant activity of acacia honey supplemented with prunes, by three different assays, hydroxyl and 2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) free radical scavenging assays and reducing power. Besides, a sensory analysis of the supplemented honey was also performed. EXPERIMENTAL Chemicals and instruments The chemicals used for these investigations were Folin-Ciocalteu reagent (Fluka Chemical Co., Buchs, Switzerland), trichloroacetic acid, 2,2-diphenyl-1-pichrylhydrazyl (DPPH), 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyroline-N-oxide (DMPO), rutin and gallic acid (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo, USA). All other chemicals and reagents were of the highest analytical grade, obtained from J.T. Baker (Deventer, Holland). The total phenolic, flavonoid, DPPH free radical scavenging assay and reducing power were determined using a UV-1800 spectrophotometer (Schimadzu, Kyoto, Japan), while the antioxidant activity against reactive hydroxyl radicals was evaluated by electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy (Bruker 300E ESR spectrometer, Rheinstetten, Germany). 294 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper Honey and prunes samples The honey sample (AH), monofloral honey form of acacia (Rudnik region) (obtained during 2009 from the honeybee farm, Simonović, Beograd) was supplemented with Stanley variety prunes (Blace region) (obtained from the producer Tehno-Božići, Šabac). Prunes were cut into four pieces and added to the acacia honey in mass concentrations of 20% (AH20), 30% (AH30) and 40 % (AH40). Total phenolic content The total phenolics were determined spectrophotometrically by the Folin-Ciocalteu method (11). The content of total phenolics was expressed as mg of gallic acid equivalents per 100 g of honey sample (mg GAE/100 g). Total flavonoid content Total flavonoids were measured by the aluminium chloride spectrophotometric assay (12). Total flavonoid content was expressed as mg of rutin equivalents per 100 g of honey sample (mg RE/100 g). Hydroxyl radical scavenging activity Hydroxyl radicals (•OH) were generated in the Fenton reaction system obtained by mixing 0.2 ml of 112 mM DMPO, 0.2 ml of H2O, 0.2 ml of 2 mM H2O2, and 0.2 ml of 0.3 mM Fe2+ (control) (13). The influence of honey samples, at the range of concentrations 5.0-25.0 mg/ml, on the formation and stabilization of hydroxyl radicals was investigated by ESR spin trapping method. The ESR spectra were recorded after 5 min, with the following spectrometer settings: field modulation 100 kHz, modulation amplitude 0.226 G, receiver gain 5 x105, time constant 80.72 ms, conversion time 327.68 ms, center field 3440.00 G, sweep width 100.00 G, x-band frequency 9.64 GHz, power 20 mW and temperature 23°C. The SA•OH value of the honey samples was defined as: SA•OH (%)= 100 × (h0 – hx) / h0 where h0 and hx are the heights of the second peak in the ESR spectrum of DMPO-OH spin adduct of the control and the samples, respectively. DPPH free radical scavenging assay The scavenging activity of honey samples was determined spectrophotometrically using the modified DPPH method (14). Briefly, honey samples were dissolved in methanol, and 1.5 ml of each sample or 1.5 ml of methanol (blank) was mixed with 3 ml of DPPH in methanol (0.02 mg/ml). The range of investigated concentrations was 0.33166.67 mg/ml. The mixtures were left for 15 min at room temperature and then the absorbances was measured at 517 nm against reference mixtures that were prepared in the 295 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper similar manner, by replacing the DPPH solution with methanol. The capability to scavenge the DPPH radicals, DPPH scavenging activity (SA), was calculated using the following equation: SADPPH• (%) = (A0 – Ax)/A0 × 100 where A0 is the absorbance of the blank and Ax is the absorbance of the sample. Reducing power The reducing power of honey samples was determined by the method of Oyaizu (15). For this puropse, the solution of honey samples (10–120 mg) in 1 ml of distilled water or 1 ml of distilled water (blank) was mixed with 1 ml of phosphate buffer (pH 6.6) and 1 ml of 1% potassium ferricyanide K3[Fe(CN)6]. The mixture was incubated at 50°C for 20 min and then rapidly cooled. Following this, 1 ml of trichloroacetic acid (10%) was added and the mixture was then centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. An aliquot (2 ml) of the upper layer, mixed with 2 ml of distilled water and 0.4 ml of 0.1% FeCl3, was left to stand for 10 min. The absorbance of the mixture was measured at 700 nm against the blank. Sensory analysis The main sensory attributes evaluated in the analysis were: color, viscosity, aroma, and flavor of honey samples, according to the Regulation on quality evaluation of bee products in Novi Sad fair (16). The sensory analysis were carried out by means of analytical descriptive analysis method, based on points (grades) from 0 (unacceptable product) to 3 (optimal quality level). The panel consisted of 5 expert descriptors. Statistical analysis All analyses were run in triplicate and the results were expressed as means ± standard deviation (SD). Statistical analyses were done by using Origin 7.0 SRO software package (OriginLab Corporation, Northampton, MA, USA, 1991–2002) and Microsoft Office Excel 2007 software. Significant differences were calculated by ANOVA test followed by the least significant difference (LSD) test (p ≤ 0.05). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Supplemented acacia honey samples, AH20, AH30 and AH40, were subjected to spectrophotometric analysis of total phenolic and flavonoid contents. The results were compared to the contents in pure acacia honey, AH, obtained in our previous study (17) and presented in Figure 1. 296 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293 1 T UD DC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 ( 43, 293-304 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper ure 1. Total phenoolic and flavonoidd contents in pure (AH) and supplem mented acacia Figu honeys (AH H20, AH30 and AH H40) The concentrationss of both phenolics and flavonoidss in supplemented d acacia honey increased significantlyy (p ≤ 0.05) with rrising the share off prunes compared d to pure acacia honey y. In comparison to raw honey, thee addition of 40% of prunes increased the contents of tottal phenolic substtances by 2.5 timees (from 16.18 to 41.64 mg GAE/1 100 g), and the flavo onoid level was appproximately 11.55-fold higher (from 2.65 to 30.86 mg m RE/100 g). The flavonoids f contribbution to the total phenols increased with increase off prune content (16.38%, 35.84%, 49.63% and 74.11% % for AH, AH20, AH30 and AH40 0, respectively). Our results r of total flavvonoids in acacia honey are in agreeement with the reeports of Amiot et al. (18) (0.5-1 mg quercetin q equivaleent/100 g of Euroopean acacia honeey), but slightly lowerr than the results of o Meda et al. (199) (6.14 mg quercetin equivalent/10 00 g of Burkina Faso acacia honey). However, H the ressults of total pheenolic contents arre significantly higheer than that of Berretta et al. (20) (55.52 mg GAE/1000 g of commerciall acacia honey) and Bertoncelj B et al. (221) (4.48 mg GAE E/100 g of Sloveniian acacia honey).. Ramanauskiene R et al. (22) have ideentified p-coumariic and ferulic aciids as the main comp ponents in acacia honey. Yao et al. (23) reported thhat myricetin, triccetin, quercetin and luteolin, are dominnant flavonoid coompounds in Austtralian honeys. An nother study on Europ pean honeys show wed that in lime trree (Tilia europaeea) honey, the pro opolis flavonoids, pinobanksin p and pinocembrin p are thhe most abundant flavonoids and th he highest level of pin nobanksin was detected in the Euroopean acacia (Robinia pseudoacacia a) honey sample (2..31 mg QE/100 g)) (24). The main ccompounds in fressh plum (Prunus domestica) d and dried d plum (prune) arre caffeoylquinic acids isomers (3--caffeoylquinic accid, 4-caffeoylquiniic acid, 5-caffeoyllquinic acid) (25). Plums also contain anthocyanins (cyanidin 3-Orutino oside, cyanidin 3--O-glucoside, and peonidin 3-O-ruttinoside are predo ominant), flavonols (quercetin 3-O-ruutinoside is predoominant) and proaanthocyanidins, which w represent 70% of total polyphennols (25). Fang ett al. (26) identifieed 42 compounds in commercial dried d plums, among which w the hydroxxycinnamic acids are essential. Th he polyphenols conteents are halved in commercial prunne compared to freesh plum due to the t degradation durin ng drying (25). According to our rresults, flavonoidss have been transsfered to honey moree rapidly than otheer polyphenols. 297 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper In the recent years, there has been an increasing interest in the determination of the antioxidant activity of honey. Beretta et al. (20) have reported that it is necessary to use a combination of antioxidant tests, comparative analyses and statistical evaluation to determine the antioxidant behavior of honey. Therefore, we used three different antioxidant tests to assess the activity of acacia honey samples. In our experiments, the decrease of • OH radical concentration, generated via Fenton reaction, was monitored using ESR spectroscopy, and the decrease in the DPPH radical concentration was monitored spectrophotometrically. Reducing power, another spectrophotometrical test, was used as a significant indicator of honey potential antioxidant activity. Antioxidant activities were expressed as EC50•OH and EC50DPPH• value (the amount of antioxidant necessary to decrease the initial concentration of hydroxyl or DPPH radicals by 50%) and EC50RP value (the effective concentration assigned at 0.5 value of absorption) and presented in Table 1. Table 1. EC50 values of pure (AH) and supplemented acacia honeys (AH20, AH30 and AH40) measured by three antioxidant assays Honey sample AH AH20 AH30 AH40 EC50•OH (mg/ml) 19.14 0.76 16.89 0.54 15.89 0.63 4.56 0.18 EC50DPPH• (mg/ml) 164.09 7.38* 24.48 1.05 18.65 0.84 16.48 0.69 EC50RP (mg/ml) 100.80 4.54* 96.75 3.82 92.13 4.25 81.17 3.95 * Taken form Savatović et al. (17) The results of all three antioxidant tests presented the same trend. The supplemented honeys, AH20, AH30 and AH40, exhibited higher antioxidant activity than pure honey, AH. The antioxidant activity increased with increasing the concentration of prunes in the honey. The greatest increase of the antioxidant activity was noted for the DPPH free radicals, where EC50DPPH• value decreased 10 times compared to pure honey. The result of the AH antioxidant acitivity was in agreement with Meda et al. (19). It has been shown that dried plums have one of the highest ORAC values (5770) out of a group of 22 fruits and vegetables studied, and that phenolic compounds appear to be the main contributors to their antioxidant capacity (27). Many studies have shown that the antioxidant activity is strongly correlated with the content of total phenolics (7, 20, 8, 19). Gheldof et al. (4) stated that phenolic compounds significantly contribute to the antioxidant activity of honey. Also, the authors suggested that the antioxidant activity appeared to be a result of the combined activity of the honey phenolics, peptides, organic acids, enzymes and Maillard reaction products. For the correlation analysis, the EC50 values were transformed into their reciprocal values (1/EC50). Table 2 shows Pearson’s correlation coefficients between the analyzed antioxidant actvities of acacia honeys and composition variables. Our results confirm that phenolic compounds in general, and especially flavonoids, seem to be dominant compounds in honey-participating antioxidant reactions. The highest correlation coefficient of 0.993 reveals a very good correlation between the flavonoid contents and reducing power of analyzed honey samples. 298 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper Table 2. Correlation matrix (Pearson’s correlation coefficients) between the composition variables and the antioxidant activities of pure and supplemented acacia honeys Variable 1/EC50•OH 1/EC50DPPH 1/EC50RP Total phenolics Total flavonoids Total flavonoids 0.895 0.862 0.993 0.974 - Total phenolics 0.771 0.921 0.947 - 1/EC50RP 0.928 0.851 - 1/EC50DPPH• 1/EC50•OH 0.605 - - The relation between the three methods for the determination of antioxidant activity, and between the results of total phenolics and total flavonoids, was also good (r was from 0.605 to 0.974). Cimpoiu et al. (28) found a significant correlation (r = 0.9928) between the antioxidant activities determined by the DPPH and ABTS assays, suggesting that these two assays are almost comparable and interchangeable in the case of honey, when an evaluation of antioxidant activity is required. In our study, the antioxidant assays correlated very well except for the correlation between the DPPH and hydroxyl radical assays, which was lower, but still good enough (Table 2). It is assumed that honeys contain compounds that can quench hydroxyl radicals also by additional reactions. Gheldof and Engeseth (8) found that the antioxidant capacities of honeys, evaluated by the oxygen radical absorbance capacity (ORAC) assay, showed a linear dependence on the total phenolics content. Zalibera et al. (29) investigated radical-scavenging capacities of 15 Slovak honeys using ESR and cation radical of ABTS (2,20-azino-bis(3-ethylbenzothiazoline-6-sulfonate) diammonium salt), DPPH and hydroxyl radicals generated by the photochemical decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. They found good ABTS•+ and DPPH free radical scavenging capacity of tested honeys, and that this capacity correlated well with the phenolics content. However, no correlation was found between the monitored ability to scavenge hydroxyl radicals and either phenolics content. Beretta et al. (20) found that the close interdependence between the phenolics content, FRAP, DPPH, and ORAC indicates that the antioxidant capacity of the honeys is due to their phenolic constituents, which are able to interact with Mo(VI) and Fe(III) with a H/e− transferring mechanism, and less to other chemical entities. Honey samples with and without prunes were evaluated by a 5-member trained expert descriptive attribute sensory panel. The samples were evaluated for color, viscosity, aroma and flavor. Samples were scored using the 0 to 3 intensity scale and the results are presented in Figure 2. The consumer evaluations of acacia honey samples indicated that pure honey, AH, exhibited best sensorial properties, while the addition of prunes affected viscosity at the highest level, and only slightly affected the flavor (3.0, 2.6 and 2.5 for AH20, AH30 and AH40, respectively) and aroma (2.0, 2.6 and 2.0 for AH20, AH30 and AH40, respectively) of the honey. However, the color of the supplemented honeys was rated lower, related to the changes in pale yellow color of pure acacia honey due to the dark brown pigmentation of the dried plum (2.0, 2.6 and 2.0 for AH20, AH30 and AH40, respectively). 299 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293 1 T UD DC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 ( 43, 293-304 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) Origin nal scientific paper h (AH20, Figure 2. Sensorial chharacteristics of puure (AH) and suppplemented acacia honeys AH330 and AH40) The color of honeyy is related to the content of phenollics, besides mineerals and pollen (30, 31). 3 In this regardd, this result is in aagreement with a higher content off phenolic compounds in the supplem mented honeys. Nuuñez de Gonzalez et al. (27) investig gated the effect of pru unes inclusion in pork sausages on their sensorial chharacteristics. Thee levels of dried plum m puree treatments had no effect on flavor intensity, texture, t or level of o juiciness, but did in nfluence perceptioons for overall likee/dislike and overrall flavor of the prroduct. The correlation anaalysis was also em mployed to analyzze the relationship ps between the senso orial properties annd composition vaariables evaluatedd, i.e. the total ph henolic and flavonoid contents (Tablee 3). Ta able 3. Correlationn matrix (Pearson’’s correlation coeffficients) between composition variables and sennsorial characteristtics of pure and suupplemented acacia honeys Variable Color Viscosity Aroma Flavor Totaal flavonoids -0.871 -0.582 -0.582 -0.934 Total phenolics -0.738 -0.535 -0.535 -0.968 Close C relationshipss between the totall phenolics and flaavonoids of the ho oneys and their colorr and flavor were confirmed c by highh correlation coeffficients between these t variables. The negative n values off the correlation ccoefficients mean that the rate of sen nsory characteristic decreased with inncreasing total phhenolic/flavonoid value. The relatio onship between colorr and phenolic conntents in honeys w was also confirmedd by some other authors a (21, 29, 32). CO ONCLUSION This study shows thhat acacia honey ssupplemented witth prunes can add many healthgiving antioxidants to thhe diet. The suppplemented honeyss contain substanttial amounts of 300 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper bioactive compounds, originating from honey itself and also from the added prunes. Experimental results and statistical analysis show that these phytochemicals increase the honey’s antioxidant activity but also slightly affect sensorial properties. Considering these findings, the content of prunes could be optimized to obtain the best combination of the antioxidant and sensorial properties of the product. Also, the future studies can be focused on the identification and quantification of phenolics and other compounds present in the supplemented honeys, and revealing other biological activities of these products in respect of health benefits that make these honeys a consumer-valuable product. This product can be recommended to complete other polyphenol sources such as vegetables and fruits. Acknowledgement This research is part of the Project No. 114-451-2093/2011-03, which is financially supported by the Provincial Secretariat for Science and Technological Development of the Autonomous Province of Vojvodina, Republic of Serbia. REFERENCES 1. Lazarević, K., Andrić, F., Trifković, J., Tešić, Ž., Milojković-Opsenica, D.: Characterisation of Serbian unifloral honeys according to their physicochemical parameters. Food Chem. 132 (2012) 2060-2064. 2. Socha, R., Juszczak, L., Pietrzyk, S., Fortuna, T.: Antioxidant activity and phenolic composition of herbhoneys. Food Chem. 113 (2009) 568-574. 3. Ferreira, I.C.F.R., Aires, E., Barreira, J.C.M., Estevinho, L.M.: Antioxidant activity of Portuguese honey samples: Different contributions of the entire honey and phenolic extract. Food Chem. 114 (2009) 1438-1443. 4. Gheldof, N., Wang, X.-H., Engeseth, N. J.: Identification and quantification of antioxidant components of honeys from various floral sources. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50 (2002) 5870-5877. 5. Ali, A.T.M.M.: Natural honey exerts its protective effects against ethanolinduced gastric lesions in rats by preventing depletion of glandular nonprotein sulfhydryls. Trop. Gastr. 16 (1995) 18-26. 6. Lee, H., Churey, J.J., Worobo, R.W.: Antimicrobial activity of bacterial isolates from different floral sources of honey. Int. J. Food Microb. 126 (2008) 240-244. 7. Al-Mamary, M., Al-Meeri, A., Al-Habori, M.: Antioxidant activities and total phenolics of different types of honey. Nutr. Res. 22 (2002) 1041-1047. 8. Gheldof, N., Engeseth, N.J.: Antioxidant capacity of honeys from various floral sources based on the determination of oxygen radical absorbance capacity and inhibition of in vitro lipoprotein oxidation in human serum samples. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50 (2002) 3050-3055. 9. Wang, X.-H., Gheldof, N., Engeseth, N.J.: Effect of processing and storage on antioxidant capacity of honey. J. Food Sci. 69, 2 (2004) 96-101. 10. Mačukanović-Jocić, M.: The biology of melliferous plants with an atlas of Serbian apiflora. Belgrade, Serbia, Faculty of Agriculture (2010), p. 420. 301 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper 11. Singleton, V. L, Orthofer, R., Lamuela-Raventos, R. M.: Methods in Enzymology, Oxidant and Antioxidants (Part A). In: Analysis of total phenols and other oxidation substrates and antioxidants by means of Folin-Ciocalteu reagent. Ed. Packer L. Academic Press, San Diego (1999) pp. 152-178. 12. Zhishen J., Mengcheng T., Jianming W.: The determination of flavonoid contents in mulberry and their scavenging effects on superoxide radicals. Food Chem. 64 (1999) 555-559. 13. Čanadanović-Brunet, J. M., Ćetković, G. S., Djilas, S. M., Tumbas, V. T., Savatović, S. S., Mandić, A. I., Markov, S. L. and Cvetković, D. D.: Radical scavenging and antimicrobial activity of horsetail (Equisetum arvense L.) extracts. Int. J. Food Sci. Techn. 44 (2009) 269-278. 14. Yen, G.C. and Chen H. Y.: Antioxidant activity of various tea extracts in relation to their antimutagenicity. J. Agric. Food Chem. 43 (1995) 27-32. 15. Oyaizu M.: Studies on product of browning reaction prepared from glucose amine. Japan. J. Nutr. 44 (1986) 307-315. 16. Pravilnik o ocenjivanju kvaliteta pčelinjih proizvoda na Novosadskom sajmu, Novosadski sajam AD, Novi Sad, 2010 (in Serbian). 17. Savatović, S., Dimitrijević, D., Djilas, S., Čanadanović-Brunet, J., Ćetković, G., Tumbas, V., Štajner, D.: Antioxidant activity of three different Serbian floral honeys. APTEFF 42 (2011) 145-155. 18. Amiot, M. J., Aubert, S., Gonnet, M., & Tacchini, M.: Les composés phénoliques des miels: étude préliminaire sur l'identification et la quantification par familles. Apidologie 20 (1989) 115-125. 19. Meda, A., Lamien, C.E., Romito, M., Millogo, J., Nacoulma, O.G.: Determination of the total phenolic, flavonoid and proline contents in Burkina Fasan honey, as well as their radical scavenging activity. Food Chem. 91 (2005) 571-577. 20. Beretta, G., Granata, P., Ferrero, M., Orioli, M., Facino, R.M.: Standardization of antioxidant properties of honey by a combination of spectrophotometric/fluorimetric assays and chemometrics. Anal. Chim. Acta 533 (2005) 185-191. 21. Bertoncelj, J., Doberšek, U., Jamnik, M., Golob, T.: Evaluation of the phenolic content, antioxidant activity and colour of Slovenian honey. Food Chem. 105 (2007) 822828. 22. Ramanauskiene, K., Stelmakiene, A., Briedis, V., Ivanauskas, L., Jakštas, V.: The quantitative analysis of biologically active compounds in Lithuanian honey. Food Chem. 132 (2012) 1544-1548. 23. Yao, L., Jiang, Y., Singanusong, R., Arcy, B.D., Datta, N., Caffin, N., Raymont, K.: Flavonoids in Australian Melaleuca, Guioa, Lophostemon, Banksia and Helianthus honeys and their potential for floral authentication. Food Res. Int. 37 (2004) 166-174. 24. Tomas-Barberan, F. A., Martos, I., Ferreres, F., Radovic, B. S., Anklam, E.: HPLC flavonoid profiles as markers for the botanical origin of European unifloral honeys. J. Sci. Food Agric. 81 (2001) 485-496. 25. Donovan, J. L., Meyer, A. S., Waterhouse, A. L.: Phenolic composition and antioxidant activity of prunes and Plum juice (Prunus domestica), J. Agric. Food Chem. 46 (1998) 1247-1252. 302 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper 26. Fang, N., Yu, S., Prior, R. L.: LC/MS/MS characterization of phenolic constituents in dried plums, J. Agric. Food Chem. 50 (2002) 3579-3585. 27. Nuñez de Gonzalez, M.T., Boleman, R.M., Miller, R.K., Keeton, J.T., Rhee, K.S.: Antioxidant Properties of Dried Plum Ingredients in Raw and Precooked Pork Sausage. J. Food Sci. 73, 5 (2008) H63-H71. 28. Cimpoiu, C., Hosu, A., Miclaus, V., Puscas, A.: Determination of the floral origin of some Romanian honeys on the basis of physical and biochemical properties, Spectrochimica Acta Part A, Spectrochim. Acta A: Mol. Biomol. Spectrosc. (2012) in press. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.saa.2012.04.008 29. Zalibera, M., Staško, A., Šlebodová, A. Viera Jančovičová, Tatiana Čermáková, Vlasta Brezová: Antioxidant and radical-scavenging activities of Slovak honeys – An electron paramagnetic resonance study. Food Chem. 110 (2008) 512-521. 30. Baltrusaityté, V., Venskutonis, P. R., Čeksteryté, V.: Radical scavenging activity of different floral origin honey and beebread phenolic extracts. Food Chem. 101 (2007) 502-514. 31. González-Miret, M. L., Terrab, A., Hernanz, D., Fernández-Recamales, M. A., Heredia, F. J.: Multivariate correlation between color and mineral composition of honeys and by their botanical origin. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53 (2005) 2574-2580. 32. Frankel, S., Robinson, G. E., Berenbaum, M. R.: Antioxidant capacity and correlated characteristics of 14 unifloral honeys. J. Apicult. Res. 37 (1998) 27-31. АНТИОКСИДАТИВНЕ И СЕНЗОРНЕ КАРАКТЕРИСТИКЕ БАГРЕМОВОГ МЕДА СА ДОДАТКОМ СУВИХ ШЉИВА Весна Т. Тумбаса*, Јелена Ј. Вулића, Јасна М. Чанадановић-Брунета, Соња М. Ђиласа, Гордана С. Ћетковића, Слађана С. Стајчића, Дубравка И. Штајнерб и Борис М. Поповићб а Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет Нови Сад, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија б Универзитет у Новом Саду, Пољопривредни факултет, Трг Доситеја Обрадовића 8, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија У багремов мед су додате суве шљиве у масеним концентрацијама 20, 30 и 40%. Утицај сувих шљива на особине меда испитан је мерењем садржаја укупних фенолних једињења и флавоноида, као и антиоксидативне активности. Са повећањем концентрације сувих шљива у меду укупан садржај фенолних једињења повећао се 2,5 пута (од 16,18 до 41,64 mgGAE/100g), док је повећање садржаја флавоноида још веће, око 11,5 пута (од 2,65 до 30,86 mgRE/100g). Додатак сувих шљива утицао је и на повећање антиоксидативне активности меда. Узорци меда са 40% сувих шљива показали су највећу антиоксидативну активност, која је одређена на слободне хидроксил радикале (EC50•OH=4,56 mg/ml) и 2,2-дифенил-1-пикрилхидразил (DPPH) радикале (EC50DPPH=16,48 mg/ml), као и тестом редукционе способности (EC50RP=81,17 mg/ml). Судећи по утврђеним високим коефицијентима корелације, у опсегу од 303 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243293T UDC: 638.165+634.22]:542.943’78:543.92 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 293-304 Original scientific paper 0,771 до 0,947 за фенолна једињења, односно у опсегу од 0,862 до 0,993 за флавоноиде, може се закључити да ова једињења учествују у механизмима антиоксидативног деловања узорака меда. Са друге стране, сензорне карактеристике меда са додатком сувих шљива оцењене су нижом оценом од чистог багремовог меда, при чему је додатак шљива имао најмањи утицај на укус. Резултати испитивања су показали да се додатком сувих шљива у мед побољшава антиоксидативна активност меда повећањем садржаја полифенолних једињења у њему, уз мале модификације сензорних карактеристика. Кључне речи: багремов мед, суве шљиве, фенолна једињења и флавоноиди, антиоксидативна активност, сензорне карактеристике Received: 03 September 2012 Accepted: 29 October 2012 304 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper SCREENING OF ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF RASPBERRY (Rubus idaeus L.) FRUIT AND POMACE EXTRACTS Aleksandra S. Velićanski*, Dragoljub D. Cvetković and Siniša L. Markov University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Antibacterial activity of fruit and pomace extracts (concentration 50 mg/ml) of two raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) cultivars (Meeker and Willamette) was tested against selected Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria (reference and wild strains). Disc diffusion method with 15 µl of extracts and agar-well diffusion method with 50 and 100 µl were used. Antibiotic (cefotaxime/clavulanic acid) was used as a control. Both raspberry fruit extracts showed the strongest antibacterial activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa (wild strain) and Bacillus cereus, where the largest clear zones (without growth) appeared. Escherichia coli was the most resistant strain, with only zone of reduced growth. The highest antibacterial activity of pomace extracts was against Staphylococcus aureus and Staphylococcus saprophyticus. There were no differences in the antibacterial activity between cultivars for both fruit and pomace extracts. KEY WORDS: Rubus idaeus L., raspberry fruit and pomace extracts, antibacterial activity, agar diffusion method INTRODUCTION Rubus fruit have long been collected and consumed worldwide, regardless of whether they were recognised for their possible health benefits from their natural phytochemicals or simply because they tasted good. Today, rubus fruit are considered a healthy and nutritious food, containing phenolics, vitamin C, dietary fibre, α-tocopherol, tocotrienol, calcium, potassium, magnesium, carotenoids, linoleic acid (1). Serbia is one of the largest producers and exporters of raspberries (Rubus idaeus L.) in the world. Between 90 and 95% of cultivated raspberries in Serbia are North American Willamette cultivar, which is characterized by the excellent taste and a dark red colour. Besides the Willamette, the Meeker cultivar is also popular (2,3). Berries contain a variety of phenolic compounds (phenolic acids, flavonoids, lignans and polymeric tannins) located in plant tissues, often in the surface layer of the plant or berry, which is in connection to their main natural function, to protect the plant against environmental stress and pathogens. The main phenolic compounds in raspberries are fla* Corresponding author: Aleksandra S. Velićanski, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, 21000 Novi Sad, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 305 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper vonoid anthocyanins (coloured substances), ellagic acid and ellagitannins, complex water-soluble phenolic polymers. From the phenolic acids, hydroxycinnamic or hydroxybenzoic acid derivatives are the most common in berries (1, 4). Various phytochemical constituents of berry fruits exhibit a wide range of biological effects, including antioxidant, anticarcinogenic, antiinflammatory, antineurodegenerative, antiviral, and antibacterial activities which are attributed to the phenolic compounds, such as flavonoids, phenolic acids and tannins. Due to a high content and wide diversity of phenolic compounds and their health-promoting properties, berries are often regarded as natural functional products properties (4-6). Not only the fruit, but also the raspberry leaves and roots have long tradition as medicinal agents. Infusion from the leaves are traditionally used for easing childbirth-related muscle spasms, morning sickness, for colds, sour throats, diarrhoea, threat wounds, colic pain, uterin relaxant, etc. The roots of the plant are traditionally used for wound cleaning and relief from sore throats (7, 8). Berries have been used as natural antimicrobial pharmaceuticals. For example, cranberry has been reported to control the growth of Listeria monocytogenes and to possess compounds suppressing adhesion and growth of Helicobacter pylori and bacteria causing urinaty tract infections (4). Phenolic berry extracts inhibit the growth of selected Gramnegative intestinal bacteria, while they are not active against Gram-positive benefitial probiotic lactic acid bacteria. Cloudberry and raspberry phenolic extracts were shown to be strong inhibitors of a nonvirulent Salmonella strains (9). By-products of plant food processing represent a major disposal problem for the industry concerned, but they are also promising sources of compounds which may be used because of their favourable technological or nutritional properties (10). These phytochemicals from waste materials deriving from agro-industrial production may be used as functional food ingredients and as natural antioxidants to replace their synthetic equivalents. So, pomace (peels, seeds, and flesh remaining after juice pressing) extracts of 20 cultivated and wild fruits and berries showed antioxidant and antimicrobial activity (11). Taking into account biological activities of raspberry as well as possible potential of plant by-products, in this study, fruit and pomace extracts from two raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) cultivars (Meeker and Willamette) were used to screen antibacterial activity to eight reference cultures and wild strains. Two methods were used: disc diffusion method with the limited capacity of discs and agar-well diffusion method with much higher volume of holes. EXPERIMENTAL Plant material Two raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) cultivars (Meeker and Willamette) were obtained from “Alfa RS”, Lipolist, Serbia. Samples of the raspberry were stored at -20oC until analysis. Raspberry pomaces from both cultivars was obtained after juice separation. The yields of the Meeker and Willamette pomaces were 126.89 g and 101.19 g, respectively. 306 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper Preparation of raspberry fruit and pomace extracts Samples of the raspberry cultivars (70 g) and their pomaces (70 g) were extracted two times: 60 minutes (560 ml) and 30 minutes (280 ml) at room temperature using a homogenizer, Ultraturax, DIAX 900 (Heidolph Instruments GmbH, Kelheim, Germany). The extraction was performed with an 80% methanol aqueous solution containing 0.05% acetic acid. The obtained extracts were combined and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and lyophilisated (Alpha 2-4 LSC Martin Christ, Osterode, Germany). The yields of the lyophilisated fruit extracts from Meeker and Willamette cultivars were: 8.39 g and 7.74 g, and of the lyophilisated pomace extracts were 6.99 g and 6.6 g, respectively. Samples for the determination of antibacterial activity Samples for the determination of antibacterial activity were two raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) fruit and pomace extracts, from Meeker and Willamette cultivars, which were dissolved in sterile distilled water to a concentration of 50 mg/ml. Bacterial strains Bacterial strains for the determination of antibacterial activity were reference and wild strains from foodstuffs and drinking water. Gram-negative bacteria were: Salmonella typhymurium (ATCC 14028), Escherichia coli (ATCC 10536), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC 27853) and Pseudomonas aeruginosa (isolated from drinking water). Grampositive bacteria were: Staphylococcus aureus (ATCC 11632), Bacillus cereus (ATCC 10876), Staphylococcus saprophyticus (isolated from the confectionery product) and Listeria monocytogenes (isolated from minced meat). Wild strains were identified using Vitek®2 Compact System (bioMérieux, France). Antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity was determined by disc diffusion and agar-well diffusion method (12). Bacterial strains were grown on Müeller–Hinton slant (Himedia, Mumbai, India) for 24 h at 37°C, except Bacillus cereus, which was grown at 30°C. Cells were then suspended in a sterile 0.9% NaCl solution. The suspension for inoculation was adjusted to a concentration of 1×106 cfu/ml, which was estimated by Densichek (Biomerieux, France). A volume of 2 ml of the suspensions for inoculation was homogenised with 18 ml of melted (45°C) Müeller–Hinton agar and poured into Petri dishes. For disc diffusion method, sterile 6 mm discs (Himedia, Mumbai, India) were placed on the inoculated agar plates and impregnated with 15 µl of extracts solution. The antibiotic (30 µg cefotaxime /10 µg clavulanic acid per disc, Bioanalyse®, Ankara, Turkey) was used as control. For the agar-well diffusion method, wells of 9 mm diameter were made with a sterile metal tube by means of a vacuum pump. The extracts solution (50 and 100 µl) was then transferred into the wells of inoculated agar plates. For both methods, the test plates were refrigerated at 8°C for 1 hour to allow the extracts to diffuse into the 307 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper medium, and then were incubated for 24 hours at 37°C or 30°C (Bacillus cereus). After the incubation, the diameters of the inhibition zones were measured and recorded in millimeters (mm). The evaluation of antibacterial activity was carried out in triplicate. RESULTS AND DISSCUSION The results of antibacterial activity of two raspberry fruit and pomace extracts are presented in Tables 1 and 2. Table 1. Antibacterial activity of raspberry fruit extracts (mean of diameter of the inhibition zone (mm) including disc (6 mm) or well (9 mm) with standard deviation in parentheses) Method Agar-well Control(cefotaxime/ Group Tested strains Cultivar diffusion clavulanic acid) 50 µl 100 µl G (–) 15.5** 34.87* 12.58** M nd bacteria (0.0) (0.58) (0.35) Escherichia coli ATCC 10536 16.5** 14.0** W nd (0.82) (0.58) 16.5* 16.5* M nd Salmonella (1.73) (0.58) 35.6* typhymurium (0.85)* 15.0* 13.5** ATCC 14028 W nd (1.73) (0.0) 11.75** 14.25* 7.75** M Pseudomonas (0.5) (0.5) (0.5) 20.17* aeruginosa ** * (0.76) 15.25 12.25 ATCC 27853 W nd (0.5) (0.5) * * * 11.75 16.0 7.0 M (0.0) (0.5) (2.31) Pseudomonas 15.33* aeruginosa*** (0.58) 13.0* 18.0* 7.0* W (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) G (+) 14.5* 16.0* 37.3* 7.5** M Staphylococcus bacteria (0.55) (0.58) (0.0) (0.75) aureus 14.5* 16.0* 8.5** ATCC 11632 W (0.55) (0.5) (0.0) 13.5* M nd nd (1.0) Staphylococcus 27.0* saprophyticus*** (0.5) 13.5* W nd nd (0.58) 13.5* 16.25* 7.5* M Bacillus Cereus (0.58) (0.58) (0.5) 35.5* (1.5) 13.5* 17.0* 9.0* ATCC 10876 W (0.5) (0.58) (1.0) 12.5* 9.5* M nd (0.58) (0.58) Listeria 12.25* monocytogenes*** (0.55) 12.5* 10.0* W nd (0.0) (0.58) M – Meeker cultivar; W – Willamette cultivar; nd - not detected inhibition zone; * - clear zone around the disc/well; ** - zone of reduced growth; *** - wild strain. Disc diffusion 15µl 308 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper Table 2. Antibacterial activity of raspberry pomace extracts (mean of diameter of the clear inhibition zone (mm) including disc (6 mm) or well (9 mm) with standard deviation in parentheses) Method Group Tested strains Cultivar Disc diffusion 15µl G (–) bacteria 21.75 (0.5) 20.0 W (0.85) 22.0 M Salmonella (0.82) typhymurium 23.0 ATCC 14028 W (1.73) 18.25 M Pseudomonas (0.5) aeruginosa 16.75 ATCC 27853 W (0.5) 15.75 M (1.26) Pseudomonas * aeruginosa 15.5 W (1.0) G (+) 34.75 M bacteria (0.96) Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 11632 33.25 W (0.96) 11.75 M (0.96) Staphylococcus saprophyticus* 12.25 W (0.96) 22.5 M (0.58) Bacillus cereus ATCC 10876 24.25 W (0.96) 10.0 M (0.05) Listeria * monocytogenes 10.75 W (0.5) M – Meeker cultivar; W – Willamette cultivar, * - wild strain Escherichia coli ATCC 10536 M Agar-well diffusion 50 µl 100 µl 37.33 (0.58) 25.67 (0.58) 29.5 (1.0) 30.0 (1.0) 22.67 (0.58) 22.0 (1.0) 20.67 (0.58) 21.33 (1.15) 41.5 (4.43) 39.0 (1.15) 23.0 (1.0) 21.0 (0.5) 32.0 (0.58) 28.75 (2.5) 16.67 (0.58) 17.33 (0.58) 34.32 (1.54) 31.67 (0.58) 35.5 (1.0) 34.0 (1.63) 25.0 (1.0) 24.67 (0.58) 24.0 (1.0) 24.67 (0.58) 48.5 (1.0) 46.0 (1.63) 39.0 (1.0) 38.0 (1.0) 36.0 (1.0) 36.0 (1.63) 30.0 (1.0) 30.33 (0.58) The smallest inhibition zones of raspberry fruit extracts for all tested bacterial strains were observed by disc diffusion method (Table 1). Clear zones (not higher than 9 mm) were found only for Pseudomonas aeruginosa (wild strain) and Bacillus cereus. Similar clear zones of reduced growth were found for Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Staphylococcus aureus. All strains except for Staphylococcus saprophyticus were susceptible to 50 µl of extracts, and higher zones appeared with using 100 µl of both Meeker and Willamette fruit extracts. The most susceptible strains tested by agar-well diffusion method, were Pseudomonas aeruginosa (wild strain) and Bacillus cereus. From all tested strains, Escherichia coli was the most resistant strain because only zone of reduced growth appea309 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper red, even when 100 µl of extracts were used. This result indicate bacteriostatic activity of tested extracts against Escherichia coli. The smallest clear zones of 12.5-13.5 mm are appeared for Listeria monocytogenes and Staphylococcus saprophyticus by applying agar-well diffusion method (Table 1). As for raspberry pomace extracts (Table 2), for both methods and extracts volumes (15 µl, 50 µl and 100 µl) only clear zones appeared, indicating bactericidal activity of the pomace extracts. Both Meeker and Willamette pomace extracts showed the highest antibacterial activity against Staphylococcus aureus and Staphylococcus saprophyticus, while the smallest zones appeared for Pseudomonas strains (both reference and wild strains). The inhibition zones of tested control (cefotaxime/clavulanic acid disc) were significant, and for all bacteria clear zones around the discs appeared. The antibiotic showed the most pronounced activity against Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhymurium, Staphylococcus aureus and Bacillus cereus (more than 30 mm). The least clear zone (less than 15 mm) appeared for Listeria monocytogenes, the strain with the smallest clear zone in the case of action raspberry fruit extracts. Raspberry pomace extract showed similar or higher activity against tested strains compared with control. Rauha et al. (13) tested the antimicrobial activity of Rubus idaeus L. extract (extracted with 70% aqueous acetone) by cylinder diffusion method (500 µl of extract, concentration of 1 mg/ml). Only slight antibacterial activity was obtained against Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Micrococcus luteus and Escherichia coli, and moderate activity for Bacillus subtilis. Antibacterial activity of raspberry extract in concentration of 1 mg/ml (extracted with acetone:water 70:30 v/v), on the growth of microbial strains in liquid culture was tested by Nohynek et al. (4). Results showed the strong activity of raspberry extract, as it caused death of the Helicobacter pylori, very strong inhibition of Bacillus cereus, Staphylococcus aureus and Staphylococcus epidermidis, and strong inhibition of Campylobacter jejuni and Clostridium perfringens. Strong antibacterial activity was attributed to phenolic compounds, especially ellagitannin fraction (4). Study of Ryan et al. (7) showed absence of antimicrobial activity of water and ethanol raspberry leaf extracts. On the other hand, raspberry juice and cordial displayed growth inhibition (at 10% and 20% concentration) of Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli, Mycobacterium phlei, Clostridium perfringens, Alcaligenes faecalis, Enterococcus faecalis, Shigella soneri and three Salmonella serovars (7). Similarly, using 100 µl of raspberry leaf methanolic extract (concentration of 20 mg/ml), Bonjar (14) obtained inhibition zone of 10-14 mm only for Bordetella bronchiseptica, which was generally (taking into account all 48 plant species tested) the most sensitive strain among eleven strains tested. Ördögh et al. (11) tested antibacterial activity of the raspberry juice, as well as water and methanol extracts of the pomace against acne-inducing bacteria by broth microdilution assay. Raspberry juice showed antibacterial activity only against Staphylococcus epidermidis (minimal inhibitory concentration at the pH 7 was 12.35 mg/ml, and 9.18 mg/ml at the pH 5.5). Juice did not affect the growth of S. aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes and Propionibacterium acnes, while pomace extracts did not show any antibacterial activity. The difference in the antibacterial activity of raspberry juices and pomace extracts tested in this study (from 20 cultivated and wild fruits) may be due to their 310 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper different components; soluble in aqueous and alcoholic media. Water extract contains the majority of anthocyanins, tannins, starches, saponins, polypeptides and lectins, while methanol extracts also contain polyphenols, lactones, flavones, and phenons (11). Pupponen-Pimiä et al. (9) tested antimicrobial activity of Nordic berries including raspberry (2 and 10 mg of lyophilized berry powders/ml) and phenolic berry extracts (concentration of 1 and 5 mg/ml) against eight human pathogens in liquid culture by plate count method. Salmonella enterica sv. Typhimurium and Staphylococcus aureus were strongly affected by lyophilized raspberry. However, no effects on the growth of Listeria monocytogenes was obtained. Phenolic raspberry extracts showed strong inhibitory activity against Staphylococcus spp. Salmonella spp. were only partly inhibited by the raspberry phenolic extrscts (9). Phenolic compounds affected the growth of different bacterial species by different mechanisms, yet not well understood. It is assumed that not only phenolic compounds are responsible for the antimicrobial activity. The fruits of the genus Rubus are rich in ellagitannins, which can permeate the outer cell membrane of Gram-negative bacteria (9, 11). So, antimicrobial activity of berries is likely to be caused by multiple mechanisms and synergies because they contain various compounds, for example, weak organic acids, phenolic acids, and tannins and their mixtures of different chemical forms (4). Additionally, the effect of pH is very important in case of microbicidal acids of the fruits. These are membrane-active substances which damage the inner cell membrane in their undissociated form. They alter the membrane permeability of the microbial cell and acidify the cytoplasm (11). In the study of Ördögh et al. (11), the antibacterial effect of juices and pomace extracts was more or less independent of the pH, suggesting that other, non-dissociable compounds were responsible for the growth inhibition. It is obvious that there are differences between the results shown in Tables 1 and 2, and other mentioned studies. The observed differences are probably caused by the different methods and concentrations of tested extract solutions, but also, results depend on the susceptibility of tested wild strains, as well as the composition and amount of active components extracted from tested materials originated from different geographic areas, growth conditions of plant material as well as seasonal variations (7). CONCLUSION In this study, the antibacterial potential of a Rubus idaeus L. (raspberry) fruit and pomace extracts against selected Gram-positive and Gram-negative organisms has been demonstrated. These findings can form the basis for further studies to isolate active compounds, elucidate their structures, and also evaluate them against wider range of bacterial strains with the goal to find new therapeutic principles. Аcknowledgement This research is a part of the Project of the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia (Project TR 31044). 311 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper REFERENCES 1. Lee, J., Dossett, M. and Finn, C.E.: Rubus fruit phenolic research: The good, the bad, and the confusing. Food Chem. 130 (2012) 785-796. 2. Forum odgajivača maline: Sorte maline. www.vizijadanas.com/gajenje_malina.html. (accessed 10 February 2012). 3. Časopis Povrtarski Glasnik: Gajenje maline i sorte maline. www.poljoberza.net/AutorskiTekstoviJedan.aspx?ime=PG023_7.htm&autor=7 (accessed 10 Ferbruary 2012). 4. Nohynek, L.J., Alakomi, H.-L., Kähkönen, M.P., Heinonen, M., Helander, I.M., Oksman-Caldentey, K.-M. and Puupponen-Pimiä, R.H.: Berry Phenolics: Antimicrobial Properties and Mechanisms of Action Against Severe Human Pathogens. Nutr. Cancer 54, 1 (2006) 18-32. 5. Pantelidis, G.E., Vasilakakis, M., Manganaris, G.A. and Diamantidis, Gr.: Antioxidant capacity, phenol, anthocyanin and ascorbic acid contents in raspberries, blackberries, red currants, gooseberries and Cornelian cherries. Food Chem. 102 (2007) 777-783. 6. Bobinaite, R., Viškelis, P. and Rimantas Venskutonis, P.R.: Variation of total phenolics, anthocyanins, ellagic acid and radical scavenging capacity in various raspberry (Rubus spp.) cultivars. Food Chem. 132 (2012) 1495-1501. 7. Ryan, T., Wilkinson, J.M. and Cavanagh, H.M.A.: Antibacterial activity of raspberry cordial in vitro. Res. Vet. Sci. 71 (2001) 155-159. 8. Venskutonis, P.R., Dvaranauskaite, A. and Labokas, J.: Radical scavenging activity and composition of raspberry (Rubus idaeus) leaves from different locations in Lithuania. Fitoterapia 78 (2007) 162-165. 9. Puupponen-Pimiä, R., Nohynek, L., Hartmann-Schmidlin, S., Kähkönen, M., Heinonen, M., Määttä-Riihinen, K. and Oksman-Caldentey, K.-M.: Berry phenolics selectively inhibit the growth of intestinal pathogens. J. Appl. Microbiol. 98 (2005) 9911000. 10. Schieber, A., Stintzing, F.C. and Carle, R.: By-products of plant food processing as a source of functional compounds – recent developments. Trends Food Sci. Tech. 12 (2001) 401-413. 11. Ördögh, L., Galgóczy, L., Krisch, J., Papp, T. and Vágvölgyi, C.: Antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of fruit juices and pomace extracts against acne-inducing bacteria. Acta Biologica Szegediensis 54, 1 (2010) 45-49. 12. Mayo, W.J.: Chemical methods of control: Antimicrobial drugs, in Laboratory experiments in microbiology. Eds. Johnson, T. R. and Case, C. L., The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, San Francisco (1998) pp. 179-181. 13. Rauha, J-P., Remes, S., Heinonen, M., Hopia, A., Kähkönen, M., Kujala, T., Pihlaja, K., Vuorela, H. and Vuorela, P.: Antimicrobial effects of Finnish plant extracts containing flavonoids and other phenolic compounds. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 56 (2000) 312. 14. Bonjar, S.: Evaluation of antibacterial properties of some medicinal plants used in Iran. J. Ethnopharmacol. 94 (2004) 301-305. 312 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243305V UDC: 634.1+634.711:579.84/.86 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 305-313 Original scientific paper СКРИНИНГ АНТИБАКТЕРИЈСКЕ АКТИВНОСТИ ЕКСТРАКAТА ВОЋА И ТРОПА МАЛИНЕ (Rubus idaeus L.) Александра С. Велићански, Драгољуб Д. Цветковић и Синиша Л. Марков Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Антибактеријска активност екстраката воћа и тропа две сорте (Meeker и Willamette) малине (Rubus idaeus L.), концентрације 50 mg/ml, испитана је на одабране Грам–позитивне и Грам–негативне бактерије (референтни и дивљи сојеви). За испитивање су коришћене диск-дифузиона метода (са 15 µl екстраката) и метода бунарчића у подлози (са 50 и 100 µl). Екстракти воћа од обе сорте показали су највећу активност према сојевима Pseudomonas aeruginosa и Bacillus cereus, док је Escherichia coli показала најмању осетљивост. Екстракти тропа обе сорте малине дали су зоне без раста (показатељ бактерицидног деловања) за све тест микроорганизне, што указује на значајан антибактеријски потенцијал тропа малине. Највећу антибактеријску активност екстракти тропа су показали према Staphylococcus aureus и Staphylococcus saprophyticus. Сорта малине није утицала на антибактеријску активност испитаних екстраката. Кључне речи: Rubus idaeus L., екстракти воћа и тропа малине, антибактеријска активност, агар дифузиона метода Received: 01 August 2012 Accepted: 24 September 2012 313 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper OPTIMIZATION OF THE Ocimum basilicum L. EXTRACTION PROCESS REGARDING THE ANTIOXIDANT ACTIVITY Senka S. Vidovića*, Zoran P. Zekovića, Žika D. Lepojevića, Marija M. Radojkovića, Stela D. Jokićb and Goran T. Anačkovc a University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Josip Juraj Strossmayer University of Osijek, Faculty of Food Technology, Franje Kuhača 20, 31000 Osijek, Croatia c University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Natural Sciences, Trg Dositeja Obradovića 3, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia b The levels of input variables (temperature and extraction solvent) that optimize a particular response (total phenols content, total flavonoids content and antioxidant activity) of the Ocimum basilicum L. extraction process were determined by the response surface methodology (RSM). The influence of theextraction temperature on extraction process was investigated in the range from 33.8ºC to 76.2ºC, as well as of extraction solvent ethanol, in the range of concentrations from 21.7% to 78.3%. For the preparation of basil dry extract, characterized with minimal IC50 value, the calculated optimal values of temperature and ethanol concentration were: 75.33ºC and 73.66% (w/w). KEY WORDS: basil, extraction, antioxidants, RSM. INTRODUCTION Sweet basil (Ocimum basilicum L.) is a widely used herb with many properties and applications. This herb is used not only for the cooking, but also in commercial fragrances, flavourings and for increasing the shelf life of food products (1). It is distributed in different folk medicines for a treatment of insomnia, kidneys inflammation, cough, asthma, inflammation of urinary tract, etc. Basil extract has a sedative and anticonvulsant properties (2), as well as important antimicrobial and antifungal activity (3). Herbs are considered as sources of different antioxidant compounds. These compounds are of great importance in terms of their use for preventing oxidative stress that may cause several degenerative diseases. Many epidemiological studies, prove the existence of a link between diets rich in antioxidants and a reduced risk of diseases, particularly of cancer and cardiovascular diseases. Beside their importance due to their medicinal properties antioxidants are important as preservatives in the food industry. The high antioxidant activity of basil and its extracts, and the majority of its medicinal properties, have been attributed primarily to rosmarinic acid (4), but some other like caf* Corresponding author: Senka S. Vidović, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, e-mail: [email protected] 315 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper feic acid derivates, such as cichoric acid (5, 6), are also found in substantial concentrations. Rosmarinic acid belongs to phenolic compounds which have been marked as main antioxidant agent. In a past few years, much attention has been paid to the extraction of antioxidants and the creation of antioxidant supplements from different natural sources (herbs, fruits and vegetables). This attention increases since some of synthetic antioxidants used in the food and other industries have been reported to be toxic. Natural antioxidants could replace synthetic once, which is a tendency in the modern pharmaceutical and food industries. Extracts from natural plants, as carriers of antioxidant compounds and antioxidant activity, could be obtained by different methods, by using different solvents and at different process conditions (temperature, time, pressure, etc.). Extraction with organic solvents offers good recovery of polyphenols, which is related to the preparation of extracts with high antioxidant activity. As solvent extraction can be performed by different solvents and at different process conditions, to obtain the extracts with appropriate properties, the analysis and selection of optimal process parameters is necessary. To find the levels of input variables that optimize a particular response (total phenols content, total flavonoids content, and antioxidant activity) response surface methodology (RSM), as one of the best optimization tools, can be applied. The objective of this study was to employ RSM to assess the effect of different combinations of temperature, in the range from 33.8ºC to 76.2ºC, and aqueous solution of ethanol as extraction solvent, in a range from 21.7% to 78.3%, on the total phenols content (TP), total flavonoids content (TF), and antioxidant activity of O. basilicum extracts. EXPERIMENTAL Plant material and sample preparation Basil samples were collected in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Republika Srpska, near Banja Luka, in July 2009. The collected plant material has been naturally dried under sun and then stored in paper bags at room temperature. Voucher specimens (Ocimum basilicum L. 1753 No 2-1792, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Banja Luka, Česma, ruderal habitats, 08.2008. det.: Goran Anačkov) were confirmed and deposited at the Herbarium of the Department of Biology and Ecology (BUNS Herbarium), Faculty of Natural Sciences, University of Novi Sad, Serbia (7). The material was ground in a blender just before the extraction. The particle size, 0.726±0.13 mm, was determined using sieve sets (Erweka, Germany). The ground plant material (10 g) was extracted by aqueous solution of ethanol (100 ml) of specific concentration at different extraction temperatures. The extraction process was carried out for 90 minutes. After filtration, the solvent was evaporated and obtained dry extract was analyzed for the total phenols, total flavonoids and antioxidant activity. Determination of total phenolics and total flavonoids The content of total phenolics (TP) in the O. basilicum extract was determined by the Folin-Ciocalteu procedure (8, 9) and expressed as mg of gallic acid equivalent (GAE) per 316 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper g of dry O. basilicum extract. The total flavonoids content (TF) was determined by aluminium chloride colorimetric assay (10) and it was expressed as mg of catehin equivalents (CE) per g of dry O. basilicum extract. DPPH assay The free radical scavenging activity of O. basilicum extracts was determined as described by Espin (11). Briefly, dry O. basilicum extract was mixed with methanol (96%) and 90 M of 2,2-diphenyl-1-picryl-hydrazyl (DPPH) solution to give different final concentration (from 0.0025 mg/ml to 0.008 mg/ml) of extract. After 60 min at room temperature, the absorbance was measured at 517 nm and expressed as radical scavenging capacity. Radical scavenging capacity (%RSC) was calculated by the following equation: % RSC 100 Asample 100 [1] Ablank where: Asample is the absorbance of the sample solution and Ablank is the absorbance of the blank control. This activity was also expressed as the inhibition concentration at 50% (IC50), the concentration of test solution required to obtain 50% of radical scavenging capacity. Experimental design Response surface methodology (RSM) was employed to analyze the effects of two factors on three responses and to identify the combination that will optimize the extraction process. The five-level design (Table 1) was used for fitting a second-order response surface, and it was rotatable design. Table 1. Investigated levels and coded values for each of the independent variable Independent variable Ethanol (X1, %) Temperature (X2, ºC) (-1.414) 21.7 33.8 (-1) 30 40 Coded levels (0) 50 55 (1) 70 70 (+1.414) 78.3 76.2 The experiments were carried out to study the effect of the solvent concentration (ethanol-water mixture) and extraction temperature on the extraction of antioxidant compounds and on the antioxidant activity of O. basilicum extracts. Three responses in the form of different components and antioxidant activity of the extracts were evaluated: total phenols content (TP), Y1, total flavonoids content (TF), Y2, and antioxidant activity (IC50), Y3. Nineteen runs, with six replications at the central point, were performed to cover as more as possible combinations of the factor levels. The coded and uncoded independent variables used in the RSM design and obtained responses are shown in Table 2. Experimental data were analyzed by RSM to fit the second order polynomial model (Eq. [2]), where b0, bi, bii and bij are the regression coefficients; Xi are the coded variables; X2 is the 317 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper temperature and X1 is the concentration of the ethanol solution. Y is the analyzed response (total phenols content, total flavonoids content and antioxidant activity). Y b0 bi X i bii X ii2 bij X i X j [2] RESULTS AND DISCUSSION In this study, the RSM was used to examine the functional relationship between the investigated variables, solvent concentration and extraction temperature, and the outputs, or responses: content of antioxidant compounds, total phenols and flavonoides, and the extract antioxidant activity. The range of tested extraction temperature was between 33.8ºC and 76.2ºC. The ethanol-water solution was used in the range of concentration from 21.7% to 78.3% (Table 1). To find the interactions between these two parameters (temperature and ethanol concentration) on the targeted compounds a statistical analysis was applied. Experimental data were obtained according to the design of the response surface methodology (RSM) presented in Table 2. Table 2. Total phenols content (TP), total flavonoids content (TF) and antioxidant activity (IC50) of extracts Run number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 318 Temperature (°C) 40 40 40 55 55 55 70 70 70 55 55 33.8 76.2 55 55 55 55 55 55 Ethanol (%) 30 50 70 30 50 70 30 50 70 21,7 78.3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 TP (g GAE/100 g) 10.39 14.20 16.83 12.58 15.98 17.99 11.88 13.61 17.31 10.40 17.04 13.56 12.61 15.98 15.98 15.98 15.99 15.98 15.98 TF (g CE/100 g) 4.48 4.98 4.28 4.79 5.48 5.58 4.62 5.53 5.10 4.09 5.58 4.51 5.38 5.48 5.47 5.47 5.48 5.47 5.48 IC50 · 10-3 (mg/ml) 5.05 4.70 4.44 4.43 4.27 3.97 4.63 4.10 3.87 5.24 4.15 4.98 4.01 4.28 4.28 4.25 4.27 4.28 4.28 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper Statistical analysis was performed using STATISTICA 8.0, StatSoft (Europe) Gmbh, Hamburg, Germany. The estimated coefficients (bi) of the second-order response model, generated from the statistical analysis for all responses, are shown in Table 3. Measured fit of the model data (R2) for all responses were high. The R2 values for TP, TF and IC50 was 0.976, 0.932, and 0.964, respectively. Table 3. Estimated coefficient (bi) of second-order polynomial models for the investigated responses Coefficient b0 Linear b1 b2 Quadratic b3 b4 Interaction b5 R2 15.90145 p-value for Y1 0.000000 5.50691 p-value for Y2 0.000000 0.00219 2.66758 0.991513 0.000000 0.273790 0.31741 -1.36558 -0.83433 0.000097 0.003945 -0.24990 0.970 0.448965 TP (Y1) 0.004237 p-value for Y3 0.000000 0.003905 0.001444 -0.000295 -0.000338 0.000014 0.000004 -0.33577 -0.39453 0.002441 0.000773 0.000125 0.000164 0.019102 0.004188 0.16925 0.932 0.182691 0.000037 0.964 0.570562 TF (Y2) IC50 (Y3) According to the data shown in the Table 3 linear term of ethanol concentration (b2) show a positive effect on the investigated responses, e.g. TP (p<0.05). Both quadratic terms, of temperature (b3) and ethanol concentration (b4), affect negatively on the TP (p<0.05). The interaction between these two parameters has no significant influence on the obtained response. The effects of temperature and ethanol concentration on TP of O. basilicum can be described by equation (3), which can be used for calculation of optimal extraction parameters. Y1=15.09145+0.00219X1+2.66758X2-1.36558X12-0.83433X22-0.2499X1X2 [3] The influence of the parameters is visualized by the chart presented in Figure 1. It can be seen that the increase of the temperature to about 55ºC is accompanied by an increase in TP. Further increase in temperature leads to a decrease of the TP yield. Further, the increase of ethanol concentration leads to an increase in the TP. The total phenols yield achieves its maximum at the ethanol concentration of around 80%. Using Eq. (3), the optimal values of temperature and ethanol concentration, for obtaining the maximum yield of total phenols of O. basilicum extraction were calculated as follows: temperature of 52.79ºC, and ethanol concentration of 82.41%. Using these values of the investigated parameters (experimentale set at 52.8ºC and 82.4%) the total phenol content was calculated as 18.07 g GAE/100 g of dry extract. This calculation was experimentally confirmed and the content of total phenols in dry extract obtained under the determined optimal conditions was 18.08 g GAE/100 g. 319 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V 1 V UDC: 66.0 011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 315-323 Origin nal scientific paper gure 1. Influence of o temperature annd ethanol concenttration on total phenols content Fig Both B linear terms (b ( 1 and b2), of tem mperature and ethaanol concentration n, have statistically significant influeence (p<0.05) andd influencee posittively the investig gated responsetotal flavonoids yield. Also, both quadratic terms (b3 andd b4), of temperatu ure and ethanol conceentration, influencced significantly (p<0.05), but neggatively the yield of total flavonoidss. The interaction between these tw wo parameters, as in the case of totaal phenols, had no in nfluence on the obbtained response. The response surfface was generateed based on the secon nd -order equationn: Y2=5.50691+0.227379X1+0.317411X2-0.33571X12-0..39453X22-0.16925X1X2 [4] where Y is the flavonooids content, X1 is the ethanol conceentration and X2 is the extraction temperature. The influence of thhe parameters on T TF is illustrated byy chart presented in i Figure 2. Figu ure 2. Influence off temperature and ethanol concentraation on total flavo onoids content 320 APTEF FF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V 1 V UDC: 66.0 011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 315-323 Origin nal scientific paper As A can be seen from m Figure 2, the tootal flavonoids conntent increases wiith the increase in thee temperature, buut after reaching a certain point, aroound 65ºC, it sho ows a decrease. The TF T yield increasess with the increasee of ethanol conceentration, from ab bout 20 to 60%. Furth her increase of ethhanol concentratioon leads to a deccrease of the flavo onoids content. The optimal o process values v of temperature and ethanol concentration neeeded for preparation n of the O. basiliccum extract with a maximal content of total flavon noids calculated from Eq [4] were 63.077ºC and 60.35%. Under U these condittions, the calculatted TF yield was 5.66 g CE/100 g of dry extract. This calculation was exxperimetally conffirmed, i.e. under these t conditions (experimentally ( set paarameters at 63.1ººC and 60.3%) thee obtained TF yieldd was 5.66 g CE/1 100 g. Fu urthermore, both linear terms (b1 aand b2), of temperrature and ethanoll concentration, have a significant influuence (p<0.05) onn the antioxidant activity a of O. basillium extract. In contrrast to the priviouss cases, linear term ms had a negativee, while both quad dratic terms (b3 and b4) exhibited statisstically significant positive effect on o IC50 value. Agaain, the interaction between b these twoo parameters had nno influence on obbtained response (Eq. ( [5]). Y3=0.00424-0.000029X1-0.00034X X2+0.00012X12+0..00016X22-0.00004 4X1X2 [5] The T influence of the t process param meters on the antioxidant activity of o O. basilicum extracts is presented inn Figure 3. The opptimal values for temperature t and ethanol e concentratio on needed for the preparation p of an extract characteriized with the miniimal IC50 value (max ximal antioxidant activity), calculatted from Eq (5), is 75.33ºC and 73.66%. The calculateed value of IC50, using u obtained vallues for the investtigated parameterss, was 3.84·10-3 mg/m ml. This calculatioon was experimenntally confirmed (at the conditions set at 75.3ºC and 73.7%), 7 and the obtained o O. basillicum dry extract had the IC50 valu ue of 3.83·10-3 mg/m ml. Figu ure 3. Influence of temperature andd ethanol concentration on the antiox xidant activity 321 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper CONCLUSION To find the levels of input variables, temperature and solvent concentration that optimize a particular response (content of total phenols and total flavonoids, as well as antioxidant activity of the extract), surface methodology has been used as an efficient tool. In the investigated range of temperatures (from 33.8ºC to 76.2ºC) and ethanol concentration (from 21.7% to 78.3%) for the preparation of an O. basilicum extract with highest content of total phenols the determined optimum values were 52.79ºC and 82.41%. Under these conditions the content of total phenols was calculated to be 18.07 g GAE/100 g of dry extract. On the other hand, the optimal values corresponding to the highest content of total flavonoids are 63.07ºC and 60.35%. Under these conditions the content of total flavonoids was 5.66 g CE/100 g of extract. Finally, the optimal values of the process parameters corresponding to the minimal IC50 value were 75.33ºC and 73.66%. Acknowledgement Financial support of this work by the Serbian Ministry of Education and Science, Project No. TR 31013 is gratefully acknowledged. We are grateful to Department of Biology and Ecology, Faculty of Natural Sciences, University of Novi Sad, for support in term of confirmed and deposited investigated herb at the BUNS Herbarium. REFERENCES 1. Makinen S., M. and Paakkonen, K. K.: Processing and use of basil in foodstuffs, beverages and in food preparation in basil: The Genus Ocimum, Eds. R. Hiltunen and Y. Holm, Harwood Academic Publishers, Amsterdam (1999) pp. 137-152. 2. Freire, M. M., Marques, M. O. M. and Costa, M.: Effects of seasonal variation on the central nervous system activity of Ocimum gratissimum L. essential oil. J. Ethnopharmacol. 21, 105 (2006) 161-166. 3. Suppakul, J., K., Miltz, K., Sonneveld, K. and Bigger, S.W.: Antimicrobial properties of basil and its possible application in food packaging. J. Agric. Food Chem. 21, 51 (2003) 3197-3207. 4. Chen, J.H. and Ho, C.T.: Antioxidant activities of caffeic acid and its related hydroxycinnamic acid compounds. J. Agric. Food Chem. 45, 7 (1997) 2374-2378. 5. Javanmardi, J., A. Khalighi, A., Kashi, H. P., Bais and Vivanco, J. M.: Chemical characterization of basil (Ocimum basilicum L.) found in local accessions and used in traditional medicines in Iran. J. Agric. Food Chem 9, 50 (2002) 5878-5883. 6. Lee, J. and Scagel, C. F.: Chicoric acid found in basil (Ocimum basilicum L.) leaves. Food Chem. 115, 2 (2009) 650-656. 7. Holmgren, P.K. and Holmgren, N.H.: Additions to Index Herbariorum (Herbaria), Edition - 8 Fourteenth Series. Taxon 52 (2003) 385-389. 8. Singleton V.L. and Rossi, J.A.: Colorimetry of total phenolics with phosphomolybdic phosphotungstic acid reagents. Am. J. Enol. Viticult. 16, 3 (1965) 144-158. 322 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243315V UDC: 66.011:[66.061:635.71 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 315-323 Original scientific paper 9. Kähkönen, M. P., A. I. Hopia, H. J. Vuorela, J. P. Rauha, K. Pihlaja, T. S. Kujala and Heinonen, M.: Antioxidant activity of plant extract containing phenolic compounds. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47, 10 (1999) 3954-3962. 10. Markham K.R., Methods in Plant Biochemistry, Eds. J.B. Harborne and P.M. Dey, Academic Press, London (1989) pp. 193-237. 11. Espin J. C., C. Soler-Rivas and Wichers, H. J.: Characterization of total free radical scavenger capacity of vegetables oils and oils fractions using 2,2-diphenyl-1-pycrilhydrazil. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48, 3 (2000) 648-656. ОПТИМИЗАЦИЈА ЕКСТРАКЦИЈЕ Ocimum basilicum L. У ОДНОСУ НА АНТИОКСИДАТИВНУ АКТИВНОСТ Сенка С. Видовића*,Зоран П. Зековићa,Жика Д. Лепојевићa, Марија Радојковићa,Стела Јокићb и Горан Аначковc a Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Универзитет Јосипа Јурја Штросмајера у Осијеку, Прехрамбено-технолошки факултет, Фрање Кухача 20, 31000 Осијек, Хрватска c Универзитет у Новом Саду, Природно-математички факултет, Трг Доситеја Обрадовића 3, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија b Метода одзивне површине примењена је у анализи утицаја температуре и примењеног екстрагенса на екстракцију Ocimum basilicum L. Анализирани су: садржај укупних фенолних компонената у добијеним екстрактима, садржај укупних флавоноида, као и антиоксидативно деловање добијених екстраката. Утицај температуре на процес екстракције босиљка испитан је у опсегу температура од 33,8ºC до 76,2ºC. Утицај примењеног екстрагенса на процес екстракције испитан је у опсегу концентрација етанола од 21,7% до 78,3%. На основу експерименталних резултата добијене су вредности улазних параметара потребне за припрему екстраката босиљака са минималном IC50 вредности: температура екстракције од 75,33ºC и 73,66% етанол као екстрагенс. Кључне речи: Ocimum basilicum, босиљак, екстракција, антиоксиданти, RSM Received: 29 June 2012 Accepted: 12 September 2012 323 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper ETHANOL FERMENTATION OF MOLASSES BY Saccharomyces cerevisiae CELLS IMMOBILIZED ONTO SUGAR BEET PULP Vesna M. Vučurović* and Radojka N. Razmovski University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Natural adhesion of Saccharomyces cerevisiae onto sugar beet pulp (SBP) is a very simple and cheap immobilization method for retaining high cells density in the ethanol fermentation system. In the present study, yeast cells were immobilized by adhesion onto SBP suspended in the synthetic culture media under different conditions such as: glucose concentration (100, 120 and 150 g/l), inoculum concentration (5, 10 and 15 g/l dry mass) and temperature (25, 30, 35 and 40 oC). In order to estimate the optimal immobilization conditions the yeast cells retention (R), after each immobilization experiment was analyzed. The highest R value of 0.486 g dry mass yeast /g dry mass SBP was obtained at 30oC, glucose concentration of 150 g/l, and inoculum concentration of 15 g/l. The yeast immobilized under these conditions was used for ethanol fermentation of sugar beet molasses containing 150.2 g/l of reducing sugar. Efficient ethanol fermentation (ethanol concentration of 70.57 g/l, fermentation efficiency 93.98%) of sugar beet molasses was achieved using S. cerevisiae immobilized by natural adhesion on SBP. KEY WORDS: immobilization, bioethanol, sugar beet pulp, molasses, Saccharomyces cerevisiae INTRODUCTION In the recent years, research on improving ethanol production has been accelerated for both ecological and economic reasons, primarily for its use as an alternative to petroleum-based fuels (1). Currently, the global ethanol supply is originated mainly from sugar and starch feedstocks (2). The development of a fermentation medium based on industrial substrates is economically desirable (3). In the bioethanol production, the composition of the medium affects the physiological state and, consequently, the fermentation performance of the microorganism employed (4). Molasses from the sugar beet processing due to the high content of fermentable sugars, which can be directly used for fermentation without any modification, is a very good raw material which is traditionally used for ethanol production (5). Among many microorganisms that have been exploited for ethanol production, Saccharomyces cerevisiae still remains as the prime species (2). Recent* Corresponding author: Vučurović M. Vesna, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 325 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper ly, yeast cell immobilization techniques have become increasingly important and are being successfully applied in production of ethanol as a method for improving the process productivity (6). Among the different immobilization technologies, entrapment of microbial cells within the polymeric matrices (calcium alginate, agar agar, gelatin, k-carrageenan, etc.) has been studied widely. However, technically it is less suitable for ethanol production because the growth of the yeast cells is restrained and also the slowly growing yeast cells are difficult to be removed from the systems (2). However, the use of yeast immobilized by natural adhesion onto low-cost plant materials such as wood chips (7), apple peaces (8), orange peel (9), sugar cane bagasse (10), sugar cane pieces (11), corn cobs and grape pomace (12) and maize stem ground tissue (13), can effectively overcome these drawbacks. Yeast cells immobilization by adhesion onto the solid supports is attractive in ethanol fermentation, due to the operational easiness and high ethanol productivity, thanking to the effective retention of cells within the bioreactor. Besides, the possibility of recycling cells for inoculum permits the fermentation to be profitably carried out in continuous or repeated-batch mode (14). The sugar beet pulp (SBP) was found to be efficient support for immobilization of S. cerevisiae in the ethanol production because of its heterogeneous structure, high porosity, biocompatibility, high water swelling capacity, good mechanical properties, and high cells retention capacity. This immobilization method is cheap, simple and easy (15). The novelity of this work lies in the investigation of the optimal conditions (inoculum concentration, glucose concentration and temperature) for the S. cerevisiae immobilization onto SBP. Further, the efficiency of immobilized yeast for batch ethanol fermentation of sugar beet molasses was investigated with the aim to achieve efficient ethanol production. EXPERIMENTAL Dried sugar beet pulp (SBP) kindly provide by a sugar factory near the city of Senta (Vojvodina province, Serbia) was used as the support for yeast cells. The SBP hydration was carried out by placing an amount of 15 g of dry SBP into 1 l Erlenmeyer flasks containing 500 ml of synthetic culture medium containing different amounts of glucose (100, 120 and 150 g/l) and the same amount of the following constituents: (NH4)2SO4 (1 g/l), KH2PO4 (1 g/l), MgSO4 (5 g/l) and yeast extract (4 g/l) at the pH 5.5, and was sterilized by autoclaving at 121oC for 30 min. After the sterilization, the flasks were kept at room temperature for 24 h. The working microorganism was a commercial S. cerevisiae strain (Alltech-Fermin, Senta, Serbia), commonly used in Serbian baking industry, in the form of pressed blocks (70 % w/w moisture). To immobilize cells onto hydrated SBP, the flasks were inoculated with 5 g/l, 10 g/l and 15 g/l of yeast on dry basis, and placed on a rotary shaker (120 rpm) in a thermostat and kept at 30 oC for 24 h. After the immobilization of the yeast, the mass of cells immobilized onto the support was quantified gravimetrically according to Santos et al. (10). Cell retention onto the support (R, g/g) was calculated as the ratio of dry matter of cells immobilized in the support (g) to the support dry mass (g). Carl Zeiss optical microscope connected to a Cannon S50 camera was used to capture yeast cells immobilized onto SBP. After the immobilization of the cells, the me326 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper dium was decanted using sterilized gauze. The support without extra medium was then dried at 105oC to constant weight. The identical procedure was conducted by using support particles recovered from the cell-free medium, as a control, in order to avoid any interference in weighing measurements. The selected support containing immobilized yeast, with highest cells retention (R), was used for the batch fermentation of 500 ml of the sugar beet molasses in 1 l Erlenmeyer flasks. The reducing sugar content of molasses was 150.2 g/l, the pH was adjusted to 5.5 by addition of 10% (v/v) H2SO4 and it was sterilized by autoclaving at 121oC for 30 min. The fermentation kinetics was monitored by measuring the weight loss due to CO2 release at various time intervals from the beginning of the fermentation batch until to its end (24 h). Samples of fermented liquids were analyzed for ethanol and reducing sugar. The fermented liquid was centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 15 min. The sample of supernatant was hydrolyzed in 33% HCl at 100°C for 10 min and neutralized with NaOH solution, and reducing sugar content was determined using the 3,5-dinitrosalicylic acid (DNS) method (16). The ethanol concentration in the distillate was determined based on the density of the alcohol distillate at 20oC, by pycnometer method (17). Reducing sugar conversion (Su, %) was calculated as the ratio of utilized reducing sugar to the initial and multiplying by 100. The ethanol yield (Yp/s, g/g) was calculated as grams of ethanol produced per gram of utilized reducing sugar. The fermentation efficiency was calculated as the percentage of the maximal theoretical ethanol yield (Ep/s, %). The volumetric ethanol productivity (Qp, g/lh) was calculated as grams of ethanol produced per liter per hour. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The cell immobilization and ethanol productivity of immobilized yeast cells depends on the surface characteristics of the support, such as pore size, water content, hydrophilic properties and magnetism (18). The S. cerevisiae was found to be immobilized by natural adhesion onto SBP due to the electrostatic interactions between support and the yeast cells surface and due to the capillary forces which hold cells inside the SBP cavities (15). The process of cell adhesion to solid supports by biosorption is believed to occur due to electrostatic or van der Waals interactions between the cell membrane and the support. These adhesion forces are affected by variations in the medium composition and component concentrations, because they can strongly influence the surface energy of the immobilization support (14). A series of optical microscopic images (Fig. 1) were taken to visually explore the yeast immobilization onto SBP. As is shown in Fig. 1, in the immobilization process, the yeast cells penetrate into the interior of bibulous sugar beet tissue, enabling adsorption onto the surface of the carrier, and meanwhile the SBP cavities are also filled with yeast cells. 327 APTEF FF, 43, X-XXX (20122) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V 1 V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 325-333 Origin nal scientific paper gure 1. Optical microphotograph m of a) SBP and b) Saaccharomyces cerrevisiae cells Fig (400×) imm mobilized onto the SBP Cells C retention cappacities obtained aafter 24 h of yeastt immobilization at a temperatures of 25 5, 30, 35, 40oC aree shown in Figuress 2-5. 0.407 0.33 33 0.5 0.362 0.304 0.4 0.270 0.230 0.239 0.219 0.204 s 0.3 Yeast cells 0.2 retention R (g/g) 0.1 15 10 Yeast (g/l) 0.0 5 150 125 100 0 Glucose (g/l) Figure F 2. Retentioon of S. cerevisiaee cells onto SBP after a immobilizatio on at 25oC 0.486 95 0.39 0.5 0.405 0.314 0.341 0.299 0.4 0.280 0.3 0.259 0.213 Yeast cellls retention n R (g/g) 0.2 0.1 15 10 Yeas st (g/l) 0.0 5 100 0 125 150 0 Gluco ose (g/l) Figure F 3. Retentioon of S. cerevisiaee cells onto SBP after a immobilizatio on at 30oC 328 APTEF FF, 43, X-XXX (20122) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V 1 V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) ( 43, 325-333 Origin nal scientific paper 0.441 0.5 60 0.36 0.385 0.332 0.4 0.264 0.220 0.3 0.190 0.2 0.155 0.144 Yeast cells s retention R (g/g) 0.1 15 10 Yeas st (g/l) 0.0 5 150 125 100 0 Gluc cose (g/l) Figure F 4. Retentioon of S. cerevisiaee cells onto SBP after a immobilizatio on at 35oC 0.312 0.4 64 0.26 0.225 0.240 0.3 0.197 0.177 0.147 0.150 0.148 Yeast cells s retention 0.2 R (g/g) 0.1 15 10 Yeas st (g/l) 0.0 5 100 0 125 150 Gluco ose (g/l) Figure F 5. Retentioon of S. cerevisiaee cells onto SBP after a immobilizatio on at 40oC By B comparing reteention capacities oobtained for the diifferent yeast conccentrations and gluco ose concentration obtained at eachh immobilization temperature (25, 30, 35, 40oC) (Fig. 2-5) it can be conncluded that the cells retention incrreased along with the increase of the in nitial yeast concenntration from 5 g//l to 15 g/l, and with w the increase of o glucose concentration in the mediium from 100 g/l to 150 g/l. Maxiimum cells retentiion capacity of 0.407 7 g/g, 0.486 g/g, 0.441 0 g/g and 0.3112 g/g for the resppective immobilizzation temperatures of 25, 30, 35, 400oC, were obtainedd at the yeast conncentration of 15 g/l g and glucose conceentration of 150 g/l. g On the basis off the yeast immobilization results it can be concluded that t for all inoculuums and glucose concentrations, maximal m values off cells retention capaccity (R) were obtaained at the immobbilization temperaature of 30oC. Afteer 24 h of yeast immo obilization at 30 oC the cells retentiion capacity rangeed from 0.213 g/g g for yeast concentration of 5 g/l andd glucose concenttration of 100 g/ll to 0.486 g/g forr yeast concentratio on of 15 g/l and glucose g concentrattion of 150 g/l. These T results imply y that the most 329 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper appropriate temperature for yeast cells growth and, consequently, for immobilization is 30oC, while the temperatures of 25, 35 and 40oC were less effective. These results are in accordance with the influence of temperature on yeast growth. Considering firstly temperature, this is one of the most important physical parameters which influence yeast growth. In most laboratories and industries, yeast is generally grown in the range of 2030oC (19). Due to the highest yeast retention capacity of 0.486 g/g, the yeast immobilized onto the support by natural cell adhesion at 30 oC, glucose concentration of 150 g/l and inoculum concentration of 15 g/l was used for sugar beet molasses fermentation. Table 1 summarizes the fermentation parameters such as reducing sugar utilization, ethanol productivity, ethanol yield and fermentation efficiency obtained at the end of the fermentation batch of sugar beet molasses by immobilized S. cerevisiae obtained at 30oC. Since, 146.93 g/l reducing sugar was utilized, the fermentation efficiency was 97.83 %. This indicates that the cells immobilized onto SBP utilized almost all available reducing sugar from the molasses, suggesting efficient exploitation of this raw material for ethanol production. The final ethanol concentration of 70.57 g/l and ethanol productivity of 1.47 g/lh were achieved in the batch fermentation of molasses. The ethanol yield per consumed reducing sugar of 0.480 g/g was achieved, equal to 93.98% of its theoretical value expressed as the fermentation efficiency, indicating that almost all utilized reducing sugar was converted to ethanol. On the basis of these results it can be concluded that yeast cells immobilized onto SBP showed high fermentative activity and may be recommended for the further use in repeated batch or continuous process. Table 1. Parameters of sugar beet molasses fermentation by S. cerevisiae immobilized on SBP Parameter Initial reducing sugar, So (g/l) Utilized reducing sugar, Su (g/l) Reducing sugar utilization, Su (%) Ethanol concentration, P (g/l) Ethanol productivity, Qp (g/lh) Ethanol yield, Yp/s (g/g) Fermentation efficiency, Ep/s(%) Value 150.20 ± 0.36 146.93 ± 0.65 97.83 ± 0.63 70.57 ± 0.83 1.47 ± 0.02 0.480 ± 0.004 93.98 ± 0.84 CONCLUSION The work demonstrated the potential use of SBP as a support for S.cerevisiae immobilization under different immobilization conditions such as: glucose (100, 120 and 150 g/l), inoculum concentration (5, 10 and 15 g/l dry mass) and temperature (25, 30, 35 and 40oC). Efficient cells immobilization was confirmed by optical microscopy. The support was effective for yeast immobilization for each examined combination of conditions. Pre330 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper sented results show that the cells retention increases along with the increase of initial yeast concentration from 5 g/l to 15 g/l, and with the increase of glucose concentration in the medium from 100 g/l to 150 g/l. Also, it was found that the most appropriate temperature for yeast cells growth and consequently immobilization is 30oC. The highest yeast cells retention (0.486 g dry mass yeast /g dry mass SBP) was obtained at 30oC, glucose concentration of 150 g/l, and inoculum concentration of 15 g/l. Efficient bioethanol production from the molasses containing 150.2 g/l of reducing sugar, was achieved using thus immobilized yeast (ethanol concentration of 70.57 g/l, fermentation efficiency 93.98%). Aknowledgements Financial support of the Project TR-31002 from the Ministry of Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia is highly acknowledged. REFERENCES 1. Alfenore, S., Cameleyre, X., Benbadis, L., Bideaux, C., Uribelarrea, J.L., Goma, G., Molina-Jouve, C. and Guillouet, S.E.: Aeration strategy: a need for very high ethanol performance in Saccharomyces cerevisiae fed-batch process. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 63 (2004) 537-542. 2. Bai, F.W., Anderson, W.A. and Moo-Young, M.: Ethanol fermentation technologies from sugar and starch feedstocks. Biotechnology Advances 26 (2008) 89-105. 3. Pereira, F.B., Gumirães, P.M.R., Taxieira, J.A. and Domingues, L.: Optimization of low-cost medium for very high gravity ethanol fermentations by S. cerevisiae using statistical experimental disings. Bioresour. Technol. 101 (2010) 7856-7863. 4. Hahn-Hägerdal, B., Karhumaa, K., Larsson, C.U., Gorwa-Grauslund, M., Gorgens, J. and van Zyl, W.H.: Role of cultivation media in the development of yeast strains for large scale industrial use. Microb. Cell Fact. 4 (2005) 31. 5. Krajnc, D. and Glavič, P.: Assesment of different strategies for the co-production of bioethanol and beet sugar. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 87 (2009) 1217-1231. 6. Reddy, L.V., Reddy, Y.H.K., Reddy, L.P.A. and Reddy, O.V.S.: Wine production by novel yeast biocatalyst prepared by immobilization on watermelon (Citrullus vulgaris) rind pieces and characterization of volatile compounds. Process Biochem. 43 (2008) 748-752. 7. Razmovski, R. and Pejin, D.: Immobilization of Saccharomyces diastaticus on wood chips for ethanol production. Folia Microbiol. 41 (1996) 201-207. 8. Kourkoutas, Y., Kanellaki, M. and Koutinas, A.A.: Apple peaces as immobilization support of various microorganisms. LWT 39 (2006) 980-986. 9. Plessas, S., Bekatorou, A., Koutinas, A.A., Soupioni, M., Banat, I.M. and Marchant, R.: Use of Saccharomyces cerevisiae cells immobilized on orange peel as biocatalyst for alcoholic fermentation. Bioresour. Technol. 98 (2007) 860-865. 331 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper 10. Santos, D.T, Sarrouh, B.F., Rivaldi, J.D., Converti, A. and Silva, S.S.: Use of sugarcane bagasse as biomaterial for cell immobilization for xylitol production. J. Food Eng. 86 (2008) 542-548. 11. Liang, L., Zhang, Y., Zhang, L., Zhu, M., Liang, S. and Huang, Y.: Study of sugarcane pieces as yeast supports for ethanol production from sugarcane juice and molasses. J. Ind. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 35 (2008) 1605-1613. 12. Genisheva, Z., Mussatto, S.I., Oliveira, J.M., Teixeria, J.A.: Evaluating the potential of wine-making residues and corn cobs as support materials for cells immobilization for ethanol production. Ind. Crops Prod. 34 (2010) 979-985. 13. Razmovski, R. and Vučurović, V.: Bioethanol production from sugar beet molasses and thick juice using Saccharomyces cerevisiae immobilized on maize stem ground tissue. Fuel 92 (2012) 1-8. 14. Yu, J., Zhang, X. and Tan, T.: A novel immobilization method of Saccharomyces cerevisiae to sorghum bagasse for ethanol production. J. Biotechnol. 129 (2007) 415420. 15. Vučurović, V. and Razmovski, R.: Sugar beet pulp as support for Saccharomyces cerevisiae immobilization in bioethanol production. Ind. Crops Prod. 39 (2012) 128134. 16. Miller, G.L.: Use of dinitrosalycilic acid for determining reducing sugar. Anal. Chem. 31 (1959) 426–428. 17. Associattion of official Analitical Chemists International, 17th edition. Gaithersburg, AOAC, (2000) Official Method 942.06. 18. Fujii, N., Sakurai, A., Onjoh, K. and Sakakibara, M.: Influence of surface characteristics of cellulose carriers on ethanol production by immobilized yeast cells. Process Biochem. 34 (1999)147-152. 19. Walker, G.: Yeast physiology and biotechnology. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England (1998) p.146. АЛКОХОЛНА ФЕРМЕНТАЦИЈА МЕЛАСЕ ПОМОЋУ ЋЕЛИЈА Saccharomyces cerevisiae ИМОБИЛИСАНИХ НА РЕЗАНЦИМА ШЕЋЕРНЕ РЕПЕ Весна М. Вучуровић* и Радојка Н. Размовски Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, 21000 Нови Сад, Булевар Цара Лазара 1, Србија Природна адхезија Saccharomyces cerevisiae на резанцима шећерне репе (SBP) је једноставан и јефтин метод имобилизације којим се одржава висока густина квасца у ферментационом систему. У овом раду су ћелије квасца имобилисане адхезијом у синтетском медијуму под различитим условима имобилизације: концентрација глукозе (100, 120 и 150 g/l), концентрација инокулума (5, 10 и 15 g/l) и температура (25, 30, 35 и 40оС). У циљу процене оптималних услова имобилизације након сваког поступка имобилизације анализиран је остварени степен имобилизације (R). Највиша вредност степена имобилизације биокатализатора од 0,486 g суве масе 332 APTEFF, 43, X-XXX (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243325V UDC: 664.151.2:582.282.23:663.142 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 325-333 Original scientific paper квасца по g суве масе SBP је остварена при температури 30оС, концентрацији глукозе од 150 g/l и концентрацији инокулума 15 g/l. Овако имобилисани квасац је примењен за ферментацију меласе шећерне репе почетне концентрације редукујућих шећера 150,2 g/l. У овом раду је приказана ефикасна алкохолна ферментација меласе (концентрација етанола од 70.57 g/l, ефикасност ферментације од 93.98%) применом ћелија S. cerevisiae имобилисаних природном адхезијом на SBP. Кључне речи: имобилизација, биоетанол, резанци шећерне репе, меласа, Saccharomyces cerevisiae Received:04 June 2012 Accepted: 12 September 2012 333 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper BIOSORPTION OF COPPER(II) AND CHROMIUM(VI) BY MODIFIED TEA FUNGUS Marina B. Šćiban*, Jelena M. Prodanović and Radojka N. Razmovski University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia The tea fungus was found to have good adsorption capacities for heavy metal ions. In this work it was treated with HCl or NaOH at 20 oC or 100 oC, with the aim to improve its adsorption ability. The sorption of Cu(II) and Cr(VI) ions from aqueous solutions by raw and treated tea fungus was investigated in the batch mode. The largest quantity of adsorbed Cu(II), of about 55 mg/g, was achieved by tea fungus modified with NaOH at 100°C. For Cr(VI), the largest quantity of adsorbed anions, of about 58 mg/g, was achieved by the adsorbent modified with NaOH at 20 oC. It was shown that acid modification of tea fungus biomass was not effective. KEY WORDS: biosorption, copper(II), chromium(VI), tea fungus, modification INTRODUCTION Heavy metals are very harmful as they can accumulate in living tissues. Hence, the pollution caused by them is one of the most critical environmental issues (1). Effluents from various industries may contain excessive concentrations of copper(II) and chromium(VI). It is known that high concentrations of copper are toxic to humans and other organisms (2) and the effects of acute copper poisoning in humans are very serious, with possible liver damage. Chromium(VI) from the electroplating, tanning, painting and similar industries has been reported to be toxic to animals and humans. It is carcinogenic and its bioaccumulation into flora and fauna creates serious ecological problems (3,4). There are many different methods for the removal of heavy metals from water and wastewater. The existing chemical methods require a large excess of chemicals, giving voluminous toxic sludges. Also, they are generally expensive. In the recent decade, biosorption methods have received considerable attention of researchers all over the world as an economic and eco-friendly option for removal of heavy metals from water and wastewater. The heavy metal adsorption technology by waste microbial biomass is effective, and can sometimes provide better results than natural zeolites and activated carbon, being comparable to synthetic ion-exchange resins (5). In addition, it uses inexpensive biosorbent materials. The maintaining of living microbial populations requires the stable and controllable environment conditions, which is problematic under highly variable conditi* Corresponding author: Marina B. Šćiban, University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, e-mail: [email protected] 335 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper ons of wastewaters. However, some types of microbial biomass in non-living form can be good biosorbent materials. The tea fungal biomass is a by-product or waste material from production of kombucha beverage. The kombucha culture is a symbiotic culture of bacteria (genera Acetobacter) and one or more yeasts (Saccharomycodes ludwigii, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces bisporus, Torulopsis sp., Zygosaccharomyces sp.) in floating cellulose mat. It has been investigated as biosorbent for the removal of different heavy metals from water (6-9). This paper is concerned with the effect of different treatments of tea fungus on its adsorption efficiency for copper(II) and chromium(VI). Such examination was done bearing in mind that pretreatment of some adsorbent could improve its adsorption properties, e.g. adsorption capacity, rate of adsorption, prevention of leaching of some undesired substances from adsorbent during adsorption, etc (9, 10). EXPERIMENTAL Tea fungus as biosorbent The tea fungus used for biosorption experiments was obtained from the Faculty of Technology in Novi Sad (Republic of Serbia). The fungal biomass was washed with an adequate amount of distilled water in order to free it from the media components. The fresh fungal biomass was cut by scissors in pieces of 1 x 2 mm and used in the biosorption experiments or for modification. Modification of the tea fungus Modification of the tea fungus was performed with an alkali and an acid. The pretreatments with alkali were done in the following way: 1. An amount of 40 g of washed and cut tea fungus was treated with 200 ml of 1 mol/l NaOH at 100°C for 5 minutes, 2. The weighed amount of 40 g of washed and cut tea fungus was treated with 200 ml of 1 mol/l NaOH at 20°C for 1 hour. The pretreatments with acid were done in the following way: 1. The weighed amount of 40 g of washed and cut tea fungus was treated with 200 ml of 1 mol/l HCl at 100°C for 5 minutes, 2. The weighed amount of 40 g of washed and cut tea fungus was treated with 200 ml of 1 mol/l HCl at 20°C for 1 hour. After the treatments with NaOH and HCl the tea fungus was washed with distilled water in order to remove the excesive alkali and the acid and dried at 105oC during 20 hours. Preparation of metal solutions The stock solutions of metal salts (0.25 mol/l) were prepared by dissolving CuSO4·5H2O and K2Cr2O7 in distilled water. The initial metal concentrations of about 0.4 mmol/l were obtained by dilution of stock solutions, and a real concentration of metal ions was measured before each biosorption experiment. The pH of the adsorbate solu336 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper tions was adjusted to desired values with 0.1 mol/l HCl or 0.1 mol/l NaOH. Fresh diluted solutions were used for each experiment. All the chemicals used were of analytical grade. Biosorption experiments The biosorption experiments were performed by mixing 0.15; 0.25 or 0.5 g/l of tea fungal biomass in 200 ml of the metal ion solution at the optimal pH values, which are pH 4 for Cu(II) and pH 2 for Cr(VI) (6). Batch experiments were carried out at 25°C in Erlenmeyer flasks on a rotary shaker at 200 rpm. Samples were taken after 1 hour and filtered by using filter paper Watman N°1 to remove the suspended biomass and analyze for the residual Cu(II) and Cr(VI). The concentrations of heavy metal ions before and after biosorption were determined using an atomic absorption spectrophotometer (Varian AA10). The sorption capacity of the tea fungal biomass was calculated based on the mass balance: q(mg/g)=(C0-C)/m [1] where q is the amount of metal uptake per unit mass of biosorbent (mg/g); C0 and C (mg/l) are the initial and residual concentrations of metal ion, respectively, and m is the dry mass of the biosorbent (g/l). Each batch experiment was carried out in duplicate and avarage results are presented. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Removal of Cu(II) by tea fungus treated with NaOH and HCl Adsorption of copper ions by unmodified and differently modified tea fungus was investigated. Figure 1 shows the amounts of copper(II) uptake by unmodified and alkali modified tea fungus, while Figure 2 presents copper(II) uptake by unmodified and acid modified tea fungus. A very good adsorption efficiency of copper ions was achieved by both unmodified and modified tea fungus; it was better than Cu(II) adsorption by Neurospora crassa (10) and many other microbial biomass materials (11), and similar with the adsorption by Ulva biomass (12), agricultural wastes (13), poplar sawdust (14), and so on. When tea fungus was applied in a large dose, then a larger surface area was available for adsorption of copper ions. As a result, a smaller amount of copper ions was adsorbed, and smaller differences between unmodified and modified tea fungus were observed than in the case of the application of a smaller adsorbent dose, i.e. a smaller available adsorbent surface area. The results presented in Figure 1 show that the modification of tea fungus by alkali in any case improved adsorption of copper(II). The tea fungus modified with NaOH at 100oC had significantly higher quantity of adsorbed copper(II) than the unmodified tea fungus or modified with NaOH at 20°C. Obviously, the modification at higher temperature was better, but it is energy consuming, too. 337 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper 60 Unmodified Modification 1 q (mg/g) Modification 2 40 20 0 0.15 0.25 0.50 m (g/l) Figure 1. Removal of Cu(II) by unmodified tea fungus and tea fungus treated with 1 mol/l NaOH at 20°C for 60 minutes (Modification 1) and with 1 mol/l NaOH at 100°C for 5 minutes (Modification 2) 60 Unmodified Modification 1 Modification 2 q (mg/g) 40 20 0 0.15 0.25 m (g/l) 0.50 Figure 2. Removal of Cu(II) by unmodified tea fungus and tea fungus treated with 1 mol/l HCl at 20°C for 60 minutes (Modification 1) and with 1 mol/l HCl at 100°C for 5 minutes (Modification 2) The modification of tea fungus by acid gave worse results compared to the adsorption by adsorbent modified with alkali. Similar results were obtained when different agricultural adsorbents were modified by acid and alkali solutions (13). Khosravi et al. (15) found that NaOH increased, while HCl decreased the adsorption capacity of Azolla filiculoides for Pb(II), Cd(II), Ni(II) and Zn(II). On the other hand, it was found that acid modification of poplar sawdust did not improve adsorption of copper(II), but enhanced zinc(II) adsorption by about four times (16). It is well known that the solution pH can significantly influence adsorption of heavy metal ions. In contrast to the slight increase of the pH after the adsorption on unmodified poplar sawdust (16), and on the alkali modified one (14), it was observed that the pH of the solution after adsorption of copper ions by acid modified poplar sawdust was accompanied by a slight decrease. Probably, that was the reason of lower adsorption ability of 338 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper acid modified tea fungus. However, acid modification at 100oC slightly improved Cu(II) adsorption, but less than the modification with alkali. After all, it can be said that the high temperature affects the adsorption characteristics of tea fungus by changing its structure and/or surface conditions. Removal of Cr(VI) by tea fungus treated with NaOH and HCl The Cr(VI) ions (from K2Cr2O7) in the solution of the pH 2 are predominantly in the form of Cr2O72- anions (17). The adsorption of these anions is completely different compared to the adsorption of Cu2+. The chromium(VI) adsorption by unmodified and alkali modified tea fungus is presented in Figure 3, and its adsorption by unmodified and acid modified tea fungus in Figure 4. 60 Unmodified Modification 1 Modification 2 q (mg/g) 40 20 0 0.15 0.25 0.50 m (g/l) Figure 3. Removal of Cr(VI) by unmodified tea fungus and tea fungus treated with 1mol/l NaOH at 20°C for 60 minutes (Modification 1) and with 1 mol/l NaOH at 100°C for 5 minutes (Modification 2) 60 Unmodified Modification 1 Modification 2 q (mg/g) 40 20 0 0.15 0.25 0.50 m (g/l) Figure 4. Removal of Cr(VI) by unmodified tea fungus and tea fungus treated with 1 mol/l HCl at 20°C for 60 minutes (Modification 1) and with 1 mol/l HCl at 100°C for 5 minutes (Modification 2) The adsorption of dichromate anions by both unmodified and modified tea fungus was better than their adsorption by many other microbial biomass materials (11). Alkali modification at 20oC led to the significantly improved adsorption of dichromate anions, but the modification at 100oC suppressed the adsorption. Alkali modification at high temperature led to unwanted changes in the adsorbent, which decreased the chromium(VI) 339 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper adsorption. Mild modification had a beneficial effect that was manifested even when the large surface of the adsorbent was available (when the large quantity of adsorbent was used). Although the adsorption of dichromate anions was better at lower pH values, acid modification of tea fungus did not contribute to a better adsorption. Contrary, the amount of adsorbed anions was lower than in the case when the unmodified tea fungus was used. CONCLUSIONS This paper deals with the adsorption of copper(II) and chromium(VI) ions by unmodified and modified tea fungus biomass – a waste product from kombucha production. The modification was done by 1 mol/l NaOH or 1 mol/l HCl at 100°C for 5 minutes, or at 20oC for 1 hour. When the tea fungus was applied in a larger dose, then the larger surface area was available for adsorption, and consequently, a smaller amount of ions was adsorbed per mass unit of the adsorbent. In that cases there was not strong competition for active sites on the adsorbent surface and, because of that, the lower differences between unmodified and modified adsorbents were observed. It was shown that both unmodified and modified tea fungus had significant adsorption capacity, similar to some other biosorbents. Modification with NaOH gave better results. The largest quantity of adsorbed copper(II), of about 55 mg/g, was achieved using tea fungus modified with NaOH at 100°C. For chromium(VI), the largest quantity of adsorbed anions, of about 58 mg/g, was achieved by the adsorbent modified with NaOH at 20oC. It was shown that acid modification of tea fungus biomass could not be recommended. Acknowledgement This research was supported by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Serbia as a part of the Project Number III 43005 and Project Number TR 31002. REFERENCES 1. Kaewsarn, P. and Yu, Q.: Cadmium(II) Removal from Aqueous Solutions by Pretreated Biomass of Marine Alga Padina sp. Environ. Pollut. 112 (2001) 209-213. 2. Terry, P.A. and Stone, W.: Biosorption of Cadmium and Copper Contaminated Water by Scenedesmus abundans. Chemosphere 47 (2002) 249-255. 3. Singh, V.K. and Tiwari, P.N.J.: Removal and Recovery of Chromium(VI) from Industrial Wastewater. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol. 69 (1997) 376-382. 4. Jianlong, W., Zeyu, M. and Xuan, Z.: Response of Saccharomyces cerevisiae t. Chromium Stress. Proc. Biochem. 39 (2004) 1231-1235. 5. Matheickal, J.T. and Yu, Q.: Biosorption of Lead(II) from Aqueous Solutions by Phellinus badius. Miner. Eng. 10 (1997) 947-957. 6. Razmovski, R. and Šćiban, M.: Biosorption of Cr(VI) and Cu(II) by Waste Tea Fungal Biomass. Ecol. Eng. 34, 2 (2008) 179-186. 340 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper 7. Razmovski, N.R. and Šćiban, B.M.: Effect of Different Conditions on Cu(II) and Cr(VI) Biosorption by Dried Waste Tea Fungal Biomass. APTEFF 38 (2007) 149156. 8. Razmovski, R. and Šćiban, M.: Kinetics of Copper(II) and Chromium(VI) Biosorption by Dried Waste Tea Fungal Biomass from Aqueous Solutions. Rom. Biotech. Lett. 12, 3 (2007) 3241-3247. 9. Murugesan, G.S., Sathishkumar, M. and Swaminathan K.: Arsenic Removal from Groundwater by Pretreated Waste Tea Fungal Biomass. Bioresource Technol. 97 (2006) 483-487. 10. Kiran, I., Akar, T. and Tunali, S.: Biosorption of Pb(II) and Cu(II) from Aqueous Solutions by Pretreated Biomass of Neurospora crassa. Process Biochem. 40 (2005) 3550-3558. 11. Volesky, B. and Holan, Z.R.: Biosorption of Heavy Metals. Biotechnol. Progr. 11 (1995) 235-250. 12. Suzuki, Y., Kametani, T. and Maruyama, T.: Removal of Heavy Metals from Aqueous Solution by Nonliving Ulva Seaweed as Biosorbent. Water Res. 39 (2005) 1803-1808. 13. Šćiban, M., Klašnja, M. and Škrbić, B.: Adsorption of Copper Ions from Water by Modified Agricultural By-products. Desalination 229 (2008) 170-180. 14. Šćiban, M., Klašnja, M. and Škrbić, B.: Modified Softwood Sawdust as Adsorbent of Heavy Metal Ions from Water. J. Haz. Mat. 136 (2006) 266-271. 15. Khosravi, M., Rakhshaee, R. and Taghi Ganji, M.: Pre-treatment Processes of Azolla filiculoides to Remove Pb(II), Cd(II), Ni(II) and Zn(II) from Aqueous Solution in the Batch and Fixed-bed Reactors. J. Haz. Mat. 127 (2005) 228-237. 16. Prodanović, J.M., Šćiban, M.B. and Kukić, D.V.: Improvement of adsorption characteristics of wood sawdust by acid treatment, XV International Eco-Conference, Novi Sad, 21.-24. September 2011., Proceedings: Environmental protection of urban and suburban settlements I, pp. 297-305. 17.Seepe, A.H.: Determination of chromic acid and sodium dichromate in a concentrated electrolytic solution with the aid of Artifical Neural Networks, M.Sc. Thesis, Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences, Department of chemistry, University of Pretoria, 2009. БИОСОРПЦИЈА Cr(VI) И Cu(II) МОДИФИКОВАНОМ ЧАЈНОМ ГЉИВОМ Марина Б. Шћибан*, Јелена М. Продановић и Радојка Н. Размовски Универзитет у Новом Саду, Технолошки факултет, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, Србија Познато је да су тешки метали штетни по здравље људи и да се могу акумулирати у живим ткивима. Стога, загађење животног окружења изазвано тешким металима представља једно од најбитнијих питања заштите животне средине. Ефлуенти који потичу из различитих индустрија могу садржавати повећане концентрације јона бакра(II) и хрома(VI). Бакар у повећаним концентрацијама је токсичан за људе и друге организме, а ефекти акутног тровања бакром код људи су веома озбиљни, 341 APTEFF, 43, 1-342 (2012) DOI: 10.2298/APT1243335S UDC: 663.88:582.282.23:[546.56+546.76 BIBLID: 1450-7188 (2012) 43, 335-342 Original scientific paper са потенцијалним оштећењем јетре код продужене изложености. За хром(VI) је такође утврђено да је токсичан за животиње и људе, канцероген и да се акумулира у флори и фауни доводећи до еколошких проблема. У ранијим истраживањима, потврђено је да чајна гљива поседује добар адсорпциони капацитет за јоне тешких метала. У овом раду чајна гљива је третирана хлороводоничном киселином и натријум-хидроксидом на 20oC и 100oC, са циљем да се побољша њена адсорпциона способност. Адсорпција Cu(II) и Cr(VI) јона из воденог раствора сировом и третираном чајном гљивом је испитивана у шаржним условима. Највећа количина бакар(II) јона, око 55 mg/g, је адсорбована чајном гљивом модификованом натријум-хидроксидом на 100oC. У случају хрома(VI), највећа количина ових јона, око 58 mg/g, је адсорбована чајном гљивом модификованом натријум-хидроксидом на 20oC. Такође, утврђено је да кисела модификација негативно утиче на адсорпциону способност чајне гљиве за адсорпцију Cu(II) и Cr(VI) јона. Кључне речи: биосорпција, хром(VI), бакар(II), чајна гљива, модификација Received: 02 July 2012 Accepted: 07 September 2012 342 INSTRUCTION FOR MANUSCRIPT PREPARATION Acta Periodica Technologica publishes reviews and scientific papers covering all branches of technology: food, chemical, biochemical, pharmaceutical, as well as process engineering and related scientific fields. Acta Periodica Technologica is published in English. The journal may include supplements from congresses, meetings or symposiums. Submission of Papers. All correspondence, including submission of the manuscript, notification of the Editor’s decision and requests for revision, takes place by e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]. Submission of paper implies that - it is prepared according this Instructions, - it has not been published previously (except in the form of an abstract or as a whole in the proceedings of papers of a scientific meeting, or as part of a published lecture or academic thesis), - it is not under consideration for publication elsewhere, and - it will not be published elsewhere in the same form, in English or in any other language, without the written consent of the publisher. Preparation of manuscripts Language: Manuscript should be written in English. Typing: Manuscript must be written in Word with a font size 10 pt, double spaced with wide margins (3 cm) on A4 pages (max. 10 pages for scientific papers). All pages of the manuscript should be numbered. Import tables and figures into the text. Abbreviations and symbols-notation should be explained at first appearing, or on a separate list at the end of manuscript. General format. The manuscript should contain the following in this order: Title page, ABSTRACT and KEY WORDS, INTRODUCTION, EXPERIMENTAL, RESULTS and DISCUSSION, CONCLUSION, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT and REFERENCES as well as ABSTRACT and KEY WORDS IN SERBIAN LANGUAGE. Title page: On the first page should be the title without symbols, formulae or abbreviations (capital bold letters). Title should be concise and explanatory of the content of the paper. Full name (name, initial and surname) of authors(without degrees, professional or official titles) should be given under the title, written in italic.Clearly indicate (with asterix) who is responsible for correspondence at all stages of refereeing and publication. Ensure that e-mail address and the full postal address are provided.Affiliation of authors should be given after the author’s name. Indicate all affiliations with superscript letter immediately after authors name and in front of appropriate address. If the paper was given, wholly or in part, at a scientific meeting, this should be stated in a footnote on the title page. Abstract of the paper (100-250 words, written in italic) should be given under the title and authors. Abstracts should contain the aim of investigated work, methods, results and conclusion. Keywords (normal letters, max. 5 keywords) should be listed afterwards. Introduction should state previous relevant work with appropriate references, the problem investigated and the aim of work. Experimental. The materials and methods used should be stated clearly in sufficient detail to permit the work to be repeated by others. Only new techniques should be described in detail; known methods must have adequately references. Results and Discussion. Results should be presented concisely, with tables or illustrations for clarity. The significance of the findings should be discussed without repetition of the material in the Introduction. Adequate number of illustrations, graphs and chemical formulae used must be kept on minimum. Conclusion. This section should present the main conclusions of the study. Also, conclusions should indicate the significance of contribution and application possibilities of the obtained results. Acknowledgements: These should be kept to a minimum. References cited should be indicated in the text using Arabic numerals in brackets ( ), in the order of appearing. All publications cited in the text should be presented in a list of references given on a separate page. Abbreviations of journal titles should be given according to the International Codex for Abbreviations of Journal Titles (Chemical Abstracts). The list of references should be arranged according to their appearance in the text. Give names of all authors (do not use „et.al.“), with their initials after respective surnames. Include article titles in journals. Journal titles should be abbreviated according to the Chemical Abstracts Service Source Index, 2005 edition, and supplements. The abbreviated titles should be followed by the volume (in bold), number (if exists), year (in parentheses) and first and last page numbers. Examples: Journals: Pascual, E.C., Goodman, B.A. and Yeretzian, C.: Characterisation of Free Radicals in Solubile Coffee by Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 21 (2002) 6114-6122. Books: Banks, W. and Greenwood, C.T.: Starch and its Components, Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh (1975) p.98. Book with more chapters: MercierC.: Extrusion Cooking of Starch, in Polysaccharides in Food. Eds. Blanshard J.M.V. and Mitchell, J.R., Butterworth, London (1978) pp. 152-170. Book of Abstracts: Noe, W., Howaldt, M., Ulber, R. and Scheper, T.: Immunobase elution assay for process control, 8th European Congress on Biotechnology, Budapest, 1721 August 1997, Book of Abstracts WE 163, p. 246. Thesis: Linstead, J.B.: Effects of adding natural antioxidants on colour stability of paprika, Ph.D. (or M.Sc.) Thesis, University of Glasgow, 2006. Patent: Miller, B.O.: U.S. Pat. 2542356 (1962), Dow Chemical Comp.: Abstr. 51 (1961) 2870. Unpublished data: Should be cited with one of the following comments „in press“, „unpublished work“ or „personal communication“. Online citations: Should include the author, title, website and date of access (example: Wright, N.A.: The Standing of UK Histopathology Research 1997-2002. http://pathsoc.org.uk (accessed 7 October 2004)). Abstract and keywords in Serbian language should be given at the end of manuscript (after references), in extended form (max. length 1 page), printed in Cyrillic (normal letters) with the title (capital letters), full name(s) of each author(s) and affiliation(s) (italic letters). Chemical nomenclature and units. Authors are requested to use SI units and chemical nomenclature following the rules of Chemical Abstracts whenever possible. Tables. Each Table is numbered with Arabic numeral, followed by the title (Table 1. Result...). The table width must be 12,5 cm max. Figures. Each drawing or figure should also be numbered with Arabic numerals followed by the title (Figure 1. Chromatogram of...). Graphs and charts must be prepared by Microsoft Excel or Origin. Schemes must be prepared by Microsoft Visio or Corel Draw. It is necessary to submit them as separate files in original extension (xls, xlsx, vdr, cdr). Scanned black&white schemes should be submitted in tif, wmf, or bmp form. Photographs should be submitted in jpg form. Formulae and Equations. Type formulas and mathematical equations clearly, accurately placing superscripts and subscripts. Equations should be indicated in the text using Arabic numerals in square brackets [ ]. Additional information Manuscript should be sent in two hard copies to the address: Faculty of Technology, Bulevar Cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia, to the editor: Professor Dr. Sonja Djilas (for Acta Periodica Technologica) and electronic form to the e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]. Authors are expected to propose the category of manuscript (review, original scientific paper). Review process. All papers submitted to the journal will be reviewed by at least two independent referees who will be asked to complete the refereeing job within 4-6 weeks. Final decision on publication will be made by the Editorial Board. Manuscripts may be sent back to authors for revision if necessary. Revised manuscript submissions should be made as soon as possible (within 2 weeks) after the receipt of the referees comments. Proofs. One set of page proofs will be sent by e-mail to the corresponding Author. Please use this proof only for cheking the typesetting, editing, completeness and correcteness of the manuscript. The author may list the corrections and return to the journal in an emailwithin 48 hours of receipt. Offprints. The corresponding author, at no cost, will be provided with a 10 free paper offprints. Author service. For inquiries relating to the submission of manuscript, please send an email to the Editor. УПУТСТВО ЗА ПИСАЊЕ РАДА Acta Periodica Technologica објављује прегледне и научне радове који покривају све области прехрамбене, хемијске и фармацеутске технологије, као и процесног инжењерства и сличних научних области. Acta Periodica Technologica се штампа на енглеском језику. Часопис може садржавати и додатке везане за конгресе, научне скупове и симпозијуме. Достављање рукописа. Сва коресподенција везана за предају рукописа рада, обавештења о одлукама уредника и захтевима за ревизију рукописа врши се електронском поштом са следећих адреса: [email protected] или [email protected]. Да би рукопис био узет у разматрање за објављивање мора да задовољи следеће критеријуме: - да је припремљен у складу са овим упутством, - да резултати који су обрађени у рукопису нису претходно публиковани (изузев ако су у форми извода рада или у целини штампани у изводима радова научних скупова, или ако су део објављеног предавања и академске тезе), - да није предат за штампу у неки други часопис и - да није или неће бити објављен негде другде у истом облику, на енглеском или неком другом језику, без писане сагласности издавача часописа Acta Periodica Technologica. Ако је рад објављен у целини или само његов део на неком научном скупу, то се мора јасно назначити у фусноти на насловној страни рукописа. Припрема рукописа: Језик: Рукопис мора бити написан на еглеском језику. Припрема: Рукопис мора бити припремљен на максимално 10 страница А4 формата (односи се само на научне радове), у MS Word-у, Times New Roman фонтом са величином слова 10 pt, двоструким проредом и са свим маргинама од по 3 cm. Све странице рукописа морају бити нумерисане. Табеле и слике морају бити постављене на месту појављивања у тексту. Oпшти изглед. Рукопис треба да је изложен јасно и да садржи: Насловну страну, Извод рада, Кључне речи, Увод, Експериментални део, Резултате и дискусију, Закључак, Захвалницу и Литературу (све на енглеском језику), као и Извод рада и кључне речи на српском језику. Насловна страна: На првој страни рукописа треба да стоји наслов рада (без симбола, формула или скраћеница) написан великим болдираним словима. Наслов рада треба да је концизан и јасан и да се односи на садржај рукописа. Испод наслова рада италик словима написати пуна имена свих аутора (име, средње слово и презиме), без научних и професионалних звања. Име аутора који је задужен за сву коресподенцију, током свих фаза рецензије и објављивања рада, јасно означити звездицом. Такође, неопходно је навести и његову е-mail адресу, као и пуну поштанску адресу. Институцију(е) у којој су аутори запослени (или ангажовани) навести испод имена свих аутора. Уколико аутори нису из исте институције иза имена сваког аутора означити словом у индексу припадност институцији и исто слово у индексу написати испред назива одговарајуће институције. Извод рада (100-250 речи, италик слова) написати испод наслова рада и имена аутора. Извод треба да садржи циљ истраживачког рада, методе, резултате и дискусију. Кључне речи (нормална слова, максимално 5 кључних речи) навести испод Извода рада. Увод треба да садржи податке везане за претходни истраживачки рад са одговарајућим референцама, као и проблем и циљ истраживања описаних у раду. Експериментални део. Материјал и методе, који су коришћени у раду, треба да буду јасно и детаљно изложени како би остали научници могли да их понове. Детаљно описати само нове технике и методе, док је за већ познате методе довољно навести одговарајуће референце. Резултати и дискусија. Резултати морају бити приказани концизно и јасно, у табелама или илустрацијама. Значајност резултата истраживања приказати без понављања материјала изложеног у Уводу. Број и величину табела, илустрација, графика и хемијских формула свести на неопходан минимум. Закључак треба да покаже значајан допринос проблематике рукописа и могућност њене даље примене. Захвалница. Текст захвалнице треба да буде што краћи. Референце у тексту означити по редоследу појављивања арапским бројевима у заградама ( ). Све публикације наведене у рукопису рада навести и у листи референци на посебној страници текста. Скраћени називи часописа треба да буду написани у складу са International Codex for Abbreviations of Journal Titles (Chemical Abstracts). Списак референци треба написати по редоследу њиховог појављивања у тексту. Навести имена свих аутора (не користити „... и сарадници“, са њиховим иницијалима иза одговарајућег презимена. Навести пун наслов рада објављеног у часопису. Називе часописа треба скратити у складу са Chemical Abstracts Service Source Index, 2005 edition, and supplements. Иза скраћених назива часописа означити свеску (болд), број (ако постоји), годину (у загради) и први и последњи број странице рада. Примери: Часописи: Pascual, E.C., Goodman, B.A. and Yeretzian, C.: Characterisation of Free Radicals in Solubile Coffee by Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 21 (2002) 6114-6122. Књиге: Banks, W. and Greenwood, C.T.: Starch and its Components, Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh (1975) p.98. Књиге са више поглавља: Mercier C.: Extrusion Cooking of Starch, in Polysaccharides in Food. Eds. Blanshard J.M.V. and Mitchell, J.R., Butterworth, London (1978) pp. 152-170. Књиге извода радова: Noe, W., Howaldt, M., Ulber, R. and Scheper, T.: Immunobase elution assay for process control, 8th European Congress on Biotechnology, Budapest, 17-21 August 1997, Book of Abstracts WE 163, p. 246. Тезе: Linstead, J.B.: Effects of adding natural antioxidants on colour stability of paprika, Ph.D. (or M.Sc.) Thesis, University of Glasgow, 2006. Патенти: Miller, B.O.: U.S. Pat. 2542356 (1962), Dow Chemical Comp.: Abstr. 51 (1961) 2870. Необјављени (непубликовани) подаци: Треба да буду цитирани уз коментар „у штампи“, „необјављени резултати“ „личне белешке“. Подаци преузети са интернета: Треба да садрже аутора, наслов, интернет адресу и датум приступа подацима (пример: Wright, N.A.: The Standing of UK Histopathology Research 1997-2002. http://pathsoc.org.uk (accessed 7 October 2004)). Извод и кључне речи на срском језику треба написати ћириличним писмом на крају рукописа рада (после списка литературних података) и у проширеном облику (највише 1 страница). Наслов рада написати нормалним, великим словима, а испод њега италик словима написати имена аутора (име, средње слово и презиме) као и назив институције у којој раде. Хемијска номенклатура и јединице. Аутори су обавезни да користе SI систем јединица и хемијску номенклатуру која је у складу са правилима Chemical Abstracta где год је то могуће. Табеле. Свака табела треба да је нумерисана арапским бројем иза којег следи назив табеле (Table 1. Result...). Ширина табеле не сме бити већа од 12,5 цм. Графици и слике. Сваки график или слику такође треба нумерисати арапским бројем иза којег следи назив (Figure 1. Chromatogram of...). Графици морају бити припремљени помоћу програма Microsoft Excel, Origin или Statistica. Шеме морају бити припремљене помоћу програма Microsoft Visio или Corel Draw. Све графике и шеме неопходно је доставити као посебне фајлове у оригиналној екстензији (нпр. xls, xlsx, vdr, cdr). Скениране црно-беле шеме доставити као фајлове са tif, wmf ili bmp екстензијом. Фотографије у црно-белој техници доставити као посебне фајлове са jpg екстензијом. Хемијске формуле и математичке једначине. Написати хемијске формуле и математичке једначине јасно и прецизно и тачно поставити индексе на своја места. Једначине у тексту означити арапским бројевима у угластим заградама [ ]. Значења коришћених скраћеница и симбола треба детаљно објаснити приликом њиховог првог појављивања у тексту или дати посебан списак на посебној страници на крају рукописа. Додатне информације Рукопис треба послати уреднику часописа у два одштампана примерка на следећу адресу: Проф. др Соња Ђилас, Технолошки факултет Нови Сад, Булевар цара Лазара 1, 21000 Нови Сад, са назнаком „Рад за часопис Acta Periodica Technologica“. Електронску верзију рукописа послати на следеће e-mail адресе: [email protected] или [email protected]. Од аутора се очекује да предложе категорију рукописа рада (прегледни рад или оригинални научни рад). Рецензија. Сви радови достављени уредништву часописа биће послати на рецензију код најмање два независна рецензента који ће бити замољени да рецензију достављеног им рукописа изврше у року од 4-6 недеља. Коначну одлуку о публиковању рукописа доноси Уређивачки одбор часописа. Рукопис може бити враћен ауторима на исправку и допуну, уколико је то неопходно. Исправљен и допуњен рукопис треба вратити уредништву часописа што је пре могуће (најдаље за 2 недеље) након достављања примедби и коментара рецензената ауторима. Рад припремљен за штампу: У последњој фази припреме рукописа аутору задуженом за коресподенцију електронском поштом биће достављен рад припремљен за штампу на корекцију искључиво техничке природе и сагласност за штампање. Све корекције аутори достављају електронском поштом у року од 48 сати од пријема рада припремљеног за штампу. Сепарати рада. Аутор задужен за коресподенцију добиће 10 бесплатних сепарата објављеног рада. Сва питања везана за објављивање радова у часопису слати на еmail уредника часописа. FORMER EDITORS-IN-CHIEF Prof. Dr. Adalbert Šenborn (1967-1970) Prof. Dr. Radivoj Žakula (1972-1975) Prof. Dr. Miroslava Todorović (1976-1994) Prof. Dr. Biljana Škrbić (1995-1998) THIS ISSUE OF ACTA PERIODICA TECHNOLOGICA IS FINANCIALLY SUPPORTED BY: Ministry of Education, Science and Technological Development of Republic of Serbia Editorial: University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technology Novi Sad, Bulevar cara Lazara 1, 21000 Novi Sad, Serbia Phone: +381 21 485 3652 Fax:+381 21 450 413 e-mail: [email protected] Text-Proof-Reader: Prof. Dr. Luka Bjelica Typsetting: Branislav Bastaja Cover design: Živojin Katić Printed by VERZAL, Novi Sad Copies: 200